|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 2 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | "Contribution" means a donation made by the taxpayer during |
2 | | the taxable year for providing scholarships as provided in this |
3 | | Act. |
4 | | "Custodian" means, with respect to eligible students, an |
5 | | Illinois resident who is a parent or legal guardian of the |
6 | | eligible student or students.
|
7 | | "Department" means the Department of Revenue. |
8 | | "Eligible student" means a child who:
|
9 | | (1) is a member of a household whose federal adjusted |
10 | | gross income the year before he or she
initially receives a |
11 | | scholarship under this program, as determined by the |
12 | | Department, does not exceed 300% of the federal poverty
|
13 | | level and, once the child receives a scholarship, does not |
14 | | exceed 400% of the federal poverty
level;
|
15 | | (2) is eligible to attend a public elementary school or |
16 | | high school in Illinois in the semester immediately |
17 | | preceding the semester for which he or she first receives a |
18 | | scholarship or is
starting school in Illinois for the first |
19 | | time when he or she first receives a scholarship; and
|
20 | | (3) resides in Illinois while receiving a scholarship. |
21 | | "Family member" means a parent, child, or sibling, whether |
22 | | by whole blood, half blood, or adoption; spouse; or stepchild. |
23 | | "Focus district" means a school district which has a school |
24 | | that is either (i) a school that has one or more subgroups in |
25 | | which the average student performance is at or below the State |
26 | | average for the lowest 10% of student performance in that |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 3 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | subgroup or (ii) a school with an average graduation rate of |
2 | | less than 60% and not identified for priority.
|
3 | | "Necessary costs and fees" includes the customary charge |
4 | | for instruction and use of facilities in general
and the |
5 | | additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are |
6 | | required generally of non-scholarship recipients for each |
7 | | academic period for which the scholarship applicant actually |
8 | | enrolls, including costs associated with student assessments, |
9 | | but does not
include fees payable only once and other |
10 | | contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part. |
11 | | The Board may prescribe, by rules consistent with this Act, |
12 | | detailed provisions concerning the computation of necessary |
13 | | costs and fees.
|
14 | | "Scholarship granting organization" means an entity that:
|
15 | | (1) is exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of |
16 | | the Internal Revenue Code;
|
17 | | (2) uses at least 95% of the qualified contributions |
18 | | received during a taxable year for scholarships;
|
19 | | (3) provides scholarships to students according to the |
20 | | guidelines of this Act;
|
21 | | (4) deposits and holds qualified contributions and any |
22 | | income derived from qualified contributions
in an account |
23 | | that is separate from the organization's operating fund or |
24 | | other funds until such qualified contributions or income |
25 | | are withdrawn for use; and
|
26 | | (5) is approved to issue certificates of receipt.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 4 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | "Qualified contribution" means the authorized contribution |
2 | | made by a taxpayer to a scholarship granting organization for |
3 | | which the taxpayer has received a certificate of receipt from |
4 | | such organization.
|
5 | | "Qualified school" means a non-public school located in |
6 | | Illinois and recognized by the Board pursuant to Section |
7 | | 2-3.25o of the School Code.
|
8 | | "Scholarship" means an educational scholarship awarded to |
9 | | an eligible student to attend a qualified school
of their |
10 | | custodians' choice in an amount not exceeding the necessary |
11 | | costs and fees to attend that school.
|
12 | | "Taxpayer" means any individual, corporation, partnership, |
13 | | trust, or other entity subject to the Illinois income tax. For |
14 | | the purposes of this Act, 2 individuals filing a joint return |
15 | | shall be considered one taxpayer.
|
16 | | Section 10. Credit awards. |
17 | | (a) The Department shall award credits against the tax |
18 | | imposed under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of the |
19 | | Illinois Income Tax Act to taxpayers who make qualified |
20 | | contributions. For contributions made under this Act, the |
21 | | credit shall be equal to 75% of the total amount of
qualified |
22 | | contributions made by the taxpayer during a taxable year, not |
23 | | to exceed a credit of $1,000,000 per taxpayer.
|
24 | | (b) The aggregate amount of all credits the Department may |
25 | | award under this Act in any calendar year may not exceed |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 5 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | $75,000,000. |
2 | | (c) Contributions made by corporations (including |
3 | | Subchapter S corporations), partnerships, and trusts under |
4 | | this Act may not be directed to a particular subset of schools, |
5 | | a particular school, a particular group of students, or a |
6 | | particular student.
Contributions made by individuals under |
7 | | this Act may be directed to a particular subset of schools or a |
8 | | particular school but may not be directed to a particular group |
9 | | of students or a particular student. |
10 | | (d) No credit shall be taken under this Act for any |
11 | | qualified contribution for which the taxpayer claims a federal |
12 | | income tax deduction. |
13 | | (e) Credits shall be awarded in a manner, as determined by |
14 | | the Department, that is geographically proportionate to |
15 | | enrollment in recognized non-public schools in Illinois. If the |
16 | | cap on the aggregate credits that may be awarded by the |
17 | | Department is not reached by June 1 of a given year, the |
18 | | Department shall award remaining credits on a first-come, |
19 | | first-served basis, without regard to the limitation of this |
20 | | subsection.
|
21 | | Section 15. Approval to issue certificates of receipt. |
22 | | (a) A scholarship granting organization shall submit an |
23 | | application for approval to issue certificates of receipt in |
24 | | the form and manner prescribed by the Department, provided that |
25 | | each application shall include:
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 6 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (1) documentary evidence that the scholarship granting |
2 | | organization has been granted an exemption from taxation |
3 | | under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code;
|
4 | | (2) certification that all qualified contributions and |
5 | | any income derived from qualified contributions are |
6 | | deposited and held in an account that is separate from the |
7 | | scholarship granting organization's operating or other |
8 | | funds until such qualified contributions or income are |
9 | | withdrawn for use;
|
10 | | (3) certification that the scholarship granting |
11 | | organization will use at least 95% of its annual revenue |
12 | | from qualified contributions for scholarships;
|
13 | | (4) certification that the scholarship granting |
14 | | organization will provide scholarships to eligible |
15 | | students;
|
16 | | (5) a list of the names and addresses of all members of |
17 | | the governing board of the scholarship granting |
18 | | organization; and
|
19 | | (6) a copy of the most recent financial audit of the |
20 | | scholarship granting organization's accounts and records |
21 | | conducted by an independent certified public accountant in |
22 | | accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in |
23 | | the United States, government auditing standards, and |
24 | | rules adopted by the Department.
|
25 | | (b) A scholarship granting organization whose owner or |
26 | | operator in the last 7 years has filed for personal bankruptcy |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 7 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | or corporate bankruptcy in a corporation of which he or she |
2 | | owned more than 20% shall not be eligible to provide |
3 | | scholarships.
|
4 | | (c) A scholarship granting organization must not have an |
5 | | owner or operator who owns or operates a qualified school or |
6 | | has a family member who is a paid staff or board member of a |
7 | | participating qualified school.
|
8 | | (d) A scholarship granting organization shall comply with |
9 | | the anti-discrimination provisions of 42 U.S.C. 2000d.
|
10 | | (e) The Department shall review and either approve or deny |
11 | | each application to issue certificates of receipt pursuant to |
12 | | this Act. Approval or denial of an application shall be made on |
13 | | a periodic basis. Applicants shall be notified of the |
14 | | Department's determination within 30 business days after the |
15 | | application is received.
|
16 | | (f) No scholarship granting organization shall issue any |
17 | | certificates of receipt without first being approved to issue |
18 | | certificates of receipt.
|
19 | | Section 20. Annual review. |
20 | | (a) Each scholarship granting organization that receives |
21 | | approval to issue certificates of receipt shall file an |
22 | | application for recertification on an annual basis. Such |
23 | | application for recertification shall be in the form and manner |
24 | | prescribed by the Department and shall include:
|
25 | | (1) certification from the Director or Chief Executive |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 8 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Officer of the organization that the organization has |
2 | | complied with and continues to comply with the requirements |
3 | | of this Act, including evidence of that compliance; and
|
4 | | (2) a copy of the organization's current financial |
5 | | statements.
|
6 | | (b) The Department may revoke the approval of a scholarship |
7 | | granting organization to issue certificates of receipt upon a |
8 | | finding that the organization has violated this Act or any |
9 | | rules adopted under this Act. These violations shall include, |
10 | | but need not be limited to, any of the following: |
11 | | (1) failure to meet the requirements of this Act;
|
12 | | (2) failure to maintain full and adequate records with |
13 | | respect to the receipt of qualified contributions;
|
14 | | (3) failure to supply such records to the Department; |
15 | | or
|
16 | | (4) failure to provide notice to the Department of the |
17 | | issuance of certificates of receipt pursuant to Section 35 |
18 | | of this Act.
|
19 | | (c) Within 5 days after the determination to revoke |
20 | | approval, the Department shall provide notice of the |
21 | | determination to the scholarship granting organization and |
22 | | information regarding the process to request a hearing to |
23 | | appeal the determination.
|
24 | | Section 25. Contribution authorization certificates. |
25 | | (a) A taxpayer shall not be allowed a credit pursuant to |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 9 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | this Act for any contribution to a scholarship granting |
2 | | organization that was made prior to the Department's issuance |
3 | | of a contribution authorization certificate for such |
4 | | contribution to the taxpayer.
|
5 | | (b) Prior to making a contribution to a scholarship |
6 | | granting organization, the taxpayer shall apply to the |
7 | | Department for a contribution authorization certificate. |
8 | | (c) A taxpayer who makes more than one contribution to a |
9 | | scholarship granting organization must make a separate |
10 | | application for each such contribution authorization |
11 | | certificate. The application shall be in the form and manner |
12 | | prescribed by the Department, provided that the application |
13 | | includes:
|
14 | | (1) the taxpayer's name and address;
|
15 | | (2) the amount the taxpayer will contribute; and |
16 | | (3) any other information the Department deems |
17 | | necessary. |
18 | | (d) The Department may allow taxpayers to make multiple |
19 | | applications on the same form, provided that each application |
20 | | shall be treated as a separate application.
|
21 | | (e) The Department shall issue credit authorization |
22 | | certificates on a first-come, first-served basis based upon the |
23 | | date that the Department received the taxpayer's application |
24 | | for the certificate subject to the provisions of subsection (e) |
25 | | of Section 10 of this Act.
|
26 | | (f) A taxpayer's aggregate authorized contribution amount |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 10 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | as listed on one or more authorized contribution certificates |
2 | | issued to the taxpayer shall not exceed the aggregate of the |
3 | | amounts listed on the taxpayer's applications submitted in |
4 | | accordance with this Section.
|
5 | | (g) Each contribution authorization certificate shall |
6 | | state: |
7 | | (1) the date such certificate was issued;
|
8 | | (2) the date by which the authorized contributions |
9 | | listed in the certificate must be made, which shall be 60 |
10 | | days from the date of the issuance of a credit |
11 | | authorization certificate;
|
12 | | (3) the total amount of authorized contributions;
and |
13 | | (4) any other information the Department deems |
14 | | necessary.
|
15 | | (h) Credit authorization certificates shall be mailed to |
16 | | the appropriate taxpayers within 3 business days after their |
17 | | issuance.
|
18 | | (i) A taxpayer may rescind all or part of an authorized |
19 | | contribution approved under this Act by providing written |
20 | | notice to the Department. Amounts rescinded shall no longer be |
21 | | deducted from the cap prescribed in Section 10 of this Act. |
22 | | (j) The Department shall maintain on its website a running |
23 | | total of the amount of credits for which taxpayers may make |
24 | | applications for contribution authorization certification. The |
25 | | running total shall be updated every business day.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 11 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Section 30. Certificates of receipt. |
2 | | (a) No scholarship granting organization shall issue a |
3 | | certificate of receipt for any qualified contribution made by a |
4 | | taxpayer under this Act unless that scholarship granting |
5 | | organization has been approved to issue certificates of receipt |
6 | | pursuant to Section 15 of this Act.
|
7 | | (b) No scholarship granting organization shall issue a |
8 | | certificate of receipt for a contribution made by a taxpayer |
9 | | unless the taxpayer has been issued a credit authorization |
10 | | certificate by the Department. |
11 | | (c) If a taxpayer makes a contribution to a scholarship |
12 | | granting organization prior to the date by which the authorized |
13 | | contribution shall be made, the scholarship granting |
14 | | organization shall, within 30 days of receipt of the authorized |
15 | | contribution, issue to the taxpayer a written certificate of |
16 | | receipt.
|
17 | | (d) If a taxpayer fails to make all or a portion of a |
18 | | contribution prior to the date by which such authorized |
19 | | contribution is required to be made, the taxpayer shall not be |
20 | | entitled to a certificate of receipt for that portion of the |
21 | | authorized contribution not made. |
22 | | (e) Each certificate of receipt shall state:
|
23 | | (1) the name and address of the issuing scholarship |
24 | | granting organization;
|
25 | | (2) the taxpayer's name and address;
|
26 | | (3) the date for each qualified contribution; |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 12 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (4) the amount of each qualified contribution; |
2 | | (5) the total qualified contribution amount; and
|
3 | | (6) any other information that the Department may deem |
4 | | necessary.
|
5 | | (f) Upon the issuance of a certificate of receipt, the |
6 | | issuing scholarship granting organization shall, within 10 |
7 | | days after issuing the certificate of receipt, provide the |
8 | | Department with notification of the issuance of such |
9 | | certificate in the form and manner prescribed by the |
10 | | Department, provided that such notification shall include:
|
11 | | (1) the taxpayer's name and address;
|
12 | | (2) the date of the issuance of a certificate of |
13 | | receipt;
|
14 | | (3) the qualified contribution date or dates and the |
15 | | amounts contributed on such dates;
|
16 | | (4) the total qualified contribution listed on such |
17 | | certificates;
|
18 | | (5) the issuing scholarship granting organization's |
19 | | name and address; and
|
20 | | (6) any other information the Department may deem |
21 | | necessary.
|
22 | | (g) Any portion of a contribution that a taxpayer fails to |
23 | | make by the date indicated on the authorized contribution |
24 | | certificate shall no longer be deducted from the cap prescribed |
25 | | in Section 10 of this Act.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 13 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Section 35. Reports. |
2 | | (a) Within 180 days after the end of its fiscal year, each |
3 | | scholarship granting organization must provide to the |
4 | | Department a copy of a financial audit of its accounts and |
5 | | records conducted by an independent certified public |
6 | | accountant in accordance with auditing standards generally |
7 | | accepted in the United States, government auditing standards, |
8 | | and rules adopted by the Department. The audit must include a |
9 | | report on financial statements presented in accordance with |
10 | | generally accepted accounting principles. The audit must |
11 | | include evidence that no less than 95% of qualified |
12 | | contributions received were used to provide scholarships to |
13 | | eligible students. The Department shall review all audits |
14 | | submitted pursuant to this subsection. The Department shall |
15 | | request any significant items that were omitted in violation of |
16 | | a rule adopted by the Department. The items must be provided |
17 | | within 45 days after the date of request. If a scholarship |
18 | | granting organization does not comply with the Department's |
19 | | request, the Department may revoke the scholarship granting |
20 | | organization's ability to issue certificates of receipt. |
21 | | (b) A scholarship granting organization that is approved to |
22 | | receive qualified contributions shall report to the |
23 | | Department, on a form prescribed by the Department, by January |
24 | | 31 of each calendar year. The report shall include:
|
25 | | (1) the total number of certificates of receipt issued |
26 | | during the immediately preceding calendar year;
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 14 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (2) the total dollar amount of qualified contributions |
2 | | received, as set forth in the certificates of receipt |
3 | | issued during the immediately preceding calendar year;
|
4 | | (3) the total number of eligible students utilizing |
5 | | scholarships for the immediately preceding calendar year |
6 | | and the school year in progress and the total dollar value |
7 | | of the scholarships;
|
8 | | (4) the name and address of each qualified school for |
9 | | which scholarships using qualified contributions were |
10 | | issued during the immediately preceding calendar year, |
11 | | detailing the number, grade, race, gender, income level, |
12 | | and residency by Zip Code of eligible students and the |
13 | | total dollar value of
scholarships being utilized at each |
14 | | qualified school by priority group, as identified in |
15 | | subsection (d) of Section 40 of this Act; and
|
16 | | (5) any additional information requested by the |
17 | | Department.
|
18 | | (c) On or before the last day of March for each calendar |
19 | | year, for the immediately preceding calendar year, the |
20 | | Department shall submit a written report to the Governor, the |
21 | | President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of |
22 | | Representatives, the Minority Leader of the Senate, and the |
23 | | Minority Leader of the House of Representatives regarding this |
24 | | Act. The report shall include, but not be limited to, the |
25 | | following information: |
26 | | (1) the names and addresses of all scholarship granting |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 15 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | organizations approved to issue certificates of receipt; |
2 | | (2) the number and aggregate total of certificates of |
3 | | receipt issued by each scholarship granting organization; |
4 | | and |
5 | | (3) the information reported to the Department |
6 | | required by subsection (b) of this Section. |
7 | | (d) The sharing and reporting of student data under this |
8 | | Section must be in accordance with the requirements of the |
9 | | Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and the Illinois |
10 | | School Student Records Act. All parties must preserve the |
11 | | confidentiality of such information as required by law. Data |
12 | | reported by the Department under subsection (c) of this Section |
13 | | must not disaggregate data to a level that will disclose |
14 | | demographic data of individual students.
|
15 | | Section 40. Scholarship granting organization |
16 | | responsibilities. |
17 | | (a) Before granting a scholarship for an academic year, all |
18 | | scholarship granting organizations shall assess and document |
19 | | each student's eligibility for the academic year.
|
20 | | (b) A scholarship granting organization shall grant |
21 | | scholarships only to eligible students.
|
22 | | (c) A scholarship granting organization shall allow an |
23 | | eligible student to attend any qualified school of the |
24 | | student's choosing, subject to the availability of funds.
|
25 | | (d) In granting scholarships, a scholarship granting |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 16 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | organization shall give priority to the following priority |
2 | | groups: |
3 | | (1) eligible students who received a scholarship from a |
4 | | scholarship granting organization during the previous |
5 | | school year;
|
6 | | (2) eligible students who are members of a household |
7 | | whose previous year's total annual income does not exceed |
8 | | 185% of the federal poverty level;
|
9 | | (3) eligible students who reside within a focus |
10 | | district; and
|
11 | | (4) eligible students who are siblings of students |
12 | | currently receiving a scholarship.
|
13 | | (d-5) A scholarship granting organization shall begin |
14 | | granting scholarships no later than February 1 preceding the |
15 | | school year for which the scholarship is sought. The priority |
16 | | groups identified in subsection (d) of this Section shall be |
17 | | eligible to receive scholarships on a first-come, first-served |
18 | | basis until the April 1 immediately preceding the school year |
19 | | for which the scholarship is sought. Applications for |
20 | | scholarships for eligible students meeting the qualifications |
21 | | of one or more priority groups that are received before April 1 |
22 | | must be either approved or denied within 10 business days after |
23 | | receipt. Beginning April 1, all eligible students shall be |
24 | | eligible to receive scholarships without regard to the priority |
25 | | groups identified in subsection (d) of this Section. |
26 | | (e) Except as provided in subsection (e-5) of this Section, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 17 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | scholarships shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the statewide |
2 | | average operational expense per
student among public schools or |
3 | | (ii) the necessary costs and fees for attendance at the |
4 | | qualified school.
Scholarships shall be prorated as follows: |
5 | | (1) for eligible students whose household income is |
6 | | less than 185% of the federal poverty level, the |
7 | | scholarship shall be 100% of the amount determined pursuant |
8 | | to this subsection (e) and subsection (e-5) of this |
9 | | Section; |
10 | | (2) for eligible students whose household income is |
11 | | 185% or more of the federal poverty level but less than |
12 | | 250% of the federal poverty level, the average of |
13 | | scholarships shall be 75% of the amount determined pursuant |
14 | | to this subsection (e) and subsection (e-5) of this |
15 | | Section; and |
16 | | (3) for eligible students whose household income is |
17 | | 250% or more of the federal poverty level, the average of |
18 | | scholarships shall be 50% of the amount determined pursuant |
19 | | to this subsection (e) and subsection (e-5) of this |
20 | | Section. |
21 | | (e-5) The statewide average operational expense per |
22 | | student among public schools shall be multiplied by the |
23 | | following factors: |
24 | | (1) for students determined eligible to receive |
25 | | services under the federal Individuals with Disabilities |
26 | | Education Act, 2; |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 18 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (2) for students who are English learners, as defined |
2 | | in subsection (d) of Section 14C-2 of the School Code, 1.2; |
3 | | and |
4 | | (3) for students who are gifted and talented children, |
5 | | as defined in Section 14A-20 of the School Code, 1.1. |
6 | | (f) A scholarship granting organization shall distribute |
7 | | scholarship payments to the participating school where the |
8 | | student is enrolled.
|
9 | | (g) For the 2018-2019 school year through the 2021-2022 |
10 | | school year, each scholarship granting organization shall |
11 | | expend no less than 75% of the qualified contributions received |
12 | | during the calendar year in which the qualified contributions |
13 | | were received. No more than 25% of the
qualified contributions |
14 | | may be carried forward to the following calendar year.
|
15 | | (h) For the 2022-2023 school year, each scholarship |
16 | | granting organization shall expend all qualified contributions |
17 | | received during the calendar year in which the qualified |
18 | | contributions were
received. No qualified contributions may be |
19 | | carried forward to the following calendar year.
|
20 | | (i) A scholarship granting organization shall allow an |
21 | | eligible student to transfer a scholarship during a school year |
22 | | to any other participating school of the custodian's choice. |
23 | | Such scholarships shall be prorated.
|
24 | | (j) With the prior approval of the Department, a |
25 | | scholarship granting organization may transfer funds to |
26 | | another scholarship granting organization if additional funds |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 19 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | are required to meet scholarship demands at the receiving |
2 | | scholarship granting organization. All transferred funds must |
3 | | be
deposited by the receiving scholarship granting |
4 | | organization into its scholarship accounts. All transferred |
5 | | amounts received by any scholarship granting organization must |
6 | | be separately
disclosed to the Department.
|
7 | | (k) If the approval of a scholarship granting organization |
8 | | is revoked as provided in Section 20 of this Act or the |
9 | | scholarship granting organization is dissolved, all remaining |
10 | | qualified contributions of the scholarship granting |
11 | | organization shall be transferred to another scholarship |
12 | | granting organization. All transferred funds must be deposited |
13 | | by the receiving scholarship granting organization into its |
14 | | scholarship accounts. |
15 | | (l) Scholarship granting organizations shall make |
16 | | reasonable efforts to advertise the availability of |
17 | | scholarships to eligible students.
|
18 | | Section 45. State Board responsibilities. |
19 | | (a) Beginning in the 2019-2020 school year, students who |
20 | | have been granted a scholarship under this Act shall be |
21 | | annually assessed at the qualified school where the student |
22 | | attends school in the same manner in which students that attend |
23 | | public schools are annually assessed pursuant to Section |
24 | | 2-3.64a-5 of the School Code. Such qualified school shall pay |
25 | | costs associated with this requirement. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 20 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (b) The Board shall select an independent research |
2 | | organization, which may be a public or private entity or |
3 | | university, to which participating qualified schools must |
4 | | report the scores of students who are receiving scholarships |
5 | | and are assessed pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section. |
6 | | Costs associated with the independent research organization |
7 | | shall be paid by the scholarship granting organizations on a |
8 | | per-pupil basis or by gifts, grants, or donations received by |
9 | | the Board under subsection (d) of this Section, as determined |
10 | | by the Board. The independent research organization must |
11 | | annually report to the Board on the year-to-year learning gains |
12 | | of students receiving scholarships on a statewide basis. The |
13 | | report shall also include, to the extent possible, a comparison |
14 | | of these learning gains to the statewide learning gains of |
15 | | public school students with socioeconomic backgrounds similar |
16 | | to those of students receiving scholarships. The annual report |
17 | | shall be delivered to the Board and published on its website. |
18 | | (c) Beginning within 120 days after the Board first |
19 | | receives the annual report by the independent research |
20 | | organization as provided in subsection (b) of this Section and |
21 | | on an annual basis thereafter, the Board shall submit a written |
22 | | report to the Governor, the President of the Senate, the |
23 | | Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Minority Leader of |
24 | | the Senate, and the Minority Leader of the House of |
25 | | Representatives regarding this Act. Such report shall include |
26 | | an evaluation of the academic performance of students receiving |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 21 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | scholarships and recommendations for improving student |
2 | | performance. |
3 | | (d) Subject to the State Officials and Employees Ethics |
4 | | Act, the Board may receive and expend gifts, grants, and |
5 | | donations of any kind from any public or private entity to |
6 | | carry out the purposes of this Section, subject to the terms |
7 | | and conditions under which the gifts are given, provided that |
8 | | all such terms and conditions are permissible under law. |
9 | | (e) The sharing and reporting of student learning gain data |
10 | | under this Section must be in accordance with requirements of |
11 | | the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and the Illinois |
12 | | School Student Records Act. All parties must preserve the |
13 | | confidentiality of such information as required by law. The |
14 | | annual report must not disaggregate data to a level that will |
15 | | disclose the academic level of individual students.
|
16 | | Section 50. Qualified school responsibilities. A qualified |
17 | | school that accepts scholarship students must do all of the |
18 | | following: |
19 | | (1) provide to a scholarship granting organization, |
20 | | upon request, all documentation required for the student's |
21 | | participation, including the non-public school's cost and |
22 | | student's fee schedules; |
23 | | (2) be academically accountable to the custodian for |
24 | | meeting the educational needs of the student by: |
25 | | (A) at a minimum, annually providing to the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 22 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | custodian a written explanation of the student's |
2 | | progress; and |
3 | | (B) annually administering assessments required by |
4 | | subsection (a) of Section 45 of this Act in the same |
5 | | manner in which they are administered at public schools |
6 | | pursuant to Section 2-3.64a-5 of the School Code; the |
7 | | Board shall bill participating qualified schools for |
8 | | all costs associated with administering assessments |
9 | | required by this paragraph; the participating |
10 | | qualified schools shall ensure that all test security |
11 | | and assessment administration procedures are followed; |
12 | | participating qualified schools must report individual |
13 | | student scores to the custodians of the students; the |
14 | | independent research organization described in |
15 | | subsection (b) of Section 45 of this Act shall be |
16 | | provided all student score data in a secure manner by |
17 | | the participating qualified school. |
18 | | The inability of a qualified school to meet the |
19 | | requirements of this Section shall constitute a basis for the |
20 | | ineligibility of the qualified school to participate in the |
21 | | scholarship program as determined by the Board.
|
22 | | Section 55. Custodian and student responsibilities. |
23 | | (a) The custodian must select a qualified school and apply |
24 | | for the admission of his or her child. |
25 | | (b) The custodian shall ensure that the student |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 23 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | participating in the scholarship program takes the assessment |
2 | | required by subsection (a) of Section 45 of this Act. |
3 | | (c) Each custodian and each student has an obligation to |
4 | | comply with the qualified school's published policies.
|
5 | | (d) The custodian shall authorize the scholarship granting |
6 | | organization to access information needed for income |
7 | | eligibility determinations.
|
8 | | Section 60. Recordkeeping; rulemaking; violations. |
9 | | (a) Each taxpayer shall, for each taxable year for which |
10 | | the tax credit provided for under this Act is claimed, maintain |
11 | | records of the following information: (i) contribution |
12 | | authorization certificates obtained under Section 25 of this |
13 | | Act and (ii) certificates of receipt obtained under Section 30 |
14 | | of this Act.
|
15 | | (b) The Board and the Department may adopt rules consistent |
16 | | with and necessary
for the implementation of this Act. |
17 | | (c) Violations of State laws or rules and complaints |
18 | | relating to program participation shall be referred to the |
19 | | Attorney General.
|
20 | | Section 65. Credit period; repeal. |
21 | | (a) A taxpayer may take a credit under this Act for tax |
22 | | years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and ending before |
23 | | January 1, 2023. A taxpayer may not take a credit pursuant to |
24 | | this Act for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2023.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 24 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (b) This Act is repealed on January 1, 2024.
|
2 | | Section 900. The Open Meetings Act is amended by changing |
3 | | Section 2 as follows:
|
4 | | (5 ILCS 120/2) (from Ch. 102, par. 42)
|
5 | | Sec. 2. Open meetings.
|
6 | | (a) Openness required. All meetings of public
bodies shall |
7 | | be open to the public unless excepted in subsection (c)
and |
8 | | closed in accordance with Section 2a.
|
9 | | (b) Construction of exceptions. The exceptions contained |
10 | | in subsection
(c) are in derogation of the requirement that |
11 | | public bodies
meet in the open, and therefore, the exceptions |
12 | | are to be strictly
construed, extending only to subjects |
13 | | clearly within their scope.
The exceptions authorize but do not |
14 | | require the holding of
a closed meeting to discuss a subject |
15 | | included within an enumerated exception.
|
16 | | (c) Exceptions. A public body may hold closed meetings to |
17 | | consider the
following subjects:
|
18 | | (1) The appointment, employment, compensation, |
19 | | discipline, performance,
or dismissal of specific |
20 | | employees of the public body or legal counsel for
the |
21 | | public body, including hearing
testimony on a complaint |
22 | | lodged against an employee of the public body or
against |
23 | | legal counsel for the public body to determine its |
24 | | validity. However, a meeting to consider an increase in |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 25 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | compensation to a specific employee of a public body that |
2 | | is subject to the Local Government Wage Increase |
3 | | Transparency Act may not be closed and shall be open to the |
4 | | public and posted and held in accordance with this Act.
|
5 | | (2) Collective negotiating matters between the public |
6 | | body and its
employees or their representatives, or |
7 | | deliberations concerning salary
schedules for one or more |
8 | | classes of employees.
|
9 | | (3) The selection of a person to fill a public office,
|
10 | | as defined in this Act, including a vacancy in a public |
11 | | office, when the public
body is given power to appoint |
12 | | under law or ordinance, or the discipline,
performance or |
13 | | removal of the occupant of a public office, when the public |
14 | | body
is given power to remove the occupant under law or |
15 | | ordinance.
|
16 | | (4) Evidence or testimony presented in open hearing, or |
17 | | in closed
hearing where specifically authorized by law, to
|
18 | | a quasi-adjudicative body, as defined in this Act, provided |
19 | | that the body
prepares and makes available for public |
20 | | inspection a written decision
setting forth its |
21 | | determinative reasoning.
|
22 | | (5) The purchase or lease of real property for the use |
23 | | of
the public body, including meetings held for the purpose |
24 | | of discussing
whether a particular parcel should be |
25 | | acquired.
|
26 | | (6) The setting of a price for sale or lease of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 26 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | property owned
by the public body.
|
2 | | (7) The sale or purchase of securities, investments, or |
3 | | investment
contracts. This exception shall not apply to the |
4 | | investment of assets or income of funds deposited into the |
5 | | Illinois Prepaid Tuition Trust Fund.
|
6 | | (8) Security procedures, school building safety and |
7 | | security, and the use of personnel and
equipment to respond |
8 | | to an actual, a threatened, or a reasonably
potential |
9 | | danger to the safety of employees, students, staff, the |
10 | | public, or
public
property.
|
11 | | (9) Student disciplinary cases.
|
12 | | (10) The placement of individual students in special |
13 | | education
programs and other matters relating to |
14 | | individual students.
|
15 | | (11) Litigation, when an action against, affecting or |
16 | | on behalf of the
particular public body has been filed and |
17 | | is pending before a court or
administrative tribunal, or |
18 | | when the public body finds that an action is
probable or |
19 | | imminent, in which case the basis for the finding shall be
|
20 | | recorded and entered into the minutes of the closed |
21 | | meeting.
|
22 | | (12) The establishment of reserves or settlement of |
23 | | claims as provided
in the Local Governmental and |
24 | | Governmental Employees Tort Immunity Act, if
otherwise the |
25 | | disposition of a claim or potential claim might be
|
26 | | prejudiced, or the review or discussion of claims, loss or |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 27 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | risk management
information, records, data, advice or |
2 | | communications from or with respect
to any insurer of the |
3 | | public body or any intergovernmental risk management
|
4 | | association or self insurance pool of which the public body |
5 | | is a member.
|
6 | | (13) Conciliation of complaints of discrimination in |
7 | | the sale or rental
of housing, when closed meetings are |
8 | | authorized by the law or ordinance
prescribing fair housing |
9 | | practices and creating a commission or
administrative |
10 | | agency for their enforcement.
|
11 | | (14) Informant sources, the hiring or assignment of |
12 | | undercover personnel
or equipment, or ongoing, prior or |
13 | | future criminal investigations, when
discussed by a public |
14 | | body with criminal investigatory responsibilities.
|
15 | | (15) Professional ethics or performance when |
16 | | considered by an advisory
body appointed to advise a |
17 | | licensing or regulatory agency on matters
germane to the |
18 | | advisory body's field of competence.
|
19 | | (16) Self evaluation, practices and procedures or |
20 | | professional ethics,
when meeting with a representative of |
21 | | a statewide association of which the
public body is a |
22 | | member.
|
23 | | (17) The recruitment, credentialing, discipline or |
24 | | formal peer review
of physicians or other
health care |
25 | | professionals, or for the discussion of matters protected |
26 | | under the federal Patient Safety and Quality Improvement |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 28 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Act of 2005, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, |
2 | | including 42 C.F.R. Part 3 (73 FR 70732), or the federal |
3 | | Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of |
4 | | 1996, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, |
5 | | including 45 C.F.R. Parts 160, 162, and 164, by a hospital, |
6 | | or
other institution providing medical care, that is |
7 | | operated by the public body.
|
8 | | (18) Deliberations for decisions of the Prisoner |
9 | | Review Board.
|
10 | | (19) Review or discussion of applications received |
11 | | under the
Experimental Organ Transplantation Procedures |
12 | | Act.
|
13 | | (20) The classification and discussion of matters |
14 | | classified as
confidential or continued confidential by |
15 | | the State Government Suggestion Award
Board.
|
16 | | (21) Discussion of minutes of meetings lawfully closed |
17 | | under this Act,
whether for purposes of approval by the |
18 | | body of the minutes or semi-annual
review of the minutes as |
19 | | mandated by Section 2.06.
|
20 | | (22) Deliberations for decisions of the State
|
21 | | Emergency Medical Services Disciplinary
Review Board.
|
22 | | (23) The operation by a municipality of a municipal |
23 | | utility or the
operation of a
municipal power agency or |
24 | | municipal natural gas agency when the
discussion involves |
25 | | (i) contracts relating to the
purchase, sale, or delivery |
26 | | of electricity or natural gas or (ii) the results
or |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 29 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | conclusions of load forecast studies.
|
2 | | (24) Meetings of a residential health care facility |
3 | | resident sexual
assault and death review
team or
the |
4 | | Executive
Council under the Abuse Prevention Review
Team |
5 | | Act.
|
6 | | (25) Meetings of an independent team of experts under |
7 | | Brian's Law. |
8 | | (26) Meetings of a mortality review team appointed |
9 | | under the Department of Juvenile Justice Mortality Review |
10 | | Team Act. |
11 | | (27) (Blank). |
12 | | (28) Correspondence and records (i) that may not be |
13 | | disclosed under Section 11-9 of the Illinois Public Aid |
14 | | Code or (ii) that pertain to appeals under Section 11-8 of |
15 | | the Illinois Public Aid Code. |
16 | | (29) Meetings between internal or external auditors |
17 | | and governmental audit committees, finance committees, and |
18 | | their equivalents, when the discussion involves internal |
19 | | control weaknesses, identification of potential fraud risk |
20 | | areas, known or suspected frauds, and fraud interviews |
21 | | conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing |
22 | | standards of the United States of America. |
23 | | (30) Those meetings or portions of meetings of a |
24 | | fatality review team or the Illinois Fatality Review Team |
25 | | Advisory Council during which a review of the death of an |
26 | | eligible adult in which abuse or neglect is suspected, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 30 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | alleged, or substantiated is conducted pursuant to Section |
2 | | 15 of the Adult Protective Services Act. |
3 | | (31) Meetings and deliberations for decisions of the |
4 | | Concealed Carry Licensing Review Board under the Firearm |
5 | | Concealed Carry Act. |
6 | | (32) Meetings between the Regional Transportation |
7 | | Authority Board and its Service Boards when the discussion |
8 | | involves review by the Regional Transportation Authority |
9 | | Board of employment contracts under Section 28d of the |
10 | | Metropolitan Transit Authority Act and Sections 3A.18 and |
11 | | 3B.26 of the Regional Transportation Authority Act. |
12 | | (33) Those meetings or portions of meetings of the |
13 | | advisory committee and peer review subcommittee created |
14 | | under Section 320 of the Illinois Controlled Substances Act |
15 | | during which specific controlled substance prescriber, |
16 | | dispenser, or patient information is discussed. |
17 | | (34) Meetings of the Tax Increment Financing Reform |
18 | | Task Force under Section 2505-800 of the Department of |
19 | | Revenue Law of the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois. |
20 | | (d) Definitions. For purposes of this Section:
|
21 | | "Employee" means a person employed by a public body whose |
22 | | relationship
with the public body constitutes an |
23 | | employer-employee relationship under
the usual common law |
24 | | rules, and who is not an independent contractor.
|
25 | | "Public office" means a position created by or under the
|
26 | | Constitution or laws of this State, the occupant of which is |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 31 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | charged with
the exercise of some portion of the sovereign |
2 | | power of this State. The term
"public office" shall include |
3 | | members of the public body, but it shall not
include |
4 | | organizational positions filled by members thereof, whether
|
5 | | established by law or by a public body itself, that exist to |
6 | | assist the
body in the conduct of its business.
|
7 | | "Quasi-adjudicative body" means an administrative body |
8 | | charged by law or
ordinance with the responsibility to conduct |
9 | | hearings, receive evidence or
testimony and make |
10 | | determinations based
thereon, but does not include
local |
11 | | electoral boards when such bodies are considering petition |
12 | | challenges.
|
13 | | (e) Final action. No final action may be taken at a closed |
14 | | meeting.
Final action shall be preceded by a public recital of |
15 | | the nature of the
matter being considered and other information |
16 | | that will inform the
public of the business being conducted.
|
17 | | (Source: P.A. 98-49, eff. 7-1-13; 98-63, eff. 7-9-13; 98-756, |
18 | | eff. 7-16-14; 98-1027, eff. 1-1-15; 98-1039, eff. 8-25-14; |
19 | | 99-78, eff. 7-20-15; 99-235, eff. 1-1-16; 99-480, eff. 9-9-15; |
20 | | 99-642, eff. 7-28-16; 99-646, eff. 7-28-16; 99-687, eff. |
21 | | 1-1-17; revised 9-21-16.)
|
22 | | Section 902. The Freedom of Information Act is amended by |
23 | | changing Section 7.5 as follows:
|
24 | | (5 ILCS 140/7.5) |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 32 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Sec. 7.5. Statutory exemptions. To the extent provided for |
2 | | by the statutes referenced below, the following shall be exempt |
3 | | from inspection and copying: |
4 | | (a) All information determined to be confidential |
5 | | under Section 4002 of the Technology Advancement and |
6 | | Development Act. |
7 | | (b) Library circulation and order records identifying |
8 | | library users with specific materials under the Library |
9 | | Records Confidentiality Act. |
10 | | (c) Applications, related documents, and medical |
11 | | records received by the Experimental Organ Transplantation |
12 | | Procedures Board and any and all documents or other records |
13 | | prepared by the Experimental Organ Transplantation |
14 | | Procedures Board or its staff relating to applications it |
15 | | has received. |
16 | | (d) Information and records held by the Department of |
17 | | Public Health and its authorized representatives relating |
18 | | to known or suspected cases of sexually transmissible |
19 | | disease or any information the disclosure of which is |
20 | | restricted under the Illinois Sexually Transmissible |
21 | | Disease Control Act. |
22 | | (e) Information the disclosure of which is exempted |
23 | | under Section 30 of the Radon Industry Licensing Act. |
24 | | (f) Firm performance evaluations under Section 55 of |
25 | | the Architectural, Engineering, and Land Surveying |
26 | | Qualifications Based Selection Act. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 33 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (g) Information the disclosure of which is restricted |
2 | | and exempted under Section 50 of the Illinois Prepaid |
3 | | Tuition Act. |
4 | | (h) Information the disclosure of which is exempted |
5 | | under the State Officials and Employees Ethics Act, and |
6 | | records of any lawfully created State or local inspector |
7 | | general's office that would be exempt if created or |
8 | | obtained by an Executive Inspector General's office under |
9 | | that Act. |
10 | | (i) Information contained in a local emergency energy |
11 | | plan submitted to a municipality in accordance with a local |
12 | | emergency energy plan ordinance that is adopted under |
13 | | Section 11-21.5-5 of the Illinois Municipal Code. |
14 | | (j) Information and data concerning the distribution |
15 | | of surcharge moneys collected and remitted by wireless |
16 | | carriers under the Wireless Emergency Telephone Safety |
17 | | Act. |
18 | | (k) Law enforcement officer identification information |
19 | | or driver identification information compiled by a law |
20 | | enforcement agency or the Department of Transportation |
21 | | under Section 11-212 of the Illinois Vehicle Code. |
22 | | (l) Records and information provided to a residential |
23 | | health care facility resident sexual assault and death |
24 | | review team or the Executive Council under the Abuse |
25 | | Prevention Review Team Act. |
26 | | (m) Information provided to the predatory lending |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 34 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | database created pursuant to Article 3 of the Residential |
2 | | Real Property Disclosure Act, except to the extent |
3 | | authorized under that Article. |
4 | | (n) Defense budgets and petitions for certification of |
5 | | compensation and expenses for court appointed trial |
6 | | counsel as provided under Sections 10 and 15 of the Capital |
7 | | Crimes Litigation Act. This subsection (n) shall apply |
8 | | until the conclusion of the trial of the case, even if the |
9 | | prosecution chooses not to pursue the death penalty prior |
10 | | to trial or sentencing. |
11 | | (o) Information that is prohibited from being |
12 | | disclosed under Section 4 of the Illinois Health and |
13 | | Hazardous Substances Registry Act. |
14 | | (p) Security portions of system safety program plans, |
15 | | investigation reports, surveys, schedules, lists, data, or |
16 | | information compiled, collected, or prepared by or for the |
17 | | Regional Transportation Authority under Section 2.11 of |
18 | | the Regional Transportation Authority Act or the St. Clair |
19 | | County Transit District under the Bi-State Transit Safety |
20 | | Act. |
21 | | (q) Information prohibited from being disclosed by the |
22 | | Personnel Records Review Act. |
23 | | (r) Information prohibited from being disclosed by the |
24 | | Illinois School Student Records Act. |
25 | | (s) Information the disclosure of which is restricted |
26 | | under Section 5-108 of the Public Utilities Act.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 35 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (t) All identified or deidentified health information |
2 | | in the form of health data or medical records contained in, |
3 | | stored in, submitted to, transferred by, or released from |
4 | | the Illinois Health Information Exchange, and identified |
5 | | or deidentified health information in the form of health |
6 | | data and medical records of the Illinois Health Information |
7 | | Exchange in the possession of the Illinois Health |
8 | | Information Exchange Authority due to its administration |
9 | | of the Illinois Health Information Exchange. The terms |
10 | | "identified" and "deidentified" shall be given the same |
11 | | meaning as in the Health Insurance Portability and |
12 | | Accountability Act of 1996, Public Law 104-191, or any |
13 | | subsequent amendments thereto, and any regulations |
14 | | promulgated thereunder. |
15 | | (u) Records and information provided to an independent |
16 | | team of experts under Brian's Law. |
17 | | (v) Names and information of people who have applied |
18 | | for or received Firearm Owner's Identification Cards under |
19 | | the Firearm Owners Identification Card Act or applied for |
20 | | or received a concealed carry license under the Firearm |
21 | | Concealed Carry Act, unless otherwise authorized by the |
22 | | Firearm Concealed Carry Act; and databases under the |
23 | | Firearm Concealed Carry Act, records of the Concealed Carry |
24 | | Licensing Review Board under the Firearm Concealed Carry |
25 | | Act, and law enforcement agency objections under the |
26 | | Firearm Concealed Carry Act. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 36 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (w) Personally identifiable information which is |
2 | | exempted from disclosure under subsection (g) of Section |
3 | | 19.1 of the Toll Highway Act. |
4 | | (x) Information which is exempted from disclosure |
5 | | under Section 5-1014.3 of the Counties Code or Section |
6 | | 8-11-21 of the Illinois Municipal Code. |
7 | | (y) Confidential information under the Adult |
8 | | Protective Services Act and its predecessor enabling |
9 | | statute, the Elder Abuse and Neglect Act, including |
10 | | information about the identity and administrative finding |
11 | | against any caregiver of a verified and substantiated |
12 | | decision of abuse, neglect, or financial exploitation of an |
13 | | eligible adult maintained in the Registry established |
14 | | under Section 7.5 of the Adult Protective Services Act. |
15 | | (z) Records and information provided to a fatality |
16 | | review team or the Illinois Fatality Review Team Advisory |
17 | | Council under Section 15 of the Adult Protective Services |
18 | | Act. |
19 | | (aa) Information which is exempted from disclosure |
20 | | under Section 2.37 of the Wildlife Code. |
21 | | (bb) Information which is or was prohibited from |
22 | | disclosure by the Juvenile Court Act of 1987. |
23 | | (cc) Recordings made under the Law Enforcement |
24 | | Officer-Worn Body Camera Act, except to the extent |
25 | | authorized under that Act. |
26 | | (dd) Information that is prohibited from being |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 37 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | disclosed under Section 45 of the Condominium and Common |
2 | | Interest Community Ombudsperson Act. |
3 | | (ee) (dd) Information that is exempted from disclosure |
4 | | under Section 30.1 of the Pharmacy Practice Act. |
5 | | (ff) Information which is exempted from disclosure |
6 | | under Section 2505-800 of the Department of Revenue Law of |
7 | | the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois. |
8 | | (Source: P.A. 98-49, eff. 7-1-13; 98-63, eff. 7-9-13; 98-756, |
9 | | eff. 7-16-14; 98-1039, eff. 8-25-14; 98-1045, eff. 8-25-14; |
10 | | 99-78, eff. 7-20-15; 99-298, eff. 8-6-15; 99-352, eff. 1-1-16; |
11 | | 99-642, eff. 7-28-16; 99-776, eff. 8-12-16; 99-863, eff. |
12 | | 8-19-16; revised 9-1-16.)
|
13 | | Section 904. The Election Code is amended by changing |
14 | | Section 28-2 as follows:
|
15 | | (10 ILCS 5/28-2) (from Ch. 46, par. 28-2)
|
16 | | Sec. 28-2. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this |
17 | | Section, petitions
for the submission of public questions to |
18 | | referendum must be filed with the
appropriate officer or board |
19 | | not less than 92 days prior to a regular
election to be |
20 | | eligible for submission on the ballot at such election; and
|
21 | | petitions for the submission of a question under Section 18-120 |
22 | | or Section 18-206 of the
Property Tax Code must be filed with |
23 | | the appropriate officer or board not more
than 10 months nor |
24 | | less than 6 months prior to the election at which such
question |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 38 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | is to be submitted to the voters.
|
2 | | (b) However, petitions for the submission of a public |
3 | | question to
referendum which proposes the creation or formation |
4 | | of a political
subdivision must be filed with the appropriate |
5 | | officer or board not less
than 122 days prior to a regular |
6 | | election to be eligible for submission on
the ballot at such |
7 | | election.
|
8 | | (c) Resolutions or ordinances of governing boards of |
9 | | political
subdivisions which initiate the submission of public |
10 | | questions pursuant
to law must be adopted not less than 79 days |
11 | | before a regularly scheduled
election to be eligible for |
12 | | submission on the ballot at such election.
|
13 | | (d) A petition, resolution or ordinance initiating the |
14 | | submission of a
public question may specify a regular election |
15 | | at which the question is
to be submitted, and must so specify |
16 | | if the statute authorizing the
public question requires |
17 | | submission at a particular election. However,
no petition, |
18 | | resolution or ordinance initiating the submission of a
public |
19 | | question, other than a legislative resolution initiating an
|
20 | | amendment to the Constitution, may specify such submission at |
21 | | an
election more than one year, or 15 months in the case of a |
22 | | back door referendum as defined in subsection (f), after the |
23 | | date on which it is filed or
adopted, as the case may be. A |
24 | | petition, resolution or ordinance
initiating a public question |
25 | | which specifies a particular election at
which the question is |
26 | | to be submitted shall be so limited, and shall not
be valid as |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 39 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | to any other election, other than an emergency referendum
|
2 | | ordered pursuant to Section 2A-1.4.
|
3 | | (e) If a petition initiating a public question does not |
4 | | specify a
regularly scheduled election, the public question |
5 | | shall be submitted to
referendum at the next regular election |
6 | | occurring not less than 92 days
after the filing of the |
7 | | petition, or not less than 122 days after the
filing of a |
8 | | petition for referendum to create a political subdivision. If
a |
9 | | resolution or ordinance initiating a public question does not |
10 | | specify a
regularly scheduled election, the public question |
11 | | shall be submitted to
referendum at the next regular election |
12 | | occurring not less than 79 days
after the adoption of the |
13 | | resolution or ordinance.
|
14 | | (f) In the case of back door referenda, any limitations in |
15 | | another
statute authorizing such a referendum which restrict |
16 | | the time in which
the initiating petition may be validly filed |
17 | | shall apply to such
petition, in addition to the filing |
18 | | deadlines specified in this Section
for submission at a |
19 | | particular election. In the case of any back door
referendum, |
20 | | the publication of the ordinance or resolution of the political
|
21 | | subdivision shall include a notice of (1) the specific number |
22 | | of voters
required to sign a petition requesting that a public |
23 | | question be submitted
to the voters of the subdivision; (2) the |
24 | | time within which the petition must
be filed; and (3) the date |
25 | | of the prospective referendum. The secretary or
clerk of the |
26 | | political subdivision shall provide a petition form to any
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 40 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | individual requesting one. The legal sufficiency of that form, |
2 | | if provided by the secretary or clerk of the political |
3 | | subdivision, cannot be the basis of a challenge to placing the |
4 | | back door referendum on the ballot. As used herein, a "back |
5 | | door
referendum" is the submission of a public question to the |
6 | | voters of a
political subdivision, initiated by a petition of |
7 | | voters or residents of
such political subdivision, to determine |
8 | | whether an action by the
governing body of such subdivision |
9 | | shall be adopted or rejected.
|
10 | | (g) A petition for the incorporation or formation of a new
|
11 | | political subdivision whose officers are to be elected rather |
12 | | than appointed
must have attached to it an affidavit attesting |
13 | | that at least 122 days and
no more than 152 days prior to such |
14 | | election notice of intention to file
such petition was |
15 | | published in a newspaper published within the proposed
|
16 | | political subdivision, or if none, in a newspaper of general |
17 | | circulation
within the territory of the proposed political |
18 | | subdivision in substantially
the following form:
|
19 | | NOTICE OF PETITION TO FORM A NEW........
|
20 | | Residents of the territory described below are notified |
21 | | that a petition
will or has been filed in the Office |
22 | | of............requesting a referendum
to establish a |
23 | | new........, to be called the............
|
24 | | *The officers of the new...........will be elected on the |
25 | | same day as the
referendum. Candidates for the governing board |
26 | | of the new......may file
nominating petitions with the officer |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 41 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | named above until...........
|
2 | | The territory proposed to comprise the new........is |
3 | | described as follows:
|
4 | | (description of territory included in petition)
|
5 | | (signature)....................................
|
6 | | Name and address of person or persons proposing
|
7 | | the new political subdivision.
|
8 | | * Where applicable.
|
9 | | Failure to file such affidavit, or failure to publish the |
10 | | required notice
with the correct information contained therein |
11 | | shall render the petition,
and any referendum held pursuant to |
12 | | such petition, null and void.
|
13 | | Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this |
14 | | subsection (g) or any
other provisions of this Code, the |
15 | | publication of notice and affidavit
requirements of this |
16 | | subsection (g) shall not apply to any petition filed
under |
17 | | Article 7 or 11E of the School Code nor to any
referendum
held |
18 | | pursuant to any such petition, and neither any petition filed |
19 | | under
any of those Articles nor any referendum held pursuant to |
20 | | any such petition
shall be rendered null and void because of |
21 | | the failure to file an affidavit
or publish a notice with |
22 | | respect to the petition or referendum as required
under this |
23 | | subsection (g) for petitions that are not filed under any of
|
24 | | those Articles of the School Code.
|
25 | | (Source: P.A. 96-1008, eff. 7-6-10.)
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 42 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Section 905. The Economic Development Area Tax Increment |
2 | | Allocation Act is amended by changing Section 7 as follows:
|
3 | | (20 ILCS 620/7) (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 1007)
|
4 | | Sec. 7. Creation of special tax allocation fund. If a |
5 | | municipality
has adopted tax increment allocation financing |
6 | | for an economic development
project area by ordinance, the |
7 | | county clerk has thereafter certified the "total
initial |
8 | | equalized assessed value" of the taxable real property within |
9 | | such
economic development project area in the manner provided |
10 | | in Section 6 of this
Act, and the Department has approved and |
11 | | certified the economic development
project area, each year |
12 | | after the date of the certification by the county clerk
of the |
13 | | "total initial equalized assessed value" until economic |
14 | | development
project costs and all municipal obligations |
15 | | financing economic development
project costs have been paid, |
16 | | the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the
levies upon the |
17 | | taxable real property in the economic development project area
|
18 | | by taxing districts and tax rates determined in the manner |
19 | | provided in
subsection (b) of Section 6 of this Act shall be |
20 | | divided as follows:
|
21 | | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable lot, |
22 | | block, tract
or parcel of real property which is attributable |
23 | | to the lower of the current
equalized assessed value or the |
24 | | initial equalized assessed value of each such
taxable lot, |
25 | | block, tract, or parcel of real property existing at the time |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 43 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | tax
increment allocation financing was adopted, shall be |
2 | | allocated to and when
collected shall be paid by the county |
3 | | collector to the respective affected
taxing districts in the |
4 | | manner required by law in the absence of the adoption
of tax |
5 | | increment allocation financing.
|
6 | | (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes which is |
7 | | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized assessed |
8 | | valuation of each taxable lot,
block, tract, or parcel of real |
9 | | property in the economic development project
area, over and |
10 | | above the initial equalized assessed value of each property
|
11 | | existing at the time tax increment allocation financing was |
12 | | adopted,
shall be allocated to and when collected shall be paid |
13 | | to the municipal
treasurer, who shall deposit those taxes into |
14 | | a special fund called the special
tax allocation fund of the |
15 | | municipality for the purpose of paying economic
development |
16 | | project costs and obligations incurred in the payment thereof.
|
17 | | The municipality, by an ordinance adopting tax increment |
18 | | allocation
financing, may pledge the funds in and to be |
19 | | deposited in the special tax
allocation fund for the payment of |
20 | | obligations issued under this Act and for
the payment of |
21 | | economic development project costs. No part of the current
|
22 | | equalized assessed valuation of each property in the economic |
23 | | development
project area attributable to any increase above the |
24 | | total initial equalized
assessed value, of such properties |
25 | | shall be used in calculating the general
State school aid |
26 | | formula, provided for in Section 18-8 of the School Code, or |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 44 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the evidence-based funding formula, provided for in Section |
2 | | 18-8.15 of the School Code,
until such time as all economic |
3 | | development projects costs have been paid as
provided for in |
4 | | this Section.
|
5 | | When the economic development project costs, including |
6 | | without
limitation all municipal obligations financing |
7 | | economic development project
costs incurred under this Act, |
8 | | have been paid, all surplus funds then
remaining in the special |
9 | | tax allocation fund shall be distributed by being
paid by the |
10 | | municipal treasurer to the county collector, who shall
|
11 | | immediately thereafter pay those funds to the taxing districts |
12 | | having
taxable property in the economic development project |
13 | | area in the same
manner and proportion as the most recent |
14 | | distribution by the county
collector to those taxing districts |
15 | | of real property taxes from real
property in the economic |
16 | | development project area.
|
17 | | Upon the payment of all economic development project costs, |
18 | | retirement of
obligations and the distribution of any excess |
19 | | monies pursuant to this
Section the municipality shall adopt an |
20 | | ordinance dissolving the special
tax allocation fund for the |
21 | | economic development project area,
terminating the economic |
22 | | development project area, and terminating the use
of tax |
23 | | increment allocation financing for the economic development |
24 | | project
area. Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts |
25 | | shall be extended and taxes
levied, collected and distributed |
26 | | in the manner applicable in the absence of
the adoption of tax |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 45 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | increment allocation financing.
|
2 | | Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving |
3 | | property in
economic development project areas from being |
4 | | assessed as provided in the
Property Tax Code, or as relieving
|
5 | | owners of that property from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as |
6 | | required by
Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois |
7 | | Constitution.
|
8 | | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
|
9 | | Section 910. The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois |
10 | | (Department of Revenue Law) is amended by adding Section |
11 | | 2505-800 as follows:
|
12 | | (20 ILCS 2505/2505-800 new) |
13 | | Sec. 2505-800. Tax Increment Financing Reform Task Force. |
14 | | (a) There is hereby created the Tax Increment Financing |
15 | | Reform Task Force which shall consist of the following members: |
16 | | (1) 3 members of the General Assembly, appointed by the |
17 | | President of the Senate; |
18 | | (2) 3 members of the General Assembly, appointed by the |
19 | | Minority Leader of the Senate; |
20 | | (3) 3 members of the General Assembly, appointed by the |
21 | | Speaker of the House of Representatives; and |
22 | | (4) 3 members of the General Assembly, appointed by the |
23 | | Minority Leader of the House of Representatives. |
24 | | (b) The members of the Task Force shall elect one co-chair |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 46 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | from each legislative caucus, who shall call meetings of the |
2 | | Task Force to order. The Task Force shall hold an initial |
3 | | meeting within 60 days after the effective date of this |
4 | | amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly. |
5 | | (c) The Task Force shall conduct a study examining current |
6 | | Tax Increment Financing (TIF) laws in this State and issues |
7 | | that include, but are not limited to: |
8 | | (1) the benefits and costs of TIF districts; |
9 | | (2) the interaction between TIF law and school funding; |
10 | | (3) the expenditure of TIF funds; and |
11 | | (4) the expenditure of TIF surplus funds. |
12 | | (d) The Task Force shall report the findings of the study |
13 | | and any recommendations to the General Assembly on or before |
14 | | April 1, 2018, at which time the Task Force shall be dissolved. |
15 | | (e) The Department of Revenue shall provide staff and |
16 | | administrative support to the Task Force, and shall post on its |
17 | | website the report under subsection (d) of this Section. |
18 | | (f) The Task Force is exempt from any requirements under |
19 | | the Freedom of Information Act and Open Meetings Act. |
20 | | (g) This Section is repealed on April 30, 2018.
|
21 | | Section 915. The State Finance Act is amended by changing |
22 | | Section 13.2 as follows:
|
23 | | (30 ILCS 105/13.2) (from Ch. 127, par. 149.2)
|
24 | | Sec. 13.2. Transfers among line item appropriations. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 47 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (a) Transfers among line item appropriations from the same
|
2 | | treasury fund for the objects specified in this Section may be |
3 | | made in
the manner provided in this Section when the balance |
4 | | remaining in one or
more such line item appropriations is |
5 | | insufficient for the purpose for
which the appropriation was |
6 | | made. |
7 | | (a-1) No transfers may be made from one
agency to another |
8 | | agency, nor may transfers be made from one institution
of |
9 | | higher education to another institution of higher education |
10 | | except as provided by subsection (a-4).
|
11 | | (a-2) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, |
12 | | transfers may be made only among the objects of expenditure |
13 | | enumerated
in this Section, except that no funds may be |
14 | | transferred from any
appropriation for personal services, from |
15 | | any appropriation for State
contributions to the State |
16 | | Employees' Retirement System, from any
separate appropriation |
17 | | for employee retirement contributions paid by the
employer, nor |
18 | | from any appropriation for State contribution for
employee |
19 | | group insurance. During State fiscal year 2005, an agency may |
20 | | transfer amounts among its appropriations within the same |
21 | | treasury fund for personal services, employee retirement |
22 | | contributions paid by employer, and State Contributions to |
23 | | retirement systems; notwithstanding and in addition to the |
24 | | transfers authorized in subsection (c) of this Section, the |
25 | | fiscal year 2005 transfers authorized in this sentence may be |
26 | | made in an amount not to exceed 2% of the aggregate amount |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 48 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | appropriated to an agency within the same treasury fund. During |
2 | | State fiscal year 2007, the Departments of Children and Family |
3 | | Services, Corrections, Human Services, and Juvenile Justice |
4 | | may transfer amounts among their respective appropriations |
5 | | within the same treasury fund for personal services, employee |
6 | | retirement contributions paid by employer, and State |
7 | | contributions to retirement systems. During State fiscal year |
8 | | 2010, the Department of Transportation may transfer amounts |
9 | | among their respective appropriations within the same treasury |
10 | | fund for personal services, employee retirement contributions |
11 | | paid by employer, and State contributions to retirement |
12 | | systems. During State fiscal years 2010 and 2014 only, an |
13 | | agency may transfer amounts among its respective |
14 | | appropriations within the same treasury fund for personal |
15 | | services, employee retirement contributions paid by employer, |
16 | | and State contributions to retirement systems. |
17 | | Notwithstanding, and in addition to, the transfers authorized |
18 | | in subsection (c) of this Section, these transfers may be made |
19 | | in an amount not to exceed 2% of the aggregate amount |
20 | | appropriated to an agency within the same treasury fund.
|
21 | | (a-2.5) During State fiscal year 2015 only, the State's |
22 | | Attorneys Appellate Prosecutor may transfer amounts among its |
23 | | respective appropriations contained in operational line items |
24 | | within the same treasury fund. Notwithstanding, and in addition |
25 | | to, the transfers authorized in subsection (c) of this Section, |
26 | | these transfers may be made in an amount not to exceed 4% of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 49 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the aggregate amount appropriated to the State's Attorneys |
2 | | Appellate Prosecutor within the same treasury fund. |
3 | | (a-3) Further, if an agency receives a separate
|
4 | | appropriation for employee retirement contributions paid by |
5 | | the employer,
any transfer by that agency into an appropriation |
6 | | for personal services
must be accompanied by a corresponding |
7 | | transfer into the appropriation for
employee retirement |
8 | | contributions paid by the employer, in an amount
sufficient to |
9 | | meet the employer share of the employee contributions
required |
10 | | to be remitted to the retirement system. |
11 | | (a-4) Long-Term Care Rebalancing. The Governor may |
12 | | designate amounts set aside for institutional services |
13 | | appropriated from the General Revenue Fund or any other State |
14 | | fund that receives monies for long-term care services to be |
15 | | transferred to all State agencies responsible for the |
16 | | administration of community-based long-term care programs, |
17 | | including, but not limited to, community-based long-term care |
18 | | programs administered by the Department of Healthcare and |
19 | | Family Services, the Department of Human Services, and the |
20 | | Department on Aging, provided that the Director of Healthcare |
21 | | and Family Services first certifies that the amounts being |
22 | | transferred are necessary for the purpose of assisting persons |
23 | | in or at risk of being in institutional care to transition to |
24 | | community-based settings, including the financial data needed |
25 | | to prove the need for the transfer of funds. The total amounts |
26 | | transferred shall not exceed 4% in total of the amounts |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 50 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | appropriated from the General Revenue Fund or any other State |
2 | | fund that receives monies for long-term care services for each |
3 | | fiscal year. A notice of the fund transfer must be made to the |
4 | | General Assembly and posted at a minimum on the Department of |
5 | | Healthcare and Family Services website, the Governor's Office |
6 | | of Management and Budget website, and any other website the |
7 | | Governor sees fit. These postings shall serve as notice to the |
8 | | General Assembly of the amounts to be transferred. Notice shall |
9 | | be given at least 30 days prior to transfer. |
10 | | (b) In addition to the general transfer authority provided |
11 | | under
subsection (c), the following agencies have the specific |
12 | | transfer authority
granted in this subsection: |
13 | | The Department of Healthcare and Family Services is |
14 | | authorized to make transfers
representing savings attributable |
15 | | to not increasing grants due to the
births of additional |
16 | | children from line items for payments of cash grants to
line |
17 | | items for payments for employment and social services for the |
18 | | purposes
outlined in subsection (f) of Section 4-2 of the |
19 | | Illinois Public Aid Code. |
20 | | The Department of Children and Family Services is |
21 | | authorized to make
transfers not exceeding 2% of the aggregate |
22 | | amount appropriated to it within
the same treasury fund for the |
23 | | following line items among these same line
items: Foster Home |
24 | | and Specialized Foster Care and Prevention, Institutions
and |
25 | | Group Homes and Prevention, and Purchase of Adoption and |
26 | | Guardianship
Services. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 51 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | The Department on Aging is authorized to make transfers not
|
2 | | exceeding 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated to it within |
3 | | the same
treasury fund for the following Community Care Program |
4 | | line items among these
same line items: purchase of services |
5 | | covered by the Community Care Program and Comprehensive Case |
6 | | Coordination. |
7 | | The State Treasurer is authorized to make transfers among |
8 | | line item
appropriations
from the Capital Litigation Trust |
9 | | Fund, with respect to costs incurred in
fiscal years 2002 and |
10 | | 2003 only, when the balance remaining in one or
more such
line |
11 | | item appropriations is insufficient for the purpose for which |
12 | | the
appropriation was
made, provided that no such transfer may |
13 | | be made unless the amount transferred
is no
longer required for |
14 | | the purpose for which that appropriation was made. |
15 | | The State Board of Education is authorized to make |
16 | | transfers from line item appropriations within the same |
17 | | treasury fund for General State Aid , and General State Aid - |
18 | | Hold Harmless, and Evidence-Based Funding, provided that no |
19 | | such transfer may be made unless the amount transferred is no |
20 | | longer required for the purpose for which that appropriation |
21 | | was made, to the line item appropriation for Transitional |
22 | | Assistance when the balance remaining in such line item |
23 | | appropriation is insufficient for the purpose for which the |
24 | | appropriation was made. |
25 | | The State Board of Education is authorized to make |
26 | | transfers between the following line item appropriations |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 52 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | within the same treasury fund: Disabled Student |
2 | | Services/Materials (Section 14-13.01 of the School Code), |
3 | | Disabled Student Transportation Reimbursement (Section |
4 | | 14-13.01 of the School Code), Disabled Student Tuition - |
5 | | Private Tuition (Section 14-7.02 of the School Code), |
6 | | Extraordinary Special Education (Section 14-7.02b of the |
7 | | School Code), Reimbursement for Free Lunch/Breakfast Program, |
8 | | Summer School Payments (Section 18-4.3 of the School Code), and |
9 | | Transportation - Regular/Vocational Reimbursement (Section |
10 | | 29-5 of the School Code). Such transfers shall be made only |
11 | | when the balance remaining in one or more such line item |
12 | | appropriations is insufficient for the purpose for which the |
13 | | appropriation was made and provided that no such transfer may |
14 | | be made unless the amount transferred is no longer required for |
15 | | the purpose for which that appropriation was made. |
16 | | The Department of Healthcare and Family Services is |
17 | | authorized to make transfers not exceeding 4% of the aggregate |
18 | | amount appropriated to it, within the same treasury fund, among |
19 | | the various line items appropriated for Medical Assistance. |
20 | | (c) The sum of such transfers for an agency in a fiscal |
21 | | year shall not
exceed 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated |
22 | | to it within the same treasury
fund for the following objects: |
23 | | Personal Services; Extra Help; Student and
Inmate |
24 | | Compensation; State Contributions to Retirement Systems; State
|
25 | | Contributions to Social Security; State Contribution for |
26 | | Employee Group
Insurance; Contractual Services; Travel; |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 53 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Commodities; Printing; Equipment;
Electronic Data Processing; |
2 | | Operation of Automotive Equipment;
Telecommunications |
3 | | Services; Travel and Allowance for Committed, Paroled
and |
4 | | Discharged Prisoners; Library Books; Federal Matching Grants |
5 | | for
Student Loans; Refunds; Workers' Compensation, |
6 | | Occupational Disease, and
Tort Claims; and, in appropriations |
7 | | to institutions of higher education,
Awards and Grants. |
8 | | Notwithstanding the above, any amounts appropriated for
|
9 | | payment of workers' compensation claims to an agency to which |
10 | | the authority
to evaluate, administer and pay such claims has |
11 | | been delegated by the
Department of Central Management Services |
12 | | may be transferred to any other
expenditure object where such |
13 | | amounts exceed the amount necessary for the
payment of such |
14 | | claims. |
15 | | (c-1) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2003. |
16 | | Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Section to the |
17 | | contrary, for State fiscal year 2003
only, transfers among line |
18 | | item appropriations to an agency from the same
treasury fund |
19 | | may be made provided that the sum of such transfers for an |
20 | | agency
in State fiscal year 2003 shall not exceed 3% of the |
21 | | aggregate amount
appropriated to that State agency for State |
22 | | fiscal year 2003 for the following
objects: personal services, |
23 | | except that no transfer may be approved which
reduces the |
24 | | aggregate appropriations for personal services within an |
25 | | agency;
extra help; student and inmate compensation; State
|
26 | | contributions to retirement systems; State contributions to |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 54 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | social security;
State contributions for employee group |
2 | | insurance; contractual services; travel;
commodities; |
3 | | printing; equipment; electronic data processing; operation of
|
4 | | automotive equipment; telecommunications services; travel and |
5 | | allowance for
committed, paroled, and discharged prisoners; |
6 | | library books; federal matching
grants for student loans; |
7 | | refunds; workers' compensation, occupational disease,
and tort |
8 | | claims; and, in appropriations to institutions of higher |
9 | | education,
awards and grants. |
10 | | (c-2) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2005. |
11 | | Notwithstanding subsections (a), (a-2), and (c), for State |
12 | | fiscal year 2005 only, transfers may be made among any line |
13 | | item appropriations from the same or any other treasury fund |
14 | | for any objects or purposes, without limitation, when the |
15 | | balance remaining in one or more such line item appropriations |
16 | | is insufficient for the purpose for which the appropriation was |
17 | | made, provided that the sum of those transfers by a State |
18 | | agency shall not exceed 4% of the aggregate amount appropriated |
19 | | to that State agency for fiscal year 2005.
|
20 | | (c-3) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2015. |
21 | | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, for State |
22 | | fiscal year 2015, transfers among line item appropriations to a |
23 | | State agency from the same State treasury fund may be made for |
24 | | operational or lump sum expenses only, provided that the sum of |
25 | | such transfers for a State agency in State fiscal year 2015 |
26 | | shall not exceed 4% of the aggregate amount appropriated to |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 55 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | that State agency for operational or lump sum expenses for |
2 | | State fiscal year 2015. For the purpose of this subsection, |
3 | | "operational or lump sum expenses" includes the following |
4 | | objects: personal services; extra help; student and inmate |
5 | | compensation; State contributions to retirement systems; State |
6 | | contributions to social security; State contributions for |
7 | | employee group insurance; contractual services; travel; |
8 | | commodities; printing; equipment; electronic data processing; |
9 | | operation of automotive equipment; telecommunications |
10 | | services; travel and allowance for committed, paroled, and |
11 | | discharged prisoners; library books; federal matching grants |
12 | | for student loans; refunds; workers' compensation, |
13 | | occupational disease, and tort claims; lump sum and other |
14 | | purposes; and lump sum operations. For the purpose of this |
15 | | subsection (c-3), "State agency" does not include the Attorney |
16 | | General, the Secretary of State, the Comptroller, the |
17 | | Treasurer, or the legislative or judicial branches. |
18 | | (d) Transfers among appropriations made to agencies of the |
19 | | Legislative
and Judicial departments and to the |
20 | | constitutionally elected officers in the
Executive branch |
21 | | require the approval of the officer authorized in Section 10
of |
22 | | this Act to approve and certify vouchers. Transfers among |
23 | | appropriations
made to the University of Illinois, Southern |
24 | | Illinois University, Chicago State
University, Eastern |
25 | | Illinois University, Governors State University, Illinois
|
26 | | State University, Northeastern Illinois University, Northern |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 56 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Illinois
University, Western Illinois University, the Illinois |
2 | | Mathematics and Science
Academy and the Board of Higher |
3 | | Education require the approval of the Board of
Higher Education |
4 | | and the Governor. Transfers among appropriations to all other
|
5 | | agencies require the approval of the Governor. |
6 | | The officer responsible for approval shall certify that the
|
7 | | transfer is necessary to carry out the programs and purposes |
8 | | for which
the appropriations were made by the General Assembly |
9 | | and shall transmit
to the State Comptroller a certified copy of |
10 | | the approval which shall
set forth the specific amounts |
11 | | transferred so that the Comptroller may
change his records |
12 | | accordingly. The Comptroller shall furnish the
Governor with |
13 | | information copies of all transfers approved for agencies
of |
14 | | the Legislative and Judicial departments and transfers |
15 | | approved by
the constitutionally elected officials of the |
16 | | Executive branch other
than the Governor, showing the amounts |
17 | | transferred and indicating the
dates such changes were entered |
18 | | on the Comptroller's records. |
19 | | (e) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the |
20 | | State Comptroller, may transfer line item appropriations for |
21 | | General State Aid or Evidence-Based Funding between the Common |
22 | | School Fund and the Education Assistance Fund. With the advice |
23 | | and consent of the Governor's Office of Management and Budget, |
24 | | the State Board of Education, in consultation with the State |
25 | | Comptroller, may transfer line item appropriations between the |
26 | | General Revenue Fund and the Education Assistance Fund for the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 57 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | following programs: |
2 | | (1) Disabled Student Personnel Reimbursement (Section |
3 | | 14-13.01 of the School Code); |
4 | | (2) Disabled Student Transportation Reimbursement |
5 | | (subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of the School Code); |
6 | | (3) Disabled Student Tuition - Private Tuition |
7 | | (Section 14-7.02 of the School Code); |
8 | | (4) Extraordinary Special Education (Section 14-7.02b |
9 | | of the School Code); |
10 | | (5) Reimbursement for Free Lunch/Breakfast Programs; |
11 | | (6) Summer School Payments (Section 18-4.3 of the |
12 | | School Code); |
13 | | (7) Transportation - Regular/Vocational Reimbursement |
14 | | (Section 29-5 of the School Code); |
15 | | (8) Regular Education Reimbursement (Section 18-3 of |
16 | | the School Code); and |
17 | | (9) Special Education Reimbursement (Section 14-7.03 |
18 | | of the School Code). |
19 | | (Source: P.A. 98-24, eff. 6-19-13; 98-674, eff. 6-30-14; 99-2, |
20 | | eff. 3-26-15.)
|
21 | | Section 920. The Illinois Income Tax Act is amended by |
22 | | adding Section 224 as follows:
|
23 | | (35 ILCS 5/224 new) |
24 | | Sec. 224. Invest in Kids credit. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 58 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (a) For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 |
2 | | and ending before January 1, 2023, each taxpayer for whom a tax |
3 | | credit has been awarded by the Department under the Invest in |
4 | | Kids Act is entitled to a credit against the tax imposed under |
5 | | subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act in an amount |
6 | | equal to the amount awarded under the Invest in Kids Act. |
7 | | (b) For partners, shareholders of subchapter S |
8 | | corporations, and owners of limited liability companies, if the |
9 | | liability company is treated as a partnership for purposes of |
10 | | federal and State income taxation, the credit under this |
11 | | Section shall be determined in accordance with the |
12 | | determination of income and distributive share of income under |
13 | | Sections 702 and 704 and subchapter S of the Internal Revenue |
14 | | Code. |
15 | | (c) The credit may not be carried back and may not reduce |
16 | | the taxpayer's liability to less than zero. If the amount of |
17 | | the credit exceeds the tax liability for the year, the excess |
18 | | may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of the |
19 | | 5 taxable years following the excess credit year. The tax |
20 | | credit shall be applied to the earliest year for which there is |
21 | | a tax liability. If there are credits for more than one year |
22 | | that are available to offset the liability, the earlier credit |
23 | | shall be applied first. |
24 | | (d) A tax credit awarded by the Department under the Invest |
25 | | in Kids Act may not be claimed for any qualified contribution |
26 | | for which the taxpayer claims a federal income tax deduction.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 59 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Section 925. The Property Tax Code is amended by changing |
2 | | Sections 18-185, 18-200, and 18-249 and by adding Section |
3 | | 18-206 as follows:
|
4 | | (35 ILCS 200/18-185)
|
5 | | Sec. 18-185. Short title; definitions. This Division 5 may |
6 | | be cited as the
Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. As used |
7 | | in this Division 5:
|
8 | | "Consumer Price Index" means the Consumer Price Index for |
9 | | All Urban
Consumers for all items published by the United |
10 | | States Department of Labor.
|
11 | | "Extension limitation" means (a) the lesser of 5% or the |
12 | | percentage increase
in the Consumer Price Index during the |
13 | | 12-month calendar year preceding the
levy year or (b) the rate |
14 | | of increase approved by voters under Section 18-205.
|
15 | | "Affected county" means a county of 3,000,000 or more |
16 | | inhabitants or a
county contiguous to a county of 3,000,000 or |
17 | | more inhabitants.
|
18 | | "Taxing district" has the same meaning provided in Section |
19 | | 1-150, except as
otherwise provided in this Section. For the |
20 | | 1991 through 1994 levy years only,
"taxing district" includes |
21 | | only each non-home rule taxing district having the
majority of |
22 | | its
1990 equalized assessed value within any county or counties |
23 | | contiguous to a
county with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants. |
24 | | Beginning with the 1995 levy
year, "taxing district" includes |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 60 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | only each non-home rule taxing district
subject to this Law |
2 | | before the 1995 levy year and each non-home rule
taxing |
3 | | district not subject to this Law before the 1995 levy year |
4 | | having the
majority of its 1994 equalized assessed value in an |
5 | | affected county or
counties. Beginning with the levy year in
|
6 | | which this Law becomes applicable to a taxing district as
|
7 | | provided in Section 18-213, "taxing district" also includes |
8 | | those taxing
districts made subject to this Law as provided in |
9 | | Section 18-213.
|
10 | | "Aggregate extension" for taxing districts to which this |
11 | | Law applied before
the 1995 levy year means the annual |
12 | | corporate extension for the taxing
district and those special |
13 | | purpose extensions that are made annually for
the taxing |
14 | | district, excluding special purpose extensions: (a) made for |
15 | | the
taxing district to pay interest or principal on general |
16 | | obligation bonds
that were approved by referendum; (b) made for |
17 | | any taxing district to pay
interest or principal on general |
18 | | obligation bonds issued before October 1,
1991; (c) made for |
19 | | any taxing district to pay interest or principal on bonds
|
20 | | issued to refund or continue to refund those bonds issued |
21 | | before October 1,
1991; (d)
made for any taxing district to pay |
22 | | interest or principal on bonds
issued to refund or continue to |
23 | | refund bonds issued after October 1, 1991 that
were approved by |
24 | | referendum; (e)
made for any taxing district to pay interest
or |
25 | | principal on revenue bonds issued before October 1, 1991 for |
26 | | payment of
which a property tax levy or the full faith and |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 61 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | credit of the unit of local
government is pledged; however, a |
2 | | tax for the payment of interest or principal
on those bonds |
3 | | shall be made only after the governing body of the unit of |
4 | | local
government finds that all other sources for payment are |
5 | | insufficient to make
those payments; (f) made for payments |
6 | | under a building commission lease when
the lease payments are |
7 | | for the retirement of bonds issued by the commission
before |
8 | | October 1, 1991, to pay for the building project; (g) made for |
9 | | payments
due under installment contracts entered into before |
10 | | October 1, 1991;
(h) made for payments of principal and |
11 | | interest on bonds issued under the
Metropolitan Water |
12 | | Reclamation District Act to finance construction projects
|
13 | | initiated before October 1, 1991; (i) made for payments of |
14 | | principal and
interest on limited bonds, as defined in Section |
15 | | 3 of the Local Government Debt
Reform Act, in an amount not to |
16 | | exceed the debt service extension base less
the amount in items |
17 | | (b), (c), (e), and (h) of this definition for
non-referendum |
18 | | obligations, except obligations initially issued pursuant to
|
19 | | referendum; (j) made for payments of principal and interest on |
20 | | bonds
issued under Section 15 of the Local Government Debt |
21 | | Reform Act; (k)
made
by a school district that participates in |
22 | | the Special Education District of
Lake County, created by |
23 | | special education joint agreement under Section
10-22.31 of the |
24 | | School Code, for payment of the school district's share of the
|
25 | | amounts required to be contributed by the Special Education |
26 | | District of Lake
County to the Illinois Municipal Retirement |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 62 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Fund under Article 7 of the
Illinois Pension Code; the amount |
2 | | of any extension under this item (k) shall be
certified by the |
3 | | school district to the county clerk; (l) made to fund
expenses |
4 | | of providing joint recreational programs for persons with |
5 | | disabilities under
Section 5-8 of
the
Park District Code or |
6 | | Section 11-95-14 of the Illinois Municipal Code; (m) made for |
7 | | temporary relocation loan repayment purposes pursuant to |
8 | | Sections 2-3.77 and 17-2.2d of the School Code; (n) made for |
9 | | payment of principal and interest on any bonds issued under the |
10 | | authority of Section 17-2.2d of the School Code; (o) made for |
11 | | contributions to a firefighter's pension fund created under |
12 | | Article 4 of the Illinois Pension Code, to the extent of the |
13 | | amount certified under item (5) of Section 4-134 of the |
14 | | Illinois Pension Code; and (p) made for road purposes in the |
15 | | first year after a township assumes the rights, powers, duties, |
16 | | assets, property, liabilities, obligations, and
|
17 | | responsibilities of a road district abolished under the |
18 | | provisions of Section 6-133 of the Illinois Highway Code.
|
19 | | "Aggregate extension" for the taxing districts to which |
20 | | this Law did not
apply before the 1995 levy year (except taxing |
21 | | districts subject to this Law
in
accordance with Section |
22 | | 18-213) means the annual corporate extension for the
taxing |
23 | | district and those special purpose extensions that are made |
24 | | annually for
the taxing district, excluding special purpose |
25 | | extensions: (a) made for the
taxing district to pay interest or |
26 | | principal on general obligation bonds that
were approved by |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 63 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | referendum; (b) made for any taxing district to pay interest
or |
2 | | principal on general obligation bonds issued before March 1, |
3 | | 1995; (c) made
for any taxing district to pay interest or |
4 | | principal on bonds issued to refund
or continue to refund those |
5 | | bonds issued before March 1, 1995; (d) made for any
taxing |
6 | | district to pay interest or principal on bonds issued to refund |
7 | | or
continue to refund bonds issued after March 1, 1995 that |
8 | | were approved by
referendum; (e) made for any taxing district |
9 | | to pay interest or principal on
revenue bonds issued before |
10 | | March 1, 1995 for payment of which a property tax
levy or the |
11 | | full faith and credit of the unit of local government is |
12 | | pledged;
however, a tax for the payment of interest or |
13 | | principal on those bonds shall be
made only after the governing |
14 | | body of the unit of local government finds that
all other |
15 | | sources for payment are insufficient to make those payments; |
16 | | (f) made
for payments under a building commission lease when |
17 | | the lease payments are for
the retirement of bonds issued by |
18 | | the commission before March 1, 1995 to
pay for the building |
19 | | project; (g) made for payments due under installment
contracts |
20 | | entered into before March 1, 1995; (h) made for payments of
|
21 | | principal and interest on bonds issued under the Metropolitan |
22 | | Water Reclamation
District Act to finance construction |
23 | | projects initiated before October 1,
1991; (h-4) made for |
24 | | stormwater management purposes by the Metropolitan Water |
25 | | Reclamation District of Greater Chicago under Section 12 of the |
26 | | Metropolitan Water Reclamation District Act; (i) made for |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 64 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | payments of principal and interest on limited bonds,
as defined |
2 | | in Section 3 of the Local Government Debt Reform Act, in an |
3 | | amount
not to exceed the debt service extension base less the |
4 | | amount in items (b),
(c), and (e) of this definition for |
5 | | non-referendum obligations, except
obligations initially |
6 | | issued pursuant to referendum and bonds described in
subsection |
7 | | (h) of this definition; (j) made for payments of
principal and |
8 | | interest on bonds issued under Section 15 of the Local |
9 | | Government
Debt Reform Act; (k) made for payments of principal |
10 | | and interest on bonds
authorized by Public Act 88-503 and |
11 | | issued under Section 20a of the Chicago
Park District Act for |
12 | | aquarium or
museum projects; (l) made for payments of principal |
13 | | and interest on
bonds
authorized by Public Act 87-1191 or |
14 | | 93-601 and (i) issued pursuant to Section 21.2 of the Cook |
15 | | County Forest
Preserve District Act, (ii) issued under Section |
16 | | 42 of the Cook County
Forest Preserve District Act for |
17 | | zoological park projects, or (iii) issued
under Section 44.1 of |
18 | | the Cook County Forest Preserve District Act for
botanical |
19 | | gardens projects; (m) made
pursuant
to Section 34-53.5 of the |
20 | | School Code, whether levied annually or not;
(n) made to fund |
21 | | expenses of providing joint recreational programs for persons |
22 | | with disabilities under Section 5-8 of the Park
District Code |
23 | | or Section 11-95-14 of the Illinois Municipal Code;
(o) made by |
24 | | the
Chicago Park
District for recreational programs for persons |
25 | | with disabilities under subsection (c) of
Section
7.06 of the |
26 | | Chicago Park District Act; (p) made for contributions to a |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 65 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | firefighter's pension fund created under Article 4 of the |
2 | | Illinois Pension Code, to the extent of the amount certified |
3 | | under item (5) of Section 4-134 of the Illinois Pension Code; |
4 | | (q) made by Ford Heights School District 169 under Section |
5 | | 17-9.02 of the School Code; and (r) made for the purpose of |
6 | | making employer contributions to the Public School Teachers' |
7 | | Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago under Section 34-53 of |
8 | | the School Code.
|
9 | | "Aggregate extension" for all taxing districts to which |
10 | | this Law applies in
accordance with Section 18-213, except for |
11 | | those taxing districts subject to
paragraph (2) of subsection |
12 | | (e) of Section 18-213, means the annual corporate
extension for |
13 | | the
taxing district and those special purpose extensions that |
14 | | are made annually for
the taxing district, excluding special |
15 | | purpose extensions: (a) made for the
taxing district to pay |
16 | | interest or principal on general obligation bonds that
were |
17 | | approved by referendum; (b) made for any taxing district to pay |
18 | | interest
or principal on general obligation bonds issued before |
19 | | the date on which the
referendum making this
Law applicable to |
20 | | the taxing district is held; (c) made
for any taxing district |
21 | | to pay interest or principal on bonds issued to refund
or |
22 | | continue to refund those bonds issued before the date on which |
23 | | the
referendum making this Law
applicable to the taxing |
24 | | district is held;
(d) made for any
taxing district to pay |
25 | | interest or principal on bonds issued to refund or
continue to |
26 | | refund bonds issued after the date on which the referendum |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 66 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | making
this Law
applicable to the taxing district is held if |
2 | | the bonds were approved by
referendum after the date on which |
3 | | the referendum making this Law
applicable to the taxing |
4 | | district is held; (e) made for any
taxing district to pay |
5 | | interest or principal on
revenue bonds issued before the date |
6 | | on which the referendum making this Law
applicable to the
|
7 | | taxing district is held for payment of which a property tax
|
8 | | levy or the full faith and credit of the unit of local |
9 | | government is pledged;
however, a tax for the payment of |
10 | | interest or principal on those bonds shall be
made only after |
11 | | the governing body of the unit of local government finds that
|
12 | | all other sources for payment are insufficient to make those |
13 | | payments; (f) made
for payments under a building commission |
14 | | lease when the lease payments are for
the retirement of bonds |
15 | | issued by the commission before the date on which the
|
16 | | referendum making this
Law applicable to the taxing district is |
17 | | held to
pay for the building project; (g) made for payments due |
18 | | under installment
contracts entered into before the date on |
19 | | which the referendum making this Law
applicable to
the taxing |
20 | | district is held;
(h) made for payments
of principal and |
21 | | interest on limited bonds,
as defined in Section 3 of the Local |
22 | | Government Debt Reform Act, in an amount
not to exceed the debt |
23 | | service extension base less the amount in items (b),
(c), and |
24 | | (e) of this definition for non-referendum obligations, except
|
25 | | obligations initially issued pursuant to referendum; (i) made |
26 | | for payments
of
principal and interest on bonds issued under |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 67 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Section 15 of the Local Government
Debt Reform Act;
(j)
made |
2 | | for a qualified airport authority to pay interest or principal |
3 | | on
general obligation bonds issued for the purpose of paying |
4 | | obligations due
under, or financing airport facilities |
5 | | required to be acquired, constructed,
installed or equipped |
6 | | pursuant to, contracts entered into before March
1, 1996 (but |
7 | | not including any amendments to such a contract taking effect |
8 | | on
or after that date); (k) made to fund expenses of providing |
9 | | joint
recreational programs for persons with disabilities |
10 | | under Section 5-8 of
the
Park District Code or Section 11-95-14 |
11 | | of the Illinois Municipal Code; (l) made for contributions to a |
12 | | firefighter's pension fund created under Article 4 of the |
13 | | Illinois Pension Code, to the extent of the amount certified |
14 | | under item (5) of Section 4-134 of the Illinois Pension Code; |
15 | | and (m) made for the taxing district to pay interest or |
16 | | principal on general obligation bonds issued pursuant to |
17 | | Section 19-3.10 of the School Code.
|
18 | | "Aggregate extension" for all taxing districts to which |
19 | | this Law applies in
accordance with paragraph (2) of subsection |
20 | | (e) of Section 18-213 means the
annual corporate extension for |
21 | | the
taxing district and those special purpose extensions that |
22 | | are made annually for
the taxing district, excluding special |
23 | | purpose extensions: (a) made for the
taxing district to pay |
24 | | interest or principal on general obligation bonds that
were |
25 | | approved by referendum; (b) made for any taxing district to pay |
26 | | interest
or principal on general obligation bonds issued before |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 68 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the effective date of
this amendatory Act of 1997;
(c) made
for |
2 | | any taxing district to pay interest or principal on bonds |
3 | | issued to refund
or continue to refund those bonds issued |
4 | | before the effective date
of this amendatory Act of 1997;
(d) |
5 | | made for any
taxing district to pay interest or principal on |
6 | | bonds issued to refund or
continue to refund bonds issued after |
7 | | the effective date of this amendatory Act
of 1997 if the bonds |
8 | | were approved by referendum after the effective date of
this |
9 | | amendatory Act of 1997;
(e) made for any
taxing district to pay |
10 | | interest or principal on
revenue bonds issued before the |
11 | | effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997
for payment of |
12 | | which a property tax
levy or the full faith and credit of the |
13 | | unit of local government is pledged;
however, a tax for the |
14 | | payment of interest or principal on those bonds shall be
made |
15 | | only after the governing body of the unit of local government |
16 | | finds that
all other sources for payment are insufficient to |
17 | | make those payments; (f) made
for payments under a building |
18 | | commission lease when the lease payments are for
the retirement |
19 | | of bonds issued by the commission before the effective date
of |
20 | | this amendatory Act of 1997
to
pay for the building project; |
21 | | (g) made for payments due under installment
contracts entered |
22 | | into before the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997;
|
23 | | (h) made for payments
of principal and interest on limited |
24 | | bonds,
as defined in Section 3 of the Local Government Debt |
25 | | Reform Act, in an amount
not to exceed the debt service |
26 | | extension base less the amount in items (b),
(c), and (e) of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 69 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | this definition for non-referendum obligations, except
|
2 | | obligations initially issued pursuant to referendum; (i) made |
3 | | for payments
of
principal and interest on bonds issued under |
4 | | Section 15 of the Local Government
Debt Reform Act;
(j)
made |
5 | | for a qualified airport authority to pay interest or principal |
6 | | on
general obligation bonds issued for the purpose of paying |
7 | | obligations due
under, or financing airport facilities |
8 | | required to be acquired, constructed,
installed or equipped |
9 | | pursuant to, contracts entered into before March
1, 1996 (but |
10 | | not including any amendments to such a contract taking effect |
11 | | on
or after that date); (k) made to fund expenses of providing |
12 | | joint
recreational programs for persons with disabilities |
13 | | under Section 5-8 of
the
Park District Code or Section 11-95-14 |
14 | | of the Illinois Municipal Code; and (l) made for contributions |
15 | | to a firefighter's pension fund created under Article 4 of the |
16 | | Illinois Pension Code, to the extent of the amount certified |
17 | | under item (5) of Section 4-134 of the Illinois Pension Code.
|
18 | | "Debt service extension base" means an amount equal to that |
19 | | portion of the
extension for a taxing district for the 1994 |
20 | | levy year, or for those taxing
districts subject to this Law in |
21 | | accordance with Section 18-213, except for
those subject to |
22 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (e) of Section 18-213, for the
levy
|
23 | | year in which the referendum making this Law applicable to the |
24 | | taxing district
is held, or for those taxing districts subject |
25 | | to this Law in accordance with
paragraph (2) of subsection (e) |
26 | | of Section 18-213 for the 1996 levy year,
constituting an
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 70 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | extension for payment of principal and interest on bonds issued |
2 | | by the taxing
district without referendum, but not including |
3 | | excluded non-referendum bonds. For park districts (i) that were |
4 | | first
subject to this Law in 1991 or 1995 and (ii) whose |
5 | | extension for the 1994 levy
year for the payment of principal |
6 | | and interest on bonds issued by the park
district without |
7 | | referendum (but not including excluded non-referendum bonds)
|
8 | | was less than 51% of the amount for the 1991 levy year |
9 | | constituting an
extension for payment of principal and interest |
10 | | on bonds issued by the park
district without referendum (but |
11 | | not including excluded non-referendum bonds),
"debt service |
12 | | extension base" means an amount equal to that portion of the
|
13 | | extension for the 1991 levy year constituting an extension for |
14 | | payment of
principal and interest on bonds issued by the park |
15 | | district without referendum
(but not including excluded |
16 | | non-referendum bonds). A debt service extension base |
17 | | established or increased at any time pursuant to any provision |
18 | | of this Law, except Section 18-212, shall be increased each |
19 | | year commencing with the later of (i) the 2009 levy year or |
20 | | (ii) the first levy year in which this Law becomes applicable |
21 | | to the taxing district, by the lesser of 5% or the percentage |
22 | | increase in the Consumer Price Index during the 12-month |
23 | | calendar year preceding the levy year. The debt service |
24 | | extension
base may be established or increased as provided |
25 | | under Section 18-212.
"Excluded non-referendum bonds" means |
26 | | (i) bonds authorized by Public
Act 88-503 and issued under |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 71 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Section 20a of the Chicago Park District Act for
aquarium and |
2 | | museum projects; (ii) bonds issued under Section 15 of the
|
3 | | Local Government Debt Reform Act; or (iii) refunding |
4 | | obligations issued
to refund or to continue to refund |
5 | | obligations initially issued pursuant to
referendum.
|
6 | | "Special purpose extensions" include, but are not limited |
7 | | to, extensions
for levies made on an annual basis for |
8 | | unemployment and workers'
compensation, self-insurance, |
9 | | contributions to pension plans, and extensions
made pursuant to |
10 | | Section 6-601 of the Illinois Highway Code for a road
|
11 | | district's permanent road fund whether levied annually or not. |
12 | | The
extension for a special service area is not included in the
|
13 | | aggregate extension.
|
14 | | "Aggregate extension base" means the taxing district's |
15 | | last preceding
aggregate extension as adjusted under Sections |
16 | | 18-135, 18-215,
and 18-230 , and 18-206 .
An adjustment under |
17 | | Section 18-135 shall be made for the 2007 levy year and all |
18 | | subsequent levy years whenever one or more counties within |
19 | | which a taxing district is located (i) used estimated |
20 | | valuations or rates when extending taxes in the taxing district |
21 | | for the last preceding levy year that resulted in the over or |
22 | | under extension of taxes, or (ii) increased or decreased the |
23 | | tax extension for the last preceding levy year as required by |
24 | | Section 18-135(c). Whenever an adjustment is required under |
25 | | Section 18-135, the aggregate extension base of the taxing |
26 | | district shall be equal to the amount that the aggregate |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 72 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | extension of the taxing district would have been for the last |
2 | | preceding levy year if either or both (i) actual, rather than |
3 | | estimated, valuations or rates had been used to calculate the |
4 | | extension of taxes for the last levy year, or (ii) the tax |
5 | | extension for the last preceding levy year had not been |
6 | | adjusted as required by subsection (c) of Section 18-135.
|
7 | | Notwithstanding any other provision of law, for levy year |
8 | | 2012, the aggregate extension base for West Northfield School |
9 | | District No. 31 in Cook County shall be $12,654,592. |
10 | | "Levy year" has the same meaning as "year" under Section
|
11 | | 1-155.
|
12 | | "New property" means (i) the assessed value, after final |
13 | | board of review or
board of appeals action, of new improvements |
14 | | or additions to existing
improvements on any parcel of real |
15 | | property that increase the assessed value of
that real property |
16 | | during the levy year multiplied by the equalization factor
|
17 | | issued by the Department under Section 17-30, (ii) the assessed |
18 | | value, after
final board of review or board of appeals action, |
19 | | of real property not exempt
from real estate taxation, which |
20 | | real property was exempt from real estate
taxation for any |
21 | | portion of the immediately preceding levy year, multiplied by
|
22 | | the equalization factor issued by the Department under Section |
23 | | 17-30, including the assessed value, upon final stabilization |
24 | | of occupancy after new construction is complete, of any real |
25 | | property located within the boundaries of an otherwise or |
26 | | previously exempt military reservation that is intended for |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 73 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | residential use and owned by or leased to a private corporation |
2 | | or other entity,
(iii) in counties that classify in accordance |
3 | | with Section 4 of Article
IX of the
Illinois Constitution, an |
4 | | incentive property's additional assessed value
resulting from |
5 | | a
scheduled increase in the level of assessment as applied to |
6 | | the first year
final board of
review market value, and (iv) any |
7 | | increase in assessed value due to oil or gas production from an |
8 | | oil or gas well required to be permitted under the Hydraulic |
9 | | Fracturing Regulatory Act that was not produced in or accounted |
10 | | for during the previous levy year.
In addition, the county |
11 | | clerk in a county containing a population of
3,000,000 or more |
12 | | shall include in the 1997
recovered tax increment value for any |
13 | | school district, any recovered tax
increment value that was |
14 | | applicable to the 1995 tax year calculations.
|
15 | | "Qualified airport authority" means an airport authority |
16 | | organized under
the Airport Authorities Act and located in a |
17 | | county bordering on the State of
Wisconsin and having a |
18 | | population in excess of 200,000 and not greater than
500,000.
|
19 | | "Recovered tax increment value" means, except as otherwise |
20 | | provided in this
paragraph, the amount of the current year's |
21 | | equalized assessed value, in the
first year after a |
22 | | municipality terminates
the designation of an area as a |
23 | | redevelopment project area previously
established under the |
24 | | Tax Increment Allocation Development Act in the Illinois
|
25 | | Municipal Code, previously established under the Industrial |
26 | | Jobs Recovery Law
in the Illinois Municipal Code, previously |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 74 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | established under the Economic Development Project Area Tax |
2 | | Increment Act of 1995, or previously established under the |
3 | | Economic
Development Area Tax Increment Allocation Act, of each |
4 | | taxable lot, block,
tract, or parcel of real property in the |
5 | | redevelopment project area over and
above the initial equalized |
6 | | assessed value of each property in the
redevelopment project |
7 | | area.
For the taxes which are extended for the 1997 levy year, |
8 | | the recovered tax
increment value for a non-home rule taxing |
9 | | district that first became subject
to this Law for the 1995 |
10 | | levy year because a majority of its 1994 equalized
assessed |
11 | | value was in an affected county or counties shall be increased |
12 | | if a
municipality terminated the designation of an area in 1993 |
13 | | as a redevelopment
project area previously established under |
14 | | the Tax Increment Allocation
Development Act in the Illinois |
15 | | Municipal Code, previously established under
the Industrial |
16 | | Jobs Recovery Law in the Illinois Municipal Code, or previously
|
17 | | established under the Economic Development Area Tax Increment |
18 | | Allocation Act,
by an amount equal to the 1994 equalized |
19 | | assessed value of each taxable lot,
block, tract, or parcel of |
20 | | real property in the redevelopment project area over
and above |
21 | | the initial equalized assessed value of each property in the
|
22 | | redevelopment project area.
In the first year after a |
23 | | municipality
removes a taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of |
24 | | real property from a
redevelopment project area established |
25 | | under the Tax Increment Allocation
Development Act in the |
26 | | Illinois
Municipal Code, the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law
in |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 75 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Economic
Development Area |
2 | | Tax Increment Allocation Act, "recovered tax increment value"
|
3 | | means the amount of the current year's equalized assessed value |
4 | | of each taxable
lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property |
5 | | removed from the redevelopment
project area over and above the |
6 | | initial equalized assessed value of that real
property before |
7 | | removal from the redevelopment project area.
|
8 | | Except as otherwise provided in this Section, "limiting |
9 | | rate" means a
fraction the numerator of which is the last
|
10 | | preceding aggregate extension base times an amount equal to one |
11 | | plus the
extension limitation defined in this Section and the |
12 | | denominator of which
is the current year's equalized assessed |
13 | | value of all real property in the
territory under the |
14 | | jurisdiction of the taxing district during the prior
levy year. |
15 | | For those taxing districts that reduced their aggregate
|
16 | | extension for the last preceding levy year, except for school |
17 | | districts that reduced their extension for educational |
18 | | purposes pursuant to Section 18-206, the highest aggregate |
19 | | extension
in any of the last 3 preceding levy years shall be |
20 | | used for the purpose of
computing the limiting rate. The |
21 | | denominator shall not include new
property or the recovered tax |
22 | | increment
value.
If a new rate, a rate decrease, or a limiting |
23 | | rate increase has been approved at an election held after March |
24 | | 21, 2006, then (i) the otherwise applicable limiting rate shall |
25 | | be increased by the amount of the new rate or shall be reduced |
26 | | by the amount of the rate decrease, as the case may be, or (ii) |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 76 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | in the case of a limiting rate increase, the limiting rate |
2 | | shall be equal to the rate set forth
in the proposition |
3 | | approved by the voters for each of the years specified in the |
4 | | proposition, after
which the limiting rate of the taxing |
5 | | district shall be calculated as otherwise provided. In the case |
6 | | of a taxing district that obtained referendum approval for an |
7 | | increased limiting rate on March 20, 2012, the limiting rate |
8 | | for tax year 2012 shall be the rate that generates the |
9 | | approximate total amount of taxes extendable for that tax year, |
10 | | as set forth in the proposition approved by the voters; this |
11 | | rate shall be the final rate applied by the county clerk for |
12 | | the aggregate of all capped funds of the district for tax year |
13 | | 2012.
|
14 | | (Source: P.A. 98-6, eff. 3-29-13; 98-23, eff. 6-17-13; 99-143, |
15 | | eff. 7-27-15; 99-521, eff. 6-1-17 .)
|
16 | | (35 ILCS 200/18-200)
|
17 | | Sec. 18-200. School Code. A school district's State aid |
18 | | shall not be
reduced under the computation under subsections |
19 | | 5(a) through 5(h) of Part A of
Section 18-8 of the School Code |
20 | | or under Section 18-8.15 of the School Code due to the |
21 | | operating tax rate falling from
above the minimum requirement |
22 | | of that Section of the School Code to below the
minimum |
23 | | requirement of that Section of the School Code due to the |
24 | | operation of
this Law.
|
25 | | (Source: P.A. 87-17; 88-455.)
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 77 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (35 ILCS 200/18-206 new) |
2 | | Sec. 18-206. Decrease in extension for educational |
3 | | purposes. |
4 | | (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, for those |
5 | | school districts whose adequacy targets, as defined in Section |
6 | | 18-8.15 of this Code, exceed 110% for the school year that |
7 | | begins during the calendar year immediately preceding the levy |
8 | | year for which the reduction under this Section is sought, the |
9 | | question of whether the school district shall reduce its |
10 | | extension for educational purposes for the levy year in which |
11 | | the election is held to an amount that is less than the |
12 | | extension for educational purposes for the immediately |
13 | | preceding levy year shall be submitted to the voters of the |
14 | | school district at the next consolidated election but only upon |
15 | | submission of a petition signed by not fewer than 10% of the |
16 | | registered voters in the school district. In no event shall the |
17 | | reduced extension be more than 10% lower than the amount |
18 | | extended for educational purposes in the previous levy year, |
19 | | and in no event shall the reduction cause the school district's |
20 | | adequacy target to fall below 110% for the levy year for which |
21 | | the reduction is sought. |
22 | | (b) The petition shall be filed with the applicable |
23 | | election authority, as defined in Section 1-3 of the Election |
24 | | Code, or, in the case of multiple election authorities, with |
25 | | the State Board of Elections, not more than 10 months nor less |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 78 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | than 6 months prior to the election at which the question is to |
2 | | be submitted to the voters, and its validity shall be |
3 | | determined as provided by Article 28 of the Election Code and |
4 | | general election law. The election authority or Board, as |
5 | | applicable, shall certify the question and the proper election |
6 | | authority or authorities shall submit the question to the |
7 | | voters. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, this |
8 | | referendum shall be subject to all other general election law |
9 | | requirements. |
10 | | (c) The proposition seeking to reduce the extension for |
11 | | educational purposes shall be in substantially the following |
12 | | form: |
13 | | Shall the amount extended for educational purposes by |
14 | | (school district) be reduced from (previous levy year's |
15 | | extension) to (proposed extension) for (levy year), but in |
16 | | no event lower than the amount required to maintain an |
17 | | adequacy target of 110%? |
18 | | Votes shall be recorded as "Yes" or "No". |
19 | | If a majority of all votes cast on the proposition are in |
20 | | favor of the proposition, then, for the levy year in which the |
21 | | election is held, the amount extended by the school district |
22 | | for educational purposes shall be reduced as provided in the |
23 | | referendum; however, in no event shall the reduction exceed the |
24 | | amount that would cause the school district to have an adequacy |
25 | | target of 110% for the applicable school year. |
26 | | Once the question is submitted to the voters, then the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 79 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | question may not be submitted again for the same school |
2 | | district at any of the next 2 consolidated elections. |
3 | | (d) For school districts that approve a reduction under |
4 | | this Section, the county clerk shall extend a rate for |
5 | | educational purposes that is no greater than the limiting rate |
6 | | for educational purposes. If the school district is otherwise |
7 | | subject to this Law for the applicable levy year, then, for the |
8 | | levy year in which the reduction occurs, the county clerk shall |
9 | | calculate separate limiting rates for educational purposes and |
10 | | for the aggregate of the school district's other funds. |
11 | | As used in this Section: |
12 | | "School district" means each school district in the State, |
13 | | regardless of whether or not that school district is otherwise |
14 | | subject to this Law. |
15 | | "Limiting rate for educational purposes" means a fraction |
16 | | the numerator of which is the greater of (i) the amount |
17 | | approved by the voters in the referendum under subsection (c) |
18 | | of this Section or (ii) the amount that would cause the school |
19 | | district to have an adequacy target of 110% for the applicable |
20 | | school year, but in no event more than the school district's |
21 | | extension for educational purposes in the immediately |
22 | | preceding levy year, and the denominator of which is the |
23 | | current year's equalized assessed value of all real property |
24 | | under the jurisdiction of the school district during the prior |
25 | | levy year.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 80 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (35 ILCS 200/18-249)
|
2 | | Sec. 18-249. Miscellaneous provisions.
|
3 | | (a) Certification of new property. For the 1994 levy year, |
4 | | the chief county
assessment officer shall certify to the county |
5 | | clerk, after all changes by the
board of review or board of |
6 | | appeals, as the case may be, the assessed value of
new property |
7 | | by taxing district for the 1994 levy year under rules |
8 | | promulgated
by the Department.
|
9 | | (b) School Code. A school district's State aid shall not be |
10 | | reduced under
the computation under subsections 5(a) through |
11 | | 5(h) of Part A of Section 18-8
of the School Code or under |
12 | | Section 18-8.15 of the School Code due to the
operating tax |
13 | | rate falling from above the minimum requirement of that Section
|
14 | | of the School Code to below the minimum requirement of that |
15 | | Section of the
School Code due to the operation of this Law.
|
16 | | (c) Rules. The Department shall make and promulgate |
17 | | reasonable rules
relating to the administration of the purposes |
18 | | and provisions of Sections
18-246 through 18-249 as may be |
19 | | necessary or appropriate.
|
20 | | (Source: P.A. 89-1, eff. 2-12-95.)
|
21 | | Section 930. The Illinois Pension Code is amended by |
22 | | changing Section 17-127 as follows:
|
23 | | (40 ILCS 5/17-127) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-127)
|
24 | | Sec. 17-127. Financing; revenues for the Fund.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 81 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (a) The revenues for the Fund shall consist of: (1) amounts |
2 | | paid into
the Fund by contributors thereto and from employer |
3 | | contributions and State
appropriations in accordance with this |
4 | | Article; (2) amounts contributed to the
Fund by an Employer; |
5 | | (3) amounts contributed to the Fund pursuant to any law
now in |
6 | | force or hereafter to be enacted; (4) contributions from any |
7 | | other
source; and (5) the earnings on investments.
|
8 | | (b) The General Assembly finds that for many years the |
9 | | State has
contributed to the Fund an annual amount that is |
10 | | between 20% and 30% of the
amount of the annual State |
11 | | contribution to the Article 16 retirement system,
and the |
12 | | General Assembly declares that it is its goal and intention to |
13 | | continue
this level of contribution to the Fund in the future.
|
14 | | (c) Beginning in State fiscal year 1999, the State shall |
15 | | include in its annual
contribution to the Fund an additional |
16 | | amount equal to 0.544% of the Fund's
total teacher payroll; |
17 | | except that this additional contribution need not be
made in a |
18 | | fiscal year if the Board has certified in the previous fiscal |
19 | | year
that the Fund is at least 90% funded, based on actuarial |
20 | | determinations. These
additional State contributions are |
21 | | intended to offset a portion of the cost to
the Fund of the |
22 | | increases in retirement benefits resulting from this |
23 | | amendatory
Act of 1998.
|
24 | | (d) In addition to any other contribution required under |
25 | | this Article, including the contribution required under |
26 | | subsection (c), the State shall contribute to the Fund the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 82 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | following amounts: |
2 | | (1) For State fiscal year 2018, the State shall |
3 | | contribute $221,300,000 for the employer normal cost for |
4 | | fiscal year 2018 and the amount allowed under paragraph (3) |
5 | | of Section 17-142.1 of this Code to defray health insurance |
6 | | costs. Funds for this paragraph (1) shall come from funds |
7 | | appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding pursuant to |
8 | | Section 18-8.15 of the School Code. |
9 | | (2) Beginning in State fiscal year 2019, the State
|
10 | | shall contribute for each fiscal year an amount to be
|
11 | | determined by the Fund, equal to the employer normal cost
|
12 | | for that fiscal year, plus the amount allowed pursuant to |
13 | | paragraph (3) of Section 17-142.1 to defray health |
14 | | insurance costs. |
15 | | (e) The Board shall determine the amount of State |
16 | | contributions required for each fiscal year on the basis of the |
17 | | actuarial tables and other assumptions adopted by the Board and |
18 | | the recommendations of the actuary. On or before November 1 of |
19 | | each year, beginning November 1, 2017, the Board shall submit |
20 | | to the State Actuary, the Governor, and the General Assembly a |
21 | | proposed certification of the amount of the required State |
22 | | contribution to the Fund for the next fiscal year, along with |
23 | | all of the actuarial assumptions, calculations, and data upon |
24 | | which that proposed certification is based. |
25 | | On or before January 1 of each year, beginning January 1,
|
26 | | 2018, the State Actuary shall issue a preliminary report
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 83 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | concerning the proposed certification and identifying, if
|
2 | | necessary, recommended changes in actuarial assumptions that
|
3 | | the Board must consider before finalizing its certification of
|
4 | | the required State contributions. |
5 | | (f) On or before January 15, 2018 and each January 15 |
6 | | thereafter, the Board shall certify to the Governor and the
|
7 | | General Assembly the amount of the required State contribution
|
8 | | for the next fiscal year. The certification shall include a
|
9 | | copy of the actuarial recommendations upon which it is based
|
10 | | and shall specifically identify the Fund's projected employer
|
11 | | normal cost for that fiscal year. The Board's certification
|
12 | | must note any deviations from the State Actuary's recommended
|
13 | | changes, the reason or reasons for not following the State
|
14 | | Actuary's recommended changes, and the fiscal impact of not
|
15 | | following the State Actuary's recommended changes on the
|
16 | | required State contribution. |
17 | | For the purposes of this Article, including issuing |
18 | | vouchers, and for the purposes of subsection (h) of Section 1.1 |
19 | | of the State Pension Funds Continuing Appropriation Act, the |
20 | | State contribution specified for State fiscal year 2018 shall |
21 | | be deemed to have been certified, by operation of law and |
22 | | without official action by the Board or the State Actuary, in |
23 | | the amount provided in subsection (c) and subsection (d) of |
24 | | this Section. |
25 | | (g) For State fiscal year 2018, the State Board of |
26 | | Education shall submit vouchers, as directed by the Board, for |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 84 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | payment of State contributions to the Fund for the required |
2 | | annual State contribution under subsection (d) of this Section. |
3 | | These vouchers shall be paid by the State Comptroller and |
4 | | Treasurer by warrants drawn on the amount appropriated to the |
5 | | State Board of Education from the Common School Fund in Section |
6 | | 5 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21. If State appropriations |
7 | | for State fiscal year 2018 are less than the amount lawfully |
8 | | vouchered under this subsection, the difference shall be paid |
9 | | from the Common School Fund under the continuing appropriation |
10 | | authority provided in Section 1.1 of the State Pension Funds |
11 | | Continuing Appropriation Act. |
12 | | (h) For State fiscal year 2018, the Board shall submit |
13 | | vouchers for the payment of State contributions to the Fund for |
14 | | the required annual State contribution under subsection (c) of |
15 | | this Section. Beginning in State fiscal year 2019, the Board |
16 | | shall submit vouchers for payment of State contributions to the |
17 | | Fund for the required annual State contribution under |
18 | | subsections (c) and (d) of this Section. These vouchers shall |
19 | | be paid by the State Comptroller and Treasurer by warrants |
20 | | drawn on the funds appropriated to the Fund for that fiscal |
21 | | year. If State appropriations to the Fund for the applicable |
22 | | fiscal year are less than the amount lawfully vouchered under |
23 | | this subsection, the difference shall be paid from the Common |
24 | | School Fund under the continuing appropriation authority |
25 | | provided in Section 1.1 of the State Pension Funds Continuing |
26 | | Appropriation Act. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 85 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 12-4-97; 90-566, eff. 1-2-98; |
2 | | 90-582, eff.
5-27-98; 90-655, eff. 7-30-98.)
|
3 | | Section 935. The State Pension Funds Continuing |
4 | | Appropriation Act is amended by changing Section 1.1 as |
5 | | follows:
|
6 | | (40 ILCS 15/1.1)
|
7 | | Sec. 1.1. Appropriations to certain retirement systems.
|
8 | | (a) There is hereby appropriated from the General Revenue |
9 | | Fund to the
General Assembly Retirement System, on a continuing |
10 | | monthly basis, the amount,
if any, by which the total available |
11 | | amount of all other appropriations to that
retirement system |
12 | | for the payment of State contributions is less than the total
|
13 | | amount of the vouchers for required State contributions |
14 | | lawfully submitted by
the retirement system for that month |
15 | | under Section 2-134 of the Illinois
Pension Code.
|
16 | | (b) There is hereby appropriated from the General Revenue |
17 | | Fund to the
State Universities Retirement System, on a |
18 | | continuing monthly basis, the
amount, if any, by which the |
19 | | total available amount of all other appropriations
to that |
20 | | retirement system for the payment of State contributions, |
21 | | including
any deficiency in the required contributions of the |
22 | | optional
retirement program established under Section 15-158.2 |
23 | | of the Illinois Pension
Code,
is less than
the total amount of |
24 | | the vouchers for required State contributions lawfully
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 86 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | submitted by the retirement system for that month under Section |
2 | | 15-165 of the
Illinois Pension Code.
|
3 | | (c) There is hereby appropriated from the Common School |
4 | | Fund to the
Teachers' Retirement System of the State of |
5 | | Illinois,
on a continuing monthly basis, the amount, if any, by |
6 | | which the total
available amount of all other appropriations to |
7 | | that retirement system for the
payment of State contributions |
8 | | is less than the total amount of the vouchers
for required |
9 | | State contributions lawfully submitted by the retirement |
10 | | system
for that month under Section 16-158 of the Illinois |
11 | | Pension Code.
|
12 | | (d) There is hereby appropriated from the General Revenue |
13 | | Fund to the Judges
Retirement System of Illinois, on a |
14 | | continuing monthly basis, the amount, if
any, by which the |
15 | | total available amount of all other appropriations to that
|
16 | | retirement system for the payment of State contributions is |
17 | | less than the total
amount of the vouchers for required State |
18 | | contributions lawfully submitted by
the retirement system for |
19 | | that month under Section 18-140 of the Illinois
Pension Code.
|
20 | | (e) The continuing appropriations provided by subsections |
21 | | (a), (b), (c), and (d) of this Section shall first
be available |
22 | | in State fiscal year 1996. The continuing appropriations |
23 | | provided by subsection (h) of this Section shall first
be |
24 | | available as provided in that subsection (h).
|
25 | | (f) For State fiscal year 2010 only, the continuing |
26 | | appropriations provided by this Section are equal to the amount |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 87 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | certified by each System on or before December 31, 2008, less |
2 | | (i) the gross proceeds of the bonds sold in fiscal year 2010 |
3 | | under the authorization contained in subsection (a) of Section |
4 | | 7.2 of the General Obligation Bond Act and (ii) any amounts |
5 | | received from the State Pensions Fund. |
6 | | (g) For State fiscal year 2011 only, the continuing |
7 | | appropriations provided by this Section are equal to the amount
|
8 | | certified by each System on or before April 1, 2011, less
(i) |
9 | | the gross proceeds of the bonds sold in fiscal year 2011
under |
10 | | the authorization contained in subsection (a) of Section
7.2 of |
11 | | the General Obligation Bond Act and (ii) any amounts
received |
12 | | from the State Pensions Fund. |
13 | | (h) There is hereby appropriated from the Common School |
14 | | Fund to the
Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund |
15 | | of Chicago,
on a continuing basis, the amount, if any, by which |
16 | | the total
available amount of all other State appropriations to |
17 | | that Retirement Fund for the
payment of State contributions |
18 | | under Section 17-127 of the Illinois Pension Code is less than |
19 | | the total amount of the vouchers
for required State |
20 | | contributions lawfully submitted by the Retirement Fund or the |
21 | | State Board of Education, under that Section 17-127. |
22 | | (Source: P.A. 96-43, eff. 7-15-09; 96-1497, eff. 1-14-11; |
23 | | 96-1511, eff. 1-27-11.)
|
24 | | Section 940. The Innovation Development and Economy Act is |
25 | | amended by changing Section 33 as follows:
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 88 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (50 ILCS 470/33)
|
2 | | Sec. 33. STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust |
3 | | Fund. |
4 | | (a) The STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust |
5 | | Fund is created as a trust fund in the State treasury. Deposits |
6 | | into the Trust Fund shall be made as provided under this |
7 | | Section. Moneys in the Trust Fund shall be used by the |
8 | | Department of Revenue only for the purpose of making payments |
9 | | to school districts in educational service regions that include |
10 | | or are adjacent to the STAR bond district. Moneys in the Trust |
11 | | Fund are not subject to appropriation and shall be used solely |
12 | | as provided in this Section. All deposits into the Trust Fund |
13 | | shall be held in the Trust Fund by the State Treasurer as ex |
14 | | officio custodian separate and apart from all public moneys or |
15 | | funds of this State and shall be administered by the Department |
16 | | exclusively for the purposes set forth in this Section. All |
17 | | moneys in the Trust Fund shall be invested and reinvested by |
18 | | the State Treasurer. All interest accruing from these |
19 | | investments shall be deposited in the Trust Fund. |
20 | | (b) Upon approval of a STAR bond district, the political |
21 | | subdivision shall immediately transmit to the county clerk of |
22 | | the county in which the district is located a certified copy of |
23 | | the ordinance creating the district, a legal description of the |
24 | | district, a map of the district, identification of the year |
25 | | that the county clerk shall use for determining the total |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 89 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | initial equalized assessed value of the district consistent |
2 | | with subsection (c), and a list of the parcel or tax |
3 | | identification number of each parcel of property included in |
4 | | the district. |
5 | | (c) Upon approval of a STAR bond district, the county clerk |
6 | | immediately thereafter shall determine (i) the most recently |
7 | | ascertained equalized assessed value of each lot, block, tract, |
8 | | or parcel of real property within the STAR bond district, from |
9 | | which shall be deducted the homestead exemptions under Article |
10 | | 15 of the Property Tax Code, which value shall be the initial |
11 | | equalized assessed value of each such piece of property, and |
12 | | (ii) the total equalized assessed value of all taxable real |
13 | | property within the district by adding together the most |
14 | | recently ascertained equalized assessed value of each taxable |
15 | | lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property within the |
16 | | district, from which shall be deducted the homestead exemptions |
17 | | under Article 15 of the Property Tax Code, and shall certify |
18 | | that amount as the total initial equalized assessed value of |
19 | | the taxable real property within the STAR bond district. |
20 | | (d) In reference to any STAR bond district created within |
21 | | any political subdivision, and in respect to which the county |
22 | | clerk has certified the total initial equalized assessed value |
23 | | of the property in the area, the political subdivision may |
24 | | thereafter request the clerk in writing to adjust the initial |
25 | | equalized value of all taxable real property within the STAR |
26 | | bond district by deducting therefrom the exemptions under |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 90 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Article 15 of the Property Tax Code applicable to each lot, |
2 | | block, tract, or parcel of real property within the STAR bond |
3 | | district. The county clerk shall immediately, after the written |
4 | | request to adjust the total initial equalized value is |
5 | | received, determine the total homestead exemptions in the STAR |
6 | | bond district as provided under Article 15 of the Property Tax |
7 | | Code by adding together the homestead exemptions provided by |
8 | | said Article on each lot, block, tract, or parcel of real |
9 | | property within the STAR bond district and then shall deduct |
10 | | the total of said exemptions from the total initial equalized |
11 | | assessed value. The county clerk shall then promptly certify |
12 | | that amount as the total initial equalized assessed value as |
13 | | adjusted of the taxable real property within the STAR bond |
14 | | district. |
15 | | (e) The county clerk or other person authorized by law |
16 | | shall compute the tax rates for each taxing district with all |
17 | | or a portion of its equalized assessed value located in the |
18 | | STAR bond district. The rate per cent of tax determined shall |
19 | | be extended to the current equalized assessed value of all |
20 | | property in the district in the same manner as the rate per |
21 | | cent of tax is extended to all other taxable property in the |
22 | | taxing district. |
23 | | (f) Beginning with the assessment year in which the first |
24 | | destination user in the first STAR bond project in a STAR bond |
25 | | district makes its first retail sales and for each assessment |
26 | | year thereafter until final maturity of the last STAR bonds |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 91 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | issued in the district, the county clerk or other person |
2 | | authorized by law shall determine the increase in equalized |
3 | | assessed value of all real property within the STAR bond |
4 | | district by subtracting the initial equalized assessed value of |
5 | | all property in the district certified under subsection (c) |
6 | | from the current equalized assessed value of all property in |
7 | | the district. Each year, the property taxes arising from the |
8 | | increase in equalized assessed value in the STAR bond district |
9 | | shall be determined for each taxing district and shall be |
10 | | certified to the county collector. |
11 | | (g) Beginning with the year in which taxes are collected |
12 | | based on the assessment year in which the first destination |
13 | | user in the first STAR bond project in a STAR bond district |
14 | | makes its first retail sales and for each year thereafter until |
15 | | final maturity of the last STAR bonds issued in the district, |
16 | | the county collector shall, within 30 days after receipt of |
17 | | property taxes, transmit to the Department to be deposited into |
18 | | the STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust Fund 15% |
19 | | of property taxes attributable to the increase in equalized |
20 | | assessed value within the STAR bond district from each taxing |
21 | | district as certified in subsection (f). |
22 | | (h) The Department shall pay to the regional superintendent |
23 | | of schools whose educational service region includes Franklin |
24 | | and Williamson Counties, for each year for which money is |
25 | | remitted to the Department and paid into the STAR Bonds School |
26 | | Improvement and Operations Trust Fund, the money in the Fund as |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 92 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | provided in this Section. The amount paid to each school |
2 | | district shall be allocated
proportionately, based on each |
3 | | qualifying school district's
fall enrollment for the |
4 | | then-current school year, such that the school
district with |
5 | | the largest fall enrollment receives the largest
proportionate |
6 | | share of money paid out of the Fund or by any other method or |
7 | | formula that the regional superintendent of schools deems fit, |
8 | | equitable, and in the public interest. The regional |
9 | | superintendent may allocate moneys to school districts that are |
10 | | outside of his or her educational service region or to other |
11 | | regional superintendents. |
12 | | The Department shall determine the distributions under |
13 | | this Section using its best judgment and information. The |
14 | | Department shall be held harmless for the distributions made |
15 | | under this Section and all distributions shall be final. |
16 | | (i) In any year that an assessment appeal is filed, the |
17 | | extension of taxes on any assessment so appealed shall not be |
18 | | delayed. In the case of an assessment that is altered, any |
19 | | taxes extended upon the unauthorized assessment or part thereof |
20 | | shall be abated, or, if already paid, shall be refunded with |
21 | | interest as provided in Section 23-20 of the Property Tax Code. |
22 | | In the case of an assessment appeal, the county collector shall |
23 | | notify the Department that an assessment appeal has been filed |
24 | | and the amount of the tax that would have been deposited in the |
25 | | STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust Fund. The |
26 | | county collector shall hold that amount in a separate fund |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 93 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | until the appeal process is final. After the appeal process is |
2 | | finalized, the county collector shall transmit to the |
3 | | Department the amount of tax that remains, if any, after all |
4 | | required refunds are made. The Department shall pay any amount |
5 | | deposited into the Trust Fund under this Section in the same |
6 | | proportion as determined for payments for that taxable year |
7 | | under subsection (h). |
8 | | (j) In any year that ad valorem taxes are allocated to the |
9 | | STAR Bonds School Improvement and Operations Trust Fund, that |
10 | | allocation shall not reduce or otherwise impact the school aid |
11 | | provided to any school district under the general State school |
12 | | aid formula provided for in Section 18-8.05 of the School Code |
13 | | or the evidence-based funding formula provided for in Section |
14 | | 18-8.15 of the School Code .
|
15 | | (Source: P.A. 96-939, eff. 6-24-10.)
|
16 | | Section 945. The County Economic Development Project Area |
17 | | Property
Tax Allocation Act is amended by changing Section 7 as |
18 | | follows:
|
19 | | (55 ILCS 85/7) (from Ch. 34, par. 7007)
|
20 | | Sec. 7. Creation of special tax allocation fund. If a |
21 | | county has
adopted property tax allocation financing by |
22 | | ordinance for an economic
development project area, the |
23 | | Department has approved and certified the
economic development |
24 | | project area, and the county clerk has thereafter
certified the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 94 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | "total initial equalized value" of the taxable real property
|
2 | | within such economic development project area in the manner |
3 | | provided in
subsection (b) of Section 6 of this Act, each year |
4 | | after the date of the
certification by the county clerk of the |
5 | | "initial equalized assessed value"
until economic development |
6 | | project costs and all county obligations
financing economic |
7 | | development project costs have been paid, the ad valorem
taxes, |
8 | | if any, arising from the levies upon the taxable real property |
9 | | in
the economic development project area by taxing districts |
10 | | and tax rates
determined in the manner provided in subsection |
11 | | (b) of Section 6 of this Act
shall be divided as follows:
|
12 | | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable |
13 | | lot, block, tract
or parcel of real property which is |
14 | | attributable to the lower of the current
equalized assessed |
15 | | value or the initial equalized assessed value of each
such |
16 | | taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property |
17 | | existing at the
time property tax allocation financing was |
18 | | adopted shall be allocated and
when collected shall be paid |
19 | | by the county collector to the respective
affected taxing |
20 | | districts in the manner required by the law in the absence
|
21 | | of the adoption of property tax allocation financing.
|
22 | | (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes which is |
23 | | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized |
24 | | assessed valuation of each taxable lot,
block, tract, or |
25 | | parcel of real property in the economic development
project |
26 | | are, over and above the initial equalized assessed value of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 95 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | each
property existing at the time property tax allocation |
2 | | financing was
adopted shall be allocated to and when |
3 | | collected shall be paid to the
county treasurer, who shall |
4 | | deposit those taxes into a special fund called
the special |
5 | | tax allocation fund of the county for the purpose of paying
|
6 | | economic development project costs and obligations |
7 | | incurred in the payment
thereof.
|
8 | | The county, by an ordinance adopting property tax |
9 | | allocation financing,
may pledge the funds in and to be |
10 | | deposited in the special tax allocation
fund for the payment of |
11 | | obligations issued under this Act and for the
payment of |
12 | | economic development project costs. No part of the current
|
13 | | equalized assessed valuation of each property in the economic |
14 | | development
project area attributable to any increase above the |
15 | | total initial equalized
assessed value of such properties shall |
16 | | be used in calculating the general
State school aid formula, |
17 | | provided for in Section 18-8 of the School Code, or the |
18 | | evidence-based funding formula, provided for in Section |
19 | | 18-8.15 of the School Code,
until such time as all economic |
20 | | development projects costs have been paid
as provided for in |
21 | | this Section.
|
22 | | Whenever a county issues bonds for the purpose of financing |
23 | | economic
development project costs, the county may provide by |
24 | | ordinance for the
appointment of a trustee, which may be any |
25 | | trust company within the State,
and for the establishment of |
26 | | the funds or accounts to be maintained by such
trustee as the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 96 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | county shall deem necessary to provide for the security and
|
2 | | payment of the bonds. If the county provides for the |
3 | | appointment of a
trustee, the trustee shall be considered the |
4 | | assignee of any payments
assigned by the county pursuant to the |
5 | | ordinance and this Section. Any
amounts paid to the trustee as |
6 | | assignee shall be deposited in the funds or
accounts |
7 | | established pursuant to the trust agreement, and shall be held |
8 | | by
the trustee in trust for the benefit of the holders of the |
9 | | bonds, and the
holders shall have a lien on and a security |
10 | | interest in those bonds or
accounts so long as the bonds remain |
11 | | outstanding and unpaid. Upon
retirement of the bonds, the |
12 | | trustee shall pay over any excess amounts held
to the county |
13 | | for deposit in the special tax allocation fund.
|
14 | | When the economic development project costs, including |
15 | | without limitation
all county obligations financing economic |
16 | | development project costs
incurred under this Act, have been |
17 | | paid, all surplus funds then remaining
in the special tax |
18 | | allocation funds shall be distributed by being paid by
the |
19 | | county treasurer to the county collector, who shall immediately
|
20 | | thereafter pay those funds to the taxing districts having |
21 | | taxable property
in the economic development project area in |
22 | | the same manner and proportion
as the most recent distribution |
23 | | by the county collector to those taxing
districts of real |
24 | | property taxes from real property in the economic
development |
25 | | project area.
|
26 | | Upon the payment of all economic development project costs, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 97 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | retirement of
obligations and the distribution of any excess |
2 | | monies pursuant to this
Section and not later than 23 years |
3 | | from the date of adoption of the
ordinance adopting property |
4 | | tax allocation financing, the county shall
adopt an ordinance |
5 | | dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the
economic |
6 | | development project area and terminating the designation of the
|
7 | | economic development project area as an economic development |
8 | | project area; however, in relation to one or more contiguous |
9 | | parcels not exceeding a total area of 120 acres within which an |
10 | | electric generating facility is intended to be constructed, and |
11 | | with respect to which the owner of that proposed electric |
12 | | generating facility has entered into a redevelopment agreement |
13 | | with Grundy County on or before July 25, 2017, the ordinance of |
14 | | the county required in this paragraph shall not dissolve the |
15 | | special tax allocation fund for the existing economic |
16 | | development project area and shall only terminate the |
17 | | designation of the economic development project area as to |
18 | | those portions of the economic development project area |
19 | | excluding the area covered by the redevelopment agreement |
20 | | between the owner of the proposed electric generating facility |
21 | | and Grundy County; the county shall adopt an ordinance |
22 | | dissolving the special tax allocation fund for the economic |
23 | | development project area and terminating the designation of the |
24 | | economic development project area as an economic development |
25 | | project area with regard to the electric generating facility |
26 | | property not later than 35 years from the date of adoption of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 98 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the ordinance adopting property tax allocation financing.
|
2 | | Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts shall be extended |
3 | | and taxes
levied, collected and distributed in the manner |
4 | | applicable in the absence
of the adoption of property tax |
5 | | allocation financing.
|
6 | | Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving |
7 | | property in
economic development project areas from being |
8 | | assessed as provided in the
Property Tax Code or as relieving |
9 | | owners of that
property from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as |
10 | | required by Section 4 of
Article IX of the Illinois |
11 | | Constitution of 1970.
|
12 | | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13; 99-513, eff. 6-30-16.)
|
13 | | Section 950. The County Economic Development Project Area |
14 | | Tax Increment
Allocation Act of 1991 is amended by changing |
15 | | Section 50 as follows:
|
16 | | (55 ILCS 90/50) (from Ch. 34, par. 8050)
|
17 | | Sec. 50. Special tax allocation fund.
|
18 | | (a) If a county clerk has certified the "total initial |
19 | | equalized
assessed value" of the taxable real property within |
20 | | an economic development
project area in the manner provided in |
21 | | Section 45, each year
after the date of the certification by |
22 | | the county clerk of the "total
initial equalized assessed |
23 | | value", until economic development project costs
and all county |
24 | | obligations financing economic development
project costs have |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 99 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | been paid, the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from
the |
2 | | levies upon the taxable real property in the economic |
3 | | development
project area by taxing districts and tax rates |
4 | | determined in the manner
provided in subsection (b) of Section |
5 | | 45 shall be divided as follows:
|
6 | | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable |
7 | | lot, block,
tract, or parcel of real property that is |
8 | | attributable to the lower of the
current equalized assessed |
9 | | value or the initial equalized assessed value of
each |
10 | | taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property |
11 | | existing at
the time tax increment financing was adopted |
12 | | shall be allocated to (and
when collected shall be paid by |
13 | | the county collector to) the respective
affected taxing |
14 | | districts in the manner required by law in the absence of
|
15 | | the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
|
16 | | (2) That portion, if any, of the taxes that is |
17 | | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized |
18 | | assessed valuation of each taxable lot,
block, tract, or |
19 | | parcel of real property in the economic development
project |
20 | | area, over and above the initial equalized assessed value |
21 | | of each
property existing at the time tax increment |
22 | | financing was adopted, shall be
allocated to (and when |
23 | | collected shall be paid to) the county treasurer,
who shall |
24 | | deposit the taxes into a special fund (called the special |
25 | | tax
allocation fund of the county) for the purpose of |
26 | | paying economic development
project costs and obligations |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 100 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | incurred in the payment of those costs.
|
2 | | (b) The county, by an ordinance adopting tax increment
|
3 | | allocation financing, may pledge the monies in and to be |
4 | | deposited into the
special tax allocation fund for the payment |
5 | | of obligations issued under
this Act and for the payment of |
6 | | economic development project costs. No
part of the current |
7 | | equalized assessed valuation of each property in the
economic |
8 | | development project area attributable to any increase above the
|
9 | | total initial equalized assessed value of those properties |
10 | | shall be used in
calculating the general State school aid |
11 | | formula under Section
18-8 of the School Code or the |
12 | | evidence-based funding formula under Section 18-8.15 of the |
13 | | School Code until all economic development
projects costs have |
14 | | been paid as provided for in this Section.
|
15 | | (c) When the economic development projects costs, |
16 | | including without
limitation all county obligations financing |
17 | | economic
development project costs incurred under this Act, |
18 | | have been paid, all
surplus monies then remaining in the |
19 | | special tax allocation fund shall be
distributed by being paid |
20 | | by the county treasurer to the
county collector, who shall |
21 | | immediately pay the monies to the
taxing districts having |
22 | | taxable property in the economic development
project area in |
23 | | the same manner and proportion as the most recent
distribution |
24 | | by the county collector to those taxing districts of real
|
25 | | property taxes from real property in the economic development |
26 | | project area.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 101 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (d) Upon the payment of all economic development project |
2 | | costs,
retirement of obligations, and distribution of any |
3 | | excess monies
under this Section, the county shall adopt an |
4 | | ordinance dissolving the
special tax allocation fund for the |
5 | | economic development project area and
terminating the |
6 | | designation of the economic development project area as an
|
7 | | economic development project area. Thereafter, the rates of the |
8 | | taxing
districts shall be extended and taxes shall be levied, |
9 | | collected, and
distributed in the manner applicable in the |
10 | | absence of the adoption of tax
increment allocation financing.
|
11 | | (e) Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving |
12 | | property in
the economic development project areas from being |
13 | | assessed as provided in
the Property Tax Code or as relieving |
14 | | owners of
that property from paying a uniform rate of taxes as |
15 | | required by Section 4 of
Article IX of the Illinois |
16 | | Constitution.
|
17 | | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
|
18 | | Section 955. The Illinois Municipal Code is amended by |
19 | | changing Sections 11-74.4-3, 11-74.4-8, and 11-74.6-35 as |
20 | | follows:
|
21 | | (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-3) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-3)
|
22 | | Sec. 11-74.4-3. Definitions. The following terms, wherever |
23 | | used or
referred to in this Division 74.4 shall have the |
24 | | following respective meanings,
unless in any case a different |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 102 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | meaning clearly appears from the context.
|
2 | | (a) For any redevelopment project area that has been |
3 | | designated pursuant
to this
Section by an ordinance adopted |
4 | | prior to November 1, 1999 (the effective
date of Public Act
|
5 | | 91-478), "blighted area" shall have the meaning set
forth in |
6 | | this Section
prior to that date.
|
7 | | On and after November 1, 1999,
"blighted area" means any |
8 | | improved or vacant area within the boundaries
of a |
9 | | redevelopment project area located within the territorial |
10 | | limits of
the municipality where:
|
11 | | (1) If improved, industrial, commercial, and |
12 | | residential buildings or
improvements are detrimental to |
13 | | the public safety, health, or welfare
because of a |
14 | | combination of 5 or more of the following factors, each of |
15 | | which
is (i) present, with that presence documented, to a |
16 | | meaningful extent so
that a municipality may reasonably |
17 | | find that the factor is clearly
present within the intent |
18 | | of the Act and (ii) reasonably distributed throughout
the |
19 | | improved part of the redevelopment project area:
|
20 | | (A) Dilapidation. An advanced state of disrepair |
21 | | or neglect of
necessary
repairs to the primary |
22 | | structural components of buildings or improvements in
|
23 | | such a combination that a documented building |
24 | | condition analysis determines
that major repair is |
25 | | required or the defects are so serious and so extensive
|
26 | | that the buildings must be removed.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 103 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (B) Obsolescence. The condition or process of |
2 | | falling into disuse.
Structures have become ill-suited |
3 | | for the original use.
|
4 | | (C) Deterioration. With respect to buildings, |
5 | | defects
including, but not limited to, major defects in
|
6 | | the secondary building components such as doors, |
7 | | windows, porches, gutters and
downspouts, and fascia. |
8 | | With respect to surface improvements, that the
|
9 | | condition of roadways, alleys, curbs, gutters, |
10 | | sidewalks, off-street parking,
and surface storage |
11 | | areas evidence deterioration, including, but not |
12 | | limited
to, surface cracking, crumbling, potholes, |
13 | | depressions, loose paving material,
and weeds |
14 | | protruding through paved surfaces.
|
15 | | (D) Presence of structures below minimum code |
16 | | standards. All structures
that do not meet the |
17 | | standards of zoning, subdivision, building, fire, and
|
18 | | other governmental codes applicable to property, but |
19 | | not including housing and
property maintenance codes.
|
20 | | (E) Illegal use of individual structures. The use |
21 | | of structures in
violation of applicable federal, |
22 | | State, or local laws, exclusive of those
applicable to |
23 | | the presence of structures below minimum code |
24 | | standards.
|
25 | | (F) Excessive vacancies. The presence of
buildings |
26 | | that are unoccupied or under-utilized and that |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 104 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | represent an adverse
influence on the area because of |
2 | | the frequency, extent, or duration of the
vacancies.
|
3 | | (G) Lack of ventilation, light, or sanitary |
4 | | facilities. The absence of
adequate ventilation for |
5 | | light or air circulation in spaces or rooms without
|
6 | | windows, or that require the removal of dust, odor, |
7 | | gas, smoke, or other
noxious airborne materials. |
8 | | Inadequate natural light and ventilation means
the |
9 | | absence of skylights or windows for interior spaces or |
10 | | rooms and improper
window sizes and amounts by room |
11 | | area to window area ratios. Inadequate
sanitary |
12 | | facilities refers to the absence or inadequacy of |
13 | | garbage storage and
enclosure,
bathroom facilities, |
14 | | hot water and kitchens, and structural inadequacies
|
15 | | preventing ingress and egress to and from all rooms and |
16 | | units within a
building.
|
17 | | (H) Inadequate utilities. Underground and overhead |
18 | | utilities
such as storm sewers and storm drainage, |
19 | | sanitary sewers, water lines, and
gas, telephone, and
|
20 | | electrical services that are shown to be inadequate. |
21 | | Inadequate utilities are
those that are: (i) of |
22 | | insufficient capacity to serve the uses in the
|
23 | | redevelopment project area, (ii) deteriorated,
|
24 | | antiquated, obsolete, or in disrepair, or (iii) |
25 | | lacking within the
redevelopment project area.
|
26 | | (I) Excessive land coverage and overcrowding of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 105 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | structures and community
facilities. The |
2 | | over-intensive use of property and the crowding of |
3 | | buildings
and accessory facilities onto a site. |
4 | | Examples of problem conditions
warranting the |
5 | | designation of an area as one exhibiting excessive land |
6 | | coverage
are: (i) the presence of buildings either |
7 | | improperly situated on parcels or
located
on parcels of |
8 | | inadequate size and shape in relation to present-day |
9 | | standards of
development for health and safety and (ii) |
10 | | the presence of multiple buildings
on a
single parcel. |
11 | | For there to be a finding of excessive land coverage,
|
12 | | these parcels must exhibit one or more of the following |
13 | | conditions:
insufficient provision for
light and air |
14 | | within or around buildings, increased threat of spread |
15 | | of fire
due to the close proximity of buildings, lack |
16 | | of adequate or proper access to a
public right-of-way, |
17 | | lack of reasonably required off-street parking, or
|
18 | | inadequate provision for loading and service.
|
19 | | (J) Deleterious land use or layout. The existence |
20 | | of incompatible
land-use
relationships, buildings |
21 | | occupied by inappropriate mixed-uses, or uses
|
22 | | considered to be noxious, offensive, or unsuitable for |
23 | | the
surrounding area.
|
24 | | (K) Environmental clean-up. The proposed |
25 | | redevelopment project area
has incurred Illinois |
26 | | Environmental Protection Agency or United States
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 106 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Environmental Protection Agency remediation costs for, |
2 | | or a study conducted by
an independent consultant |
3 | | recognized as having expertise in environmental
|
4 | | remediation has determined a need for, the
clean-up of |
5 | | hazardous
waste, hazardous substances, or underground |
6 | | storage tanks required by State or
federal law, |
7 | | provided that the remediation costs constitute a |
8 | | material
impediment to the development or |
9 | | redevelopment of the redevelopment project
area.
|
10 | | (L) Lack of community planning. The proposed |
11 | | redevelopment project area
was
developed prior to or |
12 | | without the benefit or guidance of a community plan.
|
13 | | This means that the development occurred prior to the |
14 | | adoption by the
municipality of a comprehensive or |
15 | | other community plan or that the plan was
not followed |
16 | | at the time of the area's development. This factor must |
17 | | be
documented by evidence of adverse or incompatible |
18 | | land-use relationships,
inadequate street layout, |
19 | | improper subdivision, parcels of inadequate shape and
|
20 | | size to meet contemporary development standards, or |
21 | | other evidence
demonstrating
an absence of effective |
22 | | community planning.
|
23 | | (M) The total equalized assessed value of the |
24 | | proposed redevelopment
project area has declined for 3 |
25 | | of the last 5 calendar years
prior to the year in which |
26 | | the redevelopment project area is designated
or is |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 107 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | increasing at an
annual rate that is less
than the |
2 | | balance of the municipality for 3 of the last 5 |
3 | | calendar years
for which
information is available or is |
4 | | increasing at an annual rate that is less than
the |
5 | | Consumer Price Index
for All Urban Consumers published |
6 | | by the United States Department of Labor or
successor |
7 | | agency for 3 of the last 5 calendar years
prior to the |
8 | | year in which the redevelopment project area is |
9 | | designated.
|
10 | | (2) If vacant, the sound growth of the redevelopment |
11 | | project area
is impaired by a
combination of 2 or more of |
12 | | the following factors, each of which
is (i) present, with |
13 | | that presence documented, to a meaningful extent so
that
a |
14 | | municipality may reasonably find that the factor is clearly |
15 | | present
within the intent of the Act and (ii) reasonably |
16 | | distributed throughout the
vacant part of the
|
17 | | redevelopment project area to which it pertains:
|
18 | | (A) Obsolete platting of vacant land that results |
19 | | in parcels of
limited or
narrow size or configurations |
20 | | of parcels of irregular size or shape that would
be |
21 | | difficult to develop on
a planned basis and in a manner |
22 | | compatible with contemporary standards and
|
23 | | requirements, or platting that failed to create |
24 | | rights-of-ways for streets or
alleys or that created |
25 | | inadequate right-of-way widths for streets, alleys, or
|
26 | | other public rights-of-way or that omitted easements |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 108 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | for public utilities.
|
2 | | (B) Diversity of ownership of parcels of vacant |
3 | | land sufficient in
number to
retard or impede the |
4 | | ability to assemble the land for development.
|
5 | | (C) Tax and special assessment delinquencies exist |
6 | | or the property has
been the subject of tax sales under |
7 | | the Property Tax Code within the last 5
years.
|
8 | | (D) Deterioration of structures or site |
9 | | improvements in neighboring
areas adjacent to the |
10 | | vacant land.
|
11 | | (E) The area has incurred Illinois Environmental |
12 | | Protection Agency or
United States Environmental |
13 | | Protection Agency remediation costs for, or a study
|
14 | | conducted by an independent consultant recognized as |
15 | | having expertise in
environmental remediation has |
16 | | determined a need for, the
clean-up of hazardous
waste, |
17 | | hazardous substances, or underground storage tanks |
18 | | required by State or
federal law, provided that the |
19 | | remediation costs
constitute a material impediment to |
20 | | the development or redevelopment of
the
redevelopment |
21 | | project area.
|
22 | | (F) The total equalized assessed value of the |
23 | | proposed redevelopment
project area has declined for 3 |
24 | | of the last 5 calendar years
prior to the year in which |
25 | | the redevelopment project area is designated
or is |
26 | | increasing at an
annual rate that is less
than the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 109 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | balance of the municipality for 3 of the last 5 |
2 | | calendar years for
which information is available or is |
3 | | increasing at an annual rate that is less
than
the |
4 | | Consumer Price Index
for All Urban Consumers published |
5 | | by the United States Department of Labor or
successor |
6 | | agency for 3 of the last 5 calendar years
prior to the |
7 | | year in which the redevelopment project area is |
8 | | designated.
|
9 | | (3) If vacant, the sound growth of the redevelopment |
10 | | project area is
impaired by one of the
following factors |
11 | | that (i) is present, with that presence documented, to a
|
12 | | meaningful extent so that a municipality may reasonably |
13 | | find that the factor is
clearly
present within the intent |
14 | | of the Act and (ii) is reasonably distributed
throughout |
15 | | the vacant part of the
redevelopment project area to which |
16 | | it pertains:
|
17 | | (A) The area consists of one or more unused |
18 | | quarries, mines, or strip
mine ponds.
|
19 | | (B) The area consists of unused rail yards, rail |
20 | | tracks, or railroad
rights-of-way.
|
21 | | (C) The area, prior to its designation, is subject |
22 | | to (i) chronic
flooding
that adversely impacts on real |
23 | | property in the area as certified by a
registered
|
24 | | professional engineer or appropriate regulatory agency |
25 | | or (ii) surface water
that
discharges from all or a |
26 | | part of the area and contributes to flooding within
the
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 110 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | same watershed, but only if the redevelopment project |
2 | | provides for facilities
or
improvements to contribute |
3 | | to the alleviation of all or part of the
flooding.
|
4 | | (D) The area consists of an unused or illegal |
5 | | disposal site containing
earth,
stone, building |
6 | | debris, or similar materials that were removed from
|
7 | | construction, demolition, excavation, or dredge sites.
|
8 | | (E) Prior to November 1, 1999, the area
is not less |
9 | | than 50 nor more than 100 acres and 75%
of which is |
10 | | vacant (notwithstanding that the area has been used
for |
11 | | commercial agricultural purposes within 5 years prior |
12 | | to the designation
of the redevelopment project area), |
13 | | and the area meets at least one of
the factors itemized |
14 | | in paragraph (1) of this subsection, the area
has been |
15 | | designated as a town or village center by ordinance or |
16 | | comprehensive
plan adopted prior to January 1, 1982, |
17 | | and the area has not been developed
for that designated |
18 | | purpose.
|
19 | | (F) The area qualified as a blighted improved area |
20 | | immediately prior to
becoming vacant, unless there has |
21 | | been substantial private investment in the
immediately |
22 | | surrounding area.
|
23 | | (b) For any redevelopment project area that has been |
24 | | designated pursuant
to this
Section by an ordinance adopted |
25 | | prior to November 1, 1999 (the effective
date of Public Act
|
26 | | 91-478), "conservation area" shall have the meaning
set forth |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 111 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | in this
Section prior to that date.
|
2 | | On and after November 1, 1999,
"conservation area" means |
3 | | any improved area within the boundaries
of a redevelopment |
4 | | project area located within the territorial limits of
the |
5 | | municipality in which 50% or more of the structures in the area |
6 | | have
an age of 35 years or more.
Such an area is not yet a |
7 | | blighted area but
because of a combination of 3 or more of the |
8 | | following factors is detrimental
to the public safety, health, |
9 | | morals
or welfare and such an area may become a blighted area:
|
10 | | (1) Dilapidation. An advanced state of disrepair or |
11 | | neglect of
necessary
repairs to the primary structural |
12 | | components of buildings or improvements in
such a |
13 | | combination that a documented building condition analysis |
14 | | determines
that major repair is required or the defects are |
15 | | so serious and so extensive
that the buildings must be |
16 | | removed.
|
17 | | (2) Obsolescence. The condition or process of falling |
18 | | into disuse.
Structures have become ill-suited for the |
19 | | original use.
|
20 | | (3) Deterioration. With respect to buildings, defects
|
21 | | including, but not limited to, major defects in
the |
22 | | secondary building components such as doors, windows, |
23 | | porches, gutters and
downspouts, and fascia. With respect |
24 | | to surface improvements, that the
condition of roadways, |
25 | | alleys, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, off-street parking,
and |
26 | | surface storage areas evidence deterioration, including, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 112 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | but not limited
to, surface cracking, crumbling, potholes, |
2 | | depressions, loose paving material,
and weeds protruding |
3 | | through paved surfaces.
|
4 | | (4) Presence of structures below minimum code |
5 | | standards. All structures
that do not meet the standards of |
6 | | zoning, subdivision, building, fire, and
other |
7 | | governmental codes applicable to property, but not |
8 | | including housing and
property maintenance codes.
|
9 | | (5) Illegal use of individual structures. The use of |
10 | | structures in
violation of applicable federal, State, or |
11 | | local laws, exclusive of those
applicable to the presence |
12 | | of structures below minimum code standards.
|
13 | | (6) Excessive vacancies. The presence of
buildings |
14 | | that are unoccupied or under-utilized and that represent an |
15 | | adverse
influence on the area because of the frequency, |
16 | | extent, or duration of the
vacancies.
|
17 | | (7) Lack of ventilation, light, or sanitary |
18 | | facilities. The absence of
adequate ventilation for light |
19 | | or air circulation in spaces or rooms without
windows, or |
20 | | that require the removal of dust, odor, gas, smoke, or |
21 | | other
noxious airborne materials. Inadequate natural light |
22 | | and ventilation means
the absence or inadequacy of |
23 | | skylights or windows for interior spaces or rooms
and |
24 | | improper
window sizes and amounts by room area to window |
25 | | area ratios. Inadequate
sanitary facilities refers to the |
26 | | absence or inadequacy of garbage storage and
enclosure,
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 113 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | bathroom facilities, hot water and kitchens, and |
2 | | structural inadequacies
preventing ingress and egress to |
3 | | and from all rooms and units within a
building.
|
4 | | (8) Inadequate utilities. Underground and overhead |
5 | | utilities
such as storm sewers and storm drainage, sanitary |
6 | | sewers, water lines, and gas,
telephone, and
electrical |
7 | | services that are shown to be inadequate. Inadequate |
8 | | utilities are
those that are: (i) of insufficient capacity |
9 | | to serve the uses in the
redevelopment project area, (ii) |
10 | | deteriorated,
antiquated, obsolete, or in disrepair, or |
11 | | (iii) lacking within the
redevelopment project area.
|
12 | | (9) Excessive land coverage and overcrowding of |
13 | | structures and community
facilities. The over-intensive |
14 | | use of property and the crowding of buildings
and accessory |
15 | | facilities onto a site. Examples of problem conditions
|
16 | | warranting the designation of an area as one exhibiting |
17 | | excessive land coverage
are: the presence of buildings |
18 | | either improperly situated on parcels or located
on parcels |
19 | | of inadequate size and shape in relation to present-day |
20 | | standards of
development for health and safety and the |
21 | | presence of multiple buildings on a
single parcel. For |
22 | | there to be a finding of excessive land coverage,
these |
23 | | parcels must exhibit one or more of the following |
24 | | conditions:
insufficient provision for
light and air |
25 | | within or around buildings, increased threat of spread of |
26 | | fire
due to the close proximity of buildings, lack of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 114 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | adequate or proper access to a
public right-of-way, lack of |
2 | | reasonably required off-street parking, or
inadequate |
3 | | provision for loading and service.
|
4 | | (10) Deleterious land use or layout. The existence of |
5 | | incompatible
land-use
relationships, buildings occupied by |
6 | | inappropriate mixed-uses, or uses
considered to be |
7 | | noxious, offensive, or unsuitable for the
surrounding |
8 | | area.
|
9 | | (11) Lack of community planning. The proposed |
10 | | redevelopment project area
was
developed prior to or |
11 | | without the benefit or guidance of a community plan.
This |
12 | | means that the development occurred prior to the adoption |
13 | | by the
municipality of a comprehensive or other community |
14 | | plan or that the plan was
not followed at the time of the |
15 | | area's development. This factor must be
documented by |
16 | | evidence of adverse or incompatible land-use |
17 | | relationships,
inadequate street layout, improper |
18 | | subdivision, parcels of inadequate shape and
size to meet |
19 | | contemporary development standards, or other evidence
|
20 | | demonstrating
an absence of effective community planning.
|
21 | | (12) The area has incurred Illinois Environmental |
22 | | Protection Agency or
United
States Environmental |
23 | | Protection Agency remediation costs for, or a study
|
24 | | conducted by an independent consultant recognized as |
25 | | having expertise in
environmental remediation has |
26 | | determined a need for, the clean-up of hazardous
waste, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 115 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | hazardous substances, or underground storage tanks |
2 | | required by State
or federal law, provided that the |
3 | | remediation costs constitute a material
impediment to the |
4 | | development or redevelopment of the redevelopment project
|
5 | | area.
|
6 | | (13) The total equalized assessed value of the proposed |
7 | | redevelopment
project area has declined for 3 of the last 5 |
8 | | calendar years
for which information is
available or is |
9 | | increasing at an annual rate that is less than the balance |
10 | | of
the municipality for 3 of the last 5 calendar years for |
11 | | which information is
available or is increasing at an |
12 | | annual rate that is less
than the Consumer Price Index for |
13 | | All Urban Consumers published by the United
States |
14 | | Department of Labor or successor agency for 3 of the last 5 |
15 | | calendar
years for which information is available.
|
16 | | (c) "Industrial park" means an area in a blighted or |
17 | | conservation
area suitable for use by any manufacturing, |
18 | | industrial, research or
transportation enterprise, of |
19 | | facilities to include but not be limited to
factories, mills, |
20 | | processing plants, assembly plants, packing plants,
|
21 | | fabricating plants, industrial distribution centers, |
22 | | warehouses, repair
overhaul or service facilities, freight |
23 | | terminals, research facilities,
test facilities or railroad |
24 | | facilities.
|
25 | | (d) "Industrial park conservation area" means an area |
26 | | within the
boundaries of a redevelopment project area located |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 116 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | within the territorial
limits of a municipality that is a labor |
2 | | surplus municipality or within 1
1/2 miles of the territorial |
3 | | limits of a municipality that is a labor
surplus municipality |
4 | | if the area is annexed to the municipality; which
area is zoned |
5 | | as industrial no later than at the time the municipality by
|
6 | | ordinance designates the redevelopment project area, and which |
7 | | area
includes both vacant land suitable for use as an |
8 | | industrial park and a
blighted area or conservation area |
9 | | contiguous to such vacant land.
|
10 | | (e) "Labor surplus municipality" means a municipality in |
11 | | which, at any
time during the 6 months before the municipality |
12 | | by ordinance designates
an industrial park conservation area, |
13 | | the unemployment rate was over 6% and was
also 100% or more of |
14 | | the national average unemployment rate for that same
time as |
15 | | published in the United States Department of Labor Bureau of |
16 | | Labor
Statistics publication entitled "The Employment |
17 | | Situation" or its successor
publication. For the purpose of |
18 | | this subsection, if unemployment rate
statistics for the |
19 | | municipality are not available, the unemployment rate in
the |
20 | | municipality shall be deemed to be the same as the unemployment |
21 | | rate in
the principal county in which the municipality is |
22 | | located.
|
23 | | (f) "Municipality" shall mean a city, village, |
24 | | incorporated town, or a township that is located in the |
25 | | unincorporated portion of a county with 3 million or more |
26 | | inhabitants, if the county adopted an ordinance that approved |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 117 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the township's redevelopment plan.
|
2 | | (g) "Initial Sales Tax Amounts" means the amount of taxes |
3 | | paid under
the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use Tax Act, |
4 | | Service Use Tax Act, the
Service Occupation Tax Act, the |
5 | | Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax Act,
and the Municipal |
6 | | Service Occupation Tax Act by
retailers and servicemen on |
7 | | transactions at places located in a
State Sales Tax Boundary |
8 | | during the calendar year 1985.
|
9 | | (g-1) "Revised Initial Sales Tax Amounts" means the amount |
10 | | of taxes paid
under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use Tax |
11 | | Act, Service Use Tax Act, the
Service Occupation Tax Act, the |
12 | | Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax Act,
and the Municipal |
13 | | Service Occupation Tax Act by retailers and servicemen on
|
14 | | transactions at places located within the State Sales Tax |
15 | | Boundary
revised pursuant to Section 11-74.4-8a(9) of this Act.
|
16 | | (h) "Municipal Sales Tax Increment" means an amount equal |
17 | | to the
increase in the aggregate amount of taxes paid to a |
18 | | municipality from the
Local Government Tax Fund arising from |
19 | | sales by retailers and servicemen
within the redevelopment |
20 | | project area or State Sales Tax Boundary, as
the case may be, |
21 | | for as long as the redevelopment project area or State
Sales |
22 | | Tax Boundary, as the case may be, exist over and above the |
23 | | aggregate
amount of taxes as certified by the Illinois |
24 | | Department of Revenue and paid
under the Municipal Retailers' |
25 | | Occupation Tax Act and the Municipal Service
Occupation Tax Act |
26 | | by retailers and servicemen, on transactions at places
of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 118 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | business located in the redevelopment project area or State |
2 | | Sales Tax
Boundary, as the case may be, during the
base year |
3 | | which shall be the calendar year immediately prior to the year |
4 | | in
which the municipality adopted tax increment allocation |
5 | | financing. For
purposes of computing the aggregate amount of |
6 | | such taxes for base years
occurring prior to 1985, the |
7 | | Department of Revenue shall determine the
Initial Sales Tax |
8 | | Amounts for such taxes and deduct therefrom an amount
equal to |
9 | | 4% of the aggregate amount of taxes per year for each year the
|
10 | | base year is prior to 1985, but not to exceed a total deduction |
11 | | of 12%.
The amount so determined shall be known as the |
12 | | "Adjusted Initial Sales Tax
Amounts". For purposes of |
13 | | determining the Municipal Sales Tax Increment,
the Department |
14 | | of Revenue shall for each period subtract from the amount
paid |
15 | | to the municipality from the Local Government Tax Fund arising |
16 | | from
sales by retailers and servicemen on transactions
located |
17 | | in the redevelopment project area or the State Sales Tax |
18 | | Boundary,
as the case may be, the certified Initial Sales Tax
|
19 | | Amounts, the Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised |
20 | | Initial
Sales Tax Amounts for the Municipal Retailers'
|
21 | | Occupation Tax Act and the Municipal Service
Occupation Tax |
22 | | Act. For the State Fiscal Year 1989, this calculation shall
be |
23 | | made by utilizing the calendar year 1987 to determine the tax |
24 | | amounts
received. For the State Fiscal Year 1990, this |
25 | | calculation shall be made
by utilizing the period from January |
26 | | 1, 1988, until September 30, 1988, to
determine the tax amounts |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 119 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | received from retailers and servicemen pursuant
to the |
2 | | Municipal Retailers' Occupation Tax and the Municipal Service
|
3 | | Occupation Tax Act, which shall have deducted therefrom
|
4 | | nine-twelfths of the certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts, the |
5 | | Adjusted Initial
Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales |
6 | | Tax Amounts as appropriate.
For the State Fiscal Year 1991, |
7 | | this calculation shall be made by utilizing
the period from |
8 | | October 1, 1988, to June 30, 1989, to determine the tax
amounts |
9 | | received from retailers and servicemen pursuant to the |
10 | | Municipal
Retailers' Occupation Tax and the Municipal Service |
11 | | Occupation Tax Act
which shall have deducted therefrom |
12 | | nine-twelfths of the
certified Initial Sales Tax Amounts, |
13 | | Adjusted Initial Sales Tax
Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales |
14 | | Tax Amounts as appropriate. For every
State Fiscal Year |
15 | | thereafter, the applicable period shall be the 12 months
|
16 | | beginning July 1 and ending June 30 to determine the tax |
17 | | amounts received
which shall have deducted therefrom the |
18 | | certified Initial Sales Tax
Amounts, the Adjusted Initial Sales |
19 | | Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial
Sales Tax Amounts, as the |
20 | | case may be.
|
21 | | (i) "Net State Sales Tax Increment" means the sum of the |
22 | | following: (a)
80% of the first $100,000 of State Sales Tax |
23 | | Increment annually generated
within a State Sales Tax Boundary; |
24 | | (b) 60% of the amount in excess of
$100,000 but not exceeding |
25 | | $500,000 of State Sales Tax Increment annually
generated within |
26 | | a State Sales Tax Boundary; and (c) 40% of all amounts in
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 120 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | excess of $500,000 of State Sales Tax Increment annually |
2 | | generated within a
State Sales Tax Boundary. If, however, a |
3 | | municipality established a tax
increment financing district in |
4 | | a county with a population in excess of
3,000,000 before |
5 | | January 1, 1986, and the municipality entered into a
contract |
6 | | or issued bonds after January 1, 1986, but before December 31, |
7 | | 1986,
to finance redevelopment project costs within a State |
8 | | Sales Tax
Boundary, then the Net State Sales Tax Increment |
9 | | means, for the fiscal years
beginning July 1, 1990, and July 1, |
10 | | 1991, 100% of the State Sales Tax
Increment annually generated |
11 | | within a State Sales Tax Boundary; and
notwithstanding any |
12 | | other provision of this Act, for those fiscal years the
|
13 | | Department of Revenue shall distribute to those municipalities |
14 | | 100% of
their Net State Sales Tax Increment before any |
15 | | distribution to any other
municipality and regardless of |
16 | | whether or not those other municipalities
will receive 100% of |
17 | | their Net State Sales Tax Increment. For Fiscal Year
1999, and |
18 | | every year thereafter until the year 2007, for any municipality
|
19 | | that has not entered into a contract or has not issued bonds |
20 | | prior to June
1, 1988 to finance redevelopment project costs |
21 | | within a State Sales Tax
Boundary, the Net State Sales Tax |
22 | | Increment shall be calculated as follows:
By multiplying the |
23 | | Net State Sales Tax Increment by 90% in the State Fiscal
Year |
24 | | 1999; 80% in the State Fiscal Year 2000; 70% in the State |
25 | | Fiscal Year
2001; 60% in the State Fiscal Year 2002; 50% in the |
26 | | State Fiscal Year 2003; 40%
in the State Fiscal Year 2004; 30% |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 121 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | in the State Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in
the State Fiscal Year |
2 | | 2006; and 10% in the State Fiscal Year 2007. No
payment shall |
3 | | be made for State Fiscal Year 2008 and thereafter.
|
4 | | Municipalities that issued bonds in connection with a |
5 | | redevelopment project
in a redevelopment project area within |
6 | | the State Sales Tax Boundary prior to
July 29, 1991,
or that |
7 | | entered into contracts in connection with a redevelopment |
8 | | project in
a redevelopment project area before June 1, 1988,
|
9 | | shall continue to receive their proportional share of the
|
10 | | Illinois Tax Increment Fund distribution until the date on |
11 | | which the
redevelopment project is completed or terminated.
If, |
12 | | however, a municipality that issued bonds in connection with a
|
13 | | redevelopment project in a redevelopment project area within |
14 | | the State Sales
Tax Boundary prior to July 29, 1991 retires the |
15 | | bonds prior to June 30, 2007 or
a municipality that entered |
16 | | into contracts in connection with a redevelopment
project in a |
17 | | redevelopment project area before June 1, 1988 completes the
|
18 | | contracts prior to June 30, 2007, then so long as the |
19 | | redevelopment project is
not
completed or is not terminated, |
20 | | the Net State Sales Tax Increment shall be
calculated, |
21 | | beginning on the date on which the bonds are retired or the
|
22 | | contracts are completed, as follows: By multiplying the Net |
23 | | State Sales Tax
Increment by 60% in the State Fiscal Year
2002; |
24 | | 50% in the State Fiscal Year 2003; 40% in the State Fiscal Year |
25 | | 2004; 30%
in the State Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in the State |
26 | | Fiscal Year 2006; and 10% in
the State Fiscal Year 2007. No |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 122 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | payment shall be made for State Fiscal Year
2008 and |
2 | | thereafter.
Refunding of any bonds issued
prior to July 29, |
3 | | 1991, shall not alter the Net State Sales Tax Increment.
|
4 | | (j) "State Utility Tax Increment Amount" means an amount |
5 | | equal to the
aggregate increase in State electric and gas tax |
6 | | charges imposed on owners
and tenants, other than residential |
7 | | customers, of properties located within
the redevelopment |
8 | | project area under Section 9-222 of the Public Utilities
Act, |
9 | | over and above the aggregate of such charges as certified by |
10 | | the
Department of Revenue and paid by owners and tenants, other |
11 | | than
residential customers, of properties within the |
12 | | redevelopment project area
during the base year, which shall be |
13 | | the calendar year immediately prior to
the year of the adoption |
14 | | of the ordinance authorizing tax increment allocation
|
15 | | financing.
|
16 | | (k) "Net State Utility Tax Increment" means the sum of the |
17 | | following:
(a) 80% of the first $100,000 of State Utility Tax |
18 | | Increment annually
generated by a redevelopment project area; |
19 | | (b) 60% of the amount in excess
of $100,000 but not exceeding |
20 | | $500,000 of the State Utility Tax Increment
annually generated |
21 | | by a redevelopment project area; and (c) 40% of all
amounts in |
22 | | excess of $500,000 of State Utility Tax Increment annually
|
23 | | generated by a redevelopment project area. For the State Fiscal |
24 | | Year 1999,
and every year thereafter until the year 2007, for |
25 | | any municipality that
has not entered into a contract or has |
26 | | not issued bonds prior to June 1,
1988 to finance redevelopment |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 123 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | project costs within a redevelopment project
area, the Net |
2 | | State Utility Tax Increment shall be calculated as follows:
By |
3 | | multiplying the Net State Utility Tax Increment by 90% in the |
4 | | State
Fiscal Year 1999; 80% in the State Fiscal Year 2000; 70% |
5 | | in the State
Fiscal Year 2001; 60% in the State Fiscal Year |
6 | | 2002; 50% in the State
Fiscal Year 2003; 40% in the State |
7 | | Fiscal Year 2004; 30% in the State
Fiscal Year 2005; 20% in the |
8 | | State Fiscal Year 2006; and 10% in the State
Fiscal Year 2007. |
9 | | No payment shall be made for the State Fiscal Year 2008
and |
10 | | thereafter.
|
11 | | Municipalities that issue bonds in connection with the |
12 | | redevelopment project
during the period from June 1, 1988 until |
13 | | 3 years after the effective date
of this Amendatory Act of 1988 |
14 | | shall receive the Net State Utility Tax
Increment, subject to |
15 | | appropriation, for 15 State Fiscal Years after the
issuance of |
16 | | such bonds. For the 16th through the 20th State Fiscal Years
|
17 | | after issuance of the bonds, the Net State Utility Tax |
18 | | Increment shall be
calculated as follows: By multiplying the |
19 | | Net State Utility Tax Increment
by 90% in year 16; 80% in year |
20 | | 17; 70% in year 18; 60% in year 19; and 50%
in year 20. |
21 | | Refunding of any bonds issued prior to June 1, 1988, shall not
|
22 | | alter the revised Net State Utility Tax Increment payments set |
23 | | forth above.
|
24 | | (l) "Obligations" mean bonds, loans, debentures, notes, |
25 | | special certificates
or other evidence of indebtedness issued |
26 | | by the municipality to carry out
a redevelopment project or to |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 124 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | refund outstanding obligations.
|
2 | | (m) "Payment in lieu of taxes" means those estimated tax |
3 | | revenues from
real property in a redevelopment project area |
4 | | derived from real property that
has been acquired by a |
5 | | municipality
which according to the redevelopment project or |
6 | | plan is to be used for a
private use which taxing districts |
7 | | would have received had a municipality
not acquired the real |
8 | | property and adopted tax increment allocation
financing and |
9 | | which would result from
levies made after the time of the |
10 | | adoption of tax increment allocation
financing to the time the |
11 | | current equalized value of real property in the
redevelopment |
12 | | project area exceeds the total initial equalized value of
real |
13 | | property in said area.
|
14 | | (n) "Redevelopment plan" means the comprehensive program |
15 | | of
the municipality for development or redevelopment intended |
16 | | by the payment of
redevelopment project costs to reduce or |
17 | | eliminate those conditions the
existence of which qualified the |
18 | | redevelopment project area as
a "blighted
area" or |
19 | | "conservation area" or combination thereof or "industrial park
|
20 | | conservation area," and thereby to enhance the tax bases of the |
21 | | taxing
districts which extend into the redevelopment project |
22 | | area, provided that, with respect to redevelopment project |
23 | | areas described in subsections (p-1) and (p-2), "redevelopment |
24 | | plan" means the comprehensive program of the affected |
25 | | municipality for the development of qualifying transit |
26 | | facilities.
On and after November 1, 1999 (the effective date |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 125 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | of
Public Act 91-478), no
redevelopment plan may be approved or |
2 | | amended that includes the development of
vacant land (i) with a |
3 | | golf course and related clubhouse and other facilities
or (ii) |
4 | | designated by federal, State, county, or municipal government |
5 | | as public
land for outdoor recreational activities or for |
6 | | nature preserves and used for
that purpose within 5
years prior |
7 | | to the adoption of the redevelopment plan. For the purpose of
|
8 | | this subsection, "recreational activities" is limited to mean |
9 | | camping and
hunting.
Each
redevelopment plan shall set forth in |
10 | | writing the program to be undertaken
to accomplish the |
11 | | objectives and shall include but not be limited to:
|
12 | | (A) an itemized list of estimated redevelopment |
13 | | project costs;
|
14 | | (B) evidence indicating that the redevelopment project |
15 | | area on the whole
has not been subject to growth and |
16 | | development through investment by private
enterprise, |
17 | | provided that such evidence shall not be required for any |
18 | | redevelopment project area located within a transit |
19 | | facility improvement area established pursuant to Section |
20 | | 11-74.4-3.3;
|
21 | | (C) an assessment of any financial impact of the |
22 | | redevelopment project
area on or any increased demand for |
23 | | services from any taxing district affected
by the plan and |
24 | | any program to address such financial impact or increased
|
25 | | demand;
|
26 | | (D) the sources of funds to pay costs;
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 126 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (E) the nature and term of the obligations to be |
2 | | issued;
|
3 | | (F) the most recent equalized assessed valuation of the |
4 | | redevelopment
project area;
|
5 | | (G) an estimate as to the equalized assessed valuation |
6 | | after redevelopment
and the general land uses to apply in |
7 | | the redevelopment project area;
|
8 | | (H) a commitment to fair employment practices and an |
9 | | affirmative action
plan;
|
10 | | (I) if it concerns an industrial park
conservation |
11 | | area, the plan shall
also include a general description
of |
12 | | any proposed developer, user and tenant of any property, a |
13 | | description
of the type, structure and general character of |
14 | | the facilities to be
developed, a description of the type, |
15 | | class and number of new employees to
be employed in the |
16 | | operation of the facilities to be developed; and
|
17 | | (J) if property is to be annexed to the municipality, |
18 | | the plan shall
include the terms of the annexation |
19 | | agreement.
|
20 | | The provisions of items (B) and (C) of this subsection (n) |
21 | | shall not apply to
a municipality that before March 14, 1994 |
22 | | (the effective date of Public Act
88-537) had fixed, either by |
23 | | its
corporate authorities or by a commission designated under |
24 | | subsection (k) of
Section 11-74.4-4, a time and place for a |
25 | | public hearing as required by
subsection (a) of Section |
26 | | 11-74.4-5.
No redevelopment plan shall be adopted unless a
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 127 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | municipality complies with all of the following requirements:
|
2 | | (1) The municipality finds that the redevelopment |
3 | | project area on
the whole has not been subject to growth |
4 | | and development through investment
by private enterprise |
5 | | and would not reasonably be anticipated to be
developed |
6 | | without the adoption of the redevelopment plan, provided, |
7 | | however, that such a finding shall not be required with |
8 | | respect to any redevelopment project area located within a |
9 | | transit facility improvement area established pursuant to |
10 | | Section 11-74.4-3.3.
|
11 | | (2) The municipality finds that the redevelopment plan |
12 | | and project conform
to the comprehensive plan for the |
13 | | development of the municipality as a whole,
or, for |
14 | | municipalities with a population of 100,000 or more, |
15 | | regardless of when
the redevelopment plan and project was |
16 | | adopted, the redevelopment plan and
project either: (i) |
17 | | conforms to the strategic economic development or
|
18 | | redevelopment plan issued by the designated planning |
19 | | authority of the
municipality, or (ii) includes land uses |
20 | | that have been approved by the
planning commission of the |
21 | | municipality.
|
22 | | (3) The redevelopment plan establishes the estimated |
23 | | dates of completion
of the redevelopment project and |
24 | | retirement of obligations issued to finance
redevelopment |
25 | | project costs. Those dates may not be later than the dates |
26 | | set forth under Section 11-74.4-3.5.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 128 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | A municipality may by municipal ordinance amend an |
2 | | existing redevelopment
plan to conform to this paragraph |
3 | | (3) as amended by Public Act 91-478, which
municipal |
4 | | ordinance may be adopted without
further hearing or
notice |
5 | | and without complying with the procedures provided in this |
6 | | Act
pertaining to an amendment to or the initial approval |
7 | | of a redevelopment plan
and project and
designation of a |
8 | | redevelopment project area.
|
9 | | (3.5) The municipality finds, in the case of an |
10 | | industrial
park
conservation area, also that the |
11 | | municipality is a labor surplus municipality
and that the |
12 | | implementation of the redevelopment plan will reduce |
13 | | unemployment,
create new jobs and by the provision of new |
14 | | facilities enhance the tax base of
the taxing districts |
15 | | that extend into the redevelopment project area.
|
16 | | (4) If any incremental revenues are being utilized |
17 | | under
Section 8(a)(1)
or 8(a)(2) of this Act in |
18 | | redevelopment project areas approved by ordinance
after |
19 | | January 1, 1986, the municipality finds: (a) that the |
20 | | redevelopment
project area would not reasonably be |
21 | | developed without the use of such
incremental revenues, and |
22 | | (b) that such incremental revenues will be
exclusively |
23 | | utilized for the development of the redevelopment project |
24 | | area.
|
25 | | (5) If: (a)
the redevelopment plan will not result in
|
26 | | displacement of
residents from 10 or more inhabited |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 129 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | residential units, and the
municipality certifies in the |
2 | | plan that
such displacement will not result from the plan; |
3 | | or (b) the redevelopment plan is for a redevelopment |
4 | | project area located within a transit facility improvement |
5 | | area established pursuant to Section 11-74.4-3.3, and the |
6 | | applicable project is subject to the process for evaluation |
7 | | of environmental effects under the National Environmental |
8 | | Policy Act of 1969, 42 U.S.C. § 4321 et seq., then a |
9 | | housing impact study
need not be performed.
If, however, |
10 | | the redevelopment plan would result in the displacement
of
|
11 | | residents from 10 or more inhabited
residential units,
or |
12 | | if the redevelopment project area contains 75 or more |
13 | | inhabited residential
units and no
certification is made,
|
14 | | then the municipality shall prepare, as part of the |
15 | | separate
feasibility report required by subsection (a) of |
16 | | Section 11-74.4-5, a housing
impact study.
|
17 | | Part I of the housing impact study shall include (i) |
18 | | data as to whether
the residential units are single family |
19 | | or multi-family units,
(ii) the number and type of rooms |
20 | | within the units, if that information is
available, (iii) |
21 | | whether
the
units are inhabited or uninhabited, as |
22 | | determined not less than 45
days before the date that the |
23 | | ordinance or resolution required
by subsection (a) of |
24 | | Section 11-74.4-5 is passed, and (iv) data as to the
racial |
25 | | and ethnic composition of the residents in the inhabited |
26 | | residential
units. The data requirement as to the racial |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 130 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | and ethnic composition of the
residents in the inhabited |
2 | | residential units shall be deemed to be fully
satisfied by |
3 | | data from the most recent federal census.
|
4 | | Part II of the housing impact study shall identify the |
5 | | inhabited
residential units in the proposed redevelopment |
6 | | project area that are to be or
may be removed. If inhabited |
7 | | residential units are to be removed, then the
housing |
8 | | impact study shall identify (i) the number and location of |
9 | | those units
that will or may be removed, (ii) the |
10 | | municipality's plans for relocation
assistance for those |
11 | | residents in the proposed redevelopment project area
whose |
12 | | residences are to be removed, (iii) the availability of |
13 | | replacement
housing for those residents whose residences |
14 | | are to be removed, and shall
identify the type, location, |
15 | | and cost of the housing, and (iv) the type and
extent
of |
16 | | relocation assistance to be provided.
|
17 | | (6) On and after November 1, 1999, the
housing impact |
18 | | study required by paragraph (5) shall be
incorporated in |
19 | | the redevelopment plan for the
redevelopment project area.
|
20 | | (7) On and after November 1, 1999, no
redevelopment |
21 | | plan shall be adopted, nor an
existing plan amended, nor |
22 | | shall residential housing that is
occupied by households of |
23 | | low-income and very low-income
persons in currently |
24 | | existing redevelopment project
areas be removed after |
25 | | November 1, 1999 unless the redevelopment plan provides, |
26 | | with
respect to inhabited housing units that are to be |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 131 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | removed for
households of low-income and very low-income |
2 | | persons, affordable
housing and relocation assistance not |
3 | | less than that which would
be provided under the federal |
4 | | Uniform Relocation Assistance and
Real Property |
5 | | Acquisition Policies Act of 1970 and the regulations
under |
6 | | that Act, including the eligibility criteria.
Affordable |
7 | | housing may be either existing or newly constructed
|
8 | | housing. For purposes of this paragraph (7), "low-income
|
9 | | households", "very low-income households", and "affordable
|
10 | | housing" have the meanings set forth in the Illinois |
11 | | Affordable
Housing Act.
The municipality shall make a good |
12 | | faith effort to ensure that this affordable
housing is |
13 | | located in or near the redevelopment project area within |
14 | | the
municipality.
|
15 | | (8) On and after November 1, 1999, if,
after the |
16 | | adoption of the redevelopment plan for the
redevelopment |
17 | | project area, any municipality desires to amend its
|
18 | | redevelopment plan
to remove more inhabited residential |
19 | | units than
specified in its original redevelopment plan, |
20 | | that change shall be made in
accordance with the procedures |
21 | | in subsection (c) of Section 11-74.4-5.
|
22 | | (9) For redevelopment project areas designated prior |
23 | | to November 1,
1999, the redevelopment plan may be amended |
24 | | without further joint review board
meeting or hearing, |
25 | | provided that the municipality shall give notice of any
|
26 | | such changes by mail to each affected taxing district and |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 132 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | registrant on the
interested party registry, to authorize |
2 | | the municipality to expend tax
increment revenues for |
3 | | redevelopment project costs defined by paragraphs (5)
and |
4 | | (7.5), subparagraphs (E) and (F) of paragraph (11), and |
5 | | paragraph (11.5) of
subsection (q) of Section 11-74.4-3, so |
6 | | long as the changes do not increase the
total estimated |
7 | | redevelopment project costs set out in the redevelopment |
8 | | plan
by more than 5% after adjustment for inflation from |
9 | | the date the plan was
adopted.
|
10 | | (o) "Redevelopment project" means any public and private |
11 | | development project
in furtherance of the objectives of a |
12 | | redevelopment plan.
On and after November 1, 1999 (the |
13 | | effective date of Public Act 91-478), no
redevelopment plan may |
14 | | be approved or amended that includes the development
of vacant |
15 | | land (i) with a golf course and related clubhouse and other
|
16 | | facilities
or (ii) designated by federal, State, county, or |
17 | | municipal government as public
land for outdoor recreational |
18 | | activities or for nature preserves and used for
that purpose |
19 | | within 5
years prior to the adoption of the redevelopment plan. |
20 | | For the purpose of
this subsection, "recreational activities" |
21 | | is limited to mean camping and
hunting.
|
22 | | (p) "Redevelopment project area" means an area designated |
23 | | by
the
municipality, which is not less in the aggregate than 1 |
24 | | 1/2 acres and in
respect to which the municipality has made a |
25 | | finding that there exist
conditions which cause the area to be |
26 | | classified as an industrial park
conservation area or a |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 133 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | blighted area or a conservation area, or a
combination of both |
2 | | blighted areas and conservation areas.
|
3 | | (p-1) Notwithstanding any provision of this Act to the |
4 | | contrary, on and after August 25, 2009 (the effective date of |
5 | | Public Act 96-680), a redevelopment project area may include |
6 | | areas within a one-half mile radius of an existing or proposed |
7 | | Regional Transportation Authority Suburban Transit Access |
8 | | Route (STAR Line) station without a finding that the area is |
9 | | classified as an industrial park conservation area, a blighted |
10 | | area, a conservation area, or a combination thereof, but only |
11 | | if the municipality receives unanimous consent from the joint |
12 | | review board created to review the proposed redevelopment |
13 | | project area. |
14 | | (p-2) Notwithstanding any provision of this Act to the |
15 | | contrary, on and after the effective date of this amendatory |
16 | | Act of the 99th General Assembly, a redevelopment project area |
17 | | may include areas within a transit facility improvement area |
18 | | that has been established pursuant to Section 11-74.4-3.3 |
19 | | without a finding that the area is classified as an industrial |
20 | | park conservation area, a blighted area, a conservation area, |
21 | | or any combination thereof. |
22 | | (q) "Redevelopment project costs", except for |
23 | | redevelopment project areas created pursuant to subsection |
24 | | subsections (p-1) or (p-2), means and includes the sum total of |
25 | | all
reasonable or necessary costs incurred or estimated to be |
26 | | incurred, and
any such costs incidental to a redevelopment plan |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 134 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | and a redevelopment
project. Such costs include, without |
2 | | limitation, the following:
|
3 | | (1) Costs of studies, surveys, development of plans, |
4 | | and
specifications, implementation and administration of |
5 | | the redevelopment
plan including but not limited to staff |
6 | | and professional service costs for
architectural, |
7 | | engineering, legal, financial, planning or other
services, |
8 | | provided however that no charges for professional services |
9 | | may be
based on a percentage of the tax increment |
10 | | collected; except that on and
after November 1, 1999 (the |
11 | | effective date of Public Act 91-478), no
contracts for
|
12 | | professional services, excluding architectural and |
13 | | engineering services, may be
entered into if the terms of |
14 | | the contract extend
beyond a period of 3 years. In |
15 | | addition, "redevelopment project costs" shall
not include |
16 | | lobbying expenses.
After consultation with the |
17 | | municipality, each tax
increment consultant or advisor to a |
18 | | municipality that plans to designate or
has designated a |
19 | | redevelopment project area shall inform the municipality |
20 | | in
writing of any contracts that the consultant or advisor |
21 | | has entered into with
entities or individuals that have |
22 | | received, or are receiving, payments financed
by tax
|
23 | | increment revenues produced by the redevelopment project |
24 | | area with respect to
which the consultant or advisor has |
25 | | performed, or will be performing, service
for the
|
26 | | municipality. This requirement shall be satisfied by the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 135 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | consultant or advisor
before the commencement of services |
2 | | for the municipality and thereafter
whenever any other |
3 | | contracts with those individuals or entities are executed |
4 | | by
the consultant or advisor;
|
5 | | (1.5) After July 1, 1999, annual administrative costs |
6 | | shall
not include general overhead or
administrative costs |
7 | | of the municipality
that would still have been incurred by |
8 | | the municipality if the municipality had
not
designated a |
9 | | redevelopment project area or approved a redevelopment |
10 | | plan;
|
11 | | (1.6) The cost of
marketing sites within the |
12 | | redevelopment project area to prospective
businesses, |
13 | | developers, and investors;
|
14 | | (2) Property assembly costs, including but not limited |
15 | | to acquisition
of land and other property, real or |
16 | | personal, or rights or interests therein,
demolition of |
17 | | buildings, site preparation, site improvements that serve |
18 | | as an
engineered barrier addressing ground level or below |
19 | | ground environmental
contamination, including, but not |
20 | | limited to parking lots and other concrete
or asphalt |
21 | | barriers, and the clearing and grading of
land;
|
22 | | (3) Costs of rehabilitation, reconstruction or repair |
23 | | or remodeling of
existing public or private buildings, |
24 | | fixtures, and leasehold
improvements; and the cost of |
25 | | replacing
an existing public building if pursuant to the |
26 | | implementation of a
redevelopment project the existing |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 136 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | public building is to be demolished to use
the site for |
2 | | private investment or
devoted to a different use requiring |
3 | | private investment; including any direct or indirect costs |
4 | | relating to Green Globes or LEED certified construction |
5 | | elements or construction elements with an equivalent |
6 | | certification;
|
7 | | (4) Costs of the construction of public works or |
8 | | improvements, including any direct or indirect costs |
9 | | relating to Green Globes or LEED certified construction |
10 | | elements or construction elements with an equivalent |
11 | | certification, except
that on and after November 1, 1999,
|
12 | | redevelopment
project costs shall not include the cost of |
13 | | constructing a
new municipal public building principally |
14 | | used to provide
offices, storage space, or conference |
15 | | facilities or vehicle storage,
maintenance, or repair for |
16 | | administrative,
public safety, or public works personnel
|
17 | | and that is not intended to replace an existing
public |
18 | | building as provided under paragraph (3) of subsection (q) |
19 | | of Section
11-74.4-3
unless either (i) the construction of |
20 | | the new municipal building
implements a redevelopment |
21 | | project that was included in a redevelopment plan
that was |
22 | | adopted by the municipality prior to November 1, 1999, (ii) |
23 | | the
municipality makes a reasonable
determination in the |
24 | | redevelopment plan, supported by information that provides
|
25 | | the basis for that determination, that the new municipal |
26 | | building is required
to meet an increase in the need for |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 137 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | public safety purposes anticipated to
result from the |
2 | | implementation of the redevelopment plan, or (iii) the new |
3 | | municipal public building is for the storage, maintenance, |
4 | | or repair of transit vehicles and is located in a transit |
5 | | facility improvement area that has been established |
6 | | pursuant to Section 11-74.4-3.3;
|
7 | | (5) Costs of job training and retraining projects, |
8 | | including the cost of
"welfare to work" programs |
9 | | implemented by businesses located within the
redevelopment |
10 | | project area;
|
11 | | (6) Financing costs, including but not limited to all |
12 | | necessary and
incidental expenses related to the issuance |
13 | | of obligations and which may
include payment of interest on |
14 | | any obligations issued hereunder including
interest |
15 | | accruing
during the estimated period of construction of any |
16 | | redevelopment project
for which such obligations are |
17 | | issued and for not exceeding 36 months
thereafter and |
18 | | including reasonable reserves related thereto;
|
19 | | (7) To the extent the municipality by written agreement |
20 | | accepts and
approves
the same, all or a portion of a taxing |
21 | | district's capital costs resulting
from the redevelopment |
22 | | project necessarily incurred or to be incurred within a
|
23 | | taxing district in
furtherance of the objectives of the |
24 | | redevelopment plan and project ; .
|
25 | | (7.5) For redevelopment project areas designated (or |
26 | | redevelopment
project areas amended to add or increase the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 138 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | number of
tax-increment-financing assisted housing units) |
2 | | on or after November 1,
1999,
an elementary, secondary,
or |
3 | | unit school
district's increased costs attributable to |
4 | | assisted housing units located
within the
redevelopment |
5 | | project area for which the developer or redeveloper |
6 | | receives
financial assistance through an agreement with |
7 | | the municipality or because the
municipality incurs the |
8 | | cost of necessary infrastructure improvements within
the |
9 | | boundaries of the assisted housing sites necessary for the |
10 | | completion of
that housing
as authorized by this Act, and |
11 | | which costs shall be paid by the municipality
from the |
12 | | Special Tax Allocation Fund when the tax increment revenue |
13 | | is received
as a result of the assisted housing units and |
14 | | shall be calculated annually as
follows:
|
15 | | (A) for foundation districts, excluding any school |
16 | | district in a
municipality with a population in excess |
17 | | of 1,000,000, by multiplying the
district's increase |
18 | | in attendance resulting from the net increase in new
|
19 | | students enrolled in that school district who reside in |
20 | | housing units within
the redevelopment project area |
21 | | that have received financial assistance through
an |
22 | | agreement with the municipality or because the |
23 | | municipality incurs the cost
of necessary |
24 | | infrastructure improvements within the boundaries of |
25 | | the housing
sites necessary for the completion of that |
26 | | housing as authorized by this Act
since the designation |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 139 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | of the redevelopment project area by the most recently
|
2 | | available per capita tuition cost as defined in Section |
3 | | 10-20.12a of the School
Code less any increase in |
4 | | general State aid as defined in Section 18-8.05 of
the |
5 | | School Code or evidence-based funding as defined in |
6 | | Section 18-8.15 of the School Code attributable to |
7 | | these added new students subject to the
following |
8 | | annual limitations:
|
9 | | (i) for unit school districts with a district |
10 | | average 1995-96 Per
Capita
Tuition Charge of less |
11 | | than $5,900, no more than 25% of the total amount |
12 | | of
property tax increment revenue produced by |
13 | | those housing units that have
received tax |
14 | | increment finance assistance under this Act;
|
15 | | (ii) for elementary school districts with a |
16 | | district average 1995-96
Per
Capita Tuition Charge |
17 | | of less than $5,900, no more than 17% of the total |
18 | | amount
of property tax increment revenue produced |
19 | | by those housing units that have
received tax |
20 | | increment finance assistance under this Act; and
|
21 | | (iii) for secondary school districts with a |
22 | | district average 1995-96
Per
Capita Tuition Charge |
23 | | of less than $5,900, no more than 8% of the total |
24 | | amount
of property tax increment revenue produced |
25 | | by those housing units that have
received tax |
26 | | increment finance assistance under this Act.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 140 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (B) For alternate method districts, flat grant |
2 | | districts, and foundation
districts with a district |
3 | | average 1995-96 Per Capita Tuition Charge equal to or
|
4 | | more than $5,900, excluding any school district with a |
5 | | population in excess of
1,000,000, by multiplying the |
6 | | district's increase in attendance
resulting
from the |
7 | | net increase in new students enrolled in that school |
8 | | district who
reside in
housing units within the |
9 | | redevelopment project area that have received
|
10 | | financial assistance through an agreement with the |
11 | | municipality or because the
municipality incurs the |
12 | | cost of necessary infrastructure improvements within
|
13 | | the boundaries of the housing sites necessary for the |
14 | | completion of that
housing as authorized by this Act |
15 | | since the designation of the redevelopment
project |
16 | | area by the most recently available per capita tuition |
17 | | cost as defined
in Section 10-20.12a of the School Code |
18 | | less any increase in general state aid
as defined in |
19 | | Section 18-8.05 of the School Code or evidence-based |
20 | | funding as defined in Section 18-8.15 of the School |
21 | | Code attributable to these added
new students subject |
22 | | to the following annual limitations:
|
23 | | (i) for unit school districts, no more than 40% |
24 | | of the total amount of
property tax increment |
25 | | revenue produced by those housing units that have
|
26 | | received tax increment finance assistance under |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 141 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | this Act;
|
2 | | (ii) for elementary school districts, no more |
3 | | than 27% of the total
amount
of property tax |
4 | | increment revenue produced by those housing units |
5 | | that have
received tax increment finance |
6 | | assistance under this Act; and
|
7 | | (iii) for secondary school districts, no more |
8 | | than 13% of the total
amount
of property tax |
9 | | increment revenue produced by those housing units |
10 | | that have
received tax increment finance |
11 | | assistance under this Act.
|
12 | | (C) For any school district in a municipality with |
13 | | a population in
excess of
1,000,000, the following |
14 | | restrictions shall apply to the
reimbursement of |
15 | | increased costs under this paragraph (7.5):
|
16 | | (i) no increased costs shall be reimbursed |
17 | | unless the school district
certifies that each of |
18 | | the schools affected by the assisted housing |
19 | | project
is at or over its student capacity;
|
20 | | (ii) the amount reimbursable shall be reduced |
21 | | by the value of any
land
donated to the school |
22 | | district by the municipality or developer, and by |
23 | | the
value of any physical improvements made to the |
24 | | schools by the
municipality or developer; and
|
25 | | (iii) the amount reimbursed may not affect |
26 | | amounts otherwise obligated
by
the terms of any |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 142 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | bonds, notes, or other funding instruments, or the |
2 | | terms of
any redevelopment agreement.
|
3 | | Any school district seeking payment under this |
4 | | paragraph (7.5) shall,
after July 1 and before |
5 | | September 30 of each year,
provide the municipality |
6 | | with reasonable evidence to support its claim for
|
7 | | reimbursement before the municipality shall be |
8 | | required to approve or make
the payment to the school |
9 | | district. If the school district fails to provide
the |
10 | | information during this period in any year, it shall |
11 | | forfeit any claim to
reimbursement for that year. |
12 | | School districts may adopt a resolution
waiving the |
13 | | right to all or a portion of the reimbursement |
14 | | otherwise required
by this paragraph
(7.5). By |
15 | | acceptance of this reimbursement the school
district |
16 | | waives the right to directly or indirectly set aside, |
17 | | modify, or
contest in any manner the establishment of |
18 | | the redevelopment project area or
projects;
|
19 | | (7.7) For redevelopment project areas designated (or |
20 | | redevelopment
project areas amended to add or increase the |
21 | | number of
tax-increment-financing assisted housing units) |
22 | | on or after
January 1, 2005 (the effective date of Public |
23 | | Act 93-961),
a public library
district's increased costs |
24 | | attributable to assisted housing units located
within the
|
25 | | redevelopment project area for which the developer or |
26 | | redeveloper receives
financial assistance through an |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 143 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | agreement with the municipality or because the
|
2 | | municipality incurs the cost of necessary infrastructure |
3 | | improvements within
the boundaries of the assisted housing |
4 | | sites necessary for the completion of
that housing
as |
5 | | authorized by this Act shall be paid to the library |
6 | | district by the
municipality
from the Special Tax |
7 | | Allocation Fund when the tax increment revenue is received
|
8 | | as a result of the assisted housing units. This paragraph |
9 | | (7.7) applies only if (i) the library district is located |
10 | | in a county that is subject to the Property Tax Extension |
11 | | Limitation Law or (ii) the library district is not located |
12 | | in a county that is subject to the Property Tax Extension |
13 | | Limitation Law but the district is prohibited by any other |
14 | | law from increasing its tax levy rate without a prior voter |
15 | | referendum.
|
16 | | The amount paid to a library district under this |
17 | | paragraph (7.7) shall be
calculated
by multiplying (i) the |
18 | | net increase in the number of persons eligible to obtain
a
|
19 | | library card
in that district who reside in housing units |
20 | | within
the redevelopment project area that have received |
21 | | financial assistance through
an agreement with the |
22 | | municipality or because the municipality incurs the cost
of |
23 | | necessary infrastructure improvements within the |
24 | | boundaries of the housing
sites necessary for the |
25 | | completion of that housing as authorized by this Act
since |
26 | | the designation of the redevelopment project area by (ii)
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 144 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the per-patron cost of providing library services so long |
2 | | as it does not exceed $120.
The per-patron cost shall be |
3 | | the Total Operating Expenditures Per Capita for the library |
4 | | in the previous fiscal year.
The municipality may deduct |
5 | | from the amount that it must pay to a library district |
6 | | under this paragraph any amount that it has voluntarily |
7 | | paid to the library district from the tax increment |
8 | | revenue. The amount paid to a library district under this |
9 | | paragraph (7.7) shall be no
more
than 2% of the amount |
10 | | produced by the assisted housing units and deposited into |
11 | | the Special Tax Allocation Fund.
|
12 | | A library district is not eligible for any payment |
13 | | under this paragraph
(7.7)
unless the library district has |
14 | | experienced an increase in the
number of patrons from the |
15 | | municipality that created the tax-increment-financing |
16 | | district since the designation of the redevelopment |
17 | | project area.
|
18 | | Any library district seeking payment under this |
19 | | paragraph (7.7) shall,
after July 1 and before September 30 |
20 | | of each year,
provide the municipality with convincing |
21 | | evidence to support its claim for
reimbursement before the |
22 | | municipality shall be required to approve or make
the |
23 | | payment to the library district. If the library district |
24 | | fails to provide
the information during this period in any |
25 | | year, it shall forfeit any claim to
reimbursement for that |
26 | | year. Library districts may adopt a resolution
waiving the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 145 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | right to all or a portion of the reimbursement otherwise |
2 | | required by this paragraph (7.7). By acceptance of such |
3 | | reimbursement, the library district shall forfeit any |
4 | | right to directly or indirectly set aside, modify, or |
5 | | contest in any manner whatsoever the establishment of the |
6 | | redevelopment project area or
projects; |
7 | | (8) Relocation costs to the extent that a municipality |
8 | | determines that
relocation costs shall be paid or is |
9 | | required to make payment of relocation
costs by federal or |
10 | | State law or in order to satisfy subparagraph (7) of
|
11 | | subsection (n);
|
12 | | (9) Payment in lieu of taxes;
|
13 | | (10) Costs of job training, retraining, advanced |
14 | | vocational education
or career
education, including but |
15 | | not limited to courses in occupational,
semi-technical or |
16 | | technical fields leading directly to employment, incurred
|
17 | | by one or more taxing districts, provided that such costs |
18 | | (i) are related
to the establishment and maintenance of |
19 | | additional job training, advanced
vocational education or |
20 | | career education programs for persons employed or
to be |
21 | | employed by employers located in a redevelopment project |
22 | | area; and
(ii) when incurred by a taxing district or taxing |
23 | | districts other than the
municipality, are set forth in a |
24 | | written agreement by or among the
municipality and the |
25 | | taxing district or taxing districts, which agreement
|
26 | | describes the program to be undertaken, including but not |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 146 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | limited to the
number of employees to be trained, a |
2 | | description of the training and
services to be provided, |
3 | | the number and type of positions available or to
be |
4 | | available, itemized costs of the program and sources of |
5 | | funds to pay for the
same, and the term of the agreement. |
6 | | Such costs include, specifically, the
payment by community |
7 | | college districts of costs pursuant to Sections 3-37,
3-38, |
8 | | 3-40 and 3-40.1 of the Public Community College Act and by |
9 | | school
districts of costs pursuant to Sections 10-22.20a |
10 | | and 10-23.3a of the The School
Code;
|
11 | | (11) Interest cost incurred by a redeveloper related to |
12 | | the
construction, renovation or rehabilitation of a |
13 | | redevelopment project
provided that:
|
14 | | (A) such costs are to be paid directly from the |
15 | | special tax
allocation fund established pursuant to |
16 | | this Act;
|
17 | | (B) such payments in any one year may not exceed |
18 | | 30% of the annual
interest costs incurred by the |
19 | | redeveloper with regard to the redevelopment
project |
20 | | during that year;
|
21 | | (C) if there are not sufficient funds available in |
22 | | the special tax
allocation fund to make the payment |
23 | | pursuant to this paragraph (11) then
the amounts so due |
24 | | shall accrue and be payable when sufficient funds are
|
25 | | available in the special tax allocation fund;
|
26 | | (D) the total of such interest payments paid |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 147 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | pursuant to this Act
may not exceed 30% of the total |
2 | | (i) cost paid or incurred by the
redeveloper for the |
3 | | redevelopment project plus (ii) redevelopment project
|
4 | | costs excluding any property assembly costs and any |
5 | | relocation costs
incurred by a municipality pursuant |
6 | | to this Act; and
|
7 | | (E) the cost limits set forth in subparagraphs (B) |
8 | | and (D) of
paragraph (11) shall be modified for the |
9 | | financing of rehabilitated or
new housing units for |
10 | | low-income households and very low-income households, |
11 | | as
defined in
Section 3 of the Illinois Affordable |
12 | | Housing Act. The percentage of
75% shall be substituted |
13 | | for 30% in subparagraphs (B) and (D) of
paragraph (11) ; |
14 | | and .
|
15 | | (F) instead Instead of the eligible costs provided |
16 | | by subparagraphs (B) and (D)
of
paragraph (11), as |
17 | | modified by this subparagraph, and notwithstanding
any |
18 | | other provisions of this Act to the contrary, the |
19 | | municipality may
pay from tax increment revenues up to |
20 | | 50% of the cost of construction
of new housing units to |
21 | | be occupied by low-income households and very
|
22 | | low-income
households as defined in Section 3 of the |
23 | | Illinois Affordable Housing
Act. The cost of |
24 | | construction of those units may be derived from the
|
25 | | proceeds of bonds issued by the municipality under this |
26 | | Act or
other constitutional or statutory authority or |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 148 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | from other sources of
municipal revenue that may be |
2 | | reimbursed from tax increment
revenues or the proceeds |
3 | | of bonds issued to finance the construction
of that |
4 | | housing.
|
5 | | The eligible costs provided under this |
6 | | subparagraph (F) of paragraph (11)
shall
be
an eligible |
7 | | cost for the construction, renovation, and |
8 | | rehabilitation of all
low and very low-income housing |
9 | | units, as defined in Section 3 of the Illinois
|
10 | | Affordable Housing Act, within the redevelopment |
11 | | project area. If the low and
very
low-income units are |
12 | | part of a residential redevelopment project that |
13 | | includes
units not affordable to low and very |
14 | | low-income households, only the low and
very |
15 | | low-income units shall be eligible for benefits under |
16 | | this subparagraph (F) of
paragraph (11).
The standards |
17 | | for maintaining the occupancy
by low-income households |
18 | | and very low-income households,
as
defined in Section 3 |
19 | | of the Illinois Affordable Housing Act,
of those units |
20 | | constructed with eligible costs made available under |
21 | | the
provisions of
this subparagraph (F) of paragraph |
22 | | (11)
shall be
established by guidelines adopted by the |
23 | | municipality. The
responsibility for annually |
24 | | documenting the initial occupancy of
the units by |
25 | | low-income households and very low-income households, |
26 | | as defined
in
Section 3
of the Illinois Affordable |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 149 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Housing Act, shall be that of the then current
owner of |
2 | | the property.
For ownership units, the guidelines will |
3 | | provide, at a minimum, for a
reasonable recapture of |
4 | | funds, or other appropriate methods designed to
|
5 | | preserve the original affordability of the ownership |
6 | | units. For rental units,
the guidelines will provide, |
7 | | at a minimum, for the affordability of rent to low
and |
8 | | very low-income households. As units become available, |
9 | | they shall be
rented to income-eligible tenants.
The |
10 | | municipality may modify these
guidelines from time to |
11 | | time; the guidelines, however, shall be in effect
for |
12 | | as long as tax increment revenue is being used to pay |
13 | | for costs
associated with the units or for the |
14 | | retirement of bonds issued to finance
the units or for |
15 | | the life of the redevelopment project area, whichever |
16 | | is
later ; .
|
17 | | (11.5) If the redevelopment project area is located |
18 | | within a municipality
with a population of more than |
19 | | 100,000, the cost of day care services for
children of |
20 | | employees from
low-income
families working for businesses |
21 | | located within the redevelopment project area
and all or a
|
22 | | portion of the cost of operation of day care centers |
23 | | established by
redevelopment project
area businesses to |
24 | | serve employees from low-income families working in
|
25 | | businesses
located in the redevelopment project area. For |
26 | | the purposes of this paragraph,
"low-income families" |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 150 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | means families whose annual income does not exceed 80% of
|
2 | | the
municipal, county, or regional median income, adjusted |
3 | | for family size, as the
annual
income and municipal, |
4 | | county, or regional median income are determined from
time |
5 | | to
time by the United States Department of Housing and |
6 | | Urban Development.
|
7 | | (12) Unless explicitly stated herein the cost of |
8 | | construction of new
privately-owned buildings shall not be an |
9 | | eligible redevelopment project cost.
|
10 | | (13) After November 1, 1999 (the effective date of Public |
11 | | Act
91-478), none of
the
redevelopment project costs enumerated |
12 | | in this subsection shall be eligible
redevelopment project |
13 | | costs if those costs would provide direct financial
support to |
14 | | a
retail entity initiating operations in the
redevelopment |
15 | | project area while
terminating operations at another Illinois |
16 | | location within 10 miles of the
redevelopment project area but |
17 | | outside the boundaries of the redevelopment
project area |
18 | | municipality. For
purposes of this paragraph, termination |
19 | | means a
closing of a retail operation that is directly related |
20 | | to the opening of the
same operation or like retail entity |
21 | | owned or operated by more than 50% of the
original ownership in |
22 | | a redevelopment project area, but
it does not mean
closing an |
23 | | operation for reasons beyond the control of the
retail entity, |
24 | | as
documented by the retail entity, subject to a reasonable |
25 | | finding by the
municipality that the current location contained |
26 | | inadequate space, had become
economically obsolete, or was no |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 151 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | longer a viable location for the retailer or
serviceman.
|
2 | | (14) No cost shall be a redevelopment project cost in a |
3 | | redevelopment project area if used to demolish, remove, or |
4 | | substantially modify a historic resource, after August 26, 2008 |
5 | | (the effective date of Public Act 95-934), unless no prudent |
6 | | and feasible alternative exists. "Historic resource" for the |
7 | | purpose of this paragraph item (14) means (i) a place or |
8 | | structure that is included or eligible for inclusion on the |
9 | | National Register of Historic Places or (ii) a contributing |
10 | | structure in a district on the National Register of Historic |
11 | | Places. This paragraph item (14) does not apply to a place or |
12 | | structure for which demolition, removal, or modification is |
13 | | subject to review by the preservation agency of a Certified |
14 | | Local Government designated as such by the National Park |
15 | | Service of the United States Department of the Interior. |
16 | | If a special service area has been established pursuant to
|
17 | | the Special Service Area Tax Act or Special Service Area Tax |
18 | | Law, then any
tax increment revenues derived
from the tax |
19 | | imposed pursuant to the Special Service Area Tax Act or Special
|
20 | | Service Area Tax Law may
be used within the redevelopment |
21 | | project area for the purposes permitted by
that Act or Law as |
22 | | well as the purposes permitted by this Act.
|
23 | | (q-1) For redevelopment project areas created pursuant to |
24 | | subsection (p-1), redevelopment project costs are limited to |
25 | | those costs in paragraph (q) that are related to the existing |
26 | | or proposed Regional Transportation Authority Suburban Transit |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 152 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Access Route (STAR Line) station. |
2 | | (q-2) For a redevelopment project area located within a |
3 | | transit facility improvement area established pursuant to |
4 | | Section 11-74.4-3.3, redevelopment project costs means those |
5 | | costs described in subsection (q) that are related to the |
6 | | construction, reconstruction, rehabilitation, remodeling, or |
7 | | repair of any existing or proposed transit facility. |
8 | | (r) "State Sales Tax Boundary" means the redevelopment |
9 | | project area or
the amended redevelopment project area |
10 | | boundaries which are determined
pursuant to subsection (9) of |
11 | | Section 11-74.4-8a of this
Act. The Department of Revenue shall |
12 | | certify pursuant to subsection (9) of
Section 11-74.4-8a the |
13 | | appropriate boundaries eligible for the
determination of State |
14 | | Sales Tax Increment.
|
15 | | (s) "State Sales Tax Increment" means an amount equal to |
16 | | the increase
in the aggregate amount of taxes paid by retailers |
17 | | and servicemen, other
than retailers and servicemen subject to |
18 | | the Public Utilities Act,
on transactions at places of business |
19 | | located within a State Sales Tax
Boundary pursuant to the |
20 | | Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Use Tax Act,
the Service Use |
21 | | Tax Act, and the Service Occupation Tax Act, except such
|
22 | | portion of such increase that is paid into the State and Local |
23 | | Sales Tax
Reform Fund, the Local Government Distributive Fund, |
24 | | the Local
Government Tax Fund and the County and Mass Transit |
25 | | District Fund, for as
long as State participation exists, over |
26 | | and above the Initial Sales Tax
Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 153 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Tax Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales
Tax Amounts for such |
2 | | taxes as certified by the Department of Revenue and
paid under |
3 | | those Acts by retailers and servicemen on transactions at |
4 | | places
of business located within the State Sales Tax Boundary |
5 | | during the base
year which shall be the calendar year |
6 | | immediately prior to the year in
which the municipality adopted |
7 | | tax increment allocation financing, less
3.0% of such amounts |
8 | | generated under the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Use
Tax Act |
9 | | and Service Use Tax Act and the Service Occupation Tax Act, |
10 | | which
sum shall be appropriated to the Department of Revenue to |
11 | | cover its costs
of administering and enforcing this Section. |
12 | | For purposes of computing the
aggregate amount of such taxes |
13 | | for base years occurring prior to 1985, the
Department of |
14 | | Revenue shall compute the Initial Sales Tax Amount for such
|
15 | | taxes and deduct therefrom an amount equal to 4% of the |
16 | | aggregate amount of
taxes per year for each year the base year |
17 | | is prior to 1985, but not to
exceed a total deduction of 12%. |
18 | | The amount so determined shall be known
as the "Adjusted |
19 | | Initial Sales Tax Amount". For purposes of determining the
|
20 | | State Sales Tax Increment the Department of Revenue shall for |
21 | | each period
subtract from the tax amounts received from |
22 | | retailers and servicemen on
transactions located in the State |
23 | | Sales Tax Boundary, the certified Initial
Sales Tax Amounts, |
24 | | Adjusted Initial Sales Tax Amounts or Revised Initial
Sales Tax |
25 | | Amounts for the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Use Tax Act,
|
26 | | the Service Use Tax Act and the Service Occupation Tax Act. For |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 154 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the State
Fiscal Year 1989 this calculation shall be made by |
2 | | utilizing the calendar
year 1987 to determine the tax amounts |
3 | | received. For the State Fiscal Year
1990, this calculation |
4 | | shall be made by utilizing the period from January
1, 1988, |
5 | | until September 30, 1988, to determine the tax amounts received
|
6 | | from retailers and servicemen, which shall have deducted |
7 | | therefrom
nine-twelfths of the certified Initial Sales Tax |
8 | | Amounts, Adjusted Initial
Sales Tax Amounts or the Revised |
9 | | Initial Sales Tax Amounts as appropriate.
For the State Fiscal |
10 | | Year 1991, this calculation shall be made by utilizing
the |
11 | | period from October 1, 1988, until June 30, 1989, to determine |
12 | | the tax
amounts received from retailers and servicemen, which |
13 | | shall have
deducted therefrom nine-twelfths of the certified |
14 | | Initial State Sales Tax
Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales Tax |
15 | | Amounts or the Revised Initial Sales
Tax Amounts as |
16 | | appropriate. For every State Fiscal Year thereafter, the
|
17 | | applicable period shall be the 12 months beginning July 1 and |
18 | | ending on
June 30, to determine the tax amounts received which |
19 | | shall have deducted
therefrom the certified Initial Sales Tax |
20 | | Amounts, Adjusted Initial Sales
Tax Amounts or the Revised |
21 | | Initial Sales Tax Amounts. Municipalities
intending to receive |
22 | | a distribution of State Sales Tax Increment must
report a list |
23 | | of retailers to the Department of Revenue by October 31, 1988
|
24 | | and by July 31, of each year thereafter.
|
25 | | (t) "Taxing districts" means counties, townships, cities |
26 | | and incorporated
towns and villages, school, road, park, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 155 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | sanitary, mosquito abatement, forest
preserve, public health, |
2 | | fire protection, river conservancy, tuberculosis
sanitarium |
3 | | and any other municipal corporations or districts with the |
4 | | power
to levy taxes.
|
5 | | (u) "Taxing districts' capital costs" means those costs of |
6 | | taxing districts
for capital improvements that are found by the |
7 | | municipal corporate authorities
to be necessary and directly |
8 | | result from the redevelopment project.
|
9 | | (v) As used in subsection (a) of Section 11-74.4-3 of this
|
10 | | Act, "vacant
land" means any parcel or combination of parcels |
11 | | of real property without
industrial, commercial, and |
12 | | residential buildings which has not been used
for commercial |
13 | | agricultural purposes within 5 years prior to the
designation |
14 | | of the redevelopment project area, unless the parcel
is |
15 | | included in an industrial park conservation area or the parcel |
16 | | has
been subdivided; provided that if the parcel was part of a |
17 | | larger tract that
has been divided into 3 or more smaller |
18 | | tracts that were accepted for
recording during the period from |
19 | | 1950 to 1990, then the parcel shall be deemed
to have been |
20 | | subdivided, and all proceedings and actions of the municipality
|
21 | | taken in that connection with respect to any previously |
22 | | approved or designated
redevelopment project area or amended |
23 | | redevelopment project area are hereby
validated and hereby |
24 | | declared to be legally sufficient for all purposes of this
Act.
|
25 | | For purposes of this Section and only for land subject to
the |
26 | | subdivision requirements of the Plat Act, land is subdivided |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 156 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | when the
original plat of
the proposed Redevelopment Project |
2 | | Area or relevant portion thereof has
been
properly certified, |
3 | | acknowledged, approved, and recorded or filed in accordance
|
4 | | with the Plat Act and a preliminary plat, if any, for any |
5 | | subsequent phases of
the
proposed Redevelopment Project Area or |
6 | | relevant portion thereof has been
properly approved and filed |
7 | | in accordance with the applicable ordinance of the
|
8 | | municipality.
|
9 | | (w) "Annual Total Increment" means the sum of each |
10 | | municipality's
annual Net Sales Tax Increment and each |
11 | | municipality's annual Net Utility
Tax Increment. The ratio of |
12 | | the Annual Total Increment of each
municipality to the Annual |
13 | | Total Increment for all municipalities, as most
recently |
14 | | calculated by the Department, shall determine the proportional
|
15 | | shares of the Illinois Tax Increment Fund to be distributed to |
16 | | each
municipality.
|
17 | | (x) "LEED certified" means any certification level of |
18 | | construction elements by a qualified Leadership in Energy and |
19 | | Environmental Design Accredited Professional as determined by |
20 | | the U.S. Green Building Council. |
21 | | (y) "Green Globes certified" means any certification level |
22 | | of construction elements by a qualified Green Globes |
23 | | Professional as determined by the Green Building Initiative. |
24 | | (Source: P.A. 99-792, eff. 8-12-16; revised 10-31-16.)
|
25 | | (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-8)
(from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-8)
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 157 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Sec. 11-74.4-8. Tax increment allocation financing. A |
2 | | municipality may
not adopt tax increment financing in a
|
3 | | redevelopment
project area after the effective date of this |
4 | | amendatory Act of 1997 that will
encompass an area that is |
5 | | currently included in an enterprise zone created
under the |
6 | | Illinois Enterprise Zone Act unless that municipality, |
7 | | pursuant to
Section 5.4 of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, |
8 | | amends the enterprise zone
designating ordinance to limit the |
9 | | eligibility for tax abatements as provided
in Section 5.4.1 of |
10 | | the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act.
A municipality, at the time a |
11 | | redevelopment project area
is designated, may adopt tax |
12 | | increment allocation financing by passing an
ordinance |
13 | | providing that the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the
|
14 | | levies upon taxable real property in such redevelopment project
|
15 | | area by taxing districts and tax rates determined in the manner |
16 | | provided
in paragraph (c) of Section 11-74.4-9 each year after |
17 | | the effective
date of the ordinance until redevelopment project |
18 | | costs and all municipal
obligations financing redevelopment |
19 | | project costs incurred under this Division
have been paid shall |
20 | | be divided as follows, provided, however, that with respect to |
21 | | any redevelopment project area located within a transit |
22 | | facility improvement area established pursuant to Section |
23 | | 11-74.4-3.3 in a municipality with a population of 1,000,000 or |
24 | | more, ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon |
25 | | taxable real property in such redevelopment project area shall |
26 | | be allocated as specifically provided in this Section:
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 158 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (a) That portion of taxes levied upon each taxable lot, |
2 | | block, tract or
parcel of real property which is |
3 | | attributable to the lower of the current
equalized assessed |
4 | | value or the initial equalized assessed
value of each such |
5 | | taxable lot, block, tract or parcel of real property
in the |
6 | | redevelopment project area shall be allocated to and when |
7 | | collected
shall be paid by the county collector to the |
8 | | respective affected taxing
districts in the manner |
9 | | required by law in the absence of the adoption of
tax |
10 | | increment allocation financing.
|
11 | | (b) Except from a tax levied by a township to retire |
12 | | bonds issued to satisfy
court-ordered damages, that |
13 | | portion, if any, of such taxes which is
attributable to the
|
14 | | increase in the current equalized assessed valuation of |
15 | | each taxable lot,
block, tract or parcel of real property |
16 | | in the redevelopment project area
over and above the |
17 | | initial equalized assessed value of each property in the
|
18 | | project area shall be allocated to and when collected shall |
19 | | be paid to the
municipal treasurer who shall deposit said |
20 | | taxes into a special fund called
the special tax allocation |
21 | | fund of the municipality for the purpose of
paying |
22 | | redevelopment project costs and obligations incurred in |
23 | | the payment
thereof. In any county with a population of |
24 | | 3,000,000 or more that has adopted
a procedure for |
25 | | collecting taxes that provides for one or more of the
|
26 | | installments of the taxes to be billed and collected on an |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 159 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | estimated basis,
the municipal treasurer shall be paid for |
2 | | deposit in the special tax
allocation fund of the |
3 | | municipality, from the taxes collected from
estimated |
4 | | bills issued for property in the redevelopment project |
5 | | area, the
difference between the amount actually collected |
6 | | from each taxable lot,
block, tract, or parcel of real |
7 | | property within the redevelopment project
area and an |
8 | | amount determined by multiplying the rate at which taxes |
9 | | were
last extended against the taxable lot, block, track, |
10 | | or parcel of real
property in the manner provided in |
11 | | subsection (c) of Section 11-74.4-9 by
the initial |
12 | | equalized assessed value of the property divided by the |
13 | | number
of installments in which real estate taxes are |
14 | | billed and collected within
the county; provided that the |
15 | | payments on or before December 31,
1999 to a municipal |
16 | | treasurer shall be made only if each of the following
|
17 | | conditions are met:
|
18 | | (1) The total equalized assessed value of the |
19 | | redevelopment project
area as last determined was not |
20 | | less than 175% of the total initial
equalized assessed |
21 | | value.
|
22 | | (2) Not more than 50% of the total equalized assessed |
23 | | value of the
redevelopment project area as last |
24 | | determined is attributable to a piece of
property |
25 | | assigned a single real estate index number.
|
26 | | (3) The municipal clerk has certified to the county |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 160 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | clerk that the
municipality has issued its obligations |
2 | | to which there has been pledged
the incremental |
3 | | property taxes of the redevelopment project area or |
4 | | taxes
levied and collected on any or all property in |
5 | | the municipality or
the full faith and credit of the |
6 | | municipality to pay or secure payment for
all or a |
7 | | portion of the redevelopment project costs. The |
8 | | certification
shall be filed annually no later than |
9 | | September 1 for the estimated taxes
to be distributed |
10 | | in the following year; however, for the year 1992 the
|
11 | | certification shall be made at any time on or before |
12 | | March 31, 1992.
|
13 | | (4) The municipality has not requested that the total |
14 | | initial
equalized assessed value of real property be |
15 | | adjusted as provided in
subsection (b) of Section |
16 | | 11-74.4-9.
|
17 | | The conditions of paragraphs (1) through (4) do not |
18 | | apply after December
31, 1999 to payments to a municipal |
19 | | treasurer
made by a county with 3,000,000 or more |
20 | | inhabitants that has adopted an
estimated billing |
21 | | procedure for collecting taxes.
If a county that has |
22 | | adopted the estimated billing
procedure makes an erroneous |
23 | | overpayment of tax revenue to the municipal
treasurer, then |
24 | | the county may seek a refund of that overpayment.
The |
25 | | county shall send the municipal treasurer a notice of |
26 | | liability for the
overpayment on or before the mailing date |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 161 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | of the next real estate tax bill
within the county. The |
2 | | refund shall be limited to the amount of the
overpayment.
|
3 | | It is the intent of this Division that after the |
4 | | effective date of this
amendatory Act of 1988 a |
5 | | municipality's own ad valorem
tax arising from levies on |
6 | | taxable real property be included in the
determination of |
7 | | incremental revenue in the manner provided in paragraph
(c) |
8 | | of Section 11-74.4-9. If the municipality does not extend |
9 | | such a tax,
it shall annually deposit in the municipality's |
10 | | Special Tax Increment Fund
an amount equal to 10% of the |
11 | | total contributions to the fund from all
other taxing |
12 | | districts in that year. The annual 10% deposit required by
|
13 | | this paragraph shall be limited to the actual amount of |
14 | | municipally
produced incremental tax revenues available to |
15 | | the municipality from
taxpayers located in the |
16 | | redevelopment project area in that year if:
(a) the plan |
17 | | for the area restricts the use of the property primarily to
|
18 | | industrial purposes, (b) the municipality establishing the |
19 | | redevelopment
project area is a home-rule community with a |
20 | | 1990 population of between
25,000 and 50,000, (c) the |
21 | | municipality is wholly located within a county
with a 1990 |
22 | | population of over 750,000 and (d) the redevelopment |
23 | | project
area was established by the municipality prior to |
24 | | June 1, 1990. This
payment shall be in lieu of a |
25 | | contribution of ad valorem taxes on real
property. If no |
26 | | such payment is made, any redevelopment project area of the
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 162 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | municipality shall be dissolved.
|
2 | | If a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation |
3 | | financing by ordinance
and the County Clerk thereafter |
4 | | certifies the "total initial equalized assessed
value as |
5 | | adjusted" of the taxable real property within such |
6 | | redevelopment
project area in the manner provided in |
7 | | paragraph (b) of Section 11-74.4-9,
each year after the |
8 | | date of the certification of the total initial equalized
|
9 | | assessed value as adjusted until redevelopment project |
10 | | costs and all
municipal obligations financing |
11 | | redevelopment project costs have been paid
the ad valorem |
12 | | taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon the taxable |
13 | | real
property in such redevelopment project area by taxing |
14 | | districts and tax
rates determined in the manner provided |
15 | | in paragraph (c) of Section
11-74.4-9 shall be divided as |
16 | | follows, provided, however, that with respect to any |
17 | | redevelopment project area located within a transit |
18 | | facility improvement area established pursuant to Section |
19 | | 11-74.4-3.3 in a municipality with a population of |
20 | | 1,000,000 or more, ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from |
21 | | the levies upon the taxable real property in such |
22 | | redevelopment project area shall be allocated as |
23 | | specifically provided in this Section:
|
24 | | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable |
25 | | lot, block, tract
or parcel of real property which is |
26 | | attributable to the lower of the
current equalized |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 163 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | assessed value or "current equalized assessed value as
|
2 | | adjusted" or the initial equalized assessed value of |
3 | | each such taxable lot,
block, tract, or parcel of real |
4 | | property existing at the time tax increment
financing |
5 | | was adopted, minus the total current homestead |
6 | | exemptions under Article 15 of the Property
Tax Code in |
7 | | the
redevelopment project area shall be allocated to |
8 | | and when collected shall be
paid by the county |
9 | | collector to the respective affected taxing districts |
10 | | in the
manner required by law in the absence of the |
11 | | adoption of tax increment
allocation financing.
|
12 | | (2) That portion, if any, of such taxes which is |
13 | | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized |
14 | | assessed valuation of each taxable lot,
block, tract, |
15 | | or parcel of real property in the redevelopment project |
16 | | area,
over and above the initial equalized assessed |
17 | | value of each property
existing at the time tax |
18 | | increment financing was adopted, minus the total
|
19 | | current homestead exemptions pertaining to each piece |
20 | | of property provided
by Article 15 of the Property Tax |
21 | | Code
in the redevelopment
project area, shall be |
22 | | allocated to and when collected shall be paid to the
|
23 | | municipal Treasurer, who shall deposit said taxes into |
24 | | a special fund called
the special tax allocation fund |
25 | | of the municipality for the purpose of paying
|
26 | | redevelopment project costs and obligations incurred |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 164 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | in the payment thereof.
|
2 | | The municipality may pledge in the ordinance the funds |
3 | | in and to be
deposited in the special tax allocation fund |
4 | | for the payment of such costs
and obligations. No part of |
5 | | the current equalized assessed valuation of
each property |
6 | | in the redevelopment project area attributable to any
|
7 | | increase above the total initial equalized assessed value, |
8 | | or the total
initial equalized assessed value as adjusted, |
9 | | of such properties shall be
used in calculating the general |
10 | | State school aid formula, provided for in
Section 18-8 of |
11 | | the School Code, or the evidence-based funding formula, |
12 | | provided for in Section 18-8.15 of the School Code, until |
13 | | such time as all redevelopment
project costs have been paid |
14 | | as provided for in this Section.
|
15 | | Whenever a municipality issues bonds for the purpose of |
16 | | financing
redevelopment project costs, such municipality |
17 | | may provide by ordinance for the
appointment of a trustee, |
18 | | which may be any trust company within the State,
and for |
19 | | the establishment of such funds or accounts to be |
20 | | maintained by
such trustee as the municipality shall deem |
21 | | necessary to provide for the
security and payment of the |
22 | | bonds. If such municipality provides for
the appointment of |
23 | | a trustee, such trustee shall be considered the assignee
of |
24 | | any payments assigned by the municipality pursuant to such |
25 | | ordinance
and this Section. Any amounts paid to such |
26 | | trustee as assignee shall be
deposited in the funds or |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 165 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | accounts established pursuant to such trust
agreement, and |
2 | | shall be held by such trustee in trust for the benefit of |
3 | | the
holders of the bonds, and such holders shall have a |
4 | | lien on and a security
interest in such funds or accounts |
5 | | so long as the bonds remain outstanding and
unpaid. Upon |
6 | | retirement of the bonds, the trustee shall pay over any |
7 | | excess
amounts held to the municipality for deposit in the |
8 | | special tax allocation
fund.
|
9 | | When such redevelopment projects costs, including |
10 | | without limitation all
municipal obligations financing |
11 | | redevelopment project costs incurred under
this Division, |
12 | | have been paid, all surplus funds then remaining in the
|
13 | | special tax allocation fund shall be distributed
by being |
14 | | paid by the
municipal treasurer to the Department of |
15 | | Revenue, the municipality and the
county collector; first |
16 | | to the Department of Revenue and the municipality
in direct |
17 | | proportion to the tax incremental revenue received from the |
18 | | State
and the municipality, but not to exceed the total |
19 | | incremental revenue received
from the State or the |
20 | | municipality less any annual surplus distribution
of |
21 | | incremental revenue previously made; with any remaining |
22 | | funds to be paid
to the County Collector who shall |
23 | | immediately thereafter pay said funds to
the taxing |
24 | | districts in the redevelopment project area in the same |
25 | | manner
and proportion as the most recent distribution by |
26 | | the county collector to
the affected districts of real |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 166 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | property taxes from real property in the
redevelopment |
2 | | project area.
|
3 | | Upon the payment of all redevelopment project costs, |
4 | | the retirement of
obligations, the distribution of any |
5 | | excess monies pursuant to this
Section, and final closing |
6 | | of the books and records of the redevelopment
project
area, |
7 | | the municipality shall adopt an ordinance dissolving the |
8 | | special
tax allocation fund for the redevelopment project |
9 | | area and terminating the
designation of the redevelopment |
10 | | project area as a redevelopment project
area.
Title to real |
11 | | or personal property and public improvements
acquired
by or |
12 | | for
the
municipality as a result of the redevelopment |
13 | | project and plan shall vest in
the
municipality when |
14 | | acquired and shall continue to be held by the municipality
|
15 | | after the redevelopment project area has been terminated.
|
16 | | Municipalities shall notify affected taxing districts |
17 | | prior to
November 1 if the redevelopment project area is to |
18 | | be terminated by December 31
of
that same year. If a |
19 | | municipality extends estimated dates of completion of a
|
20 | | redevelopment project and retirement of obligations to |
21 | | finance a
redevelopment project, as allowed by this |
22 | | amendatory Act of 1993, that
extension shall not extend the |
23 | | property tax increment allocation financing
authorized by |
24 | | this Section. Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts
|
25 | | shall be extended and taxes levied, collected and |
26 | | distributed in the manner
applicable in the absence of the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 167 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | adoption of tax increment allocation
financing.
|
2 | | If a municipality with a population of 1,000,000 or |
3 | | more has adopted by ordinance tax increment allocation |
4 | | financing for a redevelopment project area located in a |
5 | | transit facility improvement area established pursuant to |
6 | | Section 11-74.4-3.3, for each year after the effective date |
7 | | of the ordinance until redevelopment project costs and all |
8 | | municipal obligations financing redevelopment project |
9 | | costs have been paid, the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising |
10 | | from the levies upon the taxable real property in that |
11 | | redevelopment project area by taxing districts and tax |
12 | | rates determined in the manner provided in paragraph (c) of |
13 | | Section 11-74.4-9 shall be divided as follows: |
14 | | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each |
15 | | taxable lot, block, tract or parcel of real property |
16 | | which is attributable to the lower of (i) the current |
17 | | equalized assessed value or "current equalized |
18 | | assessed value as adjusted" or (ii) the initial |
19 | | equalized assessed value of each such taxable lot, |
20 | | block, tract, or parcel of real property existing at |
21 | | the time tax increment financing was adopted, minus the |
22 | | total current homestead exemptions under Article 15 of |
23 | | the Property Tax Code in the redevelopment project area |
24 | | shall be allocated to and when collected shall be paid |
25 | | by the county collector to the respective affected |
26 | | taxing districts in the manner required by law in the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 168 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | absence of the adoption of tax increment allocation |
2 | | financing. |
3 | | (2) That portion, if any, of such taxes which is |
4 | | attributable to the increase in the current equalized |
5 | | assessed valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract, |
6 | | or parcel of real property in the redevelopment project |
7 | | area, over and above the initial equalized assessed |
8 | | value of each property existing at the time tax |
9 | | increment financing was adopted, minus the total |
10 | | current homestead exemptions pertaining to each piece |
11 | | of property provided by Article 15 of the Property Tax |
12 | | Code in the redevelopment project area, shall be |
13 | | allocated to and when collected shall be paid by the |
14 | | county collector as follows: |
15 | | (A) First, that portion which would be payable |
16 | | to a school district whose boundaries are |
17 | | coterminous with such municipality in the absence |
18 | | of the adoption of tax increment allocation |
19 | | financing, shall be paid to such school district in |
20 | | the manner required by law in the absence of the |
21 | | adoption of tax increment allocation financing; |
22 | | then |
23 | | (B) 80% of the remaining portion shall be paid |
24 | | to the municipal Treasurer, who shall deposit said |
25 | | taxes into a special fund called the special tax |
26 | | allocation fund of the municipality for the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 169 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | purpose of paying redevelopment project costs and |
2 | | obligations incurred in the payment thereof; and |
3 | | then |
4 | | (C) 20% of the remaining portion shall be paid |
5 | | to the respective affected taxing districts, other |
6 | | than the school district described in clause (a) |
7 | | above, in the manner required by law in the absence |
8 | | of the adoption of tax increment allocation |
9 | | financing. |
10 | | Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving |
11 | | property in such
redevelopment project areas from being |
12 | | assessed as provided in the Property
Tax Code or as relieving |
13 | | owners of such property from paying a uniform rate of
taxes, as |
14 | | required by Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois |
15 | | Constitution.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13; 99-792, eff. 8-12-16.)
|
17 | | (65 ILCS 5/11-74.6-35)
|
18 | | Sec. 11-74.6-35. Ordinance for tax increment allocation |
19 | | financing.
|
20 | | (a) A municipality, at the time a redevelopment project |
21 | | area
is designated, may adopt tax increment allocation |
22 | | financing by passing an
ordinance providing that the ad valorem |
23 | | taxes, if any, arising from the
levies upon taxable real |
24 | | property within the redevelopment project
area by taxing |
25 | | districts and tax rates determined in the manner provided
in |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 170 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | subsection (b) of Section 11-74.6-40 each year after the |
2 | | effective
date of the ordinance until redevelopment project |
3 | | costs and all municipal
obligations financing redevelopment |
4 | | project costs incurred under this Act
have been paid shall be |
5 | | divided as follows:
|
6 | | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable |
7 | | lot, block,
tract or parcel of real property that is |
8 | | attributable to the lower of the
current equalized assessed |
9 | | value or the initial equalized assessed value or the
|
10 | | updated initial equalized assessed value of
each taxable |
11 | | lot, block, tract or parcel of real property in the
|
12 | | redevelopment project area shall be allocated to and when |
13 | | collected shall
be paid by the county collector to the |
14 | | respective affected taxing districts
in the manner |
15 | | required by law without regard to the adoption of tax
|
16 | | increment allocation financing.
|
17 | | (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes that is |
18 | | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized |
19 | | assessed value of each taxable lot,
block, tract or parcel |
20 | | of real property in the redevelopment project area,
over |
21 | | and above the initial equalized assessed value or the |
22 | | updated initial
equalized assessed value of each property |
23 | | in the
project area, shall be allocated to and when |
24 | | collected shall be paid by the
county collector to the |
25 | | municipal treasurer who shall deposit that portion
of those |
26 | | taxes into a special fund called the special tax allocation |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 171 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | fund
of the municipality for the purpose of paying |
2 | | redevelopment project costs
and obligations incurred in |
3 | | the payment of those costs and obligations.
In any county |
4 | | with a population of 3,000,000 or more that has adopted
a |
5 | | procedure for collecting taxes that provides for one or |
6 | | more of the
installments of the taxes to be billed and |
7 | | collected on an estimated basis,
the municipal treasurer |
8 | | shall be paid for deposit in the special tax
allocation |
9 | | fund of the municipality, from the taxes collected from
|
10 | | estimated bills issued for property in the redevelopment |
11 | | project area, the
difference between the amount actually |
12 | | collected from each taxable lot,
block, tract, or parcel of |
13 | | real property within the redevelopment project
area and an |
14 | | amount determined by multiplying the rate at which taxes |
15 | | were
last extended against the taxable lot, block, track, |
16 | | or parcel of real
property in the manner provided in |
17 | | subsection (b) of Section 11-74.6-40 by
the initial |
18 | | equalized assessed value or the updated initial equalized |
19 | | assessed
value of the property divided by the number
of |
20 | | installments in which real estate taxes are billed and |
21 | | collected within
the county, provided that the payments on |
22 | | or before December 31, 1999 to a
municipal treasurer shall |
23 | | be made only if each of the following conditions
are met:
|
24 | | (A) The total equalized assessed value of the |
25 | | redevelopment project
area as last determined was not |
26 | | less than 175% of the total initial
equalized assessed |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 172 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | value.
|
2 | | (B) Not more than 50% of the total equalized |
3 | | assessed value of the
redevelopment project area as |
4 | | last determined is attributable to a piece of
property |
5 | | assigned a single real estate index number.
|
6 | | (C) The municipal clerk has certified to the county |
7 | | clerk that the
municipality has issued its obligations |
8 | | to which there has been pledged
the incremental |
9 | | property taxes of the redevelopment project area or |
10 | | taxes
levied and collected on any or all property in |
11 | | the municipality or
the full faith and credit of the |
12 | | municipality to pay or secure payment for
all or a |
13 | | portion of the redevelopment project costs. The |
14 | | certification
shall be filed annually no later than |
15 | | September 1 for the estimated taxes
to be distributed |
16 | | in the following year.
|
17 | | The conditions of paragraphs (A) through (C) do not apply |
18 | | after December
31, 1999 to payments to a municipal treasurer
|
19 | | made by a county with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants that has |
20 | | adopted an
estimated billing procedure for collecting taxes.
If |
21 | | a county that has adopted the estimated billing
procedure makes |
22 | | an erroneous overpayment of tax revenue to the municipal
|
23 | | treasurer, then the county may seek a refund of that |
24 | | overpayment.
The county shall send the municipal treasurer a |
25 | | notice of liability for the
overpayment on or before the |
26 | | mailing date of the next real estate tax bill
within the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 173 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | county. The refund shall be limited to the amount of the
|
2 | | overpayment.
|
3 | | (b) It is the intent of this Act that a municipality's own |
4 | | ad valorem
tax arising from levies on taxable real property be |
5 | | included in the
determination of incremental revenue in the |
6 | | manner provided in paragraph
(b) of Section 11-74.6-40.
|
7 | | (c) If a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation |
8 | | financing for a
redevelopment project area by
ordinance and the |
9 | | county clerk thereafter certifies the total initial
equalized |
10 | | assessed value or the total updated initial equalized
assessed |
11 | | value of the taxable real property within such redevelopment
|
12 | | project area in the manner provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of |
13 | | Section
11-74.6-40, each year after the date of the |
14 | | certification of the total
initial equalized assessed value or |
15 | | the total updated initial
equalized assessed value until |
16 | | redevelopment project costs and all
municipal obligations |
17 | | financing redevelopment project costs have been paid,
the ad |
18 | | valorem taxes, if any, arising from the levies upon the taxable |
19 | | real
property in the redevelopment project area by taxing |
20 | | districts and tax
rates determined in the manner provided in |
21 | | paragraph (b) of Section
11-74.6-40 shall be divided as |
22 | | follows:
|
23 | | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable |
24 | | lot, block, tract
or parcel of real property that is |
25 | | attributable to the lower of the
current equalized assessed |
26 | | value or the initial equalized assessed value, or
the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 174 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | updated initial equalized assessed value of each parcel if |
2 | | the updated
initial equalized assessed value of that parcel |
3 | | has been certified in
accordance with Section 11-74.6-40, |
4 | | whichever has been most
recently certified, of each taxable |
5 | | lot, block, tract, or parcel of real
property existing at |
6 | | the time tax increment allocation financing was
adopted in |
7 | | the redevelopment project area, shall be allocated to and |
8 | | when
collected shall be paid by the county collector to the |
9 | | respective affected
taxing districts in the manner |
10 | | required by law without regard to the adoption
of tax |
11 | | increment allocation financing.
|
12 | | (2) That portion, if any, of those taxes that is |
13 | | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized |
14 | | assessed value of each taxable lot,
block, tract, or parcel |
15 | | of real property in the redevelopment project area,
over |
16 | | and above the initial equalized assessed value of each |
17 | | property
existing at the time tax increment allocation |
18 | | financing was adopted
in the redevelopment project area, or
|
19 | | the updated initial equalized assessed value of each parcel |
20 | | if the updated
initial equalized assessed value of that |
21 | | parcel has been certified in
accordance with Section |
22 | | 11-74.6-40, shall be allocated to and when collected
shall |
23 | | be paid to the municipal treasurer, who shall deposit those |
24 | | taxes
into a special fund called the special tax allocation |
25 | | fund of the
municipality for the purpose of paying |
26 | | redevelopment project costs and
obligations incurred in |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 175 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the payment thereof.
|
2 | | (d) The municipality may pledge in the ordinance the funds |
3 | | in and to be
deposited in the special tax allocation fund for |
4 | | the payment of
redevelopment project costs and obligations. No |
5 | | part of the current
equalized assessed value of each property |
6 | | in the redevelopment project
area attributable to any increase |
7 | | above the total initial equalized
assessed value
or the total |
8 | | initial updated equalized assessed value of the property,
shall |
9 | | be used in calculating the general General State aid formula |
10 | | School Aid Formula , provided
for in Section 18-8 of the School |
11 | | Code, or the evidence-based funding formula, provided for in |
12 | | Section 18-8.15 of the School Code, until all redevelopment |
13 | | project
costs have been paid as provided for in this Section.
|
14 | | Whenever a municipality issues bonds for the purpose of |
15 | | financing
redevelopment project costs, that municipality may |
16 | | provide by ordinance for the
appointment of a trustee, which |
17 | | may be any trust company within the State,
and for the |
18 | | establishment of any funds or accounts to be maintained by
that |
19 | | trustee, as the municipality deems necessary to provide for the
|
20 | | security and payment of the bonds. If the municipality provides |
21 | | for
the appointment of a trustee, the trustee shall be |
22 | | considered the assignee
of any payments assigned by the |
23 | | municipality under that ordinance
and this Section. Any amounts |
24 | | paid to the trustee as
assignee shall be deposited into the |
25 | | funds or accounts established
under the trust agreement, and |
26 | | shall be held by the trustee in trust for the
benefit of the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 176 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | holders of the bonds. The holders of those bonds shall have a
|
2 | | lien on and a security interest in those funds or accounts |
3 | | while the
bonds remain outstanding and unpaid. Upon retirement |
4 | | of the bonds,
the trustee shall pay over any excess amounts |
5 | | held to the municipality for
deposit in the special tax |
6 | | allocation fund.
|
7 | | When the redevelopment projects costs, including without |
8 | | limitation all
municipal obligations financing redevelopment |
9 | | project costs incurred under
this Law, have been paid, all |
10 | | surplus funds then remaining in the
special tax allocation fund |
11 | | shall be distributed by being paid by the
municipal treasurer |
12 | | to the municipality and the county collector; first to
the |
13 | | municipality in direct proportion to the tax incremental |
14 | | revenue
received from the municipality, but not to exceed the |
15 | | total incremental
revenue received from the municipality, |
16 | | minus any annual surplus
distribution of incremental revenue |
17 | | previously made. Any remaining funds
shall be paid to the |
18 | | county collector who shall immediately distribute that
payment |
19 | | to the taxing districts in the redevelopment project area in |
20 | | the
same manner and proportion as the most recent distribution |
21 | | by the county
collector to the affected districts of real |
22 | | property taxes from real
property situated in the redevelopment |
23 | | project area.
|
24 | | Upon the payment of all redevelopment project costs, |
25 | | retirement of
obligations and the distribution of any excess |
26 | | moneys under this
Section, the municipality shall adopt an |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 177 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | ordinance dissolving the special
tax allocation fund for the |
2 | | redevelopment project area and terminating the
designation of |
3 | | the redevelopment project area as a redevelopment project
area. |
4 | | Thereafter the tax levies of taxing districts shall be |
5 | | extended,
collected and distributed in the same manner |
6 | | applicable
before the adoption of tax increment allocation |
7 | | financing.
Municipality shall notify affected taxing districts |
8 | | prior to November if the
redevelopment project area is to be |
9 | | terminated by December 31 of that same
year.
|
10 | | Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving |
11 | | property in a
redevelopment project area from being assessed as |
12 | | provided in the Property
Tax Code or as relieving owners of |
13 | | that property
from paying a uniform rate of taxes, as required |
14 | | by Section 4 of Article IX
of the Illinois Constitution.
|
15 | | (Source: P.A. 91-474, eff. 11-1-99.)
|
16 | | Section 960. The Economic Development Project Area Tax |
17 | | Increment Allocation Act of
1995 is amended by changing Section |
18 | | 50 as follows:
|
19 | | (65 ILCS 110/50)
|
20 | | Sec. 50. Special tax allocation fund.
|
21 | | (a) If a county clerk has certified the "total initial |
22 | | equalized assessed
value" of the taxable real property within |
23 | | an economic development project area
in the manner provided in |
24 | | Section 45, each year after the date of the
certification by |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 178 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the county clerk of the "total initial equalized assessed
|
2 | | value", until economic development project costs and all |
3 | | municipal obligations
financing economic development project |
4 | | costs have been paid, the ad valorem
taxes, if any, arising |
5 | | from the levies upon the taxable real property in the
economic |
6 | | development project area by taxing districts and tax rates |
7 | | determined
in the manner provided in subsection (b) of Section |
8 | | 45 shall be divided as
follows:
|
9 | | (1) That portion of the taxes levied upon each taxable
|
10 | | lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property that is |
11 | | attributable to the lower
of the current equalized assessed |
12 | | value or the initial equalized assessed value
of each |
13 | | taxable lot, block, tract, or parcel of real property |
14 | | existing
at the time tax increment financing was adopted |
15 | | shall be allocated to (and when
collected shall be paid by |
16 | | the county collector to) the respective affected
taxing |
17 | | districts in the manner required by law in the absence of |
18 | | the adoption
of tax increment allocation financing.
|
19 | | (2) That portion, if any, of the taxes that is |
20 | | attributable to the
increase in the current equalized |
21 | | assessed valuation of each taxable lot,
block, tract, or
|
22 | | parcel of real property in the economic development project |
23 | | area, over and
above the initial equalized assessed value |
24 | | of each property existing at the
time tax increment |
25 | | financing was adopted, shall be allocated to (and when
|
26 | | collected shall be paid to) the municipal treasurer, who |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 179 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | shall deposit the
taxes into a special fund (called the |
2 | | special tax allocation fund of the
municipality) for the |
3 | | purpose of paying economic development project costs and
|
4 | | obligations incurred in the payment of those costs.
|
5 | | (b) The municipality, by an ordinance adopting tax |
6 | | increment allocation
financing, may pledge the monies in and to |
7 | | be deposited into the special tax
allocation fund for the |
8 | | payment of obligations issued under this Act and for
the |
9 | | payment of economic development project costs. No part of the |
10 | | current
equalized assessed valuation of each property in the |
11 | | economic development
project area attributable to any increase |
12 | | above the total initial equalized
assessed value of those |
13 | | properties shall be used in calculating the general
State |
14 | | school aid formula under
Section 18-8 of the School Code or the |
15 | | evidence-based funding formula under Section 18-8.15 of the |
16 | | School Code, until all economic development projects costs
have |
17 | | been paid as provided for in this Section.
|
18 | | (c) When the economic development projects costs, |
19 | | including without
limitation all municipal obligations |
20 | | financing economic development project
costs incurred under |
21 | | this Act, have been paid, all surplus monies then
remaining in |
22 | | the special tax allocation fund shall be distributed by being |
23 | | paid
by the municipal treasurer to the county collector, who |
24 | | shall immediately pay
the monies to the taxing districts having |
25 | | taxable property in the economic
development project area in |
26 | | the same manner and proportion as the most recent
distribution |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 180 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | by the county collector to those taxing districts of real |
2 | | property
taxes from real property in the economic development |
3 | | project area.
|
4 | | (d) Upon the payment of all economic development project |
5 | | costs, retirement
of obligations, and distribution of any |
6 | | excess monies under this Section and
not later than 23 years |
7 | | from the date of the adoption of the ordinance
establishing the |
8 | | economic development project area, the municipality shall
|
9 | | adopt an ordinance dissolving the special tax allocation fund |
10 | | for the economic
development project area and terminating the |
11 | | designation of the economic
development project area as an |
12 | | economic development project area.
Thereafter, the rates of the |
13 | | taxing districts shall be extended and taxes shall
be levied, |
14 | | collected, and distributed in the manner applicable in the |
15 | | absence
of the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
|
16 | | (e) Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving |
17 | | property in the
economic development project areas from being |
18 | | assessed as provided in the
Property Tax Code or as relieving |
19 | | owners or lessees of that property from
paying a uniform rate |
20 | | of taxes as required by Section 4 of Article IX of the
Illinois |
21 | | Constitution.
|
22 | | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.)
|
23 | | Section 965. The School Code is amended by changing |
24 | | Sections 1A-8, 1B-5, 1B-6, 1B-7, 1B-8, 1C-1, 1C-2, 1D-1, 1E-20, |
25 | | 1F-20, 1F-62, 1H-20, 1H-70, 2-3.25g, 2-3.33, 2-3.51.5, 2-3.66, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 181 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | 2-3.66b, 2-3.84, 2-3.109a, 3-14.21, 7-14A, 10-17a, 10-19, |
2 | | 10-22.5a, 10-22.20, 10-29, 11E-135, 13A-8, 13B-20.20, 13B-45, |
3 | | 13B-50, 13B-50.10, 13B-50.15, 14-7.02b, 14-13.01, 14C-1, |
4 | | 14C-12, 17-1, 17-1.2, 17-1.5, 17-2.11, 17-2A, 18-4.3, 18-8.05, |
5 | | 18-8.10, 18-9, 18-12, 26-16, 27-6, 27-7, 27-8.1, 27-24.2, |
6 | | 27A-9, 27A-11, 29-5, 34-2.3, 34-18, 34-18.30, 34-43.1, and |
7 | | 34-53 and by adding Sections 2-3.170, 17-3.6, and 18-8.15 as |
8 | | follows:
|
9 | | (105 ILCS 5/1A-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-8)
|
10 | | Sec. 1A-8. Powers of the Board in Assisting Districts |
11 | | Deemed in Financial
Difficulties. To promote the financial |
12 | | integrity of school districts, the
State Board of Education |
13 | | shall be provided the necessary powers to promote
sound |
14 | | financial management and continue operation of the public |
15 | | schools.
|
16 | | (a) The State Superintendent of Education may require a |
17 | | school district, including any district subject to Article 34A |
18 | | of this Code, to share financial information relevant to a |
19 | | proper investigation of the district's financial condition and |
20 | | the delivery of appropriate State financial, technical, and |
21 | | consulting services to the district if the district (i) has |
22 | | been designated, through the State Board of Education's School |
23 | | District Financial Profile System, as on financial warning or |
24 | | financial watch status, (ii) has failed to file an annual |
25 | | financial report, annual budget, deficit reduction plan, or |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 182 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | other financial information as required by law, (iii) has been |
2 | | identified, through the district's annual audit or other |
3 | | financial and management information, as in serious financial |
4 | | difficulty in the current or next school year, or (iv) is |
5 | | determined to be likely to fail to fully meet any regularly |
6 | | scheduled, payroll-period obligations when due or any debt |
7 | | service payments when due or both. In addition to financial, |
8 | | technical, and consulting services provided by the State Board |
9 | | of Education, at the request of a school district, the State |
10 | | Superintendent may provide for an independent financial |
11 | | consultant to assist the district review its financial |
12 | | condition and options.
|
13 | | (b) The State Board of Education, after proper |
14 | | investigation of a district's
financial condition, may certify |
15 | | that a district, including any district
subject to Article 34A, |
16 | | is in financial difficulty
when any of the following conditions |
17 | | occur:
|
18 | | (1) The district has issued school or teacher orders |
19 | | for wages as permitted in Sections
8-16, 32-7.2 and 34-76 |
20 | | of this Code.
|
21 | | (2) The district has issued tax anticipation warrants |
22 | | or tax
anticipation notes in anticipation of a second |
23 | | year's taxes when warrants or
notes in anticipation of |
24 | | current year taxes are still outstanding, as
authorized by |
25 | | Sections 17-16, 34-23, 34-59 and 34-63 of this Code, or has |
26 | | issued short-term debt against 2 future revenue sources, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 183 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | such as, but not limited to, tax anticipation warrants and |
2 | | general State aid or evidence-based funding Aid |
3 | | certificates or tax anticipation warrants and revenue |
4 | | anticipation notes.
|
5 | | (3) The district has for 2 consecutive years shown an |
6 | | excess
of expenditures and other financing uses over |
7 | | revenues and other financing
sources and beginning fund |
8 | | balances on its annual financial report for the
aggregate |
9 | | totals of the Educational, Operations and Maintenance,
|
10 | | Transportation, and Working Cash Funds.
|
11 | | (4) The district refuses to provide financial |
12 | | information or cooperate with the State Superintendent in |
13 | | an investigation of the district's financial condition. |
14 | | (5) The district is likely to fail to fully meet any |
15 | | regularly scheduled, payroll-period obligations when due |
16 | | or any debt service payments when due or both.
|
17 | | No school district shall be certified by the State Board of |
18 | | Education to be in financial difficulty solely by
reason of any |
19 | | of the above circumstances arising as a result of (i) the |
20 | | failure
of the county to make any distribution of property tax |
21 | | money due the district
at the time such distribution is due or |
22 | | (ii) the failure of this State to make timely payments of |
23 | | general State aid , evidence-based funding, or any of the |
24 | | mandated categoricals; or if the district clearly demonstrates
|
25 | | to the satisfaction of the State Board of Education at the time |
26 | | of its
determination that such condition no longer exists. If |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 184 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the State Board of
Education certifies that a district in a |
2 | | city with 500,000 inhabitants or
more is in financial |
3 | | difficulty, the State Board shall so notify the
Governor and |
4 | | the Mayor of the city in which the district is located. The
|
5 | | State Board of Education may require school districts certified |
6 | | in
financial difficulty, except those districts subject to |
7 | | Article 34A, to
develop, adopt and submit a financial plan |
8 | | within 45 days after
certification of financial difficulty. The |
9 | | financial plan shall be
developed according to guidelines |
10 | | presented to the district by the State
Board of Education |
11 | | within 14 days of certification. Such guidelines shall
address |
12 | | the specific nature of each district's financial difficulties. |
13 | | Any
proposed budget of the district shall be consistent with |
14 | | the financial plan
submitted to and
approved by the State Board |
15 | | of Education.
|
16 | | A district certified to be in financial difficulty, other |
17 | | than a district
subject to Article 34A, shall report to the |
18 | | State Board of Education at
such times and in such manner as |
19 | | the State Board may direct, concerning the
district's |
20 | | compliance with each financial plan. The State Board may review
|
21 | | the district's operations, obtain budgetary data and financial |
22 | | statements,
require the district to produce reports, and have |
23 | | access to any other
information in the possession of the |
24 | | district that it deems relevant. The
State Board may issue |
25 | | recommendations or directives within its powers to
the district |
26 | | to assist in compliance with the financial plan. The district
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 185 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | shall produce such budgetary data, financial statements, |
2 | | reports and other
information and comply with such directives. |
3 | | If the State Board of Education
determines that a district has |
4 | | failed to comply with its financial plan, the
State Board of |
5 | | Education may rescind approval of the plan and appoint a
|
6 | | Financial Oversight Panel for the district as provided in |
7 | | Section 1B-4. This
action shall be taken only after the |
8 | | district has been given notice and an
opportunity to appear |
9 | | before the State Board of Education to discuss its
failure to |
10 | | comply with its financial plan.
|
11 | | No bonds, notes, teachers orders, tax anticipation |
12 | | warrants or other
evidences of indebtedness shall be issued or |
13 | | sold by a school district or
be legally binding upon or |
14 | | enforceable against a local board of education
of a district |
15 | | certified to be in financial difficulty unless and until the
|
16 | | financial plan required under this Section has been approved by |
17 | | the State
Board of Education.
|
18 | | Any financial profile compiled and distributed by the State |
19 | | Board of Education in Fiscal Year 2009 or any fiscal year |
20 | | thereafter
shall incorporate such adjustments as may be needed |
21 | | in the profile scores to reflect the financial effects of the
|
22 | | inability or refusal of the State of Illinois to make timely
|
23 | | disbursements of any general State aid , evidence-based |
24 | | funding, or mandated categorical aid payments due school |
25 | | districts or to fully reimburse
school districts for mandated |
26 | | categorical programs pursuant to
reimbursement formulas |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 186 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | provided in this School Code.
|
2 | | (Source: P.A. 96-668, eff. 8-25-09; 96-1423, eff. 8-3-10; |
3 | | 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
|
4 | | (105 ILCS 5/1B-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-5)
|
5 | | Sec. 1B-5.
When a petition for emergency financial
|
6 | | assistance for a school district is allowed by the State
Board |
7 | | under Section 1B-4, the State Superintendent
shall within 10 |
8 | | days thereafter appoint 3 members
to serve at the State |
9 | | Superintendent's pleasure on a
Financial Oversight Panel for |
10 | | the district. The State
Superintendent shall designate one of |
11 | | the members of the
Panel to serve as its Chairman. In the event |
12 | | of vacancy or
resignation the State Superintendent shall |
13 | | appoint a
successor within 10 days of receiving notice thereof.
|
14 | | Members of the Panel shall be selected primarily on the
|
15 | | basis of their experience and education in financial
|
16 | | management, with consideration given to persons
knowledgeable |
17 | | in education finance. A member of the Panel
may not be a board |
18 | | member or employee of the district for
which the Panel is |
19 | | constituted, nor may a member have a
direct financial interest |
20 | | in that district.
|
21 | | Panel members shall serve without compensation, but may
be |
22 | | reimbursed for travel and other necessary expenses
incurred in |
23 | | the performance of their official duties by the
State Board. |
24 | | The amount reimbursed Panel
members for their expenses shall be |
25 | | charged to the school
district as part of any emergency |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 187 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | financial assistance and
incorporated as a part of the terms |
2 | | and conditions for
repayment of such assistance or shall be |
3 | | deducted from the district's general
State aid or |
4 | | evidence-based funding as provided in Section 1B-8.
|
5 | | The first meeting of the Panel shall be held at the
call of |
6 | | the Chairman. The Panel may elect such other
officers as it |
7 | | deems appropriate. The Panel shall prescribe
the times and |
8 | | places for its meetings and the manner in
which regular and |
9 | | special meetings may be called, and shall
comply with the Open |
10 | | Meetings Act.
|
11 | | Two members of the Panel shall constitute a quorum, and
the |
12 | | affirmative vote of 2 members shall be necessary for any
|
13 | | decision or action to be taken by the Panel.
|
14 | | The Panel and the State Superintendent
shall cooperate with |
15 | | each other in the exercise of their
respective powers. The |
16 | | Panel shall report not later than
September 1 annually to the |
17 | | State Board and the State
Superintendent with respect to its |
18 | | activities and the
condition of the school district for the |
19 | | previous fiscal
year.
|
20 | | Any Financial Oversight Panel established under this
|
21 | | Article shall remain in existence for not less than 3 years
nor |
22 | | more than 10 years from the date the State Board grants
the |
23 | | petition under Section 1B-4. If after 3 years the
school |
24 | | district has repaid all of its obligations resulting
from |
25 | | emergency State financial assistance provided under
this |
26 | | Article and has improved its financial situation, the board of
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 188 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | education may, not more
frequently than once in any 12 month |
2 | | period, petition the
State Board to dissolve the Financial |
3 | | Oversight Panel,
terminate the oversight responsibility, and |
4 | | remove the
district's certification under Section 1A-8 as a |
5 | | district in
financial difficulty. In acting on such a petition |
6 | | the
State Board shall give additional weight to the
|
7 | | recommendations of the State Superintendent and the
Financial |
8 | | Oversight Panel.
|
9 | | (Source: P.A. 88-618, eff. 9-9-94.)
|
10 | | (105 ILCS 5/1B-6) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-6)
|
11 | | Sec. 1B-6. General powers. The purpose of the Financial |
12 | | Oversight Panel
shall be to exercise financial control over the |
13 | | board of education, and, when
approved by the State Board and |
14 | | the State Superintendent of Education, to
furnish financial |
15 | | assistance so that the board can provide public education
|
16 | | within the board's jurisdiction while permitting the board to |
17 | | meet its
obligations to its creditors and the holders of its |
18 | | notes and bonds.
Except as expressly limited by this Article, |
19 | | the Panel shall have all
powers necessary to meet its |
20 | | responsibilities and to carry out its purposes
and the purposes |
21 | | of this Article, including, but not limited to, the following
|
22 | | powers:
|
23 | | (a) to sue and be sued;
|
24 | | (b) to provide for its organization and internal
|
25 | | management;
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 189 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (c) to appoint a Financial Administrator to serve as
the |
2 | | chief executive officer of the Panel. The Financial
|
3 | | Administrator may be an individual, partnership,
corporation, |
4 | | including an accounting firm, or other entity
determined by the |
5 | | Panel to be qualified to serve; and to
appoint other officers, |
6 | | agents, and employees of the Panel,
define their duties and |
7 | | qualifications and fix their
compensation and employee |
8 | | benefits;
|
9 | | (d) to approve the local board of education appointments to |
10 | | the
positions of treasurer in a Class I county school unit and |
11 | | in each school
district which forms a part of a Class II county |
12 | | school unit but which no
longer is subject to the jurisdiction |
13 | | and authority of a township treasurer
or trustees of schools of |
14 | | a township because the district has withdrawn
from the |
15 | | jurisdiction and authority of the township treasurer and the
|
16 | | trustees of schools of the township or because those offices |
17 | | have been
abolished as provided in subsection (b) or (c) of |
18 | | Section 5-1,
and chief school business official, if such |
19 | | official is not the
superintendent of the district. Either the |
20 | | board or the Panel may remove
such treasurer or chief school |
21 | | business official;
|
22 | | (e) to approve any and all bonds, notes, teachers
orders, |
23 | | tax anticipation warrants, and other evidences of
indebtedness |
24 | | prior to issuance or sale by the school
district; and |
25 | | notwithstanding any other provision of The School Code, as
now |
26 | | or hereafter amended, no bonds, notes, teachers orders, tax
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 190 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | anticipation warrants or other evidences of indebtedness shall |
2 | | be issued or
sold by the school district or be legally binding |
3 | | upon or enforceable
against the local board of education unless |
4 | | and until the approval of the
Panel has been received;
|
5 | | (f) to approve all property tax levies of the school
|
6 | | district and require adjustments thereto as the Panel deems
|
7 | | necessary or advisable;
|
8 | | (g) to require and approve a school district financial |
9 | | plan;
|
10 | | (h) to approve and require revisions of the school district |
11 | | budget;
|
12 | | (i) to approve all contracts and other obligations as
the |
13 | | Panel deems necessary and appropriate;
|
14 | | (j) to authorize emergency State financial assistance,
|
15 | | including requirements regarding the terms and conditions of
|
16 | | repayment of such assistance, and to require the board of
|
17 | | education to levy a separate local property tax, subject to
the |
18 | | limitations of Section 1B-8, sufficient to repay such
|
19 | | assistance consistent with the terms and conditions of
|
20 | | repayment and the district's approved financial plan and
|
21 | | budget;
|
22 | | (k) to request the regional superintendent to make |
23 | | appointments to
fill all vacancies on the local school board as |
24 | | provided in Section 10-10;
|
25 | | (l) to recommend dissolution or reorganization of the |
26 | | school district
to the General Assembly if in the Panel's |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 191 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | judgment the
circumstances so require;
|
2 | | (m) to direct a phased reduction in the oversight |
3 | | responsibilities of
the Financial Administrator and of the |
4 | | Panel as the circumstances permit;
|
5 | | (n) to determine the amount of emergency State
financial |
6 | | assistance to be made available to the school
district, and to |
7 | | establish an operating budget for the Panel
to be supported by |
8 | | funds available from such assistance,
with the assistance and |
9 | | the budget required to be approved
by the State Superintendent;
|
10 | | (o) to procure insurance against any loss in such
amounts |
11 | | and from such insurers as it deems necessary;
|
12 | | (p) to engage the services of consultants for
rendering |
13 | | professional and technical assistance and advice
on matters |
14 | | within the Panel's power;
|
15 | | (q) to contract for and to accept any gifts, grants or
|
16 | | loans of funds or property or financial or other aid in any
|
17 | | form from the federal government, State government, unit of
|
18 | | local government, school district or any agency or
|
19 | | instrumentality thereof, or from any other private or public
|
20 | | source, and to comply with the terms and conditions thereof;
|
21 | | (r) to pay the expenses of its operations based on the
|
22 | | Panel's budget as approved by the State Superintendent from
|
23 | | emergency financial assistance funds available to the
district |
24 | | or from deductions from the district's general State aid or |
25 | | evidence-based funding ;
|
26 | | (s) to do any and all things necessary or convenient
to |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 192 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | carry out its purposes and exercise the powers given to
the |
2 | | Panel by this Article; and
|
3 | | (t) to recommend the creation of a school finance authority
|
4 | | pursuant to Article 1F of this Code.
|
5 | | (Source: P.A. 91-357, eff. 7-29-99; 92-855, eff. 12-6-02.)
|
6 | | (105 ILCS 5/1B-7) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-7)
|
7 | | Sec. 1B-7. Financial Administrator; Powers and
Duties. The |
8 | | Financial Administrator appointed by the
Financial Oversight |
9 | | Panel shall serve as the Panel's chief
executive officer. The |
10 | | Financial Administrator shall
exercise the powers and duties |
11 | | required by the Panel,
including but not limited to the |
12 | | following:
|
13 | | (a) to provide guidance and recommendations to the
local |
14 | | board and officials of the school district in
developing the |
15 | | district's financial plan and budget prior to
board action;
|
16 | | (b) to direct the local board to reorganize its
financial |
17 | | accounts, budgetary systems, and internal
accounting and |
18 | | financial controls, in whatever manner the
Panel deems |
19 | | appropriate to achieve greater financial
responsibility and to |
20 | | reduce financial inefficiency, and to
provide technical |
21 | | assistance to aid the district in
accomplishing the |
22 | | reorganization;
|
23 | | (c) to make recommendations to the Financial Oversight
|
24 | | Panel concerning the school district's financial plan and
|
25 | | budget, and all other matters within the scope of the
Panel's |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 193 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | authority;
|
2 | | (d) to prepare and recommend to the Panel a proposal
for |
3 | | emergency State financial assistance for the district,
|
4 | | including recommended terms and conditions of repayment, and
an |
5 | | operations budget for the Panel to be funded from the
emergency |
6 | | assistance or from deductions from the district's general State
|
7 | | aid or evidence-based funding ;
|
8 | | (e) to require the local board to prepare and submit
|
9 | | preliminary staffing and budgetary analyses annually prior
to |
10 | | February 1 in such manner and form as the Financial
|
11 | | Administrator shall prescribe; and
|
12 | | (f) subject to the direction of the Panel, to do all
other |
13 | | things necessary or convenient to carry out its
purposes and |
14 | | exercise the powers given to the Panel under
this Article.
|
15 | | (Source: P.A. 88-618, eff. 9-9-94.)
|
16 | | (105 ILCS 5/1B-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-8)
|
17 | | Sec. 1B-8. There is created in the State Treasury a
special |
18 | | fund to be known as the School District Emergency
Financial |
19 | | Assistance Fund (the "Fund"). The School District Emergency
|
20 | | Financial Assistance Fund shall consist of appropriations, |
21 | | loan repayments, grants from the
federal government, and |
22 | | donations from any public or private source. Moneys in
the Fund
|
23 | | may be appropriated only to the Illinois Finance Authority and
|
24 | | the State Board for
those purposes authorized under this |
25 | | Article and Articles
1F and 1H of this Code.
The appropriation |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 194 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | may be
allocated and expended by the State Board for |
2 | | contractual services to provide technical assistance or |
3 | | consultation to school districts to assess their financial |
4 | | condition and to Financial Oversight Panels that petition for |
5 | | emergency financial assistance grants. The Illinois Finance |
6 | | Authority may provide
loans to school districts which are the |
7 | | subject of an
approved petition for emergency financial |
8 | | assistance under
Section 1B-4,
1F-62, or 1H-65 of this Code. |
9 | | Neither the State Board of Education nor the Illinois Finance |
10 | | Authority may collect any fees for providing these services. |
11 | | From the amount allocated to each such school
district |
12 | | under this Article the State Board shall identify a sum |
13 | | sufficient to
cover all approved costs of the Financial |
14 | | Oversight Panel
established for the respective school |
15 | | district. If the State Board and State
Superintendent of |
16 | | Education have not approved emergency financial assistance in
|
17 | | conjunction with the appointment of a Financial Oversight |
18 | | Panel, the Panel's
approved costs shall be paid from deductions |
19 | | from the district's general State
aid or evidence-based |
20 | | funding .
|
21 | | The Financial Oversight Panel may prepare and file
with the |
22 | | State Superintendent a proposal for emergency
financial |
23 | | assistance for the school district and for its
operations |
24 | | budget. No expenditures from the Fund shall be
authorized by |
25 | | the State Superintendent until he or she has approved
the |
26 | | request of the Panel, either as submitted or in such
lesser |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 195 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | amount determined by the State Superintendent.
|
2 | | The maximum amount of an emergency financial assistance |
3 | | loan
which may be allocated to any school district under this
|
4 | | Article, including moneys necessary for the operations of
the |
5 | | Panel, shall not exceed $4,000 times the number of pupils
|
6 | | enrolled in the school district during the school year
ending |
7 | | June 30 prior to the date of approval by the State
Board of the |
8 | | petition for emergency financial assistance, as
certified to |
9 | | the local board and the Panel by the State
Superintendent.
An |
10 | | emergency financial assistance grant shall not exceed $1,000 |
11 | | times the
number of such pupils. A district may receive both a |
12 | | loan and a grant.
|
13 | | The payment of an emergency State financial assistance |
14 | | grant or loan
shall be subject to appropriation by the General |
15 | | Assembly. Payment of the emergency State financial assistance |
16 | | loan is subject to the applicable provisions of the Illinois |
17 | | Finance Authority Act.
Emergency State financial assistance |
18 | | allocated and paid to a school
district under this Article may |
19 | | be applied to any fund or funds from which
the local board of |
20 | | education of that district is authorized to make
expenditures |
21 | | by law.
|
22 | | Any emergency financial assistance grant proposed by the
|
23 | | Financial Oversight Panel and approved by the State
|
24 | | Superintendent may be paid in its entirety during the
initial |
25 | | year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or
declining |
26 | | amounts over a period of years not to exceed the
period of the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 196 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Panel's existence. An emergency financial assistance loan |
2 | | proposed by the Financial Oversight Panel and approved by the |
3 | | Illinois Finance Authority may be paid in its entirety during |
4 | | the initial year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or |
5 | | declining amounts over a period of years not to exceed the |
6 | | period of the Panel's existence. All
loans made by the Illinois |
7 | | Finance Authority for a
school district shall be required to be |
8 | | repaid, with simple interest over
the term of the loan at a |
9 | | rate equal to 50% of the one-year Constant Maturity
Treasury |
10 | | (CMT) yield as last published by the Board of Governors of the |
11 | | Federal
Reserve System before the date on which the district's |
12 | | loan is
approved
by the Illinois Finance Authority, not later |
13 | | than the
date the
Financial Oversight Panel ceases to exist. |
14 | | The Panel shall
establish and the Illinois Finance Authority |
15 | | shall
approve the terms and conditions, including the schedule, |
16 | | of
repayments. The schedule shall provide for repayments
|
17 | | commencing July 1 of each year or upon each fiscal year's |
18 | | receipt of moneys from a tax levy for emergency financial |
19 | | assistance. Repayment shall be incorporated into the
annual |
20 | | budget of the school district and may be made from any fund or |
21 | | funds
of the district in which there are moneys available. An |
22 | | emergency financial assistance loan to the Panel or district |
23 | | shall not be considered part of the calculation of a district's |
24 | | debt for purposes of the limitation specified in Section 19-1 |
25 | | of this Code. Default on repayment is subject to the Illinois |
26 | | Grant Funds Recovery Act. When moneys are repaid
as provided |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 197 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | herein they shall not be made available to the local board for
|
2 | | further use as emergency financial assistance under this |
3 | | Article at any
time thereafter. All repayments required to be |
4 | | made by a school district
shall be received by the State Board |
5 | | and deposited in the School District
Emergency Financial |
6 | | Assistance Fund.
|
7 | | In establishing the terms and conditions for the
repayment |
8 | | obligation of the school district the Panel shall
annually |
9 | | determine whether a separate local property tax levy is
|
10 | | required. The board of any school district with a tax rate
for |
11 | | educational purposes for the prior year of less than
120% of |
12 | | the maximum rate for educational purposes authorized
by Section |
13 | | 17-2 shall provide for a separate
tax levy for emergency |
14 | | financial assistance repayment
purposes. Such tax levy shall |
15 | | not be subject to referendum approval. The
amount of the levy |
16 | | shall be equal to the
amount necessary to meet the annual |
17 | | repayment obligations of
the district as established by the |
18 | | Panel, or 20% of the
amount levied for educational purposes for |
19 | | the prior year,
whichever is less. However, no district shall |
20 | | be
required to levy the tax if the district's operating tax
|
21 | | rate as determined under Section
18-8 , or 18-8.05 , or 18-8.15 |
22 | | exceeds 200% of the district's tax rate for educational
|
23 | | purposes for the prior year.
|
24 | | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
|
25 | | (105 ILCS 5/1C-1)
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 198 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Sec. 1C-1. Purpose. The purpose of this Article is to |
2 | | permit greater
flexibility and efficiency in the distribution |
3 | | and use of certain State funds
available to
local education |
4 | | agencies for the improvement of the quality of educational
|
5 | | services pursuant to locally established priorities.
|
6 | | Through fiscal year 2017, this This Article does not apply |
7 | | to school districts having a population in excess
of 500,000 |
8 | | inhabitants.
|
9 | | (Source: P.A. 88-555, eff. 7-27-94; 89-15, eff. 5-30-95; |
10 | | 89-397, eff.
8-20-95; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96.)
|
11 | | (105 ILCS 5/1C-2)
|
12 | | Sec. 1C-2. Block grants.
|
13 | | (a) For fiscal year 1999, and each fiscal year thereafter, |
14 | | the State Board
of Education shall award to school districts |
15 | | block grants as described in subsection
(c). The State Board of |
16 | | Education may adopt
rules and regulations necessary to |
17 | | implement this Section. In accordance with
Section 2-3.32, all |
18 | | state block grants are subject to an audit. Therefore,
block |
19 | | grant receipts and block grant expenditures shall be recorded |
20 | | to the
appropriate fund code.
|
21 | | (b) (Blank).
|
22 | | (c) An Early Childhood Education Block Grant shall be |
23 | | created by combining
the following programs: Preschool |
24 | | Education, Parental Training and Prevention
Initiative. These |
25 | | funds shall be distributed to school districts and other
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 199 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | entities on a competitive basis , except that the State Board of |
2 | | Education shall award to a school district having a population |
3 | | exceeding 500,000 inhabitants 37% of the funds in each fiscal |
4 | | year . Not less than 14% of the Early Childhood Education Block |
5 | | Grant allocation of funds
shall be used to
fund programs for |
6 | | children ages 0-3. Beginning in Fiscal Year 2016, at least 25% |
7 | | of any additional Early Childhood Education Block Grant funding |
8 | | over and above the previous fiscal year's allocation shall be |
9 | | used to fund programs for children ages 0-3. Once the |
10 | | percentage of Early Childhood Education Block Grant funding |
11 | | allocated to programs for children ages 0-3 reaches 20% of the |
12 | | overall Early Childhood Education Block Grant allocation for a |
13 | | full fiscal year, thereafter in subsequent fiscal years the |
14 | | percentage of Early Childhood Education Block Grant funding |
15 | | allocated to programs for children ages 0-3 each fiscal year |
16 | | shall remain at least 20% of the overall Early Childhood |
17 | | Education Block Grant allocation. However, if, in a given |
18 | | fiscal year, the amount appropriated for the Early Childhood |
19 | | Education Block Grant is insufficient to increase the |
20 | | percentage of the grant to fund programs for children ages 0-3 |
21 | | without reducing the amount of the grant for existing providers |
22 | | of preschool education programs, then the percentage of the |
23 | | grant to fund programs for children ages 0-3 may be held steady |
24 | | instead of increased.
|
25 | | (Source: P.A. 98-645, eff. 7-1-14; 99-589, eff. 7-21-16.)
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 200 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (105 ILCS 5/1D-1)
|
2 | | Sec. 1D-1. Block grant funding.
|
3 | | (a) For fiscal year 1996 through fiscal year 2017 and each |
4 | | fiscal year thereafter , the State Board
of Education shall |
5 | | award to a school district having a population exceeding
|
6 | | 500,000 inhabitants a general education block grant and an |
7 | | educational services
block grant, determined as provided in |
8 | | this Section, in lieu of distributing to
the district separate |
9 | | State funding for the programs described in subsections
(b) and |
10 | | (c). The provisions of this Section, however, do not apply to |
11 | | any
federal funds that the district is entitled to receive. In |
12 | | accordance with
Section 2-3.32, all block grants are subject to |
13 | | an audit. Therefore, block
grant receipts and block grant |
14 | | expenditures shall be recorded to the
appropriate fund code for |
15 | | the designated block grant.
|
16 | | (b) The general education block grant shall include the |
17 | | following
programs: REI Initiative, Summer Bridges, Preschool |
18 | | At Risk, K-6
Comprehensive Arts, School Improvement Support, |
19 | | Urban Education, Scientific
Literacy, Substance Abuse |
20 | | Prevention, Second Language Planning, Staff
Development, |
21 | | Outcomes and Assessment, K-6 Reading Improvement, 7-12 |
22 | | Continued
Reading Improvement, Truants'
Optional Education, |
23 | | Hispanic Programs, Agriculture Education,
Parental Education, |
24 | | Prevention Initiative, Report Cards, and Criminal
Background |
25 | | Investigations. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, |
26 | | all
amounts paid under the general education block grant from |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 201 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | State appropriations
to a school district in a city having a |
2 | | population exceeding 500,000
inhabitants shall be appropriated |
3 | | and expended by the board of that district
for any of the |
4 | | programs included in the block grant or any of the board's
|
5 | | lawful purposes.
|
6 | | (c) The educational services block grant shall include the |
7 | | following
programs: Regular and Vocational Transportation, |
8 | | State Lunch and
Free Breakfast Program, Special Education |
9 | | (Personnel,
Transportation, Orphanage, Private Tuition), |
10 | | funding
for children requiring special education services, |
11 | | Summer School,
Educational Service Centers, and |
12 | | Administrator's Academy. This subsection (c)
does not relieve |
13 | | the district of its obligation to provide the services
required |
14 | | under a program that is included within the educational |
15 | | services block
grant. It is the intention of the General |
16 | | Assembly in enacting the provisions
of this subsection (c) to |
17 | | relieve the district of the administrative burdens
that impede |
18 | | efficiency and accompany single-program funding. The General
|
19 | | Assembly encourages the board to pursue mandate waivers |
20 | | pursuant to Section
2-3.25g. |
21 | | The funding program included in the educational services |
22 | | block grant
for funding for children requiring special |
23 | | education services in each fiscal
year shall be treated in that |
24 | | fiscal year as a payment to the school district
in respect of |
25 | | services provided or costs incurred in the prior fiscal year,
|
26 | | calculated in each case as provided in this Section. Nothing in |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 202 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | this Section
shall change the nature of payments for any |
2 | | program that, apart from this
Section, would be or, prior to |
3 | | adoption or amendment of this Section, was on
the basis of a |
4 | | payment in a fiscal year in respect of services provided or
|
5 | | costs incurred in the prior fiscal year, calculated in each |
6 | | case as provided
in this Section.
|
7 | | (d) For fiscal year 1996 through fiscal year 2017 and each |
8 | | fiscal year thereafter , the amount
of the district's block |
9 | | grants shall be determined as follows:
(i) with respect to each |
10 | | program that is included within each block grant, the
district |
11 | | shall receive an amount equal to the same percentage of the |
12 | | current
fiscal year appropriation made for that program as the |
13 | | percentage of the
appropriation received by the district from |
14 | | the 1995 fiscal year appropriation
made for that program, and
|
15 | | (ii) the total amount that is due the district under the block |
16 | | grant shall be
the aggregate of the amounts that the district |
17 | | is entitled to receive for the
fiscal year with respect to each |
18 | | program that is included within the block
grant that the State |
19 | | Board of Education shall award the district under this
Section |
20 | | for that fiscal year. In the case of the Summer Bridges |
21 | | program,
the amount of the district's block grant shall be |
22 | | equal to 44% of the amount
of the current fiscal year |
23 | | appropriation made for that program.
|
24 | | (e) The district is not required to file any application or |
25 | | other claim in
order to receive the block grants to which it is |
26 | | entitled under this Section.
The State Board of Education shall |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 203 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | make payments to the district of amounts due
under the |
2 | | district's block grants on a schedule determined by the State |
3 | | Board
of Education.
|
4 | | (f) A school district to which this Section applies shall |
5 | | report to the
State Board of Education on its use of the block |
6 | | grants in such form and detail
as the State Board of Education |
7 | | may specify. In addition, the report must include the following |
8 | | description for the district, which must also be reported to |
9 | | the General Assembly: block grant allocation and expenditures |
10 | | by program; population and service levels by program; and |
11 | | administrative expenditures by program. The State Board of |
12 | | Education shall ensure that the reporting requirements for the |
13 | | district are the same as for all other school districts in this |
14 | | State.
|
15 | | (g) Through fiscal year 2017, this This paragraph provides |
16 | | for the treatment of block grants under Article
1C for purposes |
17 | | of calculating the amount of block grants for a district under
|
18 | | this Section. Those block grants under Article 1C are, for this
|
19 | | purpose, treated as included in the amount of appropriation for |
20 | | the various
programs set forth in paragraph (b) above. The |
21 | | appropriation in each current
fiscal year for each block grant |
22 | | under Article 1C shall be treated for these
purposes as |
23 | | appropriations for the individual program included in that |
24 | | block
grant. The proportion of each block grant so allocated to |
25 | | each such program
included in it shall be the proportion which |
26 | | the appropriation for that program
was of all appropriations |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 204 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | for such purposes now in that block grant, in fiscal
1995.
|
2 | | Payments to the school district under this Section with |
3 | | respect to each
program for which payments to school districts |
4 | | generally, as of the date of
this
amendatory Act of the 92nd |
5 | | General Assembly, are on a reimbursement basis
shall continue |
6 | | to be made to the district on a reimbursement basis, pursuant
|
7 | | to the provisions of this Code governing those programs.
|
8 | | (h) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school |
9 | | district
receiving a block grant under this Section may |
10 | | classify all or a portion of
the funds that it receives in a |
11 | | particular fiscal year from any block grant
authorized under |
12 | | this Code or from general State aid pursuant to Section
18-8.05 |
13 | | of this Code (other than supplemental general State aid) as
|
14 | | funds received in connection with any funding program for which |
15 | | it is
entitled to receive funds from the State in that fiscal |
16 | | year (including,
without limitation, any funding program |
17 | | referred to in subsection (c) of
this Section), regardless of |
18 | | the source or timing of the receipt. The
district may not |
19 | | classify more funds as funds received in connection
with the |
20 | | funding program than the district is entitled to receive in |
21 | | that
fiscal year for that program. Any classification by a |
22 | | district must be made by
a resolution
of its board of |
23 | | education. The resolution must identify the amount of any
block |
24 | | grant or general State aid to be classified under this |
25 | | subsection (h)
and must specify the funding program to which |
26 | | the funds are to be
treated as received in connection |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 205 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | therewith. This resolution is
controlling as to the |
2 | | classification of funds referenced therein. A certified
copy of |
3 | | the resolution must be sent to the State Superintendent of
|
4 | | Education.
The resolution shall still take effect even though a |
5 | | copy of the resolution
has not been sent to the State
|
6 | | Superintendent of Education in a timely manner.
No |
7 | | classification under this subsection (h) by a district shall
|
8 | | affect the total amount or timing of money the district is |
9 | | entitled to receive
under this Code.
No classification under |
10 | | this subsection (h) by a district
shall in any way relieve the |
11 | | district from or affect any
requirements that otherwise would |
12 | | apply with respect to the
block grant as provided in this |
13 | | Section, including any
accounting of funds by source, reporting |
14 | | expenditures by
original source and purpose,
reporting |
15 | | requirements, or requirements of provision of
services.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 97-238, eff. 8-2-11; 97-324, eff. 8-12-11; |
17 | | 97-813, eff. 7-13-12.)
|
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/1E-20)
|
19 | | (This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with |
20 | | 105 ILCS 5/1E-165) |
21 | | Sec. 1E-20. Members of Authority; meetings.
|
22 | | (a) When a petition for a School Finance Authority is |
23 | | allowed by the State
Board under Section 1E-15 of this Code, |
24 | | the State Superintendent shall within
10 days thereafter |
25 | | appoint 5 members to serve on a School Finance Authority for
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 206 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the district. Of the initial members, 2 shall be appointed to |
2 | | serve a
term of 2 years and 3 shall be appointed to serve a term |
3 | | of 3 years.
Thereafter, each member shall serve for a term of 3 |
4 | | years and until his or her
successor has been appointed. The |
5 | | State Superintendent shall designate one of
the members of the |
6 | | Authority to serve as its Chairperson. In the event
of vacancy |
7 | | or resignation, the State Superintendent shall, within 10
days |
8 | | after receiving notice, appoint a successor to serve out that
|
9 | | member's term. The State Superintendent may remove a member for
|
10 | | incompetence, malfeasance, neglect of duty, or other just |
11 | | cause.
|
12 | | Members of the Authority shall be selected primarily on the |
13 | | basis
of their experience and education in financial |
14 | | management,
with consideration given to persons knowledgeable |
15 | | in education finance.
Two members of the Authority shall be |
16 | | residents of the school district that the
Authority serves. A |
17 | | member of the Authority may not be a member of the
district's |
18 | | school board or an
employee of the district
nor may
a
member |
19 | | have a direct financial interest in the district.
|
20 | | Authority members shall serve without compensation, but |
21 | | may
be reimbursed by the State Board for travel and other |
22 | | necessary
expenses incurred in the performance of their |
23 | | official duties.
Unless paid from bonds issued under Section |
24 | | 1E-65 of this Code, the amount
reimbursed members for their |
25 | | expenses shall be charged
to the school district as part of any |
26 | | emergency financial
assistance and incorporated as a part of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 207 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the terms and conditions
for repayment of the assistance or |
2 | | shall be deducted from the
district's general State aid or |
3 | | evidence-based funding as provided in Section 1B-8 of this |
4 | | Code.
|
5 | | The Authority may elect such officers as it deems |
6 | | appropriate.
|
7 | | (b) The first meeting of the Authority shall be held at the |
8 | | call of the
Chairperson.
The
Authority shall prescribe the |
9 | | times and places for its meetings and the manner
in which |
10 | | regular and special meetings may be called and shall comply |
11 | | with the
Open Meetings Act.
|
12 | | Three members of the Authority shall constitute a quorum.
|
13 | | When a vote is taken upon any measure before the Authority, a |
14 | | quorum
being present, a majority of the votes of the members |
15 | | voting on the
measure shall determine the outcome.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 92-547, eff. 6-13-02 .)
|
17 | | (105 ILCS 5/1F-20)
|
18 | | (This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with 105 |
19 | | ILCS 5/1F-165) |
20 | | Sec. 1F-20. Members of Authority; meetings.
|
21 | | (a) Upon establishment of a School Finance Authority
under |
22 | | Section 1F-15 of this Code, the State Superintendent shall |
23 | | within
15 days thereafter appoint 5 members to serve on a |
24 | | School Finance Authority for
the district. Of the initial |
25 | | members, 2 shall be appointed to serve a
term of 2 years and 3 |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 208 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | shall be appointed to serve a term of 3 years.
Thereafter, each |
2 | | member shall serve for a term of 3 years and until his or her
|
3 | | successor has been appointed. The State Superintendent shall |
4 | | designate one of
the members of the Authority to serve as its |
5 | | Chairperson. In the event
of vacancy or resignation, the State |
6 | | Superintendent shall, within 10
days after receiving notice, |
7 | | appoint a successor to serve out that
member's term. The State |
8 | | Superintendent may remove a member for
incompetence, |
9 | | malfeasance, neglect of duty, or other just cause.
|
10 | | Members of the Authority shall be selected primarily on the |
11 | | basis
of their experience and education in financial |
12 | | management,
with consideration given to persons knowledgeable |
13 | | in education finance.
Two members of the Authority shall be |
14 | | residents of the school district that the
Authority serves. A |
15 | | member of the Authority may not be a member of the
district's |
16 | | school board or an
employee of the district
nor may
a
member |
17 | | have a direct financial interest in the district.
|
18 | | Authority members shall be paid a stipend approved by the |
19 | | State Superintendent of not more than $100 per meeting and may
|
20 | | be reimbursed by the State Board for travel and other necessary
|
21 | | expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.
|
22 | | Unless paid from bonds issued under Section 1F-65 of this Code, |
23 | | the amount
reimbursed members for their expenses shall be |
24 | | charged
to the school district as part of any emergency |
25 | | financial
assistance and incorporated as a part of the terms |
26 | | and conditions
for repayment of the assistance or shall be |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 209 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | deducted from the
district's general State aid or |
2 | | evidence-based funding as provided in Section 1B-8 of this |
3 | | Code.
|
4 | | The Authority may elect such officers as it deems |
5 | | appropriate.
|
6 | | (b) The first meeting of the Authority shall be held at the |
7 | | call of the
Chairperson.
The
Authority shall prescribe the |
8 | | times and places for its meetings and the manner
in which |
9 | | regular and special meetings may be called and shall comply |
10 | | with the
Open Meetings Act.
|
11 | | Three members of the Authority shall constitute a quorum.
|
12 | | When a vote is taken upon any measure before the Authority, a |
13 | | quorum
being present, a majority of the votes of the members |
14 | | voting on the
measure shall determine the outcome.
|
15 | | (Source: P.A. 94-234, eff. 7-1-06 .)
|
16 | | (105 ILCS 5/1F-62)
|
17 | | (This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with 105 |
18 | | ILCS 5/1F-165) |
19 | | Sec. 1F-62. School District Emergency Financial Assistance |
20 | | Fund;
grants and loans. |
21 | | (a) Moneys in the School District Emergency Financial |
22 | | Assistance Fund
established under Section 1B-8 of this Code may |
23 | | be allocated and
expended by the State Board as grants to |
24 | | provide technical and consulting services to school districts |
25 | | to assess their financial condition and by the Illinois Finance |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 210 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Authority for emergency financial assistance loans to a School |
2 | | Finance
Authority that petitions for
emergency financial
|
3 | | assistance.
An emergency financial assistance loan to a School |
4 | | Finance Authority or borrowing from
sources other than the |
5 | | State shall not be
considered as part of the calculation of a |
6 | | district's debt for purposes of
the limitation specified in |
7 | | Section 19-1 of this Code. From the amount allocated to each |
8 | | School Finance Authority, the State Board shall identify a sum |
9 | | sufficient to cover all approved costs of the School Finance |
10 | | Authority. If the State Board and State Superintendent have not |
11 | | approved emergency financial assistance in conjunction with |
12 | | the appointment of a School Finance Authority, the Authority's |
13 | | approved costs shall be paid from deductions from the |
14 | | district's general State aid or evidence-based funding . |
15 | | The School Finance Authority may prepare and file with the |
16 | | State
Superintendent a proposal for emergency financial |
17 | | assistance for the school district and for its operations |
18 | | budget. No expenditures shall be
authorized by the State |
19 | | Superintendent until he or she has approved
the proposal of the |
20 | | School Finance Authority, either as submitted or in such lesser |
21 | | amount determined by the State Superintendent.
|
22 | | (b) The amount of an emergency financial assistance
loan |
23 | | that may be allocated to a School Finance Authority under this |
24 | | Article,
including moneys necessary for the operations of the |
25 | | School Finance Authority, and borrowing
from sources other than |
26 | | the State shall not
exceed, in the aggregate, $4,000 times the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 211 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | number of pupils enrolled in the
district
during the school |
2 | | year ending June 30 prior to the date of approval by
the State |
3 | | Board of the petition for emergency financial assistance, as
|
4 | | certified to the school board and the School Finance Authority |
5 | | by the State
Superintendent.
However, this limitation does not |
6 | | apply to borrowing by the district secured
by
amounts levied by |
7 | | the district prior to establishment of the School Finance
|
8 | | Authority. An emergency financial assistance grant shall not |
9 | | exceed $1,000 times the number of such pupils. A district may |
10 | | receive both a loan and a grant.
|
11 | | (c) The payment of a State emergency financial assistance |
12 | | grant or loan
shall be subject to appropriation by the General |
13 | | Assembly. State
emergency financial assistance allocated and |
14 | | paid to a School Finance Authority
under this Article may be |
15 | | applied to any fund or funds from which the
School Finance
|
16 | | Authority is authorized to make expenditures by
law.
|
17 | | (d) Any State emergency financial assistance proposed by |
18 | | the
School Finance Authority and approved by the State |
19 | | Superintendent may be paid in its
entirety during the initial |
20 | | year of the School Finance Authority's existence or spread in
|
21 | | equal or declining amounts over a period of years not to exceed |
22 | | the
period of the School Finance Authority's existence. The |
23 | | State Superintendent shall not
approve any loan to the School |
24 | | Finance Authority unless the School Finance Authority has been
|
25 | | unable to borrow sufficient funds to operate the district.
|
26 | | All loan payments made from the School District Emergency
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 212 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Financial Assistance Fund to a School Finance Authority shall |
2 | | be required to be
repaid not later than the date the School |
3 | | Finance Authority ceases to exist, with simple
interest over |
4 | | the term of the loan at a rate equal to
50% of the one-year |
5 | | Constant Maturity Treasury (CMT) yield as last published
by the |
6 | | Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
before the
|
7 | | date on which the School Finance Authority's loan is approved |
8 | | by the State
Board.
|
9 | | The School Finance Authority shall establish and the |
10 | | Illinois Finance Authority shall
approve the terms and |
11 | | conditions of the loan, including the schedule of
repayments.
|
12 | | The schedule shall provide for repayments commencing July 1 of |
13 | | each
year or upon each fiscal year's receipt of moneys from a |
14 | | tax levy for emergency financial assistance. Repayment shall be |
15 | | incorporated into the annual budget of the
district and may be |
16 | | made from any fund or funds of the district in
which there are |
17 | | moneys available. Default on repayment is subject to the |
18 | | Illinois Grant Funds Recovery Act.
When moneys are repaid as |
19 | | provided
in this Section, they shall not be made available to |
20 | | the School Finance Authority for
further use as emergency |
21 | | financial assistance under this Article at any
time thereafter. |
22 | | All repayments required to be made by a School Finance |
23 | | Authority
shall be received by the State Board and deposited in |
24 | | the School District
Emergency Financial Assistance Fund.
|
25 | | In establishing the terms and conditions for the repayment
|
26 | | obligation of the School Finance Authority, the School Finance
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 213 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Authority shall annually determine
whether a separate local |
2 | | property tax levy is required to meet that obligation.
The |
3 | | School Finance Authority
shall provide for a separate tax
levy |
4 | | for emergency financial assistance repayment purposes. This |
5 | | tax
levy shall not be subject to referendum approval. The |
6 | | amount of the levy
shall not exceed the amount necessary to |
7 | | meet the annual
emergency financial repayment
obligations of |
8 | | the district, including principal and interest, as established
|
9 | | by the School Finance Authority.
|
10 | | (Source: P.A. 94-234, eff. 7-1-06 .)
|
11 | | (105 ILCS 5/1H-20) |
12 | | Sec. 1H-20. Members of Panel; meetings. |
13 | | (a) Upon establishment of a Financial Oversight Panel under |
14 | | Section 1H-15 of this Code, the State Superintendent shall |
15 | | within 15 working days thereafter appoint 5 members to serve on |
16 | | a Financial Oversight Panel for the district. Members appointed |
17 | | to the Panel shall serve at the pleasure of the State |
18 | | Superintendent. The State Superintendent shall designate one |
19 | | of the members of the Panel to serve as its Chairperson. In the |
20 | | event of vacancy or resignation, the State Superintendent |
21 | | shall, within 10 days after receiving notice, appoint a |
22 | | successor to serve out that member's term. |
23 | | (b) Members of the Panel shall be selected primarily on the |
24 | | basis of their experience and education in financial |
25 | | management, with consideration given to persons knowledgeable |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 214 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | in education finance. Two members of the Panel shall be |
2 | | residents of the school district that the Panel serves. A |
3 | | member of the Panel may not be a member of the district's |
4 | | school board or an employee of the district nor may a member |
5 | | have a direct financial interest in the district. |
6 | | (c) Panel members may be reimbursed by the State Board for |
7 | | travel and other necessary expenses incurred in the performance |
8 | | of their official duties. The amount reimbursed members for |
9 | | their expenses shall be charged to the school district as part |
10 | | of any emergency financial assistance and incorporated as a |
11 | | part of the terms and conditions for repayment of the |
12 | | assistance or shall be deducted from the district's general |
13 | | State aid or evidence-based funding as provided in Section |
14 | | 1H-65 of this Code. |
15 | | (d) With the exception of the chairperson, who shall be |
16 | | designated as provided in subsection (a) of this Section, the |
17 | | Panel may elect such officers as it deems appropriate. |
18 | | (e) The first meeting of the Panel shall be held at the |
19 | | call of the Chairperson. The Panel shall prescribe the times |
20 | | and places for its meetings and the manner in which regular and |
21 | | special meetings may be called and shall comply with the Open |
22 | | Meetings Act. The Panel shall also comply with the Freedom of |
23 | | Information Act. |
24 | | (f) Three members of the Panel shall constitute a quorum. A |
25 | | majority of members present is required to pass a measure.
|
26 | | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 215 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (105 ILCS 5/1H-70) |
2 | | Sec. 1H-70. Tax anticipation warrants, tax anticipation |
3 | | notes, revenue anticipation certificates or notes, general |
4 | | State aid or evidence-based funding anticipation certificates, |
5 | | and lines of credit. With the approval of the State |
6 | | Superintendent and provided that the district is unable to |
7 | | secure short-term financing after 3 attempts, a Panel shall |
8 | | have the same power as a district to do the following: |
9 | | (1) issue tax anticipation warrants under the |
10 | | provisions of Section 17-16 of this Code against taxes |
11 | | levied by either the school board or the Panel pursuant to |
12 | | Section 1H-25 of this Code; |
13 | | (2) issue tax anticipation notes under the provisions |
14 | | of the Tax Anticipation Note Act against taxes levied by |
15 | | either the school board or the Panel pursuant to Section |
16 | | 1H-25 of this Code; |
17 | | (3) issue revenue anticipation certificates or notes |
18 | | under the provisions of the Revenue Anticipation Act; |
19 | | (4) issue general State aid or evidence-based funding |
20 | | anticipation certificates under the provisions of Section |
21 | | 18-18 of this Code; and |
22 | | (5) establish and utilize lines of credit under the |
23 | | provisions of Section 17-17 of this Code. |
24 | | Tax anticipation warrants, tax anticipation notes, revenue |
25 | | anticipation certificates or notes, general State aid or |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 216 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | evidence-based funding anticipation certificates, and lines of |
2 | | credit are considered borrowing from sources other than the |
3 | | State and are subject to Section 1H-65 of this Code.
|
4 | | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
|
5 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.25g) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.25g) |
6 | | Sec. 2-3.25g. Waiver or modification of mandates within the |
7 | | School
Code and administrative rules and regulations. |
8 | | (a) In this Section: |
9 | | "Board" means a school board or the governing board or |
10 | | administrative district, as the case may be, for a joint |
11 | | agreement. |
12 | | "Eligible applicant" means a school district, joint |
13 | | agreement made up of school districts, or regional |
14 | | superintendent of schools on behalf of schools and programs |
15 | | operated by the regional office of education.
|
16 | | "Implementation date" has the meaning set forth in |
17 | | Section 24A-2.5 of this Code. |
18 | | "State Board" means the State Board of Education.
|
19 | | (b) Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this School |
20 | | Code or any other law of this State to the
contrary, eligible |
21 | | applicants may petition the State Board of Education for the
|
22 | | waiver or modification of the mandates of this School Code or |
23 | | of the
administrative rules and regulations promulgated by the |
24 | | State Board of
Education. Waivers or modifications of |
25 | | administrative rules and regulations
and modifications of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 217 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | mandates of this School Code may be requested when an eligible |
2 | | applicant demonstrates that it can address the intent of the |
3 | | rule or
mandate in a more effective, efficient, or economical |
4 | | manner or when necessary
to stimulate innovation or improve |
5 | | student performance. Waivers of
mandates of
the School Code may |
6 | | be requested when the waivers are necessary to stimulate
|
7 | | innovation or improve student performance or when the applicant |
8 | | demonstrates that it can address the intent of the mandate of |
9 | | the School Code in a more effective, efficient, or economical |
10 | | manner . Waivers may not be requested
from laws, rules, and |
11 | | regulations pertaining to special education, teacher educator |
12 | | licensure, teacher tenure and seniority, or Section 5-2.1 of |
13 | | this Code or from compliance with the Every Student Succeeds |
14 | | Act (Public Law 114-95) No
Child Left Behind Act of 2001 |
15 | | (Public Law 107-110) . Eligible applicants may not seek a waiver |
16 | | or seek a modification of a mandate regarding the requirements |
17 | | for (i) student performance data to be a significant factor in |
18 | | teacher or principal evaluations or (ii) teachers and |
19 | | principals to be rated using the 4 categories of "excellent", |
20 | | "proficient", "needs improvement", or "unsatisfactory". On |
21 | | September 1, 2014, any previously authorized waiver or |
22 | | modification from such requirements shall terminate. |
23 | | (c) Eligible applicants, as a matter of inherent managerial |
24 | | policy, and any
Independent Authority established under |
25 | | Section 2-3.25f-5 of this Code may submit an
application for a |
26 | | waiver or modification authorized under this Section. Each
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 218 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | application must include a written request by the eligible |
2 | | applicant or
Independent Authority and must demonstrate that |
3 | | the intent of the mandate can
be addressed in a more effective, |
4 | | efficient, or economical manner
or be based
upon a specific |
5 | | plan for improved student performance and school improvement.
|
6 | | Any eligible applicant requesting a waiver or modification for |
7 | | the reason that intent
of the mandate can be addressed in a |
8 | | more economical manner shall include in
the application a |
9 | | fiscal analysis showing current expenditures on the mandate
and |
10 | | projected savings resulting from the waiver
or modification. |
11 | | Applications
and plans developed by eligible applicants must be |
12 | | approved by the board or regional superintendent of schools |
13 | | applying on behalf of schools or programs operated by the |
14 | | regional office of education following a public hearing on the |
15 | | application and plan and the
opportunity for the board or |
16 | | regional superintendent to hear testimony from staff
directly |
17 | | involved in
its implementation, parents, and students. The time |
18 | | period for such testimony shall be separate from the time |
19 | | period established by the eligible applicant for public comment |
20 | | on other matters. If the applicant is a school district or |
21 | | joint agreement requesting a waiver or modification of Section |
22 | | 27-6 of this Code, the public hearing shall be held on a day |
23 | | other than the day on which a regular meeting of the board is |
24 | | held. |
25 | | (c-5) If the applicant is a school district, then the |
26 | | district shall post information that sets forth the time, date, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 219 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | place, and general subject matter of the public hearing on its |
2 | | Internet website at least 14 days prior to the hearing. If the |
3 | | district is requesting to increase the fee charged for driver |
4 | | education authorized pursuant to Section 27-24.2 of this Code, |
5 | | the website information shall include the proposed amount of |
6 | | the fee the district will request. All school districts must |
7 | | publish a notice of the public hearing at least 7 days prior to |
8 | | the hearing in a newspaper of general circulation within the |
9 | | school district that sets forth the time, date, place, and |
10 | | general subject matter of the hearing. Districts requesting to |
11 | | increase the fee charged for driver education shall include in |
12 | | the published notice the proposed amount of the fee the |
13 | | district will request. If the applicant is a joint agreement or |
14 | | regional superintendent, then the joint agreement or regional |
15 | | superintendent shall post information that sets forth the time, |
16 | | date, place, and general subject matter of the public hearing |
17 | | on its Internet website at least 14 days prior to the hearing. |
18 | | If the joint agreement or regional superintendent is requesting |
19 | | to increase the fee charged for driver education authorized |
20 | | pursuant to Section 27-24.2 of this Code, the website |
21 | | information shall include the proposed amount of the fee the |
22 | | applicant will request. All joint agreements and regional |
23 | | superintendents must publish a notice of the public hearing at |
24 | | least 7 days prior to the hearing in a newspaper of general |
25 | | circulation in each school district that is a member of the |
26 | | joint agreement or that is served by the educational service |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 220 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | region that sets forth the time, date, place, and general |
2 | | subject matter of the hearing, provided that a notice appearing |
3 | | in a newspaper generally circulated in more than one school |
4 | | district shall be deemed to fulfill this requirement with |
5 | | respect to all of the affected districts. Joint agreements or |
6 | | regional superintendents requesting to increase the fee |
7 | | charged for driver education shall include in the published |
8 | | notice the proposed amount of the fee the applicant will |
9 | | request. The
eligible applicant must notify in writing the |
10 | | affected exclusive collective
bargaining agent and those State |
11 | | legislators representing the eligible applicant's territory of
|
12 | | its
intent to seek approval of a
waiver or
modification and of |
13 | | the hearing to be held to take testimony from staff.
The |
14 | | affected exclusive collective bargaining agents shall be |
15 | | notified of such
public hearing at least 7 days prior to the |
16 | | date of the hearing and shall be
allowed to attend
such public |
17 | | hearing. The eligible applicant shall attest to compliance with |
18 | | all of
the notification and procedural requirements set forth |
19 | | in this Section. |
20 | | (d) A request for a waiver or modification of |
21 | | administrative rules and
regulations or for a modification of |
22 | | mandates contained in this School Code
shall be submitted to |
23 | | the State Board of Education within 15 days after
approval by |
24 | | the board or regional superintendent of schools. The |
25 | | application as submitted to the
State Board of Education shall |
26 | | include a description of the public hearing. Except with |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 221 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | respect to contracting for adaptive driver education, an |
2 | | eligible applicant wishing to request a modification or waiver |
3 | | of administrative rules of the State Board of Education |
4 | | regarding contracting with a commercial driver training school |
5 | | to provide the course of study authorized under Section 27-24.2 |
6 | | of this Code must provide evidence with its application that |
7 | | the commercial driver training school with which it will |
8 | | contract holds a license issued by the Secretary of State under |
9 | | Article IV of Chapter 6 of the Illinois Vehicle Code and that |
10 | | each instructor employed by the commercial driver training |
11 | | school to provide instruction to students served by the school |
12 | | district holds a valid teaching certificate or teaching |
13 | | license, as applicable, issued under the requirements of this |
14 | | Code and rules of the State Board of Education. Such evidence |
15 | | must include, but need not be limited to, a list of each |
16 | | instructor assigned to teach students served by the school |
17 | | district, which list shall include the instructor's name, |
18 | | personal identification number as required by the State Board |
19 | | of Education, birth date, and driver's license number. If the |
20 | | modification or waiver is granted, then the eligible applicant |
21 | | shall notify the State Board of Education of any changes in the |
22 | | personnel providing instruction within 15 calendar days after |
23 | | an instructor leaves the program or a new instructor is hired. |
24 | | Such notification shall include the instructor's name, |
25 | | personal identification number as required by the State Board |
26 | | of Education, birth date, and driver's license number. If a |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 222 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | school district maintains an Internet website, then the |
2 | | district shall post a copy of the final contract between the |
3 | | district and the commercial driver training school on the |
4 | | district's Internet website. If no Internet website exists, |
5 | | then the district shall make available the contract upon |
6 | | request. A record of all materials in relation to the |
7 | | application for contracting must be maintained by the school |
8 | | district and made available to parents and guardians upon |
9 | | request. The instructor's date of birth and driver's license |
10 | | number and any other personally identifying information as |
11 | | deemed by the federal Driver's Privacy Protection Act of 1994 |
12 | | must be redacted from any public materials.
Following receipt |
13 | | of the waiver or modification request, the
State Board shall |
14 | | have 45 days to review the application and request. If the
|
15 | | State Board fails to disapprove the application within that 45 |
16 | | day period, the
waiver or modification shall be deemed granted. |
17 | | The State Board
may disapprove
any request if it is not based |
18 | | upon sound educational practices, endangers the
health or |
19 | | safety of students or staff, compromises equal opportunities |
20 | | for
learning, or fails to demonstrate that the intent of the |
21 | | rule or mandate can be
addressed in a more effective, |
22 | | efficient, or economical manner or have improved
student |
23 | | performance as a primary goal. Any request disapproved by the |
24 | | State
Board may be appealed to the General Assembly by the |
25 | | eligible applicant
as outlined in this Section. |
26 | | A request for a waiver from mandates contained in this |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 223 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | School Code shall be
submitted to the State Board within 15 |
2 | | days after approval by the board or regional superintendent of |
3 | | schools.
The application as submitted to the State Board of |
4 | | Education
shall include a description of the public hearing. |
5 | | The description shall
include, but need not be limited to, the |
6 | | means of notice, the number of people
in attendance, the number |
7 | | of people who spoke as proponents or opponents of the
waiver, a |
8 | | brief description of their comments, and whether there were any
|
9 | | written statements submitted.
The State Board shall review the |
10 | | applications and requests for
completeness and shall compile |
11 | | the requests in reports to be filed with the
General Assembly. |
12 | | The State Board shall file
reports outlining the waivers
|
13 | | requested by eligible applicants
and appeals by eligible |
14 | | applicants of requests
disapproved by the State Board with the |
15 | | Senate and the House of
Representatives before each March 1 and
|
16 | | October
1. |
17 | | The report shall be reviewed by a panel of 4 members |
18 | | consisting of: |
19 | | (1) the Speaker of the House of Representatives; |
20 | | (2) the Minority Leader of the House of |
21 | | Representatives; |
22 | | (3) the President of the Senate; and |
23 | | (4) the Minority Leader of the Senate. |
24 | | The State Board of Education may provide the panel |
25 | | recommendations on waiver requests. The members of the panel |
26 | | shall review the report submitted by the State Board of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 224 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Education and submit to the State Board of Education any notice |
2 | | of further consideration to any waiver request within 14 days |
3 | | after the member receives the report. If 3 or more of the panel |
4 | | members submit a notice of further consideration to any waiver |
5 | | request contained within the report, the State Board of |
6 | | Education shall submit the waiver request to the General |
7 | | Assembly for consideration. If less than 3 panel members submit |
8 | | a notice of further consideration to a waiver request, the |
9 | | waiver may be approved, denied, or modified by the State Board. |
10 | | If the State Board does not act on a waiver request within 10 |
11 | | days, then the waiver request is approved. If the waiver |
12 | | request is denied by the State Board, it shall submit the |
13 | | waiver request to the General Assembly for consideration. |
14 | | The General Assembly may disapprove any waiver request |
15 | | submitted to the General Assembly pursuant to this subsection |
16 | | (d) the report of the State Board in whole
or in part within 60 |
17 | | calendar days after each house of the General Assembly
next
|
18 | | convenes after the waiver request is submitted report is filed |
19 | | by adoption of a resolution by a record vote
of the majority of |
20 | | members elected in each house. If the General Assembly
fails to |
21 | | disapprove any waiver request or appealed request within such |
22 | | 60
day period, the waiver or modification shall be deemed |
23 | | granted. Any resolution
adopted by the General Assembly |
24 | | disapproving a report of the State Board in
whole or in part |
25 | | shall be binding on the State Board. |
26 | | (e) An approved waiver or modification (except a waiver |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 225 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | from or modification to a physical education mandate) may |
2 | | remain in effect for a period not to
exceed 5 school years and |
3 | | may be renewed upon application by the
eligible applicant. |
4 | | However, such waiver or modification may be changed within that
|
5 | | 5-year period by a board or regional superintendent of schools |
6 | | applying on behalf of schools or programs operated by the |
7 | | regional office of education following the procedure as set
|
8 | | forth in this Section for the initial waiver or modification |
9 | | request. If
neither the State Board of Education nor the |
10 | | General Assembly disapproves, the
change is deemed granted. |
11 | | An approved waiver from or modification to a physical |
12 | | education mandate may remain in effect for a period not to |
13 | | exceed 2 school years and may be renewed no more than 2 times |
14 | | upon application by the eligible applicant. An approved waiver |
15 | | from or modification to a physical education mandate may be |
16 | | changed within the 2-year period by the board or regional |
17 | | superintendent of schools, whichever is applicable, following |
18 | | the procedure set forth in this Section for the initial waiver |
19 | | or modification request. If neither the State Board of |
20 | | Education nor the General Assembly disapproves, the change is |
21 | | deemed granted.
|
22 | | (f) (Blank). |
23 | | (Source: P.A. 98-513, eff. 1-1-14; 98-739, eff. 7-16-14; |
24 | | 98-1155, eff. 1-9-15; 99-78, eff. 7-20-15.)
|
25 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.33) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.33)
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 226 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Sec. 2-3.33. Recomputation of claims. To recompute within |
2 | | 3 years from the
final date for filing of a claim any claim for |
3 | | general State aid reimbursement to any school
district and one |
4 | | year from the final date for filing of a claim for |
5 | | evidence-based funding if the claim has been found to be |
6 | | incorrect and to adjust subsequent
claims accordingly, and to |
7 | | recompute and adjust any such claims within 6 years
from the |
8 | | final date for filing when there has been an adverse court or
|
9 | | administrative agency decision on
the merits affecting the tax |
10 | | revenues of the school district. However, no such
adjustment |
11 | | shall be made regarding equalized assessed valuation unless the
|
12 | | district's equalized assessed valuation is changed by greater |
13 | | than $250,000 or
2%. Any adjustments for claims recomputed for |
14 | | the 2016-2017 school year and prior school years shall be |
15 | | applied to the apportionment of evidence-based funding in |
16 | | Section 18-8.15 of this Code beginning in the 2017-2018 school |
17 | | year and thereafter. However, the recomputation of a claim for |
18 | | evidence-based funding for a school district shall not require |
19 | | the recomputation of claims for all districts, and the State |
20 | | Board of Education shall only make recomputations of |
21 | | evidence-based funding for those districts where an adjustment |
22 | | is required.
|
23 | | Except in the case of an adverse court or administrative |
24 | | agency decision ,
no recomputation of a
State aid claim shall be |
25 | | made pursuant to this Section as a result of a
reduction in the |
26 | | assessed valuation of a school district from the assessed
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 227 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | valuation of the district reported to the State Board of |
2 | | Education by the
Department of Revenue under Section 18-8.05 or |
3 | | 18-8.15 of this Code unless the
requirements of Section
16-15 |
4 | | of the Property Tax Code and Section 2-3.84 of this Code are
|
5 | | complied with in all respects.
|
6 | | This paragraph applies to all requests for recomputation of |
7 | | a general
State aid or evidence-based funding claim received |
8 | | after June 30, 2003. In recomputing a general
State aid or |
9 | | evidence-based funding claim that was originally calculated |
10 | | using an extension
limitation equalized assessed valuation |
11 | | under paragraph (3) of
subsection (G) of Section 18-8.05 of |
12 | | this Code or Section 18-8.15 of this Code , a qualifying |
13 | | reduction in
equalized assessed valuation shall be deducted |
14 | | from the extension
limitation equalized assessed valuation |
15 | | that was used in calculating the
original claim.
|
16 | | From the total amount of general State aid or |
17 | | evidence-based funding to be provided to
districts, |
18 | | adjustments as a result of recomputation under this Section
|
19 | | together with adjustments under Section 2-3.84 must not exceed |
20 | | $25
million, in the aggregate for all districts under both |
21 | | Sections combined,
of the general State aid or evidence-based |
22 | | funding appropriation in any fiscal year; if necessary,
amounts |
23 | | shall be prorated among districts. If it is necessary to |
24 | | prorate
claims under this paragraph, then that portion of each |
25 | | prorated claim that is
approved but not paid in the current |
26 | | fiscal year may be resubmitted as a
valid claim in the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 228 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | following fiscal year.
|
2 | | (Source: P.A. 93-845, eff. 7-30-04.)
|
3 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.51.5) |
4 | | Sec. 2-3.51.5. School Safety and Educational Improvement |
5 | | Block Grant
Program. To improve the level of education and |
6 | | safety of students from
kindergarten through grade 12 in school |
7 | | districts and State-recognized, non-public schools. The State |
8 | | Board of
Education is authorized to fund a School Safety and |
9 | | Educational Improvement
Block Grant Program. |
10 | | (1) For school districts, the program shall provide funding |
11 | | for school safety, textbooks and
software, electronic |
12 | | textbooks and the technological equipment necessary to gain |
13 | | access to and use electronic textbooks, teacher training and |
14 | | curriculum development, school improvements, school
report |
15 | | cards under Section 10-17a, and criminal history records checks
|
16 | | under Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5. For State-recognized, |
17 | | non-public schools, the program shall provide funding for |
18 | | secular textbooks and software, criminal history records |
19 | | checks, and health and safety mandates to the extent that the |
20 | | funds are expended for purely secular purposes. A school |
21 | | district
or laboratory school as defined in Section 18-8 , or |
22 | | 18-8.05 , or 18-8.15 is not required
to file an application in |
23 | | order to receive the categorical funding to which it
is |
24 | | entitled under this Section. Funds for the School Safety and |
25 | | Educational
Improvement Block Grant Program shall be |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 229 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | distributed to school districts and
laboratory schools based on |
2 | | the prior year's best 3 months average daily
attendance. Funds |
3 | | for the School Safety and Educational Improvement Block Grant |
4 | | Program shall be distributed to State-recognized, non-public |
5 | | schools based on the average daily attendance figure for the |
6 | | previous school year provided to the State Board of Education. |
7 | | The State Board of Education shall develop an application that |
8 | | requires State-recognized, non-public schools to submit |
9 | | average daily attendance figures. A State-recognized, |
10 | | non-public school must submit the application and average daily |
11 | | attendance figure prior to receiving funds under this Section. |
12 | | The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and
|
13 | | regulations necessary for the implementation of this program. |
14 | | (2) Distribution of moneys to school districts and |
15 | | State-recognized, non-public schools shall be made in 2
|
16 | | semi-annual installments, one payment on or before October 30, |
17 | | and one
payment prior to April 30, of each fiscal year. |
18 | | (3) Grants under the School Safety and Educational |
19 | | Improvement Block Grant
Program shall be awarded provided there |
20 | | is an appropriation for the program,
and funding levels for |
21 | | each district shall be prorated according to the amount
of the |
22 | | appropriation. |
23 | | (4) The provisions of this Section are in the public |
24 | | interest, are for the public benefit, and serve secular public |
25 | | purposes. |
26 | | (Source: P.A. 98-972, eff. 8-15-14.)
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 230 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.66) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.66)
|
2 | | Sec. 2-3.66. Truants' alternative and optional education |
3 | | programs. To
establish projects to offer modified |
4 | | instructional programs or other
services designed to prevent |
5 | | students from dropping out of school,
including programs |
6 | | pursuant to Section 2-3.41, and to serve as a part time
or full |
7 | | time option in lieu of regular school attendance and to award
|
8 | | grants to local school districts, educational service regions |
9 | | or community
college districts from appropriated funds to |
10 | | assist districts in
establishing such projects. The education |
11 | | agency may operate its own
program or enter into a contract |
12 | | with another not-for-profit entity to
implement the program. |
13 | | The projects shall allow dropouts, up to and
including age 21, |
14 | | potential dropouts, including truants, uninvolved,
unmotivated |
15 | | and disaffected students, as defined by State Board of
|
16 | | Education rules and regulations, to enroll, as an alternative |
17 | | to regular
school attendance, in an optional education program |
18 | | which may be
established by school board policy and is in |
19 | | conformance with rules adopted
by the State Board of Education. |
20 | | Truants' Alternative and Optional
Education programs funded |
21 | | pursuant to this Section shall be
planned by a student, the |
22 | | student's parents or legal guardians, unless the
student is 18 |
23 | | years or older, and school officials and shall culminate in
an |
24 | | individualized optional education plan. Such plan shall focus
|
25 | | on academic or vocational skills, or both, and may include, but |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 231 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | not be
limited to, evening school, summer school, community |
2 | | college courses, adult
education, preparation courses for high |
3 | | school equivalency testing, vocational training, work |
4 | | experience, programs to
enhance self concept and parenting |
5 | | courses. School districts which are
awarded grants pursuant to |
6 | | this Section shall be authorized to provide day
care services |
7 | | to children of students who are eligible and desire to enroll
|
8 | | in programs established and funded under this Section, but only |
9 | | if and to
the extent that such day care is necessary to enable |
10 | | those eligible
students to attend and participate in the |
11 | | programs and courses which are
conducted pursuant to this |
12 | | Section.
School districts and regional offices of education may |
13 | | claim general State
aid under Section 18-8.05 or evidence-based |
14 | | funding under Section 18-8.15 for students enrolled in truants' |
15 | | alternative and
optional education programs, provided that |
16 | | such students are receiving services
that are supplemental to a |
17 | | program leading to a high school diploma and are
otherwise |
18 | | eligible to be claimed for general State aid under Section |
19 | | 18-8.05 or evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15, as |
20 | | applicable .
|
21 | | (Source: P.A. 98-718, eff. 1-1-15 .)
|
22 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.66b) |
23 | | Sec. 2-3.66b. IHOPE Program. |
24 | | (a) There is established the Illinois Hope and Opportunity |
25 | | Pathways through Education (IHOPE) Program. The State Board of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 232 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Education shall implement and administer the IHOPE Program. The |
2 | | goal of the IHOPE Program is to develop a comprehensive system |
3 | | in this State to re-enroll significant numbers of high school |
4 | | dropouts in programs that will enable them to earn their high |
5 | | school diploma. |
6 | | (b) The IHOPE Program shall award grants, subject to |
7 | | appropriation for this purpose, to educational service regions |
8 | | and a school district organized under Article 34 of this Code |
9 | | from appropriated funds to assist in establishing |
10 | | instructional programs and other services designed to |
11 | | re-enroll high school dropouts. From any funds appropriated for |
12 | | the IHOPE Program, the State Board of Education may use up to |
13 | | 5% for administrative costs, including the performance of a |
14 | | program evaluation and the hiring of staff to implement and |
15 | | administer the program. |
16 | | The IHOPE Program shall provide incentive grant funds for |
17 | | regional offices of education and a school district organized |
18 | | under Article 34 of this Code to develop partnerships with |
19 | | school districts, public community colleges, and community |
20 | | groups to build comprehensive plans to re-enroll high school |
21 | | dropouts in their regions or districts. |
22 | | Programs funded through the IHOPE Program shall allow high |
23 | | school dropouts, up to and including age 21 notwithstanding |
24 | | Section 26-2 of this Code, to re-enroll in an educational |
25 | | program in conformance with rules adopted by the State Board of |
26 | | Education. Programs may include without limitation |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 233 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | comprehensive year-round programming, evening school, summer |
2 | | school, community college courses, adult education, vocational |
3 | | training, work experience, programs to enhance self-concept, |
4 | | and parenting courses. Any student in the IHOPE Program who |
5 | | wishes to earn a high school diploma must meet the |
6 | | prerequisites to receiving a high school diploma specified in |
7 | | Section 27-22 of this Code and any other graduation |
8 | | requirements of the student's district of residence. Any |
9 | | student who successfully completes the requirements for his or |
10 | | her graduation shall receive a diploma identifying the student |
11 | | as graduating from his or her district of residence. |
12 | | (c) In order to be eligible for funding under the IHOPE |
13 | | Program, an interested regional office of education or a school |
14 | | district organized under Article 34 of this Code shall develop |
15 | | an IHOPE Plan to be approved by the State Board of Education. |
16 | | The State Board of Education shall develop rules for the IHOPE |
17 | | Program that shall set forth the requirements for the |
18 | | development of the IHOPE Plan. Each Plan shall involve school |
19 | | districts, public community colleges, and key community |
20 | | programs that work with high school dropouts located in an |
21 | | educational service region or the City of Chicago before the |
22 | | Plan is sent to the State Board for approval. No funds may be |
23 | | distributed to a regional office of education or a school |
24 | | district organized under Article 34 of this Code until the |
25 | | State Board has approved the Plan. |
26 | | (d) A regional office of education or a school district |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 234 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | organized under Article 34 of this Code may operate its own |
2 | | program funded by the IHOPE Program or enter into a contract |
3 | | with other not-for-profit entities, including school |
4 | | districts, public community colleges, and not-for-profit |
5 | | community-based organizations, to operate a program. |
6 | | A regional office of education or a school district |
7 | | organized under Article 34 of this Code that receives an IHOPE |
8 | | grant from the State Board of Education may provide funds under |
9 | | a sub-grant, as specified in the IHOPE Plan, to other |
10 | | not-for-profit entities to provide services according to the |
11 | | IHOPE Plan that was developed. These other entities may include |
12 | | school districts, public community colleges, or not-for-profit |
13 | | community-based organizations or a cooperative partnership |
14 | | among these entities. |
15 | | (e) In order to distribute funding based upon the need to |
16 | | ensure delivery of programs that will have the greatest impact, |
17 | | IHOPE Program funding must be distributed based upon the |
18 | | proportion of dropouts in the educational service region or |
19 | | school district, in the case of a school district organized |
20 | | under Article 34 of this Code, to the total number of dropouts |
21 | | in this State. This formula shall employ the dropout data |
22 | | provided by school districts to the State Board of Education. |
23 | | A regional office of education or a school district |
24 | | organized under Article 34 of this Code may claim State aid |
25 | | under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code for students |
26 | | enrolled in a program funded by the IHOPE Program, provided |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 235 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | that the State Board of Education has approved the IHOPE Plan |
2 | | and that these students are receiving services that are meeting |
3 | | the requirements of Section 27-22 of this Code for receipt of a |
4 | | high school diploma and are otherwise eligible to be claimed |
5 | | for general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or |
6 | | evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15 of this Code , |
7 | | including provisions related to the minimum number of days of |
8 | | pupil attendance pursuant to Section 10-19 of this Code and the |
9 | | minimum number of daily hours of school work and any exceptions |
10 | | thereto as defined by the State Board of Education in rules. |
11 | | (f) IHOPE categories of programming may include the |
12 | | following: |
13 | | (1) Full-time programs that are comprehensive, |
14 | | year-round programs. |
15 | | (2) Part-time programs combining work and study |
16 | | scheduled at various times that are flexible to the needs |
17 | | of students. |
18 | | (3) Online programs and courses in which students take |
19 | | courses and complete on-site, supervised tests that |
20 | | measure the student's mastery of a specific course needed |
21 | | for graduation. Students may take courses online and earn |
22 | | credit or students may prepare to take supervised tests for |
23 | | specific courses for credit leading to receipt of a high |
24 | | school diploma. |
25 | | (4) Dual enrollment in which students attend high |
26 | | school classes in combination with community college |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 236 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | classes or students attend community college classes while |
2 | | simultaneously earning high school credit and eventually a |
3 | | high school diploma. |
4 | | (g) In order to have successful comprehensive programs |
5 | | re-enrolling and graduating low-skilled high school dropouts, |
6 | | programs funded through the IHOPE Program shall include all of |
7 | | the following components: |
8 | | (1) Small programs (70 to 100 students) at a separate |
9 | | school site with a distinct identity. Programs may be |
10 | | larger with specific need and justification, keeping in |
11 | | mind that it is crucial to keep programs small to be |
12 | | effective. |
13 | | (2) Specific performance-based goals and outcomes and |
14 | | measures of enrollment, attendance, skills, credits, |
15 | | graduation, and the transition to college, training, and |
16 | | employment. |
17 | | (3) Strong, experienced leadership and teaching staff |
18 | | who are provided with ongoing professional development. |
19 | | (4) Voluntary enrollment. |
20 | | (5) High standards for student learning, integrating |
21 | | work experience, and education, including during the |
22 | | school year and after school, and summer school programs |
23 | | that link internships, work, and learning. |
24 | | (6) Comprehensive programs providing extensive support |
25 | | services. |
26 | | (7) Small teams of students supported by full-time paid |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 237 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | mentors who work to retain and help those students |
2 | | graduate. |
3 | | (8) A comprehensive technology learning center with |
4 | | Internet access and broad-based curriculum focusing on |
5 | | academic and career subject areas. |
6 | | (9) Learning opportunities that incorporate action |
7 | | into study. |
8 | | (h) Programs funded through the IHOPE Program must report |
9 | | data to the State Board of Education as requested. This |
10 | | information shall include, but is not limited to, student |
11 | | enrollment figures, attendance information, course completion |
12 | | data, graduation information, and post-graduation information, |
13 | | as available. |
14 | | (i) Rules must be developed by the State Board of Education |
15 | | to set forth the fund distribution process to regional offices |
16 | | of education and a school district organized under Article 34 |
17 | | of this Code, the planning and the conditions upon which an |
18 | | IHOPE Plan would be approved by State Board, and other rules to |
19 | | develop the IHOPE Program.
|
20 | | (Source: P.A. 96-106, eff. 7-30-09.)
|
21 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.84) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.84)
|
22 | | Sec. 2-3.84. In calculating the amount of State aid to be |
23 | | apportioned
to the various school districts in this State, the |
24 | | State Board of Education
shall incorporate and deduct the total |
25 | | aggregate adjustments to assessments
made by
the State Property |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 238 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Tax Appeal Board or Cook County Board of Appeals, as
reported |
2 | | pursuant to Section 16-15 of the Property Tax Code or Section
|
3 | | 129.1 of the Revenue Act of 1939 by the Department of Revenue, |
4 | | from the
equalized assessed valuation that is otherwise to be |
5 | | utilized in
the initial calculation.
|
6 | | From the total amount of general State aid or |
7 | | evidence-based funding to be provided to
districts, |
8 | | adjustments under this Section together with adjustments as a
|
9 | | result of recomputation under Section 2-3.33 must not exceed |
10 | | $25
million, in the aggregate for all districts under both |
11 | | Sections combined,
of the general State aid or evidence-based |
12 | | funding appropriation in any fiscal year; if necessary,
amounts |
13 | | shall be prorated among districts. If it is necessary to |
14 | | prorate
claims under this paragraph, then that portion of each |
15 | | prorated claim that is
approved but not paid in the current |
16 | | fiscal year may be resubmitted as a
valid claim in the |
17 | | following fiscal year.
|
18 | | (Source: P.A. 93-845, eff. 7-30-04.)
|
19 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.109a)
|
20 | | Sec. 2-3.109a. Laboratory schools grant eligibility. A |
21 | | laboratory school
as defined in Section 18-8 or 18-8.15 may |
22 | | apply for and be eligible to receive, subject to
the same |
23 | | restrictions applicable to school districts, any grant |
24 | | administered by
the State Board of Education that is available |
25 | | for school districts.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 239 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (Source: P.A. 90-566, eff. 1-2-98.)
|
2 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.170 new) |
3 | | Sec. 2-3.170. Property tax relief pool grants. |
4 | | (a) As used in this Section, |
5 | | "Property tax multiplier" equals one minus the square of |
6 | | the school district's Local Capacity Percentage, as defined in |
7 | | Section 18-8.15 of this Code. |
8 | | "State Board" means the State Board of Education. |
9 | | "Unit equivalent tax rate" means the Adjusted Operating Tax |
10 | | Rate, as defined in Section 18-8.15 of this Code, multiplied by |
11 | | a factor of 1 for unit school districts, 13/9 for elementary |
12 | | school districts, and 13/4 for high school districts. |
13 | | (b) Subject to appropriation, the State Board shall provide |
14 | | grants to eligible school districts that provide tax relief to |
15 | | the school district's residents, up to a limit of 1% of the |
16 | | school district's equalized assessed value, as provided in this |
17 | | Section. |
18 | | (c) By August 1 of each year, the State Board shall publish |
19 | | an estimated threshold unit equivalent tax rate. School |
20 | | districts whose adjusted operating tax rate, as defined in this |
21 | | Section, is greater than the estimated threshold unit |
22 | | equivalent tax rate are eligible for relief under this Section. |
23 | | This estimated tax rate shall be based on the most recent |
24 | | available data provided by school districts pursuant to Section |
25 | | 18-8.15 of this Code. The State Board shall estimate this |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 240 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | property tax rate based on the amount appropriated to the grant |
2 | | program and the assumption that a set of school districts, |
3 | | based on criteria established by the State Board, will apply |
4 | | for grants under this Section. The criteria shall be based on |
5 | | reasonable assumptions about when school districts will apply |
6 | | for the grant. |
7 | | (d) School districts seeking grants under this Section |
8 | | shall apply to the State Board by October 1 of each year. All |
9 | | applications to the State Board for grants shall include the |
10 | | amount of the grant requested. |
11 | | (e) By December 1 of each year, based on the most recent |
12 | | available data provided by school districts pursuant to Section |
13 | | 18-8.15 of this Code, the State Board shall calculate the unit |
14 | | equivalent tax rate, based on the applications received by the |
15 | | State Board, above which the appropriations are sufficient to |
16 | | provide relief and publish a list of the school districts |
17 | | eligible for relief. |
18 | | (f) The State Board shall publish a final list of grant |
19 | | recipients and provide payment of the grants by January 15 of |
20 | | each year. |
21 | | (g) If payment from the State Board is received by the |
22 | | school district on time, the school district shall reduce its |
23 | | property tax levy in an amount equal to the grant received |
24 | | under this Section. |
25 | | (h) The total grant to a school district under this Section |
26 | | shall be calculated based on the total amount of reduction in |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 241 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the school district's aggregate extension, up to a limit of 1% |
2 | | of a district's equalized assessed value for a unit school |
3 | | district, 0.69% for an elementary school district, and 0.31% |
4 | | for a high school district, multiplied by the property tax |
5 | | multiplier or the amount that the unit equivalent tax rate is |
6 | | greater than the rate determined by the State Board, whichever |
7 | | is less. |
8 | | (i) If the State Board does not expend all appropriations |
9 | | allocated pursuant to this Section, then any remaining funds |
10 | | shall be allocated pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of this Code. |
11 | | (j) The State Board shall prioritize payments under Section |
12 | | 18-8.15 of this Code over payments under this Section, if |
13 | | necessary. |
14 | | (k) Any grants received by a school district shall be |
15 | | included in future calculations of that school district's Base |
16 | | Funding Minimum under Section 18-8.15 of this Code. |
17 | | (l) In the tax year following receipt of a Property Tax |
18 | | Pool Relief Grant, the aggregate levy of any school district |
19 | | receiving a grant under this Section, for purposes of the |
20 | | Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, shall include the tax |
21 | | relief the school district provided in the previous taxable |
22 | | year under this Section.
|
23 | | (105 ILCS 5/3-14.21) (from Ch. 122, par. 3-14.21)
|
24 | | Sec. 3-14.21. Inspection of schools.
|
25 | | (a) The regional superintendent shall inspect and survey |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 242 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | all
public
schools under his or her supervision and notify the |
2 | | board of education, or the
trustees of schools in a district |
3 | | with trustees, in writing before July 30,
whether or not the |
4 | | several schools in their district have been kept as required
by |
5 | | law, using forms provided by the State Board of Education which |
6 | | are based on
the Health/Life Safety Code for Public Schools |
7 | | adopted under Section 2-3.12. The regional
superintendent |
8 | | shall report his or her findings to the State Board of
|
9 | | Education on
forms provided by the State Board of Education.
|
10 | | (b) If the regional superintendent determines that a school |
11 | | board has
failed in a timely manner to correct urgent items |
12 | | identified in a previous
life-safety report completed under |
13 | | Section 2-3.12 or as otherwise previously
ordered by the |
14 | | regional superintendent, the regional superintendent shall |
15 | | order
the school board to adopt and submit to the regional |
16 | | superintendent a plan for
the immediate correction of the |
17 | | building violations. This plan shall be
adopted following a |
18 | | public hearing that is conducted by the school board on the
|
19 | | violations and the plan and that is preceded by at least 7 |
20 | | days' prior notice
of the hearing published in
a newspaper of |
21 | | general circulation within the school district. If the regional
|
22 | | superintendent determines in the next annual inspection that |
23 | | the plan has not
been completed and that the violations have |
24 | | not been corrected, the regional
superintendent shall submit a |
25 | | report to the State Board of Education with a
recommendation |
26 | | that the State Board withhold from payments of general State |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 243 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | aid or evidence-based funding
due to the district an amount |
2 | | necessary to correct the outstanding violations.
The State |
3 | | Board, upon notice to the school board
and to the regional |
4 | | superintendent, shall consider the report at a meeting of
the |
5 | | State Board, and may order that a sufficient amount of general |
6 | | State aid or evidence-based funding be
withheld from payments |
7 | | due to the district to correct the violations. This
amount |
8 | | shall be paid to the regional superintendent who shall contract |
9 | | on
behalf of the school board for the correction of the |
10 | | outstanding violations.
|
11 | | (c) The Office of the State Fire Marshal or a qualified |
12 | | fire official, as defined in Section 2-3.12 of this Code, to |
13 | | whom the State Fire Marshal has delegated his or her authority |
14 | | shall conduct an annual fire safety inspection of each school |
15 | | building in this State. The State Fire Marshal or the fire |
16 | | official shall coordinate its inspections with the regional |
17 | | superintendent. The inspection shall be based on the fire |
18 | | safety code authorized in Section 2-3.12 of this Code. Any |
19 | | violations shall be reported in writing to the regional |
20 | | superintendent and shall reference the specific code sections |
21 | | where a discrepancy has been identified within 15 days after |
22 | | the inspection has been conducted. The regional superintendent |
23 | | shall address those violations that are not corrected in a |
24 | | timely manner pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. The |
25 | | inspection must be at no cost to the school district.
|
26 | | (d) If a municipality or, in the case of an unincorporated |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 244 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | area, a county or, if applicable, a fire protection district |
2 | | wishes to perform new construction inspections under the |
3 | | jurisdiction of a regional superintendent, then the entity must |
4 | | register this wish with the regional superintendent. These |
5 | | inspections must be based on the building code authorized in |
6 | | Section 2-3.12 of this Code. The inspections must be at no cost |
7 | | to the school district.
|
8 | | (Source: P.A. 96-734, eff. 8-25-09.)
|
9 | | (105 ILCS 5/7-14A) (from Ch. 122, par. 7-14A)
|
10 | | Sec. 7-14A. Annexation compensation. There shall be no |
11 | | accounting
made after a mere change in boundaries when no new |
12 | | district is created, except that those districts whose |
13 | | enrollment increases by 90% or more as a result of annexing |
14 | | territory detached from another district pursuant to this |
15 | | Article are eligible for supplementary State aid payments in |
16 | | accordance with Section 11E-135 of this Code. Eligible annexing |
17 | | districts shall apply to the State Board of Education for |
18 | | supplementary State aid payments by submitting enrollment |
19 | | figures for the year immediately preceding and the year |
20 | | immediately following the effective date of the boundary change |
21 | | for both the district gaining territory and the district losing |
22 | | territory. Copies of any intergovernmental agreements between |
23 | | the district gaining territory and the district losing |
24 | | territory detailing any transfer of fund balances and staff |
25 | | must also be submitted. In all instances of changes in |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 245 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | boundaries,
the district losing territory shall
not count the |
2 | | average daily attendance of pupils living in the territory
|
3 | | during the year preceding the effective date of the boundary |
4 | | change in its
claim for reimbursement under Section 18-8.05 or |
5 | | 18-8.15 of this Code for the school year following
the |
6 | | effective date of the change in boundaries and the district |
7 | | receiving
the territory shall count the average daily |
8 | | attendance of pupils living in
the territory during the year |
9 | | preceding the effective date of the boundary
change in its |
10 | | claim for reimbursement under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of |
11 | | this Code for the school
year following the effective date of |
12 | | the change in boundaries. The changes to this Section made by |
13 | | this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly are intended |
14 | | to be retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking |
15 | | effect on or after July 1, 2004.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 99-657, eff. 7-28-16.)
|
17 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-17a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-17a)
|
18 | | Sec. 10-17a. State, school district, and school report |
19 | | cards.
|
20 | | (1) By October 31, 2013 and October 31 of each subsequent |
21 | | school year, the State Board of Education, through the State |
22 | | Superintendent of Education, shall prepare a State report card, |
23 | | school district report cards, and school report cards, and |
24 | | shall by the most economic means provide to each school
|
25 | | district in this State, including special charter districts and |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 246 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | districts
subject to the provisions of Article 34, the report |
2 | | cards for the school district and each of its schools. |
3 | | (2) In addition to any information required by federal law, |
4 | | the State Superintendent shall determine the indicators and |
5 | | presentation of the school report card, which must include, at |
6 | | a minimum, the most current data possessed by the State Board |
7 | | of Education related to the following: |
8 | | (A) school characteristics and student demographics, |
9 | | including average class size, average teaching experience, |
10 | | student racial/ethnic breakdown, and the percentage of |
11 | | students classified as low-income; the percentage of |
12 | | students classified as English learners; the percentage of |
13 | | students who have individualized education plans or 504 |
14 | | plans that provide for special education services; the |
15 | | percentage of students who annually transferred in or out |
16 | | of the school district; the per-pupil operating |
17 | | expenditure of the school district; and the per-pupil State |
18 | | average operating expenditure for the district type |
19 | | (elementary, high school, or unit); |
20 | | (B) curriculum information, including, where |
21 | | applicable, Advanced Placement, International |
22 | | Baccalaureate or equivalent courses, dual enrollment |
23 | | courses, foreign language classes, school personnel |
24 | | resources (including Career Technical Education teachers), |
25 | | before and after school programs, extracurricular |
26 | | activities, subjects in which elective classes are |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 247 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | offered, health and wellness initiatives (including the |
2 | | average number of days of Physical Education per week per |
3 | | student), approved programs of study, awards received, |
4 | | community partnerships, and special programs such as |
5 | | programming for the gifted and talented, students with |
6 | | disabilities, and work-study students; |
7 | | (C) student outcomes, including, where applicable, the |
8 | | percentage of students deemed proficient on assessments of |
9 | | State standards, the percentage of students in the eighth |
10 | | grade who pass Algebra, the percentage of students enrolled |
11 | | in post-secondary institutions (including colleges, |
12 | | universities, community colleges, trade/vocational |
13 | | schools, and training programs leading to career |
14 | | certification within 2 semesters of high school |
15 | | graduation), the percentage of students graduating from |
16 | | high school who are college and career ready, and the |
17 | | percentage of graduates enrolled in community colleges, |
18 | | colleges, and universities who are in one or more courses |
19 | | that the community college, college, or university |
20 | | identifies as a developmental course; |
21 | | (D) student progress, including, where applicable, the |
22 | | percentage of students in the ninth grade who have earned 5 |
23 | | credits or more without failing more than one core class, a |
24 | | measure of students entering kindergarten ready to learn, a |
25 | | measure of growth, and the percentage of students who enter |
26 | | high school on track for college and career readiness; |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 248 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (E) the school environment, including, where |
2 | | applicable, the percentage of students with less than 10 |
3 | | absences in a school year, the percentage of teachers with |
4 | | less than 10 absences in a school year for reasons other |
5 | | than professional development, leaves taken pursuant to |
6 | | the federal Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, long-term |
7 | | disability, or parental leaves, the 3-year average of the |
8 | | percentage of teachers returning to the school from the |
9 | | previous year, the number of different principals at the |
10 | | school in the last 6 years, 2 or more indicators from any |
11 | | school climate survey selected or approved by the State and |
12 | | administered pursuant to Section 2-3.153 of this Code, with |
13 | | the same or similar indicators included on school report |
14 | | cards for all surveys selected or approved by the State |
15 | | pursuant to Section 2-3.153 of this Code, and the combined |
16 | | percentage of teachers rated as proficient or excellent in |
17 | | their most recent evaluation; and |
18 | | (F) a school district's and its individual schools' |
19 | | balanced accountability measure, in accordance with |
20 | | Section 2-3.25a of this Code ; . |
21 | | (G) a school district's Final Percent of Adequacy, as |
22 | | defined in paragraph (4) of subsection (f) of Section |
23 | | 18-8.15 of this Code; |
24 | | (H) a school district's Local Capacity Target, as |
25 | | defined in paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of Section |
26 | | 18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount; and |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 249 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (I) a school district's Real Receipts, as defined in |
2 | | paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of Section 18-8.15 of this |
3 | | Code, divided by a school district's Adequacy Target, as |
4 | | defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (b) of Section |
5 | | 18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount. |
6 | | The school report card shall also provide
information that |
7 | | allows for comparing the current outcome, progress, and |
8 | | environment data to the State average, to the school data from |
9 | | the past 5 years, and to the outcomes, progress, and |
10 | | environment of similar schools based on the type of school and |
11 | | enrollment of low-income students, special education students, |
12 | | and English learners.
|
13 | | (3) At the discretion of the State Superintendent, the |
14 | | school district report card shall include a subset of the |
15 | | information identified in paragraphs (A) through (E) of |
16 | | subsection (2) of this Section, as well as information relating |
17 | | to the operating expense per pupil and other finances of the |
18 | | school district, and the State report card shall include a |
19 | | subset of the information identified in paragraphs (A) through |
20 | | (E) of subsection (2) of this Section. |
21 | | (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this |
22 | | Section, in consultation with key education stakeholders, the |
23 | | State Superintendent shall at any time have the discretion to |
24 | | amend or update any and all metrics on the school, district, or |
25 | | State report card. |
26 | | (5) Annually, no more than 30 calendar days after receipt |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 250 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | of the school district and school report cards from the State |
2 | | Superintendent of Education, each school district, including |
3 | | special charter districts and districts subject to the |
4 | | provisions of Article 34, shall present such report
cards at a |
5 | | regular school board meeting subject to
applicable notice |
6 | | requirements, post the report cards
on the
school district's |
7 | | Internet web site, if the district maintains an Internet web
|
8 | | site, make the report cards
available
to a newspaper of general |
9 | | circulation serving the district, and, upon
request, send the |
10 | | report cards
home to a parent (unless the district does not |
11 | | maintain an Internet web site,
in which case
the report card |
12 | | shall be sent home to parents without request). If the
district |
13 | | posts the report card on its Internet web
site, the district
|
14 | | shall send a
written notice home to parents stating (i) that |
15 | | the report card is available on
the web site,
(ii) the address |
16 | | of the web site, (iii) that a printed copy of the report card
|
17 | | will be sent to
parents upon request, and (iv) the telephone |
18 | | number that parents may
call to
request a printed copy of the |
19 | | report card.
|
20 | | (6) Nothing contained in this amendatory Act of the 98th |
21 | | General Assembly repeals, supersedes, invalidates, or |
22 | | nullifies final decisions in lawsuits pending on the effective |
23 | | date of this amendatory Act of the 98th General Assembly in |
24 | | Illinois courts involving the interpretation of Public Act |
25 | | 97-8. |
26 | | (Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13; 98-648, eff. 7-1-14; 99-30, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 251 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | eff. 7-10-15; 99-193, eff. 7-30-15; 99-642, eff. 7-28-16.)
|
2 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-19) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-19)
|
3 | | Sec. 10-19. Length of school term - experimental programs. |
4 | | Each school
board shall annually prepare a calendar for the |
5 | | school term, specifying
the opening and closing dates and |
6 | | providing a minimum term of at least 185
days to insure 176 |
7 | | days of actual pupil attendance, computable under Section
|
8 | | 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 , except that for the 1980-1981 school year |
9 | | only 175 days
of actual
pupil attendance shall be required |
10 | | because of the closing of schools pursuant
to Section 24-2 on |
11 | | January 29, 1981 upon the appointment by the President
of that |
12 | | day as a day of thanksgiving for the freedom of the Americans |
13 | | who
had been held hostage in Iran. Any days allowed by law for |
14 | | teachers' institutes
but not used as such or used as parental |
15 | | institutes as provided
in Section 10-22.18d shall increase the |
16 | | minimum term by the school days not
so used. Except as provided |
17 | | in Section 10-19.1, the board may not extend
the school term |
18 | | beyond such closing date unless that extension of term is
|
19 | | necessary to provide the minimum number of computable days. In |
20 | | case of
such necessary extension school employees
shall be paid |
21 | | for such additional time on the basis of their regular
|
22 | | contracts. A school board may specify a closing date earlier |
23 | | than that
set on the annual calendar when the schools of the |
24 | | district have
provided the minimum number of computable days |
25 | | under this Section.
Nothing in this Section prevents the board |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 252 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | from employing
superintendents of schools, principals and |
2 | | other nonteaching personnel
for a period of 12 months, or in |
3 | | the case of superintendents for a
period in accordance with |
4 | | Section 10-23.8, or prevents the board from
employing other |
5 | | personnel before or after the regular school term with
payment |
6 | | of salary proportionate to that received for comparable work
|
7 | | during the school term.
|
8 | | A school board may make such changes in its calendar for |
9 | | the school term
as may be required by any changes in the legal |
10 | | school holidays prescribed
in Section 24-2. A school board may |
11 | | make changes in its calendar for the
school term as may be |
12 | | necessary to reflect the utilization of teachers'
institute |
13 | | days as parental institute days as provided in Section |
14 | | 10-22.18d.
|
15 | | The calendar for the school term and any changes must be |
16 | | submitted to and approved by the regional superintendent of |
17 | | schools before the calendar or changes may take effect.
|
18 | | With the prior approval of the State Board of Education and |
19 | | subject
to review by the State Board of Education every 3 |
20 | | years, any school
board may, by resolution of its board and in |
21 | | agreement with affected
exclusive collective bargaining |
22 | | agents, establish experimental
educational programs, including |
23 | | but not limited to programs for e-learning days as authorized |
24 | | under Section 10-20.56 of this Code,
self-directed learning, or |
25 | | outside of formal class periods, which programs
when so |
26 | | approved shall be considered to comply with the requirements of
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 253 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | this Section as respects numbers of days of actual pupil |
2 | | attendance and
with the other requirements of this Act as |
3 | | respects courses of instruction.
|
4 | | (Source: P.A. 98-756, eff. 7-16-14; 99-194, eff. 7-30-15.)
|
5 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.5a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.5a)
|
6 | | Sec. 10-22.5a. Attendance by dependents of United States |
7 | | military personnel, foreign exchange students, and certain
|
8 | | nonresident pupils. |
9 | | (a) To enter into written agreements with cultural exchange |
10 | | organizations,
or with nationally recognized eleemosynary |
11 | | institutions that promote excellence
in the arts, mathematics, |
12 | | or science. The written agreements may provide
for tuition free |
13 | | attendance at the local district school by foreign exchange
|
14 | | students, or by nonresident pupils of eleemosynary |
15 | | institutions. The local
board of education, as part of the |
16 | | agreement, may require that the cultural
exchange program or |
17 | | the eleemosynary institutions provide services to the
district |
18 | | in exchange for the waiver of nonresident tuition.
|
19 | | To enter into written agreements with adjacent school |
20 | | districts to provide
for tuition free attendance by a student |
21 | | of the adjacent district when
requested for the student's |
22 | | health and safety by the student or parent and both
districts |
23 | | determine that the student's health or safety will be served by |
24 | | such
attendance. Districts shall not be required to enter into |
25 | | such agreements nor
be
required to alter existing |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 254 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | transportation services due to the attendance of
such |
2 | | non-resident pupils.
|
3 | | (a-5) If, at the time of enrollment, a dependent of United |
4 | | States military personnel is housed in temporary housing |
5 | | located outside of a school district, but will be living within |
6 | | the district within 60 days after the time of initial |
7 | | enrollment, the dependent must be allowed to enroll, subject to |
8 | | the requirements of this subsection (a-5), and must not be |
9 | | charged tuition. Any United States military personnel |
10 | | attempting to enroll a dependent under this subsection (a-5) |
11 | | shall provide proof that the dependent will be living within |
12 | | the district within 60 days after the time of initial |
13 | | enrollment. Proof of residency may include, but is not limited |
14 | | to, postmarked mail addressed to the military personnel and |
15 | | sent to an address located within the district, a lease |
16 | | agreement for occupancy of a residence located within the |
17 | | district, or proof of ownership of a residence located within |
18 | | the district.
|
19 | | (b) Nonresident pupils and foreign exchange students |
20 | | attending school on a
tuition free basis under such agreements |
21 | | and nonresident dependents of United States military personnel |
22 | | attending school on a tuition free basis may be counted for the |
23 | | purposes
of determining the apportionment of State aid provided |
24 | | under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15
of this Code. No organization
|
25 | | or institution participating in agreements authorized under |
26 | | this Section
may exclude any individual for participation in |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 255 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | its program on account
of the person's race, color, sex, |
2 | | religion or nationality.
|
3 | | (Source: P.A. 98-739, eff. 7-16-14.)
|
4 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.20) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.20)
|
5 | | Sec. 10-22.20. Classes for adults and youths whose |
6 | | schooling has
been interrupted; conditions for State |
7 | | reimbursement; use of child
care facilities. |
8 | | (a) To establish special classes for the instruction (1)
of |
9 | | persons of age 21 years or over and (2) of persons less than |
10 | | age 21
and not otherwise in attendance in public school, for |
11 | | the purpose of
providing adults in the community and youths |
12 | | whose schooling has been
interrupted with such additional basic |
13 | | education, vocational skill
training, and other instruction as |
14 | | may be necessary to increase their
qualifications for |
15 | | employment or other means of self-support and their
ability to |
16 | | meet their responsibilities as citizens, including courses of
|
17 | | instruction regularly accepted for graduation from elementary |
18 | | or high
schools and for Americanization and high school |
19 | | equivalency testing review classes.
|
20 | | The board shall pay the necessary expenses of such classes |
21 | | out of
school funds of the district, including costs of student |
22 | | transportation
and such facilities or provision for child-care |
23 | | as may be necessary in
the judgment of the board to permit |
24 | | maximum utilization of the courses
by students with children, |
25 | | and other special needs of the students
directly related to |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 256 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | such instruction. The expenses thus incurred shall
be subject |
2 | | to State reimbursement, as provided in this Section. The
board |
3 | | may make a tuition charge for persons taking instruction who |
4 | | are
not subject to State reimbursement, such tuition charge not |
5 | | to exceed
the per capita cost of such classes.
|
6 | | The cost of such instruction, including the additional |
7 | | expenses herein
authorized, incurred for recipients of |
8 | | financial aid under the Illinois
Public Aid Code, or for |
9 | | persons for whom education and training aid has been
authorized |
10 | | under Section 9-8 of that Code, shall be assumed in its |
11 | | entirety
from funds appropriated by the State to the Illinois |
12 | | Community College
Board.
|
13 | | (b) The
Illinois Community College Board shall establish
|
14 | | the standards for the
courses of instruction reimbursed
under |
15 | | this Section. The Illinois Community College Board shall |
16 | | supervise the
administration of the programs. The Illinois |
17 | | Community College Board shall
determine the cost
of instruction |
18 | | in accordance with standards established by the Illinois
|
19 | | Community College Board, including therein
other incidental |
20 | | costs as herein authorized, which shall serve as the basis of
|
21 | | State reimbursement in accordance with the provisions of this |
22 | | Section. In the
approval of programs and the determination of |
23 | | the cost of instruction, the
Illinois Community College Board |
24 | | shall provide
for the maximum utilization of federal
funds for |
25 | | such programs.
The Illinois Community College Board shall also |
26 | | provide for:
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 257 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (1) the development of an index of need for program |
2 | | planning and for area
funding allocations, as defined by |
3 | | the Illinois Community College Board;
|
4 | | (2) the method for calculating hours of instruction, as |
5 | | defined by the
Illinois Community College Board, claimable
|
6 | | for reimbursement and a method to phase in
the calculation |
7 | | and for adjusting the calculations in cases where the |
8 | | services
of a program are interrupted due to circumstances |
9 | | beyond the control of the
program provider;
|
10 | | (3) a plan for the reallocation of funds to increase |
11 | | the amount allocated
for grants based upon program |
12 | | performance as set forth in subsection (d) below;
and
|
13 | | (4) the development of standards for determining |
14 | | grants based upon
performance as set forth in subsection |
15 | | (d) below and a plan for the phased-in
implementation of |
16 | | those standards.
|
17 | | For instruction provided by school districts and community |
18 | | college
districts beginning July 1, 1996 and thereafter, |
19 | | reimbursement
provided by
the Illinois Community College Board |
20 | | for
classes authorized by this Section
shall be provided from
|
21 | | funds appropriated for the reimbursement criteria set forth in |
22 | | subsection (c)
below.
|
23 | | (c) Upon the annual approval of the Illinois Community |
24 | | College Board, reimbursement
shall be first provided for |
25 | | transportation, child care services, and other
special needs of |
26 | | the students directly related to instruction and then from the
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 258 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | funds remaining
an amount equal to the product of the total |
2 | | credit hours or units
of instruction approved by the Illinois |
3 | | Community College Board, multiplied by the
following:
|
4 | | (1) For adult basic education, the maximum |
5 | | reimbursement per
credit hour
or per unit of instruction |
6 | | shall be equal to (i) through fiscal year 2017, the general |
7 | | state aid per pupil
foundation level established in |
8 | | subsection (B) of Section 18-8.05, divided by
60 , or (ii) |
9 | | in fiscal year 2018 and thereafter, the prior fiscal year |
10 | | reimbursement level multiplied by the Consumer Price Index |
11 | | for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the |
12 | | United States Department of Labor ;
|
13 | | (2) The maximum reimbursement per credit hour or per |
14 | | unit of
instruction
in subparagraph (1) above shall be |
15 | | weighted for students enrolled in classes
defined as |
16 | | vocational skills and
approved
by the Illinois Community |
17 | | College Board by
1.25;
|
18 | | (3) The maximum reimbursement per credit hour or per |
19 | | unit of
instruction
in subparagraph (1) above shall be |
20 | | multiplied by .90 for students enrolled in
classes defined |
21 | | as adult
secondary
education programs and approved by the |
22 | | Illinois Community College Board;
|
23 | | (4) (Blank); and
|
24 | | (5) Funding
for program years after 1999-2000 shall be |
25 | | determined by the Illinois
Community College Board.
|
26 | | (d) Upon its annual approval, the Illinois Community |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 259 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | College Board
shall provide grants to eligible programs for |
2 | | supplemental
activities to improve or expand services under the |
3 | | Adult Education Act.
Eligible programs shall be determined |
4 | | based upon performance outcomes of
students in the programs as |
5 | | set by the Illinois Community College Board.
|
6 | | (e) Reimbursement under this Section shall not exceed
the |
7 | | actual costs of the approved program.
|
8 | | If the amount appropriated to the Illinois Community |
9 | | College Board for
reimbursement under this Section is less than |
10 | | the amount required under
this Act, the apportionment shall
be |
11 | | proportionately reduced.
|
12 | | School districts and community college districts may |
13 | | assess students up
to $3.00 per credit hour, for classes other |
14 | | than Adult Basic Education level
programs, if needed to meet |
15 | | program costs.
|
16 | | (f) An education plan shall be established for each adult |
17 | | or youth
whose
schooling has been interrupted and who is |
18 | | participating in the
instructional programs provided under |
19 | | this Section.
|
20 | | Each school board and community college shall keep an |
21 | | accurate and
detailed account of the
students assigned to and |
22 | | receiving instruction under this Section who
are subject to |
23 | | State reimbursement and shall submit reports of services
|
24 | | provided commencing with fiscal year 1997 as required by the |
25 | | Illinois
Community College Board.
|
26 | | For classes authorized under this Section, a credit hour or |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 260 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | unit of
instruction is equal to 15 hours of direct instruction |
2 | | for students
enrolled in approved adult education programs at |
3 | | midterm and making
satisfactory progress, in accordance with |
4 | | standards established by the Illinois Community College Board.
|
5 | | (g) Upon proof submitted to the Illinois
Department of |
6 | | Human Services of the payment of all claims submitted under
|
7 | | this Section, that Department shall apply for federal funds |
8 | | made
available therefor and any federal funds so received shall
|
9 | | be paid into the General Revenue Fund in the State Treasury.
|
10 | | School districts or community colleges providing classes |
11 | | under this Section
shall submit applications to the Illinois |
12 | | Community College Board for
preapproval in accordance with the |
13 | | standards established by the Illinois
Community College Board. |
14 | | Payments shall be made by the Illinois Community
College Board |
15 | | based upon approved programs. Interim expenditure reports may
|
16 | | be required by the Illinois Community College Board. Final
|
17 | | claims for the school year shall be submitted to the regional |
18 | | superintendents
for transmittal to the Illinois Community |
19 | | College Board. Final adjusted
payments shall be made by |
20 | | September
30.
|
21 | | If a school district or community college district fails to |
22 | | provide, or
is providing unsatisfactory or insufficient |
23 | | classes under this Section,
the Illinois Community College |
24 | | Board may enter
into agreements with public or
private |
25 | | educational or other agencies other than the public schools for
|
26 | | the establishment of such classes.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 261 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (h) If a school district or community college district |
2 | | establishes
child-care
facilities for the children of |
3 | | participants in classes established under
this Section, it may |
4 | | extend the use of these facilities to students who
have |
5 | | obtained employment and to other persons in the community whose
|
6 | | children require care and supervision while the parent or other |
7 | | person in
charge of the children is employed or otherwise |
8 | | absent from the home during
all or part of the day. It may make |
9 | | the facilities available before and
after as well as during |
10 | | regular school hours to school age and preschool
age children |
11 | | who may benefit thereby, including children who require care
|
12 | | and supervision pending the return of their parent or other |
13 | | person in
charge of their care from employment or other |
14 | | activity requiring absence
from the home.
|
15 | | The Illinois Community College Board shall
pay to the board |
16 | | the cost of care
in the facilities for any child who is a |
17 | | recipient of financial aid
under the Illinois Public Aid Code.
|
18 | | The board may charge for care of children for whom it |
19 | | cannot make
claim under the provisions of this Section. The |
20 | | charge shall not exceed
per capita cost, and to the extent |
21 | | feasible, shall be fixed at a level
which will permit |
22 | | utilization by employed parents of low or moderate
income. It |
23 | | may also permit any other State or local governmental agency
or |
24 | | private agency providing care for children to purchase care.
|
25 | | After July 1, 1970 when the provisions of Section 10-20.20 |
26 | | become
operative in the district, children in a child-care |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 262 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | facility shall be
transferred to the kindergarten established |
2 | | under that Section for such
portion of the day as may be |
3 | | required for the kindergarten program, and
only the prorated |
4 | | costs of care and training provided in the Center for
the |
5 | | remaining period shall be charged to the Illinois Department of
|
6 | | Human Services or other persons or agencies paying for such |
7 | | care.
|
8 | | (i) The provisions of this Section shall also apply to |
9 | | school
districts having a population exceeding 500,000.
|
10 | | (j) In addition to claiming reimbursement under this |
11 | | Section, a school
district may claim general State aid under |
12 | | Section 18-8.05 or evidence-based funding under Section |
13 | | 18-8.15 for any student
under age 21 who is enrolled in courses |
14 | | accepted for graduation from elementary
or high school and who |
15 | | otherwise meets the requirements of Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15, |
16 | | as applicable .
|
17 | | (Source: P.A. 98-718, eff. 1-1-15 .)
|
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-29) |
19 | | Sec. 10-29. Remote educational programs. |
20 | | (a) For purposes of this Section, "remote educational |
21 | | program" means an educational program delivered to students in |
22 | | the home or other location outside of a school building that |
23 | | meets all of the following criteria: |
24 | | (1) A student may participate in the program only after |
25 | | the school district, pursuant to adopted school board |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 263 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | policy, and a person authorized to enroll the student under |
2 | | Section 10-20.12b of this Code determine that a remote |
3 | | educational program will best serve the student's |
4 | | individual learning needs. The adopted school board policy |
5 | | shall include, but not be limited to, all of the following: |
6 | | (A) Criteria for determining that a remote |
7 | | educational program will best serve a student's |
8 | | individual learning needs. The criteria must include |
9 | | consideration of, at a minimum, a student's prior |
10 | | attendance, disciplinary record, and academic history. |
11 | | (B) Any limitations on the number of students or |
12 | | grade levels that may participate in a remote |
13 | | educational program. |
14 | | (C) A description of the process that the school |
15 | | district will use to approve participation in the |
16 | | remote educational program. The process must include |
17 | | without limitation a requirement that, for any student |
18 | | who qualifies to receive services pursuant to the |
19 | | federal Individuals with Disabilities Education |
20 | | Improvement Act of 2004, the student's participation |
21 | | in a remote educational program receive prior approval |
22 | | from the student's individualized education program |
23 | | team. |
24 | | (D) A description of the process the school |
25 | | district will use to develop and approve a written |
26 | | remote educational plan that meets the requirements of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 264 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | subdivision (5) of this subsection (a). |
2 | | (E) A description of the system the school district |
3 | | will establish to calculate the number of clock hours a |
4 | | student is participating in instruction in accordance |
5 | | with the remote educational program. |
6 | | (F) A description of the process for renewing a |
7 | | remote educational program at the expiration of its |
8 | | term. |
9 | | (G) Such other terms and provisions as the school |
10 | | district deems necessary to provide for the |
11 | | establishment and delivery of a remote educational |
12 | | program. |
13 | | (2) The school district has determined that the remote |
14 | | educational program's curriculum is aligned to State |
15 | | learning standards and that the program offers instruction |
16 | | and educational experiences consistent with those given to |
17 | | students at the same grade level in the district. |
18 | | (3) The remote educational program is delivered by |
19 | | instructors that meet the following qualifications: |
20 | | (A) they are certificated under Article 21 of this |
21 | | Code; |
22 | | (B) they meet applicable highly qualified criteria |
23 | | under the federal No Child Left Behind Act of 2001; and |
24 | | (C) they have responsibility for all of the |
25 | | following elements of the program: planning |
26 | | instruction, diagnosing learning needs, prescribing |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 265 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | content delivery through class activities, assessing |
2 | | learning, reporting outcomes to administrators and |
3 | | parents and guardians, and evaluating the effects of |
4 | | instruction. |
5 | | (4) During the period of time from and including the |
6 | | opening date to the
closing date of the regular school term |
7 | | of the school district established pursuant to Section |
8 | | 10-19 of this Code, participation in a remote educational |
9 | | program may be claimed for general State aid purposes under |
10 | | Section 18-8.05 of this Code or evidence-based funding |
11 | | purposes under Section 18-8.15 of this Code on any calendar |
12 | | day, notwithstanding whether the day is a day of pupil |
13 | | attendance or institute day on the school district's |
14 | | calendar or any other provision of law restricting |
15 | | instruction on that day. If the district holds year-round |
16 | | classes in some buildings, the district
shall classify each |
17 | | student's participation in a remote educational program as |
18 | | either on a year-round or a non-year-round schedule for |
19 | | purposes of claiming general State aid or evidence-based |
20 | | funding . Outside of the regular school term of the |
21 | | district, the remote educational program may be offered as |
22 | | part of any summer school program authorized by this Code. |
23 | | (5) Each student participating in a remote educational |
24 | | program must have a written remote educational plan that |
25 | | has been approved by the school district and a person |
26 | | authorized to enroll the student under Section 10-20.12b of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 266 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | this Code. The school district and a person authorized to |
2 | | enroll the student under Section 10-20.12b of this Code |
3 | | must approve any amendment to a remote educational plan. |
4 | | The remote educational plan must include, but is not |
5 | | limited to, all of the following: |
6 | | (A) Specific achievement goals for the student |
7 | | aligned to State learning standards. |
8 | | (B) A description of all assessments that will be |
9 | | used to measure student progress, which description |
10 | | shall indicate the assessments that will be |
11 | | administered at an attendance center within the school |
12 | | district. |
13 | | (C) A description of the progress reports that will |
14 | | be provided to the school district and the person or |
15 | | persons authorized to enroll the student under Section |
16 | | 10-20.12b of this Code. |
17 | | (D) Expectations, processes, and schedules for |
18 | | interaction between a teacher and student. |
19 | | (E) A description of the specific responsibilities |
20 | | of the student's family and the school district with |
21 | | respect to equipment, materials, phone and Internet |
22 | | service, and any other requirements applicable to the |
23 | | home or other location outside of a school building |
24 | | necessary for the delivery of the remote educational |
25 | | program. |
26 | | (F) If applicable, a description of how the remote |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 267 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | educational program will be delivered in a manner |
2 | | consistent with the student's individualized education |
3 | | program required by Section 614(d) of the federal |
4 | | Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement |
5 | | Act of 2004 or plan to ensure compliance with Section |
6 | | 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973. |
7 | | (G) A description of the procedures and |
8 | | opportunities for participation in academic and |
9 | | extra-curricular activities and programs within the |
10 | | school district. |
11 | | (H) The identification of a parent, guardian, or |
12 | | other responsible adult who will provide direct |
13 | | supervision of the program. The plan must include an |
14 | | acknowledgment by the parent, guardian, or other |
15 | | responsible adult that he or she may engage only in |
16 | | non-teaching duties not requiring instructional |
17 | | judgment or the evaluation of a student. The plan shall |
18 | | designate the parent, guardian, or other responsible |
19 | | adult as non-teaching personnel or volunteer personnel |
20 | | under subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 of this Code. |
21 | | (I) The identification of a school district |
22 | | administrator who will oversee the remote educational |
23 | | program on behalf of the school district and who may be |
24 | | contacted by the student's parents with respect to any |
25 | | issues or concerns with the program. |
26 | | (J) The term of the student's participation in the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 268 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | remote educational program, which may not extend for |
2 | | longer than 12 months, unless the term is renewed by |
3 | | the district in accordance with subdivision (7) of this |
4 | | subsection (a). |
5 | | (K) A description of the specific location or |
6 | | locations in which the program will be delivered. If |
7 | | the remote educational program is to be delivered to a |
8 | | student in any location other than the student's home, |
9 | | the plan must include a written determination by the |
10 | | school district that the location will provide a |
11 | | learning environment appropriate for the delivery of |
12 | | the program. The location or locations in which the |
13 | | program will be delivered shall be deemed a long |
14 | | distance teaching reception area under subsection (a) |
15 | | of Section 10-22.34 of this Code. |
16 | | (L) Certification by the school district that the |
17 | | plan meets all other requirements of this Section. |
18 | | (6) Students participating in a remote educational |
19 | | program must be enrolled in a school district attendance |
20 | | center pursuant to the school district's enrollment policy |
21 | | or policies. A student participating in a remote |
22 | | educational program must be tested as part of all |
23 | | assessments administered by the school district pursuant |
24 | | to Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code at the attendance center |
25 | | in which the student is enrolled and in accordance with the |
26 | | attendance center's assessment policies and schedule. The |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 269 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | student must be included within all accountability |
2 | | determinations for the school district and attendance |
3 | | center under State and federal law. |
4 | | (7) The term of a student's participation in a remote |
5 | | educational program may not extend for longer than 12 |
6 | | months, unless the term is renewed by the school district. |
7 | | The district may only renew a student's participation in a |
8 | | remote educational program following an evaluation of the |
9 | | student's progress in the program, a determination that the |
10 | | student's continuation in the program will best serve the |
11 | | student's individual learning needs, and an amendment to |
12 | | the student's written remote educational plan addressing |
13 | | any changes for the upcoming term of the program. |
14 | | For purposes of this Section, a remote educational program |
15 | | does not include instruction delivered to students through an |
16 | | e-learning program approved under Section 10-20.56 of this |
17 | | Code. |
18 | | (b) A school district may, by resolution of its school |
19 | | board, establish a remote educational program. |
20 | | (c) Clock hours of instruction by students in a remote |
21 | | educational program meeting the requirements of this Section |
22 | | may be claimed by the school district and shall be counted as |
23 | | school work for general State aid purposes in accordance with |
24 | | and subject to the limitations of Section 18-8.05 of this Code |
25 | | or evidence-based funding purposes in accordance with and |
26 | | subject to the limitations of Section 18-8.15 of this Code . |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 270 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (d) The impact of remote educational programs on wages, |
2 | | hours, and terms and conditions of employment of educational |
3 | | employees within the school district shall be subject to local |
4 | | collective bargaining agreements. |
5 | | (e) The use of a home or other location outside of a school |
6 | | building for a remote educational program shall not cause the |
7 | | home or other location to be deemed a public school facility. |
8 | | (f) A remote educational program may be used, but is not |
9 | | required, for instruction delivered to a student in the home or |
10 | | other location outside of a school building that is not claimed |
11 | | for general State aid purposes under Section 18-8.05 of this |
12 | | Code or evidence-based funding purposes under Section 18-8.15 |
13 | | of this Code . |
14 | | (g) School districts that, pursuant to this Section, adopt |
15 | | a policy for a remote educational program must submit to the |
16 | | State Board of Education a copy of the policy and any |
17 | | amendments thereto, as well as data on student participation in |
18 | | a format specified by the State Board of Education. The State |
19 | | Board of Education may perform or contract with an outside |
20 | | entity to perform an evaluation of remote educational programs |
21 | | in this State. |
22 | | (h) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules |
23 | | necessary to ensure compliance by remote educational programs |
24 | | with the requirements of this Section and other applicable |
25 | | legal requirements.
|
26 | | (Source: P.A. 98-972, eff. 8-15-14; 99-193, eff. 7-30-15; |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 271 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | 99-194, eff. 7-30-15; 99-642, eff. 7-28-16.)
|
2 | | (105 ILCS 5/11E-135) |
3 | | Sec. 11E-135. Incentives. For districts reorganizing under |
4 | | this Article and for a district or districts that annex all of |
5 | | the territory of one or more entire other school districts in |
6 | | accordance with Article 7 of this Code, the following payments |
7 | | shall be made from appropriations made for these purposes: |
8 | | (a)(1) For a combined school district, as defined in |
9 | | Section 11E-20 of this Code, or for a unit district, as defined |
10 | | in Section 11E-25 of this Code, for its first year of |
11 | | existence, the general State aid and supplemental general State |
12 | | aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or the |
13 | | evidence-based funding calculated under Section 18-8.15 of |
14 | | this Code, as applicable, shall be computed for the new |
15 | | district and for the previously existing districts for which |
16 | | property is totally included within the new district. If the |
17 | | computation on the basis of the previously existing districts |
18 | | is greater, a supplementary payment equal to the difference |
19 | | shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of the new |
20 | | district. |
21 | | (2) For a school district that annexes all of the territory |
22 | | of one or more entire other school districts as defined in |
23 | | Article 7 of this Code, for the first year during which the |
24 | | change of boundaries attributable to the annexation becomes |
25 | | effective for all purposes, as determined under Section 7-9 of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 272 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | this Code, the general State aid and supplemental general State |
2 | | aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or the |
3 | | evidence-based funding calculated under Section 18-8.15 of |
4 | | this Code, as applicable, shall be computed for the annexing |
5 | | district as constituted after the annexation and for the |
6 | | annexing and each annexed district as constituted prior to the |
7 | | annexation; and if the computation on the basis of the annexing |
8 | | and annexed districts as constituted prior to the annexation is |
9 | | greater, then a supplementary payment equal to the difference |
10 | | shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of the |
11 | | annexing school district as constituted upon the annexation. |
12 | | (3) For 2 or more school districts that annex all of the |
13 | | territory of one or more entire other school districts, as |
14 | | defined in Article 7 of this Code, for the first year during |
15 | | which the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation |
16 | | becomes effective for all purposes, as determined under Section |
17 | | 7-9 of this Code, the general State aid and supplemental |
18 | | general State aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code |
19 | | or the evidence-based funding calculated under Section 18-8.15 |
20 | | of this Code, as applicable, shall be computed for each |
21 | | annexing district as constituted after the annexation and for |
22 | | each annexing and annexed district as constituted prior to the |
23 | | annexation; and if the aggregate of the general State aid and |
24 | | supplemental general State aid or evidence-based funding, as |
25 | | applicable, as so computed for the annexing districts as |
26 | | constituted after the annexation is less than the aggregate of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 273 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the general State aid and supplemental general State aid or |
2 | | evidence-based funding, as applicable, as so computed for the |
3 | | annexing and annexed districts, as constituted prior to the |
4 | | annexation, then a supplementary payment equal to the |
5 | | difference shall be made and allocated between or among the |
6 | | annexing districts, as constituted upon the annexation, for the |
7 | | first 4 years of their existence. The total difference payment |
8 | | shall be allocated between or among the annexing districts in |
9 | | the same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that portion of the |
10 | | annexed district or districts that is annexed to each annexing |
11 | | district bears to the total pupil enrollment from the entire |
12 | | annexed district or districts, as such pupil enrollment is |
13 | | determined for the school year last ending prior to the date |
14 | | when the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation |
15 | | becomes effective for all purposes. The amount of the total |
16 | | difference payment and the amount thereof to be allocated to |
17 | | the annexing districts shall be computed by the State Board of |
18 | | Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and other data that |
19 | | shall be certified to the State Board of Education, on forms |
20 | | that it shall provide for that purpose, by the regional |
21 | | superintendent of schools for each educational service region |
22 | | in which the annexing and annexed districts are located. |
23 | | (4) For a school district conversion, as defined in Section |
24 | | 11E-15 of this Code, or a multi-unit conversion, as defined in |
25 | | subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, if in their |
26 | | first year of existence the newly created elementary districts |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 274 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | and the newly created high school district, from a school |
2 | | district conversion, or the newly created elementary district |
3 | | or districts and newly created combined high school - unit |
4 | | district, from a multi-unit conversion, qualify for less |
5 | | general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or |
6 | | evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15 of this Code than |
7 | | would have been payable under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15, as |
8 | | applicable, for that same year to the previously existing |
9 | | districts, then a supplementary payment equal to that |
10 | | difference shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of |
11 | | the newly created districts. The aggregate amount of each |
12 | | supplementary payment shall be allocated among the newly |
13 | | created districts in the proportion that the deemed pupil |
14 | | enrollment in each district during its first year of existence |
15 | | bears to the actual aggregate pupil enrollment in all of the |
16 | | districts during their first year of existence. For purposes of |
17 | | each allocation: |
18 | | (A) the deemed pupil enrollment of the newly created |
19 | | high school district from a school district conversion |
20 | | shall be an amount equal to its actual pupil enrollment for |
21 | | its first year of existence multiplied by 1.25; |
22 | | (B) the deemed pupil enrollment of each newly created |
23 | | elementary district from a school district conversion |
24 | | shall be an amount equal to its actual pupil enrollment for |
25 | | its first year of existence reduced by an amount equal to |
26 | | the product obtained when the amount by which the newly |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 275 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | created high school district's deemed pupil enrollment |
2 | | exceeds its actual pupil enrollment for its first year of |
3 | | existence is multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of |
4 | | which is the actual pupil enrollment of the newly created |
5 | | elementary district for its first year of existence and the |
6 | | denominator of which is the actual aggregate pupil |
7 | | enrollment of all of the newly created elementary districts |
8 | | for their first year of existence; |
9 | | (C) the deemed high school pupil enrollment of the |
10 | | newly created combined high school - unit district from a |
11 | | multi-unit conversion shall be an amount equal to its |
12 | | actual grades 9 through 12 pupil enrollment for its first |
13 | | year of existence multiplied by 1.25; and |
14 | | (D) the deemed elementary pupil enrollment of each |
15 | | newly created district from a multi-unit conversion shall |
16 | | be an amount equal to each district's actual grade K |
17 | | through 8 pupil enrollment for its first year of existence, |
18 | | reduced by an amount equal to the product obtained when the |
19 | | amount by which the newly created combined high school - |
20 | | unit district's deemed high school pupil enrollment |
21 | | exceeds its actual grade 9 through 12 pupil enrollment for |
22 | | its first year of existence is multiplied by a fraction, |
23 | | the numerator of which is the actual grade K through 8 |
24 | | pupil enrollment of each newly created district for its |
25 | | first year of existence and the denominator of which is the |
26 | | actual aggregate grade K through 8 pupil enrollment of all |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 276 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | such newly created districts for their first year of |
2 | | existence. |
3 | |
The aggregate amount of each supplementary payment under |
4 | | this subdivision (4) and the amount thereof to be allocated to |
5 | | the newly created districts shall be computed by the State |
6 | | Board of Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and other |
7 | | data, which shall be certified to the State Board of Education, |
8 | | on forms that it shall provide for that purpose, by the |
9 | | regional superintendent of schools for each educational |
10 | | service region in which the newly created districts are |
11 | | located.
|
12 | | (5) For a partial elementary unit district, as defined in |
13 | | subsection (a) or (c) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, if, in |
14 | | the first year of existence, the newly created partial |
15 | | elementary unit district qualifies for less general State aid |
16 | | and supplemental general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of |
17 | | this Code or less evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15 |
18 | | of this Code, as applicable, than would have been payable under |
19 | | those Sections that Section for that same year to the |
20 | | previously existing districts that formed the partial |
21 | | elementary unit district, then a supplementary payment equal to |
22 | | that difference shall be made to the partial elementary unit |
23 | | district for the first 4 years of existence of that newly |
24 | | created district. |
25 | | (6) For an elementary opt-in, as described in subsection |
26 | | (d) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the general State aid or |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 277 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | evidence-based funding difference shall be computed in |
2 | | accordance with paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) as if the |
3 | | elementary opt-in was included in an optional elementary unit |
4 | | district at the optional elementary unit district's original |
5 | | effective date. If the calculation in this paragraph (6) is |
6 | | less than that calculated in paragraph (5) of this subsection |
7 | | (a) at the optional elementary unit district's original |
8 | | effective date, then no adjustments may be made. If the |
9 | | calculation in this paragraph (6) is more than that calculated |
10 | | in paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) at the optional |
11 | | elementary unit district's original effective date, then the |
12 | | excess must be paid as follows: |
13 | | (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
14 | | one year after the effective date for the optional |
15 | | elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess |
16 | | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in |
17 | | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the |
18 | | elementary opt-in. |
19 | | (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
20 | | 2 years after the effective date for the optional |
21 | | elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess |
22 | | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in |
23 | | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the |
24 | | elementary opt-in. |
25 | | (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
26 | | 3 years after the effective date for the optional |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 278 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess |
2 | | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in |
3 | | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the |
4 | | elementary opt-in. |
5 | | (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
6 | | 4 years after the effective date for the optional |
7 | | elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess |
8 | | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in |
9 | | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the |
10 | | elementary opt-in. |
11 | | (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
12 | | 5 years after the effective date for the optional |
13 | | elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit |
14 | | district is not eligible for any additional incentives due |
15 | | to the elementary opt-in. |
16 | | (6.5) For a school district that annexes territory detached |
17 | | from another school district whereby the enrollment of the |
18 | | annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of the |
19 | | annexation, for the first year during which the change of |
20 | | boundaries attributable to the annexation becomes effective |
21 | | for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9 of this Code, |
22 | | the general State aid and supplemental general State aid or |
23 | | evidence-based funding, as applicable, calculated under this |
24 | | Section shall be computed for the district gaining territory |
25 | | and the district losing territory as constituted after the |
26 | | annexation and for the same districts as constituted prior to |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 279 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the annexation; and if the aggregate of the general State aid |
2 | | and supplemental general State aid or evidence-based funding, |
3 | | as applicable, as so computed for the district gaining |
4 | | territory and the district losing territory as constituted |
5 | | after the annexation is less than the aggregate of the general |
6 | | State aid and supplemental general State aid or evidence-based |
7 | | funding, as applicable, as so computed for the district gaining |
8 | | territory and the district losing territory as constituted |
9 | | prior to the annexation, then a supplementary payment shall be |
10 | | made to the annexing district for the first 4 years of |
11 | | existence after the annexation, equal to the difference |
12 | | multiplied by the ratio of student enrollment in the territory |
13 | | detached to the total student enrollment in the district losing |
14 | | territory for the year prior to the effective date of the |
15 | | annexation. The amount of the total difference and the |
16 | | proportion paid to the annexing district shall be computed by |
17 | | the State Board of Education on the basis of pupil enrollment |
18 | | and other data that must be submitted to the State Board of |
19 | | Education in accordance with Section 7-14A of this Code. The |
20 | | changes to this Section made by Public Act 95-707
are intended |
21 | | to be retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking |
22 | | effect on or after July 1, 2004. For annexations that are |
23 | | eligible for payments under this paragraph (6.5) and that are |
24 | | effective on or after July 1, 2004, but before January 11, 2008 |
25 | | (the effective date of Public Act 95-707), the first required |
26 | | yearly payment under this paragraph (6.5) shall be paid in the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 280 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | fiscal year of January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public |
2 | | Act 95-707). Subsequent required yearly payments shall be paid |
3 | | in subsequent fiscal years until the payment obligation under |
4 | | this paragraph (6.5) is complete. |
5 | | (7) Claims for financial assistance under this subsection |
6 | | (a) may not be recomputed except as expressly provided under |
7 | | Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code. |
8 | | (8) Any supplementary payment made under this subsection |
9 | | (a) must be treated as separate from all other payments made |
10 | | pursuant to Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code. |
11 | | (b)(1) After the formation of a combined school district, |
12 | | as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, or a unit district, |
13 | | as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a computation shall |
14 | | be made to determine the difference between the salaries |
15 | | effective in each of the previously existing districts on June |
16 | | 30, prior to the creation of the new district. For the first 4 |
17 | | years after the formation of the new district, a supplementary |
18 | | State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the new district equal |
19 | | to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by |
20 | | each of the certificated members of the new district, while |
21 | | employed in one of the previously existing districts during the |
22 | | year immediately preceding the formation of the new district, |
23 | | and the sum of the salaries those certificated members would |
24 | | have been paid during the year immediately prior to the |
25 | | formation of the new district if placed on the salary schedule |
26 | | of the previously existing district with the highest salary |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 281 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | schedule. |
2 | | (2) After the territory of one or more school districts is |
3 | | annexed by one or more other school districts as defined in |
4 | | Article 7 of this Code, a computation shall be made to |
5 | | determine the difference between the salaries effective in each |
6 | | annexed district and in the annexing district or districts as |
7 | | they were each constituted on June 30 preceding the date when |
8 | | the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation became |
9 | | effective for all purposes, as determined under Section 7-9 of |
10 | | this Code. For the first 4 years after the annexation, a |
11 | | supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to each |
12 | | annexing district as constituted after the annexation equal to |
13 | | the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each |
14 | | of the certificated members of the annexing district as |
15 | | constituted after the annexation, while employed in an annexed |
16 | | or annexing district during the year immediately preceding the |
17 | | annexation, and the sum of the salaries those certificated |
18 | | members would have been paid during the immediately preceding |
19 | | year if placed on the salary schedule of whichever of the |
20 | | annexing or annexed districts had the highest salary schedule |
21 | | during the immediately preceding year. |
22 | | (3) For each new high school district formed under a school |
23 | | district conversion, as defined in Section 11E-15 of this Code, |
24 | | the State shall make a supplementary payment for 4 years equal |
25 | | to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by |
26 | | each certified member of the new high school district, while |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 282 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | employed in one of the previously existing districts, and the |
2 | | sum of the salaries those certified members would have been |
3 | | paid if placed on the salary schedule of the previously |
4 | | existing district with the highest salary schedule. |
5 | | (4) For each newly created partial elementary unit |
6 | | district, the State shall make a supplementary payment for 4 |
7 | | years equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries |
8 | | earned by each certified member of the newly created partial |
9 | | elementary unit district, while employed in one of the |
10 | | previously existing districts that formed the partial |
11 | | elementary unit district, and the sum of the salaries those |
12 | | certified members would have been paid if placed on the salary |
13 | | schedule of the previously existing district with the highest |
14 | | salary schedule. The salary schedules used in the calculation |
15 | | shall be those in effect in the previously existing districts |
16 | | for the school year prior to the creation of the new partial |
17 | | elementary unit district. |
18 | | (5) For an elementary district opt-in, as described in |
19 | | subsection (d) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the salary |
20 | | difference incentive shall be computed in accordance with |
21 | | paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) as if the opted-in |
22 | | elementary district was included in the optional elementary |
23 | | unit district at the optional elementary unit district's |
24 | | original effective date. If the calculation in this paragraph |
25 | | (5) is less than that calculated in paragraph (4) of this |
26 | | subsection (b) at the optional elementary unit district's |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 283 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | original effective date, then no adjustments may be made. If |
2 | | the calculation in this paragraph (5) is more than that |
3 | | calculated in paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) at the |
4 | | optional elementary unit district's original effective date, |
5 | | then the excess must be paid as follows: |
6 | | (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
7 | | one year after the effective date for the optional |
8 | | elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess |
9 | | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in |
10 | | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the |
11 | | elementary opt-in. |
12 | | (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
13 | | 2 years after the effective date for the optional |
14 | | elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess |
15 | | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in |
16 | | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the |
17 | | elementary opt-in. |
18 | | (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
19 | | 3 years after the effective date for the optional |
20 | | elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess |
21 | | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in |
22 | | each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the |
23 | | elementary opt-in. |
24 | | (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
25 | | 4 years after the effective date for the partial elementary |
26 | | unit district, 25% of the calculated excess shall be paid |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 284 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | to the optional elementary unit district in each of the |
2 | | first 4 years after the effective date of the elementary |
3 | | opt-in. |
4 | | (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
5 | | 5 years after the effective date for the optional |
6 | | elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit |
7 | | district is not eligible for any additional incentives due |
8 | | to the elementary opt-in. |
9 | | (5.5) After the formation of a cooperative high school by 2 |
10 | | or more school districts under Section 10-22.22c of this Code, |
11 | | a computation shall be made to determine the difference between |
12 | | the salaries effective in each of the previously existing high |
13 | | schools on June 30 prior to the formation of the cooperative |
14 | | high school. For the first 4 years after the formation of the |
15 | | cooperative high school, a supplementary State aid |
16 | | reimbursement shall be paid to the cooperative high school |
17 | | equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned |
18 | | by each of the certificated members of the cooperative high |
19 | | school while employed in one of the previously existing high |
20 | | schools during the year immediately preceding the formation of |
21 | | the cooperative high school and the sum of the salaries those |
22 | | certificated members would have been paid during the year |
23 | | immediately prior to the formation of the cooperative high |
24 | | school if placed on the salary schedule of the previously |
25 | | existing high school with the highest salary schedule. |
26 | | (5.10) After the annexation of territory detached from
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 285 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | another school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing
|
2 | | district increases by 90% or more as a result of the
|
3 | | annexation, a computation shall be made to determine the
|
4 | | difference between the salaries effective in the district
|
5 | | gaining territory and the district losing territory as they
|
6 | | each were constituted on June 30 preceding the date when the
|
7 | | change of boundaries attributable to the annexation became
|
8 | | effective for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9 of
|
9 | | this Code. For the first 4 years after the annexation, a
|
10 | | supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the
|
11 | | annexing district equal to the difference between the sum of
|
12 | | the salaries earned by each of the certificated members of the
|
13 | | annexing district as constituted after the annexation while
|
14 | | employed in the district gaining territory or the district
|
15 | | losing territory during the year immediately preceding the
|
16 | | annexation and the sum of the salaries those certificated
|
17 | | members would have been paid during such immediately preceding
|
18 | | year if placed on the salary schedule of whichever of the
|
19 | | district gaining territory or district losing territory had the
|
20 | | highest salary schedule during the immediately preceding year.
|
21 | | To be eligible for supplementary State aid reimbursement under
|
22 | | this Section, the intergovernmental agreement to be submitted
|
23 | | pursuant to Section 7-14A of this Code must show that staff
|
24 | | members were transferred from the control of the district
|
25 | | losing territory to the control of the district gaining
|
26 | | territory in the annexation. The changes to this Section made
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 286 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | by Public Act 95-707
are
intended to be retroactive and |
2 | | applicable to any annexation
taking effect on or after July 1, |
3 | | 2004. For annexations that are eligible for payments under this |
4 | | paragraph (5.10) and that are effective on or after July 1, |
5 | | 2004, but before January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public |
6 | | Act 95-707), the first required yearly payment under this |
7 | | paragraph (5.10) shall be paid in the fiscal year of January |
8 | | 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707). Subsequent |
9 | | required yearly payments shall be paid in subsequent fiscal |
10 | | years until the payment obligation under this paragraph (5.10) |
11 | | is complete.
|
12 | | (5.15)
After the deactivation of a school facility in |
13 | | accordance with Section 10-22.22b of this Code, a computation |
14 | | shall be made to determine the difference between the salaries |
15 | | effective in the sending school district and each receiving |
16 | | school district on June 30 prior to the deactivation of the |
17 | | school facility. For the lesser of the first 4 years after the |
18 | | deactivation of the school facility or the length of the |
19 | | deactivation agreement, including any renewals of the original |
20 | | deactivation agreement, a supplementary State aid |
21 | | reimbursement shall be paid to each receiving district equal to |
22 | | the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each |
23 | | of the certificated members transferred to that receiving |
24 | | district as a result of the deactivation while employed in the |
25 | | sending district during the year immediately preceding the |
26 | | deactivation and the sum of the salaries those certificated |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 287 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | members would have been paid during the year immediately |
2 | | preceding the deactivation if placed on the salary schedule of |
3 | | the sending or receiving district with the highest salary |
4 | | schedule. |
5 | | (6) The supplementary State aid reimbursement under this |
6 | | subsection (b) shall be treated as separate from all other |
7 | | payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code. In the |
8 | | case of the formation of a new district or cooperative high |
9 | | school or a deactivation, reimbursement shall begin during the |
10 | | first year of operation of the new district or cooperative high |
11 | | school or the first year of the deactivation, and in the case |
12 | | of an annexation of the territory of one or more school |
13 | | districts by one or more other school districts or the |
14 | | annexation of territory detached from a school district whereby
|
15 | | the enrollment of the annexing district increases by 90% or
|
16 | | more as a result of the annexation, reimbursement shall begin |
17 | | during the first year when the change in boundaries |
18 | | attributable to the annexation becomes effective for all |
19 | | purposes as determined pursuant to Section 7-9 of this Code, |
20 | | except that for an annexation of territory detached from a |
21 | | school district that is effective on or after July 1, 2004, but |
22 | | before January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act |
23 | | 95-707), whereby the enrollment of the annexing district |
24 | | increases by 90% or more as a result of the annexation, |
25 | | reimbursement shall begin during the fiscal year of January 11, |
26 | | 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707). Each year that |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 288 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the new, annexing, or receiving district or cooperative high |
2 | | school, as the case may be, is entitled to receive |
3 | | reimbursement, the number of eligible certified members who are |
4 | | employed on October 1 in the district or cooperative high |
5 | | school shall be certified to the State Board of Education on |
6 | | prescribed forms by October 15 and payment shall be made on or |
7 | | before November 15 of that year. |
8 | | (c)(1) For the first year after the formation of a combined |
9 | | school district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code or a |
10 | | unit district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a |
11 | | computation shall be made totaling each previously existing |
12 | | district's audited fund balances in the educational fund, |
13 | | working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and |
14 | | transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the |
15 | | referendum for the creation of the new district. The new |
16 | | district shall be paid supplementary State aid equal to the sum |
17 | | of the differences between the deficit of the previously |
18 | | existing district with the smallest deficit and the deficits of |
19 | | each of the other previously existing districts. |
20 | | (2) For the first year after the annexation of all of the |
21 | | territory of one or more entire school districts by another |
22 | | school district, as defined in Article 7 of this Code, |
23 | | computations shall be made, for the year ending June 30 prior |
24 | | to the date that the change of boundaries attributable to the |
25 | | annexation is allowed by the affirmative decision issued by the |
26 | | regional board of school trustees under Section 7-6 of this |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 289 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Code, notwithstanding any effort to seek administrative review |
2 | | of the decision, totaling the annexing district's and totaling |
3 | | each annexed district's audited fund balances in their |
4 | | respective educational, working cash, operations and |
5 | | maintenance, and transportation funds. The annexing district |
6 | | as constituted after the annexation shall be paid supplementary |
7 | | State aid equal to the sum of the differences between the |
8 | | deficit of whichever of the annexing or annexed districts as |
9 | | constituted prior to the annexation had the smallest deficit |
10 | | and the deficits of each of the other districts as constituted |
11 | | prior to the annexation. |
12 | | (3) For the first year after the annexation of all of the |
13 | | territory of one or more entire school districts by 2 or more |
14 | | other school districts, as defined by Article 7 of this Code, |
15 | | computations shall be made, for the year ending June 30 prior |
16 | | to the date that the change of boundaries attributable to the |
17 | | annexation is allowed by the affirmative decision of the |
18 | | regional board of school trustees under Section 7-6 of this |
19 | | Code, notwithstanding any action for administrative review of |
20 | | the decision, totaling each annexing and annexed district's |
21 | | audited fund balances in their respective educational, working |
22 | | cash, operations and maintenance, and transportation funds. |
23 | | The annexing districts as constituted after the annexation |
24 | | shall be paid supplementary State aid, allocated as provided in |
25 | | this paragraph (3), in an aggregate amount equal to the sum of |
26 | | the differences between the deficit of whichever of the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 290 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | annexing or annexed districts as constituted prior to the |
2 | | annexation had the smallest deficit and the deficits of each of |
3 | | the other districts as constituted prior to the annexation. The |
4 | | aggregate amount of the supplementary State aid payable under |
5 | | this paragraph (3) shall be allocated between or among the |
6 | | annexing districts as follows: |
7 | | (A) the regional superintendent of schools for each |
8 | | educational service region in which an annexed district is |
9 | | located prior to the annexation shall certify to the State |
10 | | Board of Education, on forms that it shall provide for that |
11 | | purpose, the value of all taxable property in each annexed |
12 | | district, as last equalized or assessed by the Department |
13 | | of Revenue prior to the annexation, and the equalized |
14 | | assessed value of each part of the annexed district that |
15 | | was annexed to or included as a part of an annexing |
16 | | district; |
17 | | (B) using equalized assessed values as certified by the |
18 | | regional superintendent of schools under clause (A) of this |
19 | | paragraph (3), the combined audited fund balance deficit of |
20 | | each annexed district as determined under this Section |
21 | | shall be apportioned between or among the annexing |
22 | | districts in the same ratio as the equalized assessed value |
23 | | of that part of the annexed district that was annexed to or |
24 | | included as a part of an annexing district bears to the |
25 | | total equalized assessed value of the annexed district; and |
26 | | (C) the aggregate supplementary State aid payment |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 291 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | under this paragraph (3) shall be allocated between or |
2 | | among, and shall be paid to, the annexing districts in the |
3 | | same ratio as the sum of the combined audited fund balance |
4 | | deficit of each annexing district as constituted prior to |
5 | | the annexation, plus all combined audited fund balance |
6 | | deficit amounts apportioned to that annexing district |
7 | | under clause (B) of this subsection, bears to the aggregate |
8 | | of the combined audited fund balance deficits of all of the |
9 | | annexing and annexed districts as constituted prior to the |
10 | | annexation. |
11 | | (4) For the new elementary districts and new high school |
12 | | district formed through a school district conversion, as |
13 | | defined in Section 11E-15 of this Code or the new elementary |
14 | | district or districts and new combined high school - unit |
15 | | district formed through a multi-unit conversion, as defined in |
16 | | subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, a computation |
17 | | shall be made totaling each previously existing district's |
18 | | audited fund balances in the educational fund, working cash |
19 | | fund, operations and maintenance fund, and transportation fund |
20 | | for the year ending June 30 prior to the referendum |
21 | | establishing the new districts. In the first year of the new |
22 | | districts, the State shall make a one-time supplementary |
23 | | payment equal to the sum of the differences between the deficit |
24 | | of the previously existing district with the smallest deficit |
25 | | and the deficits of each of the other previously existing |
26 | | districts. A district with a combined balance among the 4 funds |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 292 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | that is positive shall be considered to have a deficit of zero. |
2 | | The supplementary payment shall be allocated among the newly |
3 | | formed high school and elementary districts in the manner |
4 | | provided by the petition for the formation of the districts, in |
5 | | the form in which the petition is approved by the regional |
6 | | superintendent of schools or State Superintendent of Education |
7 | | under Section 11E-50 of this Code. |
8 | | (5) For each newly created partial elementary unit |
9 | | district, as defined in subsection (a) or (c) of Section 11E-30 |
10 | | of this Code, a computation shall be made totaling the audited |
11 | | fund balances of each previously existing district that formed |
12 | | the new partial elementary unit district in the educational |
13 | | fund, working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and |
14 | | transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the |
15 | | referendum for the formation of the partial elementary unit |
16 | | district. In the first year of the new partial elementary unit |
17 | | district, the State shall make a one-time supplementary payment |
18 | | to the new district equal to the sum of the differences between |
19 | | the deficit of the previously existing district with the |
20 | | smallest deficit and the deficits of each of the other |
21 | | previously existing districts. A district with a combined |
22 | | balance among the 4 funds that is positive shall be considered |
23 | | to have a deficit of zero. |
24 | | (6) For an elementary opt-in as defined in subsection (d) |
25 | | of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the deficit fund balance |
26 | | incentive shall be computed in accordance with paragraph (5) of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 293 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | this subsection (c) as if the opted-in elementary was included |
2 | | in the optional elementary unit district at the optional |
3 | | elementary unit district's original effective date. If the |
4 | | calculation in this paragraph (6) is less than that calculated |
5 | | in paragraph (5) of this subsection (c) at the optional |
6 | | elementary unit district's original effective date, then no |
7 | | adjustments may be made. If the calculation in this paragraph |
8 | | (6) is more than that calculated in paragraph (5) of this |
9 | | subsection (c) at the optional elementary unit district's |
10 | | original effective date, then the excess must be paid as |
11 | | follows: |
12 | | (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
13 | | one year after the effective date for the optional |
14 | | elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess |
15 | | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in |
16 | | the first year after the effective date of the elementary |
17 | | opt-in. |
18 | | (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
19 | | 2 years after the effective date for the optional |
20 | | elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess |
21 | | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in |
22 | | the first year after the effective date of the elementary |
23 | | opt-in. |
24 | | (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
25 | | 3 years after the effective date for the optional |
26 | | elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 294 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in |
2 | | the first year after the effective date of the elementary |
3 | | opt-in. |
4 | | (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
5 | | 4 years after the effective date for the optional |
6 | | elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess |
7 | | shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in |
8 | | the first year after the effective date of the elementary |
9 | | opt-in. |
10 | | (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
11 | | 5 years after the effective date for the optional |
12 | | elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit |
13 | | district is not eligible for any additional incentives due |
14 | | to the elementary opt-in. |
15 | | (6.5) For the first year after the annexation of territory
|
16 | | detached from another school district whereby the enrollment of
|
17 | | the annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of
|
18 | | the annexation, a computation shall be made totaling the
|
19 | | audited fund balances of the district gaining territory and the
|
20 | | audited fund balances of the district losing territory in the
|
21 | | educational fund, working cash fund, operations and
|
22 | | maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the year ending
|
23 | | June 30 prior to the date that the change of boundaries
|
24 | | attributable to the annexation is allowed by the affirmative
|
25 | | decision of the regional board of school trustees under Section
|
26 | | 7-6 of this Code, notwithstanding any action for administrative
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 295 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | review of the decision. The annexing district as constituted
|
2 | | after the annexation shall be paid supplementary State aid
|
3 | | equal to the difference between the deficit of whichever
|
4 | | district included in this calculation as constituted prior to
|
5 | | the annexation had the smallest deficit and the deficit of each
|
6 | | other district included in this calculation as constituted
|
7 | | prior to the annexation, multiplied by the ratio of equalized
|
8 | | assessed value of the territory detached to the total equalized
|
9 | | assessed value of the district losing territory. The regional
|
10 | | superintendent of schools for the educational service region in
|
11 | | which a district losing territory is located prior to the
|
12 | | annexation shall certify to the State Board of Education the
|
13 | | value of all taxable property in the district losing territory
|
14 | | and the value of all taxable property in the territory being
|
15 | | detached, as last equalized or assessed by the Department of
|
16 | | Revenue prior to the annexation. To be eligible for
|
17 | | supplementary State aid reimbursement under this Section, the
|
18 | | intergovernmental agreement to be submitted pursuant to
|
19 | | Section 7-14A of this Code must show that fund balances were
|
20 | | transferred from the district losing territory to the district
|
21 | | gaining territory in the annexation. The changes to this
|
22 | | Section made by Public Act 95-707
are intended to be |
23 | | retroactive and applicable to any
annexation taking effect on |
24 | | or after July 1, 2004. For annexations that are eligible for |
25 | | payments under this paragraph (6.5) and that are effective on |
26 | | or after July 1, 2004, but before January 11, 2008 (the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 296 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | effective date of Public Act 95-707), the required payment |
2 | | under this paragraph (6.5) shall be paid in the fiscal year of |
3 | | January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707).
|
4 | | (7) For purposes of any calculation required under |
5 | | paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (6.5) of this |
6 | | subsection (c), a district with a combined fund balance that is |
7 | | positive shall be considered to have a deficit of zero. For |
8 | | purposes of determining each district's audited fund balances |
9 | | in its educational fund, working cash fund, operations and |
10 | | maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the specified |
11 | | year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), |
12 | | (4), (5), (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), the balance of |
13 | | each fund shall be deemed decreased by an amount equal to the |
14 | | amount of the annual property tax theretofore levied in the |
15 | | fund by the district for collection and payment to the district |
16 | | during the calendar year in which the June 30 fell, but only to |
17 | | the extent that the tax so levied in the fund actually was |
18 | | received by the district on or before or comprised a part of |
19 | | the fund on such June 30. For purposes of determining each |
20 | | district's audited fund balances, a calculation shall be made |
21 | | for each fund to determine the average for the 3 years prior to |
22 | | the specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs |
23 | | (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), |
24 | | of the district's expenditures in the categories "purchased |
25 | | services", "supplies and materials", and "capital outlay", as |
26 | | those categories are defined in rules of the State Board of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 297 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Education. If this 3-year average is less than the district's |
2 | | expenditures in these categories for the specified year ending |
3 | | June 30, as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), |
4 | | (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), then the 3-year average |
5 | | shall be used in calculating the amounts payable under this |
6 | | Section in place of the amounts shown in these categories for |
7 | | the specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs |
8 | | (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c). |
9 | | Any deficit because of State aid not yet received may not be |
10 | | considered in determining the June 30 deficits. The same basis |
11 | | of accounting shall be used by all previously existing |
12 | | districts and by all annexing or annexed districts, as |
13 | | constituted prior to the annexation, in making any computation |
14 | | required under paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and |
15 | | (6.5) of this subsection (c). |
16 | | (8) The supplementary State aid payments under this |
17 | | subsection (c) shall be treated as separate from all other |
18 | | payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code. |
19 | | (d)(1) Following the formation of a combined school |
20 | | district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, a new unit |
21 | | district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a new |
22 | | elementary district or districts and a new high school district |
23 | | formed through a school district conversion, as defined in |
24 | | Section 11E-15 of this Code, a new partial elementary unit |
25 | | district, as defined in Section 11E-30 of this Code, or a new |
26 | | elementary district or districts formed through a multi-unit |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 298 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | conversion, as defined in subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of |
2 | | this Code, or the annexation of all of the territory of one or |
3 | | more entire school districts by one or more other school |
4 | | districts, as defined in Article 7 of this Code, a |
5 | | supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid for the |
6 | | number of school years determined under the following table to |
7 | | each new or annexing district equal to the sum of $4,000 for |
8 | | each certified employee who is employed by the district on a |
9 | | full-time basis for the regular term of the school year:
|
|
10 | | Reorganized District's Rank |
Reorganized District's Rank |
|
11 | | by type of district (unit, |
in Average Daily Attendance |
|
12 | | high school, elementary) |
By Quintile |
|
13 | | in Equalized Assessed Value |
|
|
|
|
14 | | Per Pupil by Quintile |
|
|
|
|
15 | | |
|
|
3rd, 4th, |
|
16 | | |
1st |
2nd |
or 5th |
|
17 | | |
Quintile |
Quintile |
Quintile |
|
18 | | 1st Quintile |
1 year |
1 year |
1 year |
|
19 | | 2nd Quintile |
1 year |
2 years |
2 years |
|
20 | | 3rd Quintile |
2 years |
3 years |
3 years |
|
21 | | 4th Quintile |
2 years |
3 years |
3 years |
|
22 | | 5th Quintile |
2 years |
3 years |
3 years |
|
23 | | The State Board of Education shall make a one-time calculation |
24 | | of a reorganized district's quintile ranks. The average daily |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 299 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | attendance used in this calculation shall be the best 3 months' |
2 | | average daily attendance for the district's first year. The |
3 | | equalized assessed value per pupil shall be the district's real |
4 | | property equalized assessed value used in calculating the |
5 | | district's first-year general State aid claim, under Section |
6 | | 18-8.05 of this Code, or first-year evidence-based funding |
7 | | claim, under Section 18-8.15 of this Code, as applicable, |
8 | | divided by the best 3 months' average daily attendance. |
9 | | No annexing or resulting school district shall be entitled |
10 | | to supplementary State aid under this subsection (d) unless the |
11 | | district acquires at least 30% of the average daily attendance |
12 | | of the district from which the territory is being detached or |
13 | | divided. |
14 | | If a district results from multiple reorganizations that |
15 | | would otherwise qualify the district for multiple payments |
16 | | under this subsection (d) in any year, then the district shall |
17 | | receive a single payment only for that year based solely on the |
18 | | most recent reorganization. |
19 | | (2) For an elementary opt-in, as defined in subsection (d) |
20 | | of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the full-time certified staff |
21 | | incentive shall be computed in accordance with paragraph (1) of |
22 | | this subsection (d), equal to the sum of $4,000 for each |
23 | | certified employee of the elementary district that opts-in who |
24 | | is employed by the optional elementary unit district on a |
25 | | full-time basis for the regular term of the school year. The |
26 | | calculation from this paragraph (2) must be paid as follows: |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 300 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
2 | | one year after the effective date for the optional |
3 | | elementary unit district, 100% of the amount calculated in |
4 | | this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary |
5 | | unit district for the number of years calculated in |
6 | | paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional |
7 | | elementary unit district's original effective date, |
8 | | starting in the second year after the effective date of the |
9 | | elementary opt-in. |
10 | | (B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
11 | | 2 years after the effective date for the optional |
12 | | elementary unit district, 75% of the amount calculated in |
13 | | this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary |
14 | | unit district for the number of years calculated in |
15 | | paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional |
16 | | elementary unit district's original effective date, |
17 | | starting in the second year after the effective date of the |
18 | | elementary opt-in. |
19 | | (C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
20 | | 3 years after the effective date for the optional |
21 | | elementary unit district, 50% of the amount calculated in |
22 | | this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary |
23 | | unit district for the number of years calculated in |
24 | | paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional |
25 | | elementary unit district's original effective date, |
26 | | starting in the second year after the effective date of the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 301 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | elementary opt-in. |
2 | | (D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
3 | | 4 years after the effective date for the optional |
4 | | elementary unit district, 25% of the amount calculated in |
5 | | this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary |
6 | | unit district for the number of years calculated in |
7 | | paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional |
8 | | elementary unit district's original effective date, |
9 | | starting in the second year after the effective date of the |
10 | | elementary opt-in. |
11 | | (E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is |
12 | | 5 years after the effective date for the optional |
13 | | elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit |
14 | | district is not eligible for any additional incentives due |
15 | | to the elementary opt-in. |
16 | | (2.5) Following the formation of a cooperative high school |
17 | | by 2 or more school districts under Section 10-22.22c of this |
18 | | Code, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid for |
19 | | 3 school years to the cooperative high school equal to the sum |
20 | | of $4,000 for each certified employee who is employed by the |
21 | | cooperative high school on a full-time basis for the regular |
22 | | term of any such school year. If a cooperative high school |
23 | | results from multiple agreements that would otherwise qualify |
24 | | the cooperative high school for multiple payments under this |
25 | | Section in any year, the cooperative high school shall receive |
26 | | a single payment for that year based solely on the most recent |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 302 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | agreement. |
2 | | (2.10) Following the annexation of territory detached from
|
3 | | another school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing
|
4 | | district increases 90% or more as a result of the annexation, a
|
5 | | supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the
|
6 | | annexing district equal to the sum of $4,000 for each certified
|
7 | | employee who is employed by the annexing district on a
|
8 | | full-time basis and shall be calculated in accordance with
|
9 | | subsection (a) of this Section. To be eligible for
|
10 | | supplementary State aid reimbursement under this Section, the
|
11 | | intergovernmental agreement to be submitted pursuant to
|
12 | | Section 7-14A of this Code must show that certified staff
|
13 | | members were transferred from the control of the district
|
14 | | losing territory to the control of the district gaining
|
15 | | territory in the annexation. The changes to this Section made
|
16 | | by Public Act 95-707
are
intended to be retroactive and |
17 | | applicable to any annexation
taking effect on or after July 1, |
18 | | 2004. For annexations that are eligible for payments under this |
19 | | paragraph (2.10) and that are effective on or after July 1, |
20 | | 2004, but before January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public |
21 | | Act 95-707), the first required yearly payment under this |
22 | | paragraph (2.10) shall be paid in the second fiscal year after |
23 | | January 11, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-707). Any |
24 | | subsequent required yearly payments shall be paid in subsequent |
25 | | fiscal years until the payment obligation under this paragraph |
26 | | (2.10) is complete.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 303 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (2.15)
Following the deactivation of a school facility in |
2 | | accordance with Section 10-22.22b of this Code, a supplementary |
3 | | State aid reimbursement shall be paid for the lesser of 3 |
4 | | school years or the length of the deactivation agreement, |
5 | | including any renewals of the original deactivation agreement, |
6 | | to each receiving school district equal to the sum of $4,000 |
7 | | for each certified employee who is employed by that receiving |
8 | | district on a full-time basis for the regular term of any such |
9 | | school year who was originally transferred to the control of |
10 | | that receiving district as a result of the deactivation. |
11 | | Receiving districts are eligible for payments under this |
12 | | paragraph (2.15)
based on the certified employees transferred |
13 | | to that receiving district as a result of the deactivation and |
14 | | are not required to receive at least 30% of the deactivating |
15 | | district's average daily attendance as required under |
16 | | paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) to be eligible for |
17 | | payments. |
18 | | (3) The supplementary State aid reimbursement payable |
19 | | under this subsection (d) shall be separate from and in |
20 | | addition to all other payments made to the district pursuant to |
21 | | any other Section of this Article. |
22 | | (4) During May of each school year for which a |
23 | | supplementary State aid reimbursement is to be paid to a new, |
24 | | annexing, or receiving school district or cooperative high |
25 | | school pursuant to this subsection (d), the school board or |
26 | | governing board shall certify to the State Board of Education, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 304 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | on forms furnished to the school board or governing board by |
2 | | the State Board of Education for purposes of this subsection |
3 | | (d), the number of certified employees for which the district |
4 | | or cooperative high school is entitled to reimbursement under |
5 | | this Section, together with the names, certificate numbers, and |
6 | | positions held by the certified employees. |
7 | | (5) Upon certification by the State Board of Education to |
8 | | the State Comptroller of the amount of the supplementary State |
9 | | aid reimbursement to which a school district or cooperative |
10 | | high school is entitled under this subsection (d), the State |
11 | | Comptroller shall draw his or her warrant upon the State |
12 | | Treasurer for the payment thereof to the school district or |
13 | | cooperative high school and shall promptly transmit the payment |
14 | | to the school district or cooperative high school through the |
15 | | appropriate school treasurer.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07; 95-707, eff. 1-11-08; |
17 | | 95-903, eff. 8-25-08; 96-328, eff. 8-11-09.)
|
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/13A-8)
|
19 | | Sec. 13A-8. Funding.
|
20 | | (a) The State of Illinois shall provide funding for
the
|
21 | | alternative school programs within each educational service |
22 | | region and within
the Chicago public school system by line item |
23 | | appropriation made to the State
Board of Education for that |
24 | | purpose. This money, when appropriated, shall be
provided to |
25 | | the regional superintendent and to the Chicago Board of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 305 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Education,
who shall establish a budget, including salaries, |
2 | | for their
alternative school programs.
Each program shall |
3 | | receive funding in the amount of $30,000 plus an amount
based |
4 | | on the ratio of the region's or Chicago's best 3 months' |
5 | | average daily
attendance in grades pre-kindergarten through 12 |
6 | | to the statewide totals of
these amounts. For purposes of this |
7 | | calculation, the best 3 months' average
daily attendance for |
8 | | each region or Chicago shall be calculated by adding to
the |
9 | | best 3 months' average
daily
attendance the number of |
10 | | low-income students identified in the most
recently available |
11 | | federal census multiplied by one-half times the percentage
of |
12 | | the
region's or Chicago's low-income students
to the State's |
13 | | total low-income students.
The State Board of Education shall |
14 | | retain
up to 1.1% of the appropriation to be used to provide |
15 | | technical assistance,
professional development, and |
16 | | evaluations for the programs.
|
17 | | (a-5) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this |
18 | | Section, for the
1998-1999
fiscal year, the total amount |
19 | | distributed
under subsection (a) for an alternative school |
20 | | program shall be not less than
the total amount that was |
21 | | distributed under that subsection for that
alternative school |
22 | | program for the 1997-1998 fiscal year. If an alternative
school |
23 | | program is to receive a total distribution under subsection (a) |
24 | | for the
1998-1999 fiscal year that is less than the total
|
25 | | distribution that the program received under that subsection |
26 | | for the 1997-1998
fiscal year, that alternative school program |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 306 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | shall also receive, from a
separate appropriation made for |
2 | | purposes of this subsection (a-5), a
supplementary
payment |
3 | | equal to the amount by which its total distribution under
|
4 | | subsection (a) for the 1997-1998 fiscal year exceeds the amount |
5 | | of the total
distribution that the alternative school program |
6 | | receives under that
subsection for the 1998-1999 fiscal year.
|
7 | | If the amount appropriated
for supplementary payments to |
8 | | alternative school programs under this subsection
(a-5)
is |
9 | | insufficient for that purpose, those supplementary payments |
10 | | shall be
prorated among the alternative school programs |
11 | | entitled to receive those
supplementary payments according to |
12 | | the aggregate amount of the appropriation
made for purposes of |
13 | | this subsection (a-5).
|
14 | | (b) An alternative school program shall be entitled to |
15 | | receive general
State aid as calculated in subsection (K) of
|
16 | | Section 18-8.05 or evidence-based funding as calculated in |
17 | | subsection (g) of Section 18-8.15 upon filing a claim as
|
18 | | provided therein. Any time that a student who is enrolled in an |
19 | | alternative
school program spends in work-based learning, |
20 | | community service, or a similar
alternative educational |
21 | | setting shall be included in determining the student's
minimum |
22 | | number of clock hours of daily school work that constitute a |
23 | | day of
attendance for purposes of calculating general State aid |
24 | | or evidence-based funding .
|
25 | | (c) An alternative school program may receive additional |
26 | | funding from its
school districts in such amount as may be |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 307 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | agreed upon by the parties and
necessary
to support the |
2 | | program. In addition, an alternative school program is
|
3 | | authorized to accept and expend gifts, legacies, and grants, |
4 | | including but not
limited to federal grants, from any source |
5 | | for purposes directly related to the
conduct and operation of |
6 | | the program.
|
7 | | (Source: P.A. 89-383, eff. 8-18-95; 89-629, eff. 8-9-96; |
8 | | 89-636, eff. 8-9-96;
90-14, eff. 7-1-97; 90-283, eff. 7-31-97; |
9 | | 90-802, eff. 12-15-98.)
|
10 | | (105 ILCS 5/13B-20.20)
|
11 | | Sec. 13B-20.20. Enrollment in other programs. High school |
12 | | equivalency testing
preparation programs are not eligible for |
13 | | funding under this Article. A
student
may enroll in a program |
14 | | approved under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code, as
|
15 | | appropriate, or
attend both the alternative learning |
16 | | opportunities program and the regular
school program to enhance |
17 | | student performance and facilitate on-time
graduation.
|
18 | | (Source: P.A. 98-718, eff. 1-1-15 .)
|
19 | | (105 ILCS 5/13B-45)
|
20 | | Sec. 13B-45. Days and hours of attendance. An alternative |
21 | | learning
opportunities program
shall provide students with at |
22 | | least the minimum number of days of pupil
attendance required |
23 | | under Section 10-19 of this Code and the minimum number of
|
24 | | daily hours of school work required under Section 18-8.05 or |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 308 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | 18-8.15 of this Code,
provided that the State Board may approve |
2 | | exceptions to these
requirements if the program meets all of |
3 | | the following conditions:
|
4 | | (1) The district plan submitted under Section |
5 | | 13B-25.15 of this Code
establishes that a program providing |
6 | | the required minimum number of days of
attendance or daily |
7 | | hours of school work would not serve the needs of the
|
8 | | program's students.
|
9 | | (2) Each day of attendance shall provide no fewer than |
10 | | 3 clock hours of
school work, as defined under paragraph |
11 | | (1) of subsection (F) of Section
18-8.05 of this Code.
|
12 | | (3) Each day of attendance that provides fewer than 5 |
13 | | clock hours of
school
work shall also provide supplementary |
14 | | services, including without limitation
work-based |
15 | | learning, student assistance programs, counseling, case |
16 | | management,
health and fitness programs, or life-skills or |
17 | | conflict resolution training,
in order to provide a total |
18 | | daily program to the student of 5 clock hours. A
program |
19 | | may claim general State aid or evidence-based funding for |
20 | | up to 2 hours of the time each day that
a student is |
21 | | receiving
supplementary services.
|
22 | | (4) Each program shall provide no fewer than 174 days |
23 | | of actual pupil
attendance during the school term; however, |
24 | | approved evening programs that meet
the requirements of |
25 | | Section 13B-45 of this Code may offer less than 174 days
of |
26 | | actual pupil attendance during the school term.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 309 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
|
2 | | (105 ILCS 5/13B-50)
|
3 | | Sec. 13B-50. Eligibility to receive general State aid or |
4 | | evidence-based funding . In order to
receive general State aid |
5 | | or evidence-based funding ,
alternative learning opportunities |
6 | | programs must meet the requirements for
claiming general State
|
7 | | aid as specified in Section 18-8.05 of this Code or |
8 | | evidence-based funding as specified in Section 18-8.15 of this |
9 | | Code, as applicable , with the exception of the
length of the |
10 | | instructional
day, which may be less than 5 hours of school |
11 | | work if the program meets the
criteria set forth under
Sections |
12 | | 13B-50.5 and 13B-50.10 of this Code and if the program is |
13 | | approved by
the State Board.
|
14 | | (Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
|
15 | | (105 ILCS 5/13B-50.10)
|
16 | | Sec. 13B-50.10. Additional criteria for general State aid |
17 | | or evidence-based funding . In order to
claim general State aid |
18 | | or evidence-based funding ,
an alternative learning |
19 | | opportunities program must meet the following
criteria:
|
20 | | (1) Teacher professional development plans should include |
21 | | education in the
instruction
of at-risk students.
|
22 | | (2) Facilities must meet the health, life, and safety |
23 | | requirements in this
Code.
|
24 | | (3) The program must comply with all other State and |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 310 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | federal laws
applicable to
education providers.
|
2 | | (Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
|
3 | | (105 ILCS 5/13B-50.15)
|
4 | | Sec. 13B-50.15. Level of funding. Approved alternative |
5 | | learning
opportunities programs are
entitled to claim general |
6 | | State aid or evidence-based funding , subject to Sections |
7 | | 13B-50, 13B-50.5, and
13B-50.10 of this
Code. Approved programs |
8 | | operated by regional offices of education are entitled
to |
9 | | receive general
State aid at the foundation level of support. A |
10 | | school district or consortium
must ensure that an
approved |
11 | | program receives supplemental general State aid, |
12 | | transportation
reimbursements, and
special education |
13 | | resources, if appropriate, for students enrolled in the
|
14 | | program.
|
15 | | (Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
|
16 | | (105 ILCS 5/14-7.02b)
|
17 | | Sec. 14-7.02b. Funding for children requiring special |
18 | | education services.
Payments to school districts for children |
19 | | requiring
special education services documented in their |
20 | | individualized education
program regardless of the program |
21 | | from which these services are received,
excluding children |
22 | | claimed under Sections 14-7.02 and 14-7.03 of this Code,
shall
|
23 | | be made in accordance with this Section. Funds received under |
24 | | this Section
may be used only for the provision of special |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 311 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | educational facilities and
services as defined in Section |
2 | | 14-1.08 of this Code.
|
3 | | The appropriation for fiscal year 2005 through fiscal year |
4 | | 2017 and thereafter shall be based upon
the IDEA child count of |
5 | | all students in the State, excluding students
claimed under |
6 | | Sections 14-7.02 and 14-7.03 of this Code, on December 1 of the
|
7 | | fiscal year 2
years
preceding, multiplied by 17.5% of the |
8 | | general State aid
foundation level of support established for |
9 | | that fiscal year under Section
18-8.05 of
this Code.
|
10 | | Beginning with fiscal year 2005 and through fiscal year |
11 | | 2007, individual school districts
shall not receive payments |
12 | | under this Section totaling less than they received
under the
|
13 | | funding authorized under Section 14-7.02a of this Code
during |
14 | | fiscal year 2004, pursuant to the provisions of Section |
15 | | 14-7.02a as they
were in effect before the effective date of |
16 | | this amendatory Act of the 93rd
General Assembly. This base |
17 | | level funding shall be computed first.
|
18 | | Beginning with fiscal year 2008 through fiscal year 2017 |
19 | | and each fiscal year thereafter , individual school districts |
20 | | must not receive payments under this Section totaling less than |
21 | | they received in fiscal year 2007. This funding shall be |
22 | | computed last and shall be a separate calculation from any |
23 | | other calculation set forth in this Section. This amount is |
24 | | exempt from the requirements of Section 1D-1 of this Code.
|
25 | | Through fiscal year 2017, an An amount equal to 85% of the |
26 | | funds remaining in the appropriation shall be allocated to |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 312 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | school districts based upon the
district's average daily |
2 | | attendance reported for purposes of Section
18-8.05 of this |
3 | | Code for the preceding school year. Fifteen percent of the
|
4 | | funds
remaining in the appropriation
shall be allocated to |
5 | | school districts based upon the district's low income
eligible |
6 | | pupil count used in the calculation of general State aid under |
7 | | Section
18-8.05 of this Code for the same fiscal year. One |
8 | | hundred percent of the
funds
computed and allocated to |
9 | | districts under this Section shall be distributed and
paid to |
10 | | school districts.
|
11 | | For individual
students with disabilities whose program |
12 | | costs exceed 4 times the
district's per capita tuition rate
as |
13 | | calculated under Section 10-20.12a of this Code, the costs in |
14 | | excess
of 4 times the district's per capita tuition rate shall |
15 | | be paid by the State
Board of Education from unexpended IDEA |
16 | | discretionary funds originally
designated for room and board |
17 | | reimbursement pursuant to Section
14-8.01 of this Code. The |
18 | | amount of tuition for these children shall be
determined by the |
19 | | actual cost of maintaining classes for these children,
using |
20 | | the per
capita cost formula set forth in Section 14-7.01 of |
21 | | this Code, with the
program and cost being pre-approved by the |
22 | | State Superintendent of
Education. Reimbursement for |
23 | | individual students with disabilities whose program costs |
24 | | exceed 4 times the district's per capita tuition rate shall be |
25 | | claimed beginning with costs encumbered for the 2004-2005 |
26 | | school year and thereafter.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 313 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | The State Board of Education shall prepare vouchers equal |
2 | | to one-fourth the
amount allocated to districts, for |
3 | | transmittal
to the State Comptroller on the 30th day of |
4 | | September, December, and March,
respectively, and the final |
5 | | voucher, no later than June 20. The Comptroller
shall make |
6 | | payments pursuant to this Section to school districts as soon |
7 | | as possible after receipt of vouchers. If the money
|
8 | | appropriated from the General Assembly for such purposes for |
9 | | any year is
insufficient, it shall be apportioned on the basis |
10 | | of the payments due to
school districts.
|
11 | | Nothing in this Section shall be construed to decrease or |
12 | | increase the
percentage of all special education funds that are |
13 | | allocated annually
under Article 1D of this Code
or to alter |
14 | | the requirement that a
school district provide special |
15 | | education services.
|
16 | | Nothing in this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly |
17 | | shall
eliminate any reimbursement obligation owed as of the |
18 | | effective date of this
amendatory Act of the 93rd General |
19 | | Assembly to a school district with in excess
of 500,000 |
20 | | inhabitants.
|
21 | | Except for reimbursement for individual students with |
22 | | disabilities whose program costs exceed 4 times the district's |
23 | | per capita tuition rate, no funding shall be provided to school |
24 | | districts under this Section after fiscal year 2017. |
25 | | In fiscal year 2018 and each fiscal year thereafter, all |
26 | | funding received by a school district from the State pursuant |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 314 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | to Section 18–8.15 of this Code that is attributable to |
2 | | students requiring special education services must be used for |
3 | | special education services authorized under this Code. |
4 | | (Source: P.A. 93-1022, eff. 8-24-08; 95-705, eff. 1-8-08.)
|
5 | | (105 ILCS 5/14-13.01) (from Ch. 122, par. 14-13.01)
|
6 | | Sec. 14-13.01. Reimbursement payable by State; amounts for |
7 | | personnel and transportation. |
8 | | (a) Through fiscal year 2017, for For staff working on |
9 | | behalf of children who have not been identified as eligible for |
10 | | special
education and for eligible children with physical
|
11 | | disabilities, including all
eligible children whose placement |
12 | | has been determined under Section 14-8.02 in
hospital or home |
13 | | instruction, 1/2 of the teacher's salary but not more than
|
14 | | $1,000 annually per child or $9,000 per teacher, whichever is |
15 | | less. |
16 | | (a-5) A child qualifies for home or hospital instruction if |
17 | | it is anticipated that, due to a medical condition, the child |
18 | | will be unable to attend school, and instead must be instructed |
19 | | at home or in the hospital, for a period of 2 or more |
20 | | consecutive weeks or on an ongoing intermittent basis. For |
21 | | purposes of this Section, "ongoing intermittent basis" means |
22 | | that the child's medical condition is of such a nature or |
23 | | severity that it is anticipated that the child will be absent |
24 | | from school due to the medical condition for periods of at |
25 | | least 2 days at a time multiple times during the school year |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 315 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | totaling at least 10 days or more of absences. There shall be |
2 | | no requirement that a child be absent from school a minimum |
3 | | number of days before the child qualifies for home or hospital |
4 | | instruction. In order to establish eligibility for home or |
5 | | hospital services, a student's parent or guardian must submit |
6 | | to the child's school district of residence a written statement |
7 | | from a physician licensed to practice medicine in all of its |
8 | | branches stating the existence of such medical condition, the |
9 | | impact on the child's ability to participate in education, and |
10 | | the anticipated duration or nature of the child's absence from |
11 | | school. Home or hospital instruction may commence upon receipt |
12 | | of a written physician's statement in accordance with this |
13 | | Section, but instruction shall commence not later than 5 school |
14 | | days after the school district receives the physician's |
15 | | statement. Special education and related services required by |
16 | | the child's IEP or services and accommodations required by the |
17 | | child's federal Section 504 plan must be implemented as part of |
18 | | the child's home or hospital instruction, unless the IEP team |
19 | | or federal Section 504 plan team determines that modifications |
20 | | are necessary during the home or hospital instruction due to |
21 | | the child's condition. |
22 | | (a-10) Through fiscal year 2017, eligible Eligible |
23 | | children
to be included in any reimbursement under this |
24 | | paragraph must regularly
receive a minimum of one hour of |
25 | | instruction each school day, or in lieu
thereof of a minimum of |
26 | | 5 hours of instruction in each school week in
order to qualify |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 316 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | for full reimbursement under this Section. If the
attending |
2 | | physician for such a child has certified that the child should
|
3 | | not receive as many as 5 hours of instruction in a school week, |
4 | | however,
reimbursement under this paragraph on account of that |
5 | | child shall be
computed proportionate to the actual hours of |
6 | | instruction per week for
that child divided by 5. |
7 | | (a-15) The State Board of Education shall establish rules |
8 | | governing the required qualifications of staff providing home |
9 | | or hospital instruction.
|
10 | | (b) For children described in Section 14-1.02, 80% of the |
11 | | cost of
transportation approved as a related service in the |
12 | | Individualized Education Program for each student
in order to |
13 | | take advantage of special educational facilities.
|
14 | | Transportation costs shall be determined in the same fashion as |
15 | | provided
in Section 29-5 of this Code . For purposes of this |
16 | | subsection (b), the dates for
processing claims specified in |
17 | | Section 29-5 shall apply.
|
18 | | (c) Through fiscal year 2017, for For each qualified |
19 | | worker, the annual sum of
$9,000.
|
20 | | (d) Through fiscal year 2017, for For one full time |
21 | | qualified director of the special education
program of each |
22 | | school district which maintains a fully approved program
of |
23 | | special education the annual sum of $9,000. Districts |
24 | | participating in a joint agreement special
education program |
25 | | shall not receive such reimbursement if reimbursement is made
|
26 | | for a director of the joint agreement program.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 317 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (e) (Blank).
|
2 | | (f) (Blank).
|
3 | | (g) Through fiscal year 2017, for For readers, working with |
4 | | blind or partially seeing children 1/2
of their salary but not |
5 | | more than $400 annually per child. Readers may
be employed to |
6 | | assist such children and shall not be required to be
certified |
7 | | but prior to employment shall meet standards set up by the
|
8 | | State Board of Education.
|
9 | | (h) Through fiscal year 2017, for For non-certified |
10 | | employees, as defined by rules promulgated by the State Board |
11 | | of Education, who deliver services to students with IEPs, 1/2 |
12 | | of the salary paid or
$3,500 per employee, whichever is less.
|
13 | | (i) The State Board of Education shall set standards and |
14 | | prescribe rules
for determining the allocation of |
15 | | reimbursement under this section on
less than a full time basis |
16 | | and for less than a school year.
|
17 | | When any school district eligible for reimbursement under |
18 | | this
Section operates a school or program approved by the State
|
19 | | Superintendent of Education for a number of days in excess of |
20 | | the
adopted school calendar but not to exceed 235 school days, |
21 | | such
reimbursement shall be increased by 1/180 of the amount or |
22 | | rate paid
hereunder for each day such school is operated in |
23 | | excess of 180 days per
calendar year.
|
24 | | Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school |
25 | | district receiving
a payment under this Section or under |
26 | | Section 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or
29-5 of this Code may classify |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 318 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | all or a portion of the funds that it receives
in a particular |
2 | | fiscal year or from evidence-based funding general State aid |
3 | | pursuant to Section 18-8.15
18-8.05 of this Code as
funds |
4 | | received in connection with any funding program for which it is
|
5 | | entitled to receive funds from the State in that fiscal year |
6 | | (including,
without limitation, any funding program referenced |
7 | | in this Section),
regardless of the source or timing of the |
8 | | receipt. The district may not
classify more funds as funds |
9 | | received in connection with the funding
program than the |
10 | | district is entitled to receive in that fiscal year for that
|
11 | | program. Any
classification by a district must be made by a |
12 | | resolution of its board of
education. The resolution must |
13 | | identify the amount of any payments or evidence-based funding
|
14 | | general State aid to be classified under this paragraph and |
15 | | must specify
the funding program to which the funds are to be |
16 | | treated as received in
connection therewith. This resolution is |
17 | | controlling as to the
classification of funds referenced |
18 | | therein. A certified copy of the
resolution must be sent to the |
19 | | State Superintendent of Education.
The resolution shall still |
20 | | take effect even though a copy of the resolution has
not been |
21 | | sent to the State
Superintendent of Education in a timely |
22 | | manner.
No
classification under this paragraph by a district |
23 | | shall affect the total amount
or timing of money the district |
24 | | is entitled to receive under this Code.
No classification under |
25 | | this paragraph by a district shall
in any way relieve the |
26 | | district from or affect any
requirements that otherwise would |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 319 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | apply with respect to
that funding program, including any
|
2 | | accounting of funds by source, reporting expenditures by
|
3 | | original source and purpose,
reporting requirements,
or |
4 | | requirements of providing services.
|
5 | | No funding shall be provided to school districts under this |
6 | | Section after fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018 and each |
7 | | fiscal year thereafter, all funding received by a school |
8 | | district from the State pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of this |
9 | | Code that is attributable to personnel reimbursements for |
10 | | special education pupils must be used for special education |
11 | | services authorized under this Code. |
12 | | (Source: P.A. 96-257, eff. 8-11-09; 97-123, eff. 7-14-11.)
|
13 | | (105 ILCS 5/14C-1) (from Ch. 122, par. 14C-1) |
14 | | Sec. 14C-1. The General Assembly finds that there are large |
15 | | numbers of children in
this State who come from environments |
16 | | where the primary language is other
than English. Experience |
17 | | has shown that public school classes in which
instruction is |
18 | | given only in English are often inadequate for the education
of |
19 | | children whose native tongue is another language. The General |
20 | | Assembly
believes that a program of transitional bilingual |
21 | | education can meet the
needs of these children and facilitate |
22 | | their integration into the regular
public school curriculum. |
23 | | Therefore, pursuant to the policy of this State
to ensure equal |
24 | | educational opportunity to every child, and in recognition
of |
25 | | the educational needs of English learners, it is the purpose of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 320 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | this Act to provide for the establishment of
transitional |
2 | | bilingual education programs in the public schools, to
provide |
3 | | supplemental financial assistance through fiscal year 2017 to |
4 | | help local school districts
meet the extra costs of such |
5 | | programs, and to allow this State through the State Board of |
6 | | Education to directly or indirectly provide technical |
7 | | assistance and professional development to support |
8 | | transitional bilingual education or a transitional program of |
9 | | instruction programs statewide through contractual services by |
10 | | a not-for-profit entity for technical assistance, professional |
11 | | development, and other support to school districts and |
12 | | educators for services for English learner pupils. In no case |
13 | | may aggregate funding for contractual services by a |
14 | | not-for-profit entity for support to school districts and |
15 | | educators for services for English learner pupils be less than |
16 | | the aggregate amount expended for such purposes in Fiscal Year |
17 | | 2017. Not-for-profit entities providing support to school |
18 | | districts and educators for services for English learner pupils |
19 | | must have experience providing those services in a school |
20 | | district having a population exceeding 500,000; one or more |
21 | | school districts in any of the counties of Lake, McHenry, |
22 | | DuPage, Kane, and Will; and one or more school districts |
23 | | elsewhere in this State. Funding for not-for-profit entities |
24 | | providing support to school districts and educators for |
25 | | services for English learner pupils may be increased subject to |
26 | | an agreement with the State Board of Education. Funding for |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 321 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | not-for-profit entities providing support to school districts |
2 | | and educators for services for English learner pupils shall |
3 | | come from funds allocated pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of this |
4 | | Code . |
5 | | (Source: P.A. 99-30, eff. 7-10-15.)
|
6 | | (105 ILCS 5/14C-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 14C-12)
|
7 | | Sec. 14C-12. Account of expenditures; Cost report; |
8 | | Reimbursement.
Each
school district with at least one English |
9 | | learner shall keep an accurate, detailed and separate account |
10 | | of
all monies paid out by it for the programs in transitional |
11 | | bilingual education
required or permitted by this Article, |
12 | | including transportation costs, and
shall annually report |
13 | | thereon for the school year ending June 30 indicating
the |
14 | | average per pupil expenditure. Through fiscal year 2017, each |
15 | | Each school district shall be reimbursed
for the amount by |
16 | | which such costs exceed the average per pupil expenditure
by |
17 | | such school district for the education of children of |
18 | | comparable age
who are not in any special education program. No |
19 | | funding shall be provided to school districts under this |
20 | | Section after fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018 and each |
21 | | fiscal year thereafter, all funding received by a school |
22 | | district from the State pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of this |
23 | | Code that is attributable to instructions, supports, and |
24 | | interventions for English learner pupils must be used for |
25 | | programs and services authorized under this Article. At least |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 322 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | 60% of transitional bilingual education funding received from |
2 | | the State must be used for the instructional costs of programs |
3 | | and services authorized under this Article transitional |
4 | | bilingual education .
|
5 | | Applications for preapproval for reimbursement for costs |
6 | | of transitional
bilingual education programs must be submitted |
7 | | to the State Superintendent of
Education at least 60 days |
8 | | before a transitional bilingual education program
is started, |
9 | | unless a justifiable exception is granted by the State
|
10 | | Superintendent of Education.
Applications shall set forth a |
11 | | plan for transitional
bilingual education established and |
12 | | maintained in accordance with this Article.
|
13 | | Through fiscal year 2017, reimbursement Reimbursement |
14 | | claims for transitional bilingual education programs shall
be |
15 | | made as follows:
|
16 | | Each school district shall claim reimbursement on a current |
17 | | basis for the
first 3 quarters of the fiscal year and file a |
18 | | final adjusted
claim
for the school year ended June 30 |
19 | | preceding computed in accordance with rules
prescribed by the |
20 | | State Superintendent's Office.
The State Superintendent
of
|
21 | | Education before approving any such claims shall
determine |
22 | | their accuracy and whether
they are based upon services and |
23 | | facilities provided under approved programs.
Upon approval he |
24 | | shall transmit to the Comptroller
the
vouchers showing the |
25 | | amounts due for
school
district reimbursement claims. Upon |
26 | | receipt of the
final adjusted
claims the State Superintendent |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 323 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | of Education shall make a final
determination of the
accuracy |
2 | | of such claims. If the money appropriated by the General |
3 | | Assembly
for such purpose for any year is insufficient, it |
4 | | shall be apportioned on
the basis of the claims approved.
|
5 | | Failure on the part of the school district to prepare and |
6 | | certify the final
adjusted claims due under this Section may |
7 | | constitute a forfeiture
by the school district of its right to |
8 | | be reimbursed by the State under this
Section.
|
9 | | (Source: P.A. 96-1170, eff. 1-1-11.)
|
10 | | (105 ILCS 5/17-1) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-1)
|
11 | | Sec. 17-1. Annual Budget. The board of education of each |
12 | | school
district under 500,000 inhabitants shall, within or |
13 | | before the first
quarter of each fiscal year, adopt and file |
14 | | with the State Board of Education an annual balanced budget |
15 | | which it deems
necessary to defray all necessary expenses and |
16 | | liabilities of the
district, and in such annual budget shall |
17 | | specify the objects and
purposes of each item and amount needed |
18 | | for each object or purpose.
|
19 | | The budget shall be entered upon a School District Budget |
20 | | form prepared
and provided by the State Board of Education and |
21 | | therein shall contain
a statement of the cash on hand at the
|
22 | | beginning of the fiscal year, an estimate of the cash expected |
23 | | to be
received during such fiscal year from all sources, an |
24 | | estimate of the
expenditures contemplated for such fiscal year, |
25 | | and a statement of the
estimated cash expected to be on hand at |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 324 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the end of such year. The
estimate of taxes to be received may |
2 | | be based upon the amount of actual
cash receipts that may |
3 | | reasonably be expected by the district during
such fiscal year, |
4 | | estimated from the experience of the district in prior
years |
5 | | and with due regard for other circumstances that may |
6 | | substantially
affect such receipts. Nothing in this Section |
7 | | shall be construed as
requiring any district to change or |
8 | | preventing any district from
changing from a cash basis of |
9 | | financing to a surplus or deficit basis of
financing; or as |
10 | | requiring any district to change or preventing any
district |
11 | | from changing its system of accounting. The budget shall |
12 | | conform to the requirements adopted by the State Board of |
13 | | Education pursuant to Section 2-3.28 of this Code.
|
14 | | To the extent that a school district's budget is not |
15 | | balanced, the district shall also adopt and file with the State |
16 | | Board of Education a deficit reduction plan to balance the |
17 | | district's budget within 3 years. The deficit reduction plan |
18 | | must be filed at the same time as the budget, but the State |
19 | | Superintendent of Education may extend this deadline if the |
20 | | situation warrants.
|
21 | | If, as the result of an audit performed in compliance with |
22 | | Section 3-7 of this Code, the resulting Annual Financial Report |
23 | | required to be submitted pursuant to Section 3-15.1 of this |
24 | | Code reflects a deficit as defined for purposes of the |
25 | | preceding paragraph, then the district shall, within 30 days |
26 | | after acceptance of such audit report, submit a deficit |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 325 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | reduction plan. |
2 | | The board of education of each district shall fix a fiscal |
3 | | year
therefor. If the beginning of the fiscal year of a |
4 | | district is
subsequent to the time that the tax levy due to be |
5 | | made in such
fiscal year shall be
made, then such annual budget |
6 | | shall be adopted prior to the time such
tax levy shall be made.
|
7 | | The failure by a board of education of any district to adopt an |
8 | | annual
budget, or to comply in any respect with the provisions |
9 | | of this Section, shall
not affect the validity of any tax levy |
10 | | of the district otherwise in
conformity with the law. With |
11 | | respect to taxes levied either before, on, or
after the |
12 | | effective date of this amendatory Act of the 91st General |
13 | | Assembly,
(i) a tax levy is made
for the fiscal year in which |
14 | | the levy is due to be made regardless of which
fiscal year the |
15 | | proceeds of the levy are expended or are intended to be
|
16 | | expended, and (ii) except as otherwise provided by law, a board |
17 | | of education's
adoption of
an annual budget in conformity with |
18 | | this Section is not a prerequisite to the
adoption of a valid |
19 | | tax levy and is not a limit on the amount of the levy.
|
20 | | Such budget shall be prepared in tentative form by some |
21 | | person or
persons designated by the board, and in such |
22 | | tentative form shall be
made conveniently available to public |
23 | | inspection for at least 30 days
prior to final action thereon. |
24 | | At least 1 public hearing shall be held
as to such budget prior |
25 | | to final action thereon. Notice of availability
for public |
26 | | inspection and of such public hearing shall be given by
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 326 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | publication in a newspaper published in such district, at least |
2 | | 30 days
prior to the time of such hearing. If there is no |
3 | | newspaper published
in such district, notice of such public |
4 | | hearing shall be given by
posting notices thereof in 5 of the |
5 | | most public places in such district.
It shall be the duty of |
6 | | the secretary of such board to make such
tentative budget |
7 | | available to public inspection, and to arrange for such
public |
8 | | hearing. The board may from time to time make transfers between
|
9 | | the various items in any fund not exceeding in the aggregate |
10 | | 10% of the
total of such fund as set forth in the budget. The |
11 | | board may from time
to time amend such budget by the same |
12 | | procedure as is herein provided
for its original adoption.
|
13 | | Beginning July 1, 1976, the board of education, or regional
|
14 | | superintendent, or governing board responsible for the |
15 | | administration of
a joint agreement shall, by September 1 of |
16 | | each
fiscal year thereafter, adopt an annual budget for the |
17 | | joint agreement
in the same manner and subject to the same |
18 | | requirements as are provided
in this Section.
|
19 | | The State Board of Education shall exercise powers and |
20 | | duties
relating to budgets as provided in Section 2-3.27 of |
21 | | this Code and shall require school districts to submit their |
22 | | annual budgets, deficit reduction plans, and other financial |
23 | | information, including revenue and expenditure reports and |
24 | | borrowing and interfund transfer plans, in such form and within |
25 | | the timelines designated by the State Board of Education.
|
26 | | By fiscal year 1982 all school districts shall use the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 327 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Program Budget
Accounting System.
|
2 | | In the case of a school district receiving emergency State |
3 | | financial
assistance under Article 1B, the school board shall |
4 | | also be subject to the
requirements
established under Article |
5 | | 1B with respect to the annual budget.
|
6 | | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
|
7 | | (105 ILCS 5/17-1.2)
|
8 | | Sec. 17-1.2. Post annual budget on web site. If a school |
9 | | district
has an Internet web site, the school district shall |
10 | | post its current annual
budget,
itemized by receipts and |
11 | | expenditures, on the district's Internet web site. The budget |
12 | | shall include information conforming to the rules adopted by |
13 | | the State Board of Education pursuant to Section 2-3.28 of this |
14 | | Code.
The school district shall notify the parents or guardians |
15 | | of its students
that the budget has been posted on the |
16 | | district's web site and what
the web site's address is.
|
17 | | (Source: P.A. 92-438, eff. 1-1-02.)
|
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/17-1.5)
|
19 | | Sec. 17-1.5. Limitation of administrative costs.
|
20 | | (a) It is the purpose of this Section to establish |
21 | | limitations on the growth
of administrative expenditures in |
22 | | order to maximize the proportion of school
district resources |
23 | | available for the instructional program, building
maintenance, |
24 | | and safety services for the students of each district.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 328 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this Section:
|
2 | | "Administrative expenditures" mean the annual expenditures |
3 | | of
school districts properly attributable to expenditure |
4 | | functions defined by the
rules of the State Board of Education |
5 | | as: 2320 (Executive Administration Services);
2330 (Special |
6 | | Area Administration Services); 2490 (Other Support Services -
|
7 | | School Administration); 2510 (Direction of Business Support |
8 | | Services); 2570
(Internal Services); and 2610 (Direction of |
9 | | Central
Support Services); provided, however, that |
10 | | "administrative expenditures" shall
not include early |
11 | | retirement or other pension system obligations required by
|
12 | | State law.
|
13 | | "School district" means all school districts having a |
14 | | population of less than
500,000.
|
15 | | (c) For the 1998-99 school year and each school year |
16 | | thereafter, each school
district shall undertake budgetary and |
17 | | expenditure control actions so that the
increase in |
18 | | administrative expenditures for that school year over the prior
|
19 | | school year does not exceed 5%.
School districts with |
20 | | administrative expenditures per pupil
in the 25th
percentile |
21 | | and below for all districts of the same type,
as defined by the |
22 | | State Board of Education,
may waive the limitation imposed |
23 | | under this Section for any year following a
public hearing and |
24 | | with the
affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members |
25 | | of the school board of
the
district. Any district waiving the |
26 | | limitation shall notify the State Board
within 45 days of such |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 329 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | action.
|
2 | | (d) School districts shall file with the State Board of |
3 | | Education by
November 15, 1998 and
by each November 15th |
4 | | thereafter a one-page report that lists
(i) the actual
|
5 | | administrative expenditures for
the
prior year from the |
6 | | district's audited Annual Financial Report, and (ii) the
|
7 | | projected administrative expenditures for the current year |
8 | | from the budget adopted by the school board
pursuant to Section |
9 | | 17-1 of this Code.
|
10 | | If a school district that is ineligible to waive the |
11 | | limitation imposed by
subsection (c) of this Section by board |
12 | | action exceeds the limitation
solely because of circumstances |
13 | | beyond
the control of the district and the district has |
14 | | exhausted all available and
reasonable remedies to comply with |
15 | | the limitation, the district may request a
waiver pursuant to |
16 | | Section 2-3.25g. The waiver application shall specify the
|
17 | | amount,
nature, and reason for the relief requested, as well as |
18 | | all remedies the
district has exhausted to comply with the |
19 | | limitation.
Any emergency relief so requested shall apply only |
20 | | to the specific
school year for which the request is made. The |
21 | | State Board of Education shall
analyze all such waivers |
22 | | submitted and shall recommend that the General
Assembly |
23 | | disapprove any such waiver requested that is not due solely to
|
24 | | circumstances beyond the control of the district and for which |
25 | | the district has
not exhausted all available and reasonable |
26 | | remedies to comply with the
limitation. The State |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 330 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Superintendent shall have
no authority to impose any sanctions |
2 | | pursuant to this Section for any
expenditures for which a |
3 | | waiver has been requested until such waiver has been
reviewed |
4 | | by the General Assembly.
|
5 | | If the report and information required
under this
|
6 | | subsection (d) are not provided by the school district in a |
7 | | timely
manner, or are subsequently determined by
the State |
8 | | Superintendent of Education
to be incomplete or inaccurate, the |
9 | | State Superintendent shall notify the
district in writing of |
10 | | reporting deficiencies. The school district shall,
within 60 |
11 | | days of the notice, address the reporting deficiencies |
12 | | identified.
|
13 | | (e) If the State Superintendent determines that a school |
14 | | district has failed
to comply with the administrative |
15 | | expenditure limitation imposed in subsection
(c) of this |
16 | | Section,
the
State Superintendent shall notify the district of |
17 | | the violation and direct the
district to undertake corrective |
18 | | action to bring the district's budget into
compliance with the |
19 | | administrative expenditure limitation. The district shall,
|
20 | | within 60 days of the notice, provide adequate assurance to the |
21 | | State
Superintendent that appropriate corrective actions have |
22 | | been or will be taken.
If the district fails to provide |
23 | | adequate assurance or fails to undertake the
necessary |
24 | | corrective actions, the State Superintendent may impose |
25 | | progressive
sanctions against the district that may culminate |
26 | | in withholding
all
subsequent payments of general State aid due |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 331 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the district under Section
18-8.05 of
this Code or |
2 | | evidence-based funding due the district under Section 18-8.15 |
3 | | of this Code
until the assurance is provided or the corrective |
4 | | actions taken.
|
5 | | (f) The State Superintendent shall publish a list each year |
6 | | of the school
districts that violate the limitation imposed by |
7 | | subsection (c) of this
Section and a list of the districts that |
8 | | waive the limitation by board
action as provided in subsection |
9 | | (c) of this Section.
|
10 | | (Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 1-1-98; 90-653, eff. 7-29-98.)
|
11 | | (105 ILCS 5/17-2.11) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2.11) |
12 | | Sec. 17-2.11. School board power to levy a tax or to borrow |
13 | | money and
issue bonds for fire prevention, safety, energy |
14 | | conservation,
accessibility, school security, and specified |
15 | | repair purposes. |
16 | | (a) Whenever, as a
result of any lawful order of any |
17 | | agency,
other than a school board, having authority to enforce |
18 | | any school building code
applicable to any facility that houses |
19 | | students, or any law or regulation for
the protection and |
20 | | safety of the environment, pursuant to the Environmental
|
21 | | Protection Act, any school district having a population of less |
22 | | than 500,000
inhabitants is required to alter or reconstruct |
23 | | any school building or
permanent, fixed equipment; the district |
24 | | may, by proper resolution, levy a tax for the purpose of making |
25 | | such alteration or reconstruction, based on a survey report by |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 332 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | an architect or engineer licensed in this State, upon all of |
2 | | the taxable property of the district at the value as assessed |
3 | | by the Department of Revenue and at a rate not to exceed 0.05% |
4 | | per year for a period sufficient to finance such alteration or |
5 | | reconstruction, upon the following conditions: |
6 | | (1) When there are not sufficient funds available in |
7 | | the operations and maintenance fund of the school district, |
8 | | the school facility occupation tax fund of the district, or |
9 | | the fire prevention and safety fund of the district, as |
10 | | determined by the district on the basis of rules adopted by |
11 | | the State Board of Education, to make such alteration or |
12 | | reconstruction or to purchase and install such permanent, |
13 | | fixed equipment so ordered or determined as necessary. |
14 | | Appropriate school district records must be made available |
15 | | to the State Superintendent of Education, upon request, to |
16 | | confirm this insufficiency. |
17 | | (2) When a certified estimate of an architect or |
18 | | engineer licensed in this State stating the estimated |
19 | | amount necessary to make the alteration or reconstruction |
20 | | or to purchase and install the equipment so ordered has |
21 | | been secured by the school district, and the estimate has |
22 | | been approved by the regional superintendent of schools |
23 | | having jurisdiction over the district and the State |
24 | | Superintendent of Education. Approval must not be granted |
25 | | for any work that has already started without the prior |
26 | | express authorization of the State Superintendent of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 333 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Education. If the estimate is not approved or is denied |
2 | | approval by the regional superintendent of schools within 3 |
3 | | months after the date on which it is submitted to him or |
4 | | her, the school board of the district may submit the |
5 | | estimate directly to the State Superintendent of Education |
6 | | for approval or denial. |
7 | | In the case of an emergency situation, where the estimated |
8 | | cost to effectuate emergency repairs is less than the amount |
9 | | specified in Section 10-20.21 of this Code, the school district |
10 | | may proceed with such repairs prior to approval by the State |
11 | | Superintendent of Education, but shall comply with the |
12 | | provisions of subdivision (2) of this subsection (a) as soon |
13 | | thereafter as may be as well as Section 10-20.21 of this Code. |
14 | | If the estimated cost to effectuate emergency repairs is |
15 | | greater than the amount specified in Section 10-20.21 of this |
16 | | Code, then the school district shall proceed in conformity with |
17 | | Section 10-20.21 of this Code and with rules established by the |
18 | | State Board of Education to address such situations. The rules |
19 | | adopted by the State Board of Education to deal with these |
20 | | situations shall stipulate that emergency situations must be |
21 | | expedited and given priority consideration. For purposes of |
22 | | this paragraph, an emergency is a situation that presents an |
23 | | imminent and continuing threat to the health and safety of |
24 | | students or other occupants of a facility, requires complete or |
25 | | partial evacuation of a building or part of a building, or |
26 | | consumes one or more of the 5 emergency days built into the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 334 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | adopted calendar of the school or schools or would otherwise be |
2 | | expected to cause such school or schools to fall short of the |
3 | | minimum school calendar requirements. |
4 | | (b) Whenever any such district determines that
it is |
5 | | necessary for energy conservation purposes that any school |
6 | | building
or permanent, fixed equipment should be altered or |
7 | | reconstructed and
that such alterations or reconstruction will |
8 | | be made with funds not necessary
for the completion of approved |
9 | | and recommended projects contained in any safety
survey report |
10 | | or amendments thereto authorized by Section 2-3.12 of this Act; |
11 | | the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as provided in |
12 | | subsection (a) of this Section. |
13 | | (c) Whenever
any such district determines that it is |
14 | | necessary for accessibility purposes and to comply with the |
15 | | school building
code that any
school building or equipment |
16 | | should be altered or reconstructed and that such
alterations or |
17 | | reconstruction will be made with
funds not necessary for the |
18 | | completion of approved and recommended projects
contained in |
19 | | any safety survey report or amendments thereto authorized under
|
20 | | Section 2-3.12 of this Act, the district may levy a tax or |
21 | | issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this Section. |
22 | | (d) Whenever any such district determines that it is
|
23 | | necessary for school
security purposes and the related |
24 | | protection and safety of pupils and school
personnel that any |
25 | | school building or property should be altered or
reconstructed |
26 | | or that security systems and equipment (including but not |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 335 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | limited
to intercom, early detection and warning, access |
2 | | control and television
monitoring systems) should be purchased |
3 | | and installed, and that such
alterations, reconstruction or |
4 | | purchase and installation of equipment will be
made with funds |
5 | | not necessary for the completion of approved and recommended
|
6 | | projects contained in any safety survey report or amendment |
7 | | thereto authorized
by Section 2-3.12 of this Act and will deter |
8 | | and prevent unauthorized entry or
activities upon school |
9 | | property by unknown or dangerous persons, assure early
|
10 | | detection and advance warning of any such actual or attempted |
11 | | unauthorized
entry or activities and help assure the continued |
12 | | safety of pupils and school
staff if any such unauthorized |
13 | | entry or activity is attempted or occurs;
the district may levy |
14 | | a tax or issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this |
15 | | Section. |
16 | | (e) If a school district does not need funds for other fire |
17 | | prevention and
safety projects, including the completion of |
18 | | approved and recommended projects
contained in any safety |
19 | | survey report or amendments thereto authorized by
Section |
20 | | 2-3.12 of this Act, and it is determined after a public hearing |
21 | | (which
is preceded by at least one published notice (i) |
22 | | occurring at least 7 days
prior to the hearing in a newspaper |
23 | | of general circulation within the school
district and (ii) |
24 | | setting forth the time, date, place, and general subject
matter |
25 | | of the hearing) that there is a
substantial, immediate, and |
26 | | otherwise unavoidable threat to the health, safety,
or welfare |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 336 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | of pupils due to disrepair of school sidewalks, playgrounds, |
2 | | parking
lots, or school bus turnarounds and repairs must be |
3 | | made; then the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as |
4 | | provided in subsection (a) of this Section. |
5 | | (f) For purposes of this Section a school district may |
6 | | replace a school
building or build additions to replace |
7 | | portions of a building when it is
determined that the |
8 | | effectuation of the recommendations for the existing
building |
9 | | will cost more than the replacement costs. Such determination |
10 | | shall
be based on a comparison of estimated costs made by an |
11 | | architect or engineer
licensed in the State of Illinois. The |
12 | | new building or addition shall be
equivalent in area (square |
13 | | feet) and comparable in purpose and grades served
and may be on |
14 | | the same site or another site. Such replacement may only be |
15 | | done
upon order of the regional superintendent of schools and |
16 | | the approval of the
State Superintendent of Education. |
17 | | (g) The filing of a certified copy of the resolution |
18 | | levying the tax when
accompanied by the certificates of the |
19 | | regional superintendent of schools and
State Superintendent of |
20 | | Education shall be the authority of the county clerk to
extend |
21 | | such tax. |
22 | | (h) The county clerk of the county in which any school |
23 | | district levying a
tax under the authority of this Section is |
24 | | located, in reducing raised
levies, shall not consider any such |
25 | | tax as a part of the general levy
for school purposes and shall |
26 | | not include the same in the limitation of
any other tax rate |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 337 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | which may be extended. |
2 | | Such tax shall be levied and collected in like manner as |
3 | | all other
taxes of school districts, subject to the provisions |
4 | | contained in this Section. |
5 | | (i) The tax rate limit specified in this Section may be |
6 | | increased to .10%
upon the approval of a proposition to effect |
7 | | such increase by a majority
of the electors voting on that |
8 | | proposition at a regular scheduled election.
Such proposition |
9 | | may be initiated by resolution of the school board and
shall be |
10 | | certified by the secretary to the proper election authorities |
11 | | for
submission in accordance with the general election law. |
12 | | (j) When taxes are levied by any school district for fire |
13 | | prevention,
safety, energy conservation, and school security |
14 | | purposes as specified in this
Section, and the purposes for |
15 | | which the taxes have been
levied are accomplished and paid in |
16 | | full, and there remain funds on hand in
the Fire Prevention and |
17 | | Safety Fund from the proceeds of the taxes levied,
including |
18 | | interest earnings thereon, the school board by resolution shall |
19 | | use
such excess and other board restricted funds, excluding |
20 | | bond proceeds and
earnings from such proceeds, as follows: |
21 | | (1) for other authorized fire prevention,
safety, |
22 | | energy conservation, required safety inspections, school |
23 | | security purposes, sampling for lead in drinking water in |
24 | | schools, and for repair and mitigation due to lead levels |
25 | | in the drinking water supply;
or |
26 | | (2) for transfer to the Operations and Maintenance Fund
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 338 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | for the purpose of abating an equal amount of operations |
2 | | and maintenance
purposes taxes. |
3 | | Notwithstanding subdivision (2) of this subsection (j) and |
4 | | subsection (k) of this Section, through June 30, 2020 2019 , the |
5 | | school board
may, by proper resolution following a public |
6 | | hearing set by the
school board or the president of the school |
7 | | board (that is
preceded (i) by at least one published notice |
8 | | over the name of
the clerk or secretary of the board, occurring |
9 | | at least 7 days
and not more than 30 days prior to the hearing, |
10 | | in a newspaper
of general circulation within the school |
11 | | district and (ii) by
posted notice over the name of the clerk |
12 | | or secretary of the
board, at least 48 hours before the |
13 | | hearing, at the principal
office of the school board or at the |
14 | | building where the hearing
is to be held if a principal office |
15 | | does not exist, with both
notices setting forth the time, date, |
16 | | place, and subject matter
of the hearing), transfer surplus |
17 | | life safety taxes and interest earnings thereon to the |
18 | | Operations and Maintenance Fund for building repair work. |
19 | | (k) If any transfer is made to the Operation and |
20 | | Maintenance
Fund, the secretary of the school board shall |
21 | | within 30 days notify
the county clerk of the amount of that |
22 | | transfer and direct the clerk to
abate the taxes to be extended |
23 | | for the purposes of operations and
maintenance authorized under |
24 | | Section 17-2 of this Act by an amount equal
to such transfer. |
25 | | (l) If the proceeds from the tax levy authorized by this
|
26 | | Section are insufficient to complete the work approved under |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 339 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | this
Section, the school board is authorized to sell bonds |
2 | | without referendum
under the provisions of this Section in an |
3 | | amount that, when added to the
proceeds of the tax levy |
4 | | authorized by this Section, will allow completion
of the |
5 | | approved work. |
6 | | (m) Any bonds issued pursuant to this Section shall bear |
7 | | interest at a rate not to exceed the maximum rate
authorized by |
8 | | law at the time of the making of the contract, shall mature
|
9 | | within 20 years from date, and shall be signed by the president |
10 | | of the school
board and the treasurer of the school district. |
11 | | (n) In order to authorize and issue such bonds, the school |
12 | | board shall adopt
a resolution fixing the amount of bonds, the |
13 | | date thereof, the maturities
thereof, rates of interest |
14 | | thereof, place of payment and denomination,
which shall be in |
15 | | denominations of not less than $100 and not more than
$5,000, |
16 | | and provide for the levy and collection of a direct annual tax |
17 | | upon
all the taxable property in the school district sufficient |
18 | | to pay the
principal and interest on such bonds to maturity. |
19 | | Upon the filing in the
office of the county clerk of the county |
20 | | in which the school district is
located of a certified copy of |
21 | | the resolution, it is the duty of the
county clerk to extend |
22 | | the tax therefor in addition to and in excess of all
other |
23 | | taxes heretofore or hereafter authorized to be
levied by such |
24 | | school district. |
25 | | (o) After the time such bonds are issued as provided for by |
26 | | this Section, if
additional alterations or reconstructions are |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 340 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | required to be made because
of surveys conducted by an |
2 | | architect or engineer licensed in the State of
Illinois, the |
3 | | district may levy a tax at a rate not to exceed .05% per year
|
4 | | upon all the taxable property of the district or issue |
5 | | additional bonds,
whichever action shall be the most feasible. |
6 | | (p) This Section is cumulative and constitutes complete |
7 | | authority for the
issuance of bonds as provided in this Section |
8 | | notwithstanding any other
statute or law to the contrary. |
9 | | (q) With respect to instruments for the payment of money |
10 | | issued under this
Section either before, on, or after the |
11 | | effective date of Public Act 86-004
(June 6, 1989), it is, and |
12 | | always has been, the intention of the General
Assembly (i) that |
13 | | the Omnibus Bond Acts are, and always have been,
supplementary |
14 | | grants of power to issue instruments in accordance with the
|
15 | | Omnibus Bond Acts, regardless of any provision of this Act that |
16 | | may appear
to be or to have been more restrictive than those |
17 | | Acts, (ii) that the
provisions of this Section are not a |
18 | | limitation on the supplementary
authority granted by the |
19 | | Omnibus Bond Acts, and (iii) that instruments
issued under this |
20 | | Section within the supplementary authority granted by the
|
21 | | Omnibus Bond Acts are not invalid because of any provision of |
22 | | this Act that
may appear to be or to have been more restrictive |
23 | | than those Acts. |
24 | | (r) When the purposes for which the bonds are issued have |
25 | | been accomplished
and paid for in full and there remain funds |
26 | | on hand from the proceeds of
the bond sale and interest |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 341 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | earnings therefrom, the board shall, by
resolution, use such |
2 | | excess funds in accordance with the provisions of
Section |
3 | | 10-22.14 of this Act. |
4 | | (s) Whenever any tax is levied or bonds issued for fire |
5 | | prevention, safety,
energy conservation, and school security |
6 | | purposes, such proceeds shall be
deposited and accounted for |
7 | | separately within the Fire Prevention and Safety
Fund. |
8 | | (Source: P.A. 98-26, eff. 6-21-13; 98-1066, eff. 8-26-14; |
9 | | 99-143, eff. 7-27-15; 99-713, eff. 8-5-16; 99-922, eff. |
10 | | 1-17-17.)
|
11 | | (105 ILCS 5/17-2A) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2A)
|
12 | | Sec. 17-2A. Interfund transfers. |
13 | | (a) The school board of any district having a population of |
14 | | less than
500,000 inhabitants may, by proper resolution |
15 | | following a public hearing
set by the school board or the |
16 | | president of the school board
(that is preceded (i) by at least |
17 | | one published notice over the name of
the clerk
or secretary of |
18 | | the board, occurring at least 7 days and not more than 30
days
|
19 | | prior to the hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation |
20 | | within the
school
district and (ii) by posted notice over the |
21 | | name of the clerk or secretary of
the board, at least 48 hours |
22 | | before the hearing, at the principal office of the
school board |
23 | | or at the building where the hearing is to be held if a |
24 | | principal
office does not exist, with both notices setting |
25 | | forth the time, date, place,
and subject matter of the
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 342 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | hearing), transfer money from (1) the Educational Fund to the |
2 | | Operations
and
Maintenance Fund or the Transportation Fund, (2) |
3 | | the Operations and
Maintenance Fund to the Educational Fund or |
4 | | the Transportation Fund, (3) the
Transportation Fund to the |
5 | | Educational Fund or the Operations and Maintenance
Fund, or (4) |
6 | | the Tort Immunity Fund to the Operations and Maintenance Fund |
7 | | of said
district,
provided that, except during the period from |
8 | | July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2020 2019 , such transfer is made |
9 | | solely for the purpose of meeting one-time,
non-recurring |
10 | | expenses. Except during the period from July 1, 2003 through
|
11 | | June 30, 2020 2019 and except as otherwise provided in |
12 | | subsection (b) of this Section, any other permanent interfund |
13 | | transfers authorized
by any provision or judicial |
14 | | interpretation of this Code for which the
transferee fund is |
15 | | not precisely and specifically set forth in the provision of
|
16 | | this Code authorizing such transfer shall be made to the fund |
17 | | of the school
district most in need of the funds being |
18 | | transferred, as determined by
resolution of the school board. |
19 | | (b) (Blank).
|
20 | | (c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section or any |
21 | | other provision of this Code to the contrary, the school board |
22 | | of any school district (i) that is subject to the Property Tax |
23 | | Extension Limitation Law, (ii) that is an elementary district |
24 | | servicing students in grades K through 8, (iii) whose territory |
25 | | is in one county, (iv) that is eligible for Section 7002 |
26 | | Federal Impact Aid, and (v) that has no more than $81,000 in |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 343 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | funds remaining from refinancing bonds that were refinanced a |
2 | | minimum of 5 years prior to January 20, 2017 ( the effective |
3 | | date of Public Act 99-926) this amendatory Act of the 99th |
4 | | General Assembly may make a one-time transfer of the funds |
5 | | remaining from the refinancing bonds to the Operations and |
6 | | Maintenance Fund of the district by proper resolution following |
7 | | a public hearing set by the school board or the president of |
8 | | the school board, with notice as provided in subsection (a) of |
9 | | this Section, so long as the district meets the qualifications |
10 | | set forth in this subsection (c) on January 20, 2017 ( the |
11 | | effective date of Public Act 99-926) this amendatory Act of the |
12 | | 99th General Assembly . |
13 | | (Source: P.A. 98-26, eff. 6-21-13; 98-131, eff. 1-1-14; 99-713, |
14 | | eff. 8-5-16; 99-922, eff. 1-17-17; 99-926, eff. 1-20-17; |
15 | | revised 1-23-17.)
|
16 | | (105 ILCS 5/17-3.6 new) |
17 | | Sec. 17-3.6. Educational purposes tax rate for school |
18 | | districts subject to Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. |
19 | | Notwithstanding the provisions, requirements, or limitations |
20 | | of this Code or any other law, any tax levied for educational |
21 | | purposes by a school district subject to the Property Tax |
22 | | Extension Limitation Law for the 2016 levy year or any |
23 | | subsequent levy year may be extended at a rate exceeding the |
24 | | rate established for educational purposes by referendum or this |
25 | | Code, provided that the rate does not cause the school district |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 344 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | to exceed the limiting rate applicable to the school district |
2 | | under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law for that levy |
3 | | year.
|
4 | | (105 ILCS 5/18-4.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-4.3)
|
5 | | Sec. 18-4.3. Summer school grants. Through fiscal year |
6 | | 2017, grants Grants shall be determined for
pupil attendance in |
7 | | summer schools conducted under Sections 10-22.33A
and 34-18 and |
8 | | approved under Section 2-3.25 in the following manner.
|
9 | | The amount of grant for each accredited summer school |
10 | | attendance pupil shall
be obtained by dividing the total amount |
11 | | of apportionments determined under Section 18-8.05 by the
|
12 | | actual
number of pupils in average daily attendance used for |
13 | | such
apportionments. The number of credited summer school |
14 | | attendance pupils
shall be determined (a) by counting clock |
15 | | hours of class instruction by
pupils enrolled in grades 1 |
16 | | through 12 in approved courses conducted at
least 60 clock |
17 | | hours in summer sessions; (b) by dividing such total of
clock |
18 | | hours of class instruction by 4 to produce days of credited |
19 | | pupil
attendance; (c) by dividing such days of credited pupil |
20 | | attendance by
the actual number of days in the regular term as |
21 | | used in computation in
the general apportionment in Section |
22 | | 18-8.05; and (d) by
multiplying by
1.25.
|
23 | | The amount of the grant for a summer school program |
24 | | approved by the
State Superintendent of Education for children |
25 | | with
disabilities, as defined
in Sections 14-1.02 through |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 345 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | 14-1.07, shall be determined in the manner
contained above |
2 | | except that average daily membership shall be utilized
in lieu |
3 | | of average daily attendance.
|
4 | | In the case of an apportionment based on summer school |
5 | | attendance or
membership pupils, the claim therefor shall be |
6 | | presented as a separate
claim for the particular school year in |
7 | | which such summer school
session ends. On or before November 1 |
8 | | of each year the
superintendent of each eligible school |
9 | | district shall certify to
the State Superintendent of Education |
10 | | the claim
of the district for the summer
session just ended. |
11 | | Failure on the part of the school board to so
certify shall |
12 | | constitute a forfeiture of its right to such payment. The State |
13 | | Superintendent of Education shall transmit to the
Comptroller |
14 | | no later than December 15th of each year
vouchers for payment |
15 | | of amounts due school districts for
summer school. The State |
16 | | Superintendent of Education shall direct the
Comptroller to |
17 | | draw his warrants for payments thereof by the 30th
day of |
18 | | December. If the money appropriated by the
General Assembly for |
19 | | such purpose for any year is insufficient, it shall
be |
20 | | apportioned on the basis of claims approved.
|
21 | | However, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, for |
22 | | each fiscal year the
money appropriated by the General
Assembly |
23 | | for the purposes of this Section shall only be used for grants
|
24 | | for approved summer school programs for those children with
|
25 | | disabilities served pursuant to Section 14-7.02 or 14-7.02b of |
26 | | this
Code. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 346 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | No funding shall be provided to school districts under this |
2 | | Section after fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018 and each |
3 | | fiscal year thereafter, all funding received by a school |
4 | | district from the State pursuant to Section 18–8.15 of this |
5 | | Code that is attributable to summer school for special |
6 | | education pupils must be used for special education services |
7 | | authorized under this Code.
|
8 | | (Source: P.A. 93-1022, eff. 8-24-04.)
|
9 | | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
|
10 | | Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State |
11 | | financial aid and
supplemental general State aid to the common |
12 | | schools for the 1998-1999 through the 2016-2017 and
subsequent |
13 | | school years.
|
14 | | (A) General Provisions. |
15 | | (1) The provisions of this Section relating to the |
16 | | calculation and apportionment of general State financial aid |
17 | | and supplemental general State aid apply to the 1998-1999 |
18 | | through the 2016-2017 and subsequent
school years. The system |
19 | | of general State financial aid provided for in this
Section
is |
20 | | designed to assure that, through a combination of State |
21 | | financial aid and
required local resources, the financial |
22 | | support provided each pupil in Average
Daily Attendance equals |
23 | | or exceeds a
prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This |
24 | | formula approach imputes a level
of per pupil Available Local |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 347 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Resources and provides for the basis to calculate
a per pupil |
2 | | level of general State financial aid that, when added to |
3 | | Available
Local Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation |
4 | | Level. The
amount of per pupil general State financial aid for |
5 | | school districts, in
general, varies in inverse
relation to |
6 | | Available Local Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
|
7 | | each school district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is |
8 | | defined in this
Section. |
9 | | (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school |
10 | | districts with
specified levels or concentrations of pupils |
11 | | from low income households are
eligible to receive supplemental |
12 | | general State financial aid grants as provided
pursuant to |
13 | | subsection (H).
The supplemental State aid grants provided for |
14 | | school districts under
subsection (H) shall be appropriated for |
15 | | distribution to school districts as
part of the same line item |
16 | | in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
17 | | appropriated under this Section. |
18 | | (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, |
19 | | school districts
are required to file claims with the State |
20 | | Board of Education, subject to the
following requirements: |
21 | | (a) Any school district which fails for any given |
22 | | school year to maintain
school as required by law, or to |
23 | | maintain a recognized school is not
eligible to file for |
24 | | such school year any claim upon the Common School
Fund. In |
25 | | case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in |
26 | | a
school district otherwise operating recognized schools, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 348 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the claim of the
district shall be reduced in the |
2 | | proportion which the Average Daily
Attendance in the |
3 | | attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
|
4 | | Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" |
5 | | means any
public school which meets the standards as |
6 | | established for recognition
by the State Board of |
7 | | Education. A school district or attendance center
not |
8 | | having recognition status at the end of a school term is |
9 | | entitled to
receive State aid payments due upon a legal |
10 | | claim which was filed while
it was recognized. |
11 | | (b) School district claims filed under this Section are |
12 | | subject to
Sections 18-9 and 18-12, except as otherwise |
13 | | provided in this
Section. |
14 | | (c) If a school district operates a full year school |
15 | | under Section
10-19.1, the general State aid to the school |
16 | | district shall be determined
by the State Board of |
17 | | Education in accordance with this Section as near as
may be |
18 | | applicable. |
19 | | (d) (Blank). |
20 | | (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the |
21 | | board of any district
receiving any of the grants provided for |
22 | | in this Section may apply those funds
to any fund so received |
23 | | for which that board is authorized to make expenditures
by law. |
24 | | School districts are not required to exert a minimum |
25 | | Operating Tax Rate in
order to qualify for assistance under |
26 | | this Section. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 349 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when |
2 | | capitalized, shall
have the meaning ascribed herein: |
3 | | (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil |
4 | | attendance in school,
averaged as provided for in |
5 | | subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil
financial |
6 | | support levels. |
7 | | (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of |
8 | | local financial
support, calculated on the basis of Average |
9 | | Daily Attendance and derived as
provided pursuant to |
10 | | subsection (D). |
11 | | (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": |
12 | | Funds paid to local
school districts pursuant to "An Act in |
13 | | relation to the abolition of ad valorem
personal property |
14 | | tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
|
15 | | amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in |
16 | | connection therewith",
certified August 14, 1979, as |
17 | | amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1). |
18 | | (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil |
19 | | financial support
as provided for in subsection (B). |
20 | | (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property |
21 | | taxes extended for
all purposes, except Bond and
Interest, |
22 | | Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational |
23 | | Education
Building purposes.
|
24 | | (B) Foundation Level. |
25 | | (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 350 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | State representing
the minimum level of per pupil financial |
2 | | support that should be available to
provide for the basic |
3 | | education of each pupil in
Average Daily Attendance. As set |
4 | | forth in this Section, each school district
is assumed to exert
|
5 | | a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with |
6 | | the aggregate
of general State
financial aid provided the |
7 | | district, an aggregate of State and local resources
are |
8 | | available to meet
the basic education needs of pupils in the |
9 | | district. |
10 | | (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of |
11 | | support is
$4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the |
12 | | Foundation Level of support is
$4,325. For the 2000-2001 school |
13 | | year, the Foundation Level of support is
$4,425. For the |
14 | | 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the
Foundation |
15 | | Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the |
16 | | Foundation Level of support is $4,810. For the 2004-2005 school |
17 | | year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,964.
For the |
18 | | 2005-2006 school year,
the Foundation Level of support is |
19 | | $5,164. For the 2006-2007 school year, the Foundation Level of |
20 | | support is $5,334. For the 2007-2008 school year, the |
21 | | Foundation Level of support is $5,734. For the 2008-2009 school |
22 | | year, the Foundation Level of support is $5,959. |
23 | | (3) For the 2009-2010 school year and each school year |
24 | | thereafter,
the Foundation Level of support is $6,119 or such |
25 | | greater amount as
may be established by law by the General |
26 | | Assembly.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 351 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (C) Average Daily Attendance. |
2 | | (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
3 | | to subsection
(E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be |
4 | | utilized. The Average Daily
Attendance figure for formula
|
5 | | calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual |
6 | | number of
pupils in attendance of
each school district, as |
7 | | further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil
attendance for |
8 | | each
school district. In compiling the figures for the number |
9 | | of pupils in
attendance, school districts
and the State Board |
10 | | of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid
funding, |
11 | | conform
attendance figures to the requirements of subsection |
12 | | (F). |
13 | | (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in |
14 | | subsection (E) shall be
the requisite attendance data for the |
15 | | school year immediately preceding
the
school year for which |
16 | | general State aid is being calculated
or the average of the |
17 | | attendance data for the 3 preceding school
years, whichever is |
18 | | greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures
utilized in |
19 | | subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
|
20 | | school year immediately preceding the school year for which |
21 | | general
State aid is being calculated.
|
22 | | (D) Available Local Resources. |
23 | | (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
24 | | to subsection
(E), a representation of Available Local |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 352 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Resources per pupil, as that term is
defined and determined in |
2 | | this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local
Resources |
3 | | per pupil shall include a calculated
dollar amount representing |
4 | | local school district revenues from local property
taxes and |
5 | | from
Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed |
6 | | on the basis of pupils
in Average
Daily Attendance. Calculation |
7 | | of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty |
8 | | funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26. |
9 | | (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local |
10 | | property taxes,
the State Board of Education shall utilize the |
11 | | equalized assessed valuation of
all taxable property of each |
12 | | school
district as of September 30 of the previous year. The |
13 | | equalized assessed
valuation utilized shall
be obtained and |
14 | | determined as provided in subsection (G). |
15 | | (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten |
16 | | through 12, local
property tax
revenues per pupil shall be |
17 | | calculated as the product of the applicable
equalized assessed
|
18 | | valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by |
19 | | the district's
Average Daily
Attendance figure. For school |
20 | | districts maintaining grades kindergarten
through 8, local
|
21 | | property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the |
22 | | product of the
applicable equalized
assessed valuation for the |
23 | | district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the
district's |
24 | | Average
Daily Attendance figure. For school districts |
25 | | maintaining grades 9 through 12,
local property
tax revenues |
26 | | per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 353 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | of
the district
multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the |
2 | | district's Average Daily
Attendance
figure. |
3 | | For partial elementary unit districts created pursuant to |
4 | | Article 11E of this Code, local property tax revenues per pupil |
5 | | shall be calculated as the product of the equalized assessed |
6 | | valuation for property within the partial elementary unit |
7 | | district for elementary purposes, as defined in Article 11E of |
8 | | this Code, multiplied by 2.06% and divided by the district's |
9 | | Average Daily Attendance figure, plus the product of the |
10 | | equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial |
11 | | elementary unit district for high school purposes, as defined |
12 | | in Article 11E of this Code, multiplied by 0.94% and divided by |
13 | | the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
|
14 | | (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid |
15 | | to each school
district during the calendar year one year |
16 | | before the calendar year in which a
school year begins, divided |
17 | | by the Average Daily Attendance figure for that
district, shall |
18 | | be added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
|
19 | | derived by the application of the immediately preceding |
20 | | paragraph (3). The sum
of these per pupil figures for each |
21 | | school district shall constitute Available
Local Resources as |
22 | | that term is utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation
of |
23 | | general State aid.
|
24 | | (E) Computation of General State Aid. |
25 | | (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 354 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | allotted to a
school district shall be computed by the State |
2 | | Board of Education as provided
in this subsection. |
3 | | (2) For any school district for which Available Local |
4 | | Resources per pupil
is less than the product of 0.93 times the |
5 | | Foundation Level, general State aid
for that district shall be |
6 | | calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation
Level minus |
7 | | Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
|
8 | | Attendance of the school district. |
9 | | (3) For any school district for which Available Local |
10 | | Resources per pupil
is equal to or greater than the product of |
11 | | 0.93 times the Foundation Level and
less than the product of |
12 | | 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid
per |
13 | | pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level |
14 | | derived using a
linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, |
15 | | the calculated general State
aid per pupil shall decline in |
16 | | direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the
Foundation Level for |
17 | | a school district with Available Local Resources equal to
the |
18 | | product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the |
19 | | Foundation
Level for a school district with Available Local |
20 | | Resources equal to the product
of 1.75 times the Foundation |
21 | | Level. The allocation of general
State aid for school districts |
22 | | subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the
calculated general |
23 | | State aid
per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily |
24 | | Attendance of the school
district. |
25 | | (4) For any school district for which Available Local |
26 | | Resources per pupil
equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 355 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the Foundation Level, the general
State aid for the school |
2 | | district shall be calculated as the product of $218
multiplied |
3 | | by the Average Daily Attendance of the school
district. |
4 | | (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school |
5 | | district for
the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements |
6 | | set forth in paragraph (4)
of subsection
(G) shall be increased |
7 | | by an amount equal to the general State aid that
would have |
8 | | been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
|
9 | | utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed |
10 | | Valuation as calculated
in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less |
11 | | the general State aid allotted for the
1998-1999
school year. |
12 | | This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
|
13 | | affect any future general State aid allocations.
|
14 | | (F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance. |
15 | | (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, |
16 | | submit to the State
Board of Education, on forms prescribed by |
17 | | the State Board of Education,
attendance figures for the school |
18 | | year that began in the preceding calendar
year. The attendance |
19 | | information so transmitted shall identify the average
daily |
20 | | attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning |
21 | | with
the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
|
22 | | year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as |
23 | | provided in
subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph |
24 | | (1). |
25 | | (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 356 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
2 | | September and any
days of attendance in June shall be added |
3 | | to the month of May. |
4 | | (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round |
5 | | classes,
days of attendance in July and August shall be |
6 | | added to the month
of September and any days of attendance |
7 | | in June shall be added to
the month of May. |
8 | | (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, |
9 | | hold
year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, |
10 | | days of
attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
11 | | September
and any days of attendance in June shall be added |
12 | | to the month of
May. The average daily attendance for the |
13 | | year-round buildings
shall be computed as provided in |
14 | | subdivision (b) of this paragraph
(1). To calculate the |
15 | | Average Daily Attendance for the district, the
average |
16 | | daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
|
17 | | multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round |
18 | | buildings
for each month and added to the monthly |
19 | | attendance of the
non-year-round buildings. |
20 | | Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
|
21 | | attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not |
22 | | less than
5 clock hours of school work per day under direct |
23 | | supervision of: (i)
teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or |
24 | | volunteer personnel when engaging
in non-teaching duties and |
25 | | supervising in those instances specified in
subsection (a) of |
26 | | Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with
pupils |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 357 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through |
2 | | 12. Days of attendance by pupils through verified participation |
3 | | in an e-learning program approved by the State Board of |
4 | | Education under Section 10-20.56 of the Code shall be |
5 | | considered as full days of attendance for purposes of this |
6 | | Section. |
7 | | Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited |
8 | | only to the
districts that pay the tuition to a recognized |
9 | | school. |
10 | | (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours |
11 | | of school
shall be subject to the following provisions in the |
12 | | compilation of Average
Daily Attendance. |
13 | | (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for |
14 | | only a part of
the school day may be counted on the basis |
15 | | of 1/6 day for every class hour
of instruction of 40 |
16 | | minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
|
17 | | unless a pupil is
enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 |
18 | | minutes or more of instruction,
in which case the pupil may |
19 | | be counted on the basis of the proportion of
minutes of |
20 | | school work completed each day to the minimum number of
|
21 | | minutes that school work is required to be held that day. |
22 | | (b) (Blank). |
23 | | (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted |
24 | | as a day of
attendance upon certification by the regional |
25 | | superintendent, and
approved by the State Superintendent |
26 | | of Education to the extent that the
district has been |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 358 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | forced to use daily multiple sessions. |
2 | | (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted |
3 | | as a day of
attendance (1) when the remainder of the school |
4 | | day or at least
2 hours in the evening of that day is |
5 | | utilized for an
in-service training program for teachers, |
6 | | up to a maximum of 5 days per
school year, provided a |
7 | | district conducts an in-service
training program for |
8 | | teachers in accordance with Section 10-22.39 of this Code; |
9 | | or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may
be used, in |
10 | | which event each such day
may be counted as a day required |
11 | | for a legal school calendar pursuant to Section 10-19 of |
12 | | this Code; (1.5) when, of the 5 days allowed under item |
13 | | (1), a maximum of 4 days are used for parent-teacher |
14 | | conferences, or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days are |
15 | | used, in which case each such day may be counted as a |
16 | | calendar day required under Section 10-19 of this Code, |
17 | | provided that the full-day, parent-teacher conference |
18 | | consists of (i) a minimum of 5 clock hours of |
19 | | parent-teacher conferences, (ii) both a minimum of 2 clock |
20 | | hours of parent-teacher conferences held in the evening |
21 | | following a full day of student attendance, as specified in |
22 | | subsection (F)(1)(c), and a minimum of 3 clock hours of |
23 | | parent-teacher conferences held on the day immediately |
24 | | following evening parent-teacher conferences, or (iii) |
25 | | multiple parent-teacher conferences held in the evenings |
26 | | following full days of student attendance, as specified in |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 359 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | subsection (F)(1)(c), in which the time used for the |
2 | | parent-teacher conferences is equivalent to a minimum of 5 |
3 | | clock hours; and (2) when days in
addition to
those |
4 | | provided in items (1) and (1.5) are scheduled by a school |
5 | | pursuant to its school
improvement plan adopted under |
6 | | Article 34 or its revised or amended school
improvement |
7 | | plan adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such |
8 | | sessions of
3 or more clock hours are scheduled to occur at |
9 | | regular intervals, (ii) the
remainder of the school days in |
10 | | which such sessions occur are utilized
for in-service |
11 | | training programs or other staff development activities |
12 | | for
teachers, and (iii) a sufficient number of minutes of |
13 | | school work under the
direct supervision of teachers are |
14 | | added to the school days between such
regularly scheduled |
15 | | sessions to accumulate not less than the number of minutes
|
16 | | by which such sessions of 3 or more clock hours fall short |
17 | | of 5 clock hours.
Any full days used for the purposes of |
18 | | this paragraph shall not be considered
for
computing |
19 | | average daily attendance. Days scheduled for in-service |
20 | | training
programs, staff development activities, or |
21 | | parent-teacher conferences may be
scheduled separately for |
22 | | different
grade levels and different attendance centers of |
23 | | the district. |
24 | | (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of |
25 | | teaching
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by |
26 | | telephone to the classroom may
be counted as 1/2 day of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 360 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or
more |
2 | | clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of |
3 | | attendance. |
4 | | (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted |
5 | | as a day of
attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils |
6 | | in full day kindergartens,
and a session of 2 or more hours |
7 | | may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
pupils in |
8 | | kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance. |
9 | | (g) For children with disabilities who are below the |
10 | | age of 6 years and
who
cannot attend 2 or more clock hours |
11 | | because of their disability or
immaturity, a session of not |
12 | | less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day
of |
13 | | attendance; however for such children whose educational |
14 | | needs so require
a session of 4 or more clock hours may be |
15 | | counted as a full day of attendance. |
16 | | (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only |
17 | | 1/2 day of
attendance by each pupil shall not have more |
18 | | than 1/2 day of attendance
counted in any one day. However, |
19 | | kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days
of
attendance in any 5 |
20 | | consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
|
21 | | kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the |
22 | | pupil shall have
the following day as a day absent from |
23 | | school, unless the school district
obtains permission in |
24 | | writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
|
25 | | Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of |
26 | | attendance by
each pupil shall be counted the same as |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 361 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | attendance by first grade pupils.
Only the first year of |
2 | | attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted,
except in |
3 | | case of children who entered the kindergarten in their |
4 | | fifth year
whose educational development requires a second |
5 | | year of kindergarten as
determined under the rules and |
6 | | regulations of the State Board of Education. |
7 | | (i) On the days when the assessment that includes a |
8 | | college and career ready determination is
administered |
9 | | under subsection (c) of Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code, the |
10 | | day
of attendance for a pupil whose school
day must be |
11 | | shortened to accommodate required testing procedures may
|
12 | | be less than 5 clock hours and shall be counted towards the |
13 | | 176 days of actual pupil attendance required under Section |
14 | | 10-19 of this Code, provided that a sufficient number of |
15 | | minutes
of school work in excess of 5 clock hours are first |
16 | | completed on other school
days to compensate for the loss |
17 | | of school work on the examination days. |
18 | | (j) Pupils enrolled in a remote educational program |
19 | | established under Section 10-29 of this Code may be counted |
20 | | on the basis of one-fifth day of attendance for every clock |
21 | | hour of instruction attended in the remote educational |
22 | | program, provided that, in any month, the school district |
23 | | may not claim for a student enrolled in a remote |
24 | | educational program more days of attendance than the |
25 | | maximum number of days of attendance the district can claim |
26 | | (i) for students enrolled in a building holding year-round |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 362 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | classes if the student is classified as participating in |
2 | | the remote educational program on a year-round schedule or |
3 | | (ii) for students enrolled in a building not holding |
4 | | year-round classes if the student is not classified as |
5 | | participating in the remote educational program on a |
6 | | year-round schedule.
|
7 | | (G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data. |
8 | | (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local |
9 | | Resources required
pursuant to subsection (D), the
State Board |
10 | | of Education shall secure from the Department of
Revenue the |
11 | | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
|
12 | | all taxable property of every school district, together with |
13 | | (i) the applicable
tax rate used in extending taxes for the |
14 | | funds of the district as of
September 30 of the previous year
|
15 | | and (ii) the limiting rate for all school
districts subject to |
16 | | property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
|
17 | | Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
|
18 | | The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized |
19 | | assessed value of all
taxable
property of each school district |
20 | | situated entirely or partially within a county
that is or was |
21 | | subject to the
provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the |
22 | | Property Tax Code (a)
an amount equal to the total amount by |
23 | | which the
homestead exemption allowed under Section 15-176 or |
24 | | 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for
real
property situated in |
25 | | that school district exceeds the total amount that would
have |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 363 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | been
allowed in that school district if the maximum reduction |
2 | | under Section 15-176
was
(i) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in |
3 | | all other counties in tax year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all |
4 | | counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and (b) an amount |
5 | | equal to the aggregate amount for the taxable year of all |
6 | | additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax |
7 | | Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. The |
8 | | county clerk of any county that is or was subject to the |
9 | | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code |
10 | | shall
annually calculate and certify to the Department of |
11 | | Revenue for each school
district all
homestead exemption |
12 | | amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code |
13 | | and all amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 |
14 | | of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of |
15 | | $30,000 or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the |
16 | | general homestead exemption for a parcel of property is |
17 | | determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax |
18 | | Code rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of |
19 | | Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the |
20 | | difference, if any, between the amount of the general homestead |
21 | | exemption allowed for that parcel of property under Section |
22 | | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the amount that |
23 | | would have been allowed had the general homestead exemption for |
24 | | that parcel of property been determined under Section 15-175 of |
25 | | the Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this |
26 | | paragraph that if additional exemptions are allowed under |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 364 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a |
2 | | household income of less than $30,000, then the calculation of |
3 | | Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the |
4 | | difference, if any, because of those additional exemptions. |
5 | | This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by |
6 | | the requirements of
this subsection, shall be utilized in the |
7 | | calculation of Available Local
Resources. |
8 | | (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall |
9 | | be adjusted, as
applicable, in the following manner: |
10 | | (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under |
11 | | this Section,
with respect to any part of a school district |
12 | | within a redevelopment
project area in respect to which a |
13 | | municipality has adopted tax
increment allocation |
14 | | financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
|
15 | | Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 |
16 | | of the Illinois
Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs |
17 | | Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
11-74.6-50 of the |
18 | | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
|
19 | | assessed valuation of real property located in any such |
20 | | project area which is
attributable to an increase above the |
21 | | total initial equalized assessed
valuation of such |
22 | | property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
|
23 | | valuation of the district, until such time as all
|
24 | | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in |
25 | | Section 11-74.4-8
of the Tax Increment Allocation |
26 | | Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 365 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
the |
2 | | equalized assessed valuation of the
district, the total |
3 | | initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
|
4 | | equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be |
5 | | used until
such time as all redevelopment project costs |
6 | | have been paid. |
7 | | (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for |
8 | | a school district
shall be adjusted by subtracting from the |
9 | | real property
value as equalized or assessed by the |
10 | | Department of Revenue for the
district an amount computed |
11 | | by dividing the amount of any abatement of
taxes under |
12 | | Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a |
13 | | district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by |
14 | | 2.30% for a district
maintaining grades kindergarten |
15 | | through 8, or by 1.05% for a
district
maintaining grades 9 |
16 | | through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
|
17 | | the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) |
18 | | of Section 18-165 of
the Property Tax Code by the same |
19 | | percentage rates for district type as
specified in this |
20 | | subparagraph (b). |
21 | | (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year |
22 | | thereafter, if a
school district meets all of the criteria of |
23 | | this subsection (G)(3), the school
district's Available Local |
24 | | Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D)
using the |
25 | | district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation |
26 | | as
calculated under this
subsection (G)(3). |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 366 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms |
2 | | shall have
the following meanings: |
3 | | "Budget Year": The school year for which general State |
4 | | aid is calculated
and
awarded under subsection (E). |
5 | | "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to |
6 | | calculate the Budget
Year
allocation of general State aid. |
7 | | "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year |
8 | | immediately preceding the
Base Tax Year. |
9 | | "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the |
10 | | equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County Clerk |
11 | | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the
limiting rate as |
12 | | calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property |
13 | | Tax
Extension Limitation Law. |
14 | | "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of |
15 | | the equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County |
16 | | Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by
the Operating |
17 | | Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A). |
18 | | "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, |
19 | | certified by the
County Clerk, in which the numerator is |
20 | | the Base Tax Year's Tax
Extension and the denominator is |
21 | | the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension. |
22 | | "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined |
23 | | in subsection (A). |
24 | | If a school district is subject to property tax extension |
25 | | limitations as
imposed under
the Property Tax Extension |
26 | | Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall
calculate |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 367 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the Extension
Limitation
Equalized Assessed Valuation of that |
2 | | district. For the 1999-2000 school
year, the
Extension |
3 | | Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
|
4 | | calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to |
5 | | the product of the
district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation |
6 | | and the district's Extension
Limitation Ratio. Except as |
7 | | otherwise provided in this paragraph for a school district that |
8 | | has approved or does approve an increase in its limiting rate, |
9 | | for the 2000-2001 school year and each school year
thereafter,
|
10 | | the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a |
11 | | school district as
calculated by the State Board of Education |
12 | | shall be equal to the product of
the Equalized Assessed |
13 | | Valuation last used in the calculation of general State
aid and |
14 | | the
district's Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension |
15 | | Limitation
Equalized
Assessed Valuation of a school district as |
16 | | calculated under
this subsection (G)(3) is less than the |
17 | | district's equalized assessed valuation
as calculated pursuant |
18 | | to subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
|
19 | | calculating the district's general State aid for the Budget |
20 | | Year pursuant to
subsection (E), that Extension
Limitation |
21 | | Equalized Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
|
22 | | district's Available Local Resources
under subsection (D). For |
23 | | the 2009-2010 school year and each school year thereafter, if a |
24 | | school district has approved or does approve an increase in its |
25 | | limiting rate, pursuant to Section 18-190 of the Property Tax |
26 | | Code, affecting the Base Tax Year, the Extension Limitation |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 368 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Equalized Assessed Valuation of the school district, as |
2 | | calculated by the State Board of Education, shall be equal to |
3 | | the product of the Equalized Assessed Valuation last used in |
4 | | the calculation of general State aid times an amount equal to |
5 | | one plus the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price |
6 | | Index for all Urban Consumers for all items published by the |
7 | | United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar |
8 | | year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the Equalized Assessed |
9 | | Valuation of new property, annexed property, and recovered tax |
10 | | increment value and minus the Equalized Assessed Valuation of |
11 | | disconnected property. New property and recovered tax |
12 | | increment value shall have the meanings set forth in the |
13 | | Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. |
14 | | Partial elementary unit districts created in accordance |
15 | | with Article 11E of this Code shall not be eligible for the |
16 | | adjustment in this subsection (G)(3) until the fifth year |
17 | | following the effective date of the reorganization.
|
18 | | (3.5) For the 2010-2011 school year and each school year |
19 | | thereafter, if a school district's boundaries span multiple |
20 | | counties, then the Department of Revenue shall send to the |
21 | | State Board of Education, for the purpose of calculating |
22 | | general State aid, the limiting rate and individual rates by |
23 | | purpose for the county that contains the majority of the school |
24 | | district's Equalized Assessed Valuation. |
25 | | (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for |
26 | | the 1999-2000
school year only, if a school district |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 369 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | experienced a triennial reassessment on
the equalized assessed |
2 | | valuation used in calculating its general State
financial aid |
3 | | apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
|
4 | | Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized |
5 | | Assessed Valuation
that would have been used to calculate the |
6 | | district's 1998-1999 general State
aid. This amount shall equal |
7 | | the product of the equalized assessed valuation
used to
|
8 | | calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and |
9 | | the district's
Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension |
10 | | Limitation Equalized Assessed
Valuation of the school district |
11 | | as calculated under this paragraph (4) is
less than the |
12 | | district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in |
13 | | calculating
the
district's 1998-1999 general State aid |
14 | | allocation, then for purposes of
calculating the district's |
15 | | general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of
subsection (E),
|
16 | | that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall |
17 | | be utilized to
calculate the district's Available Local |
18 | | Resources. |
19 | | (5) For school districts having a majority of their |
20 | | equalized assessed
valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, |
21 | | Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if
the amount of general State |
22 | | aid allocated to the school district for the
1999-2000 school |
23 | | year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
|
24 | | this Section is less than the amount of general State aid |
25 | | allocated to the
district for the 1998-1999 school year under |
26 | | these subsections, then the
general
State aid of the district |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 370 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased
by the |
2 | | difference between these amounts. The total payments made under |
3 | | this
paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall |
4 | | be prorated if they
exceed $14,000,000.
|
5 | | (H) Supplemental General State Aid. |
6 | | (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district |
7 | | is allotted
pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school |
8 | | districts shall receive a grant,
paid in conjunction with a |
9 | | district's payments of general State aid, for
supplemental |
10 | | general State aid based upon the concentration level of |
11 | | children
from low-income households within the school |
12 | | district.
Supplemental State aid grants provided for school |
13 | | districts under this
subsection shall be appropriated for |
14 | | distribution to school districts as part
of the same line item |
15 | | in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
16 | | appropriated under this Section.
|
17 | | (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school |
18 | | years
preceding the 2003-2004 school year.
For purposes of this
|
19 | | subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
20 | | shall be the
low-income
eligible pupil count from the most |
21 | | recently available federal census divided by
the Average Daily |
22 | | Attendance of the school district.
If, however, (i) the |
23 | | percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal
censuses
in |
24 | | the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district |
25 | | with fewer
than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 371 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | percentage change in the total
low-income eligible pupil count |
2 | | of contiguous elementary school districts,
whose boundaries |
3 | | are coterminous with the high school district,
or (ii) a high |
4 | | school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
|
5 | | school
districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the |
6 | | high school
district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most |
7 | | recent federal
censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count |
8 | | and there is a percentage
increase in the total low-income |
9 | | eligible pupil count of a majority of the
elementary school |
10 | | districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent
federal |
11 | | censuses, then
the
high school district's low-income eligible |
12 | | pupil count from the earlier federal
census
shall be the number |
13 | | used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high
school |
14 | | district, for purposes of this subsection (H).
The changes made |
15 | | to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
|
16 | | supplemental general State aid
grants for school years |
17 | | preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid
in fiscal |
18 | | year 1999 or thereafter
and to
any State aid payments made in |
19 | | fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year
1998 pursuant to |
20 | | subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
|
21 | | repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is |
22 | | affected by
Public Act 92-28 is
entitled to a
recomputation of |
23 | | its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid
paid in |
24 | | any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
|
25 | | affected by any other funding. |
26 | | (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 372 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | school year
and each school year thereafter through the |
2 | | 2016-2017 school year . For purposes of this subsection (H), the
|
3 | | term "Low-Income Concentration Level" shall, for each fiscal |
4 | | year, be the
low-income eligible
pupil count
as of July 1 of |
5 | | the immediately preceding fiscal year
(as determined by the |
6 | | Department of Human Services based
on the number of pupils
who |
7 | | are eligible for at least one of the following
low income |
8 | | programs: Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, |
9 | | TANF, or Food Stamps,
excluding pupils who are eligible for |
10 | | services provided by the Department
of Children and Family |
11 | | Services,
averaged over
the 2 immediately preceding fiscal |
12 | | years for fiscal year 2004 and over the 3
immediately preceding |
13 | | fiscal years for each fiscal year thereafter)
divided by the |
14 | | Average Daily Attendance of the school district. |
15 | | (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
16 | | subsection (H) shall
be
provided as follows for the 1998-1999, |
17 | | 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years
only: |
18 | | (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
19 | | Concentration Level of at
least 20% and less than 35%, the |
20 | | grant for any school year
shall be $800
multiplied by the |
21 | | low income eligible pupil count. |
22 | | (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
23 | | Concentration Level of at
least 35% and less than 50%, the |
24 | | grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be
$1,100 |
25 | | multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count. |
26 | | (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 373 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Concentration Level of at
least 50% and less than 60%, the |
2 | | grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be
$1,500 |
3 | | multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count. |
4 | | (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
5 | | Concentration Level of 60%
or more, the grant for the |
6 | | 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by
the low |
7 | | income eligible pupil count. |
8 | | (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount |
9 | | specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately |
10 | | above shall be increased to $1,243,
$1,600, and $2,000, |
11 | | respectively. |
12 | | (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil |
13 | | amounts specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) |
14 | | immediately above shall be
$1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, |
15 | | respectively. |
16 | | (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
17 | | subsection (H)
shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 |
18 | | school year: |
19 | | (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
20 | | Concentration Level of less
than 10%, the grant for each |
21 | | school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low
income |
22 | | eligible pupil count. |
23 | | (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
24 | | Concentration
Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the |
25 | | grant for each school year shall
be $675
multiplied by the |
26 | | low income eligible pupil
count. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 374 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
2 | | Concentration
Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the |
3 | | grant for each school year shall
be $1,330
multiplied by |
4 | | the low income eligible pupil
count. |
5 | | (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
6 | | Concentration
Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the |
7 | | grant for each school year shall
be $1,362
multiplied by |
8 | | the low income eligible pupil
count. |
9 | | (e) For any school district with a Low Income |
10 | | Concentration
Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the |
11 | | grant for each school year shall
be $1,680
multiplied by |
12 | | the low income eligible pupil
count. |
13 | | (f) For any school district with a Low Income |
14 | | Concentration
Level of 60% or more, the grant for each |
15 | | school year shall be $2,080
multiplied by the low income |
16 | | eligible pupil count. |
17 | | (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general |
18 | | State aid
pursuant to this subsection
(H) shall be provided as |
19 | | follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each
school year |
20 | | thereafter: |
21 | | (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
22 | | Concentration
Level of 15% or less, the grant for each |
23 | | school year
shall be $355 multiplied by the low income |
24 | | eligible pupil count. |
25 | | (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
26 | | Concentration
Level greater than 15%, the grant for each |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 375 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | school year shall be
$294.25 added to the product of $2,700 |
2 | | and the square of the Low
Income Concentration Level, all |
3 | | multiplied by the low income
eligible pupil count. |
4 | | For the 2003-2004 school year and each school year |
5 | | thereafter through the 2008-2009 school year only, the grant |
6 | | shall be no less than the
grant
for
the 2002-2003 school year. |
7 | | For the 2009-2010 school year only, the grant shall
be no
less |
8 | | than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by |
9 | | 0.66. For the 2010-2011
school year only, the grant shall be no |
10 | | less than the grant for the 2002-2003
school year
multiplied by |
11 | | 0.33. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph to the |
12 | | contrary, if for any school year supplemental general State aid |
13 | | grants are prorated as provided in paragraph (1) of this |
14 | | subsection (H), then the grants under this paragraph shall be |
15 | | prorated.
|
16 | | For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no |
17 | | greater
than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school |
18 | | year added to the
product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference |
19 | | between the grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) |
20 | | of this paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the |
21 | | grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the |
22 | | 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
|
23 | | the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to |
24 | | the
product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the |
25 | | grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this |
26 | | paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 376 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the 2005-2006 |
2 | | school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
the grant |
3 | | received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the
product |
4 | | of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
|
5 | | calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph |
6 | | (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant received during |
7 | | the 2002-2003
school year. |
8 | | (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
9 | | more than 1,000
and less than 50,000 that qualify for |
10 | | supplemental general State aid pursuant
to this subsection |
11 | | shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
|
12 | | October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from |
13 | | this grant of
supplemental general State aid for the |
14 | | improvement of
instruction in which priority is given to |
15 | | meeting the education needs of
disadvantaged children. Such |
16 | | plan shall be submitted in accordance with
rules and |
17 | | regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education. |
18 | | (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
19 | | 50,000 or more
that qualify for supplemental general State aid |
20 | | pursuant to this subsection
shall be required to distribute |
21 | | from funds available pursuant to this Section,
no less than |
22 | | $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements: |
23 | | (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the |
24 | | attendance centers
within the district in proportion to the |
25 | | number of pupils enrolled at each
attendance center who are |
26 | | eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 377 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 |
2 | | and under the National
School Lunch Act during the |
3 | | immediately preceding school year. |
4 | | (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental |
5 | | and general State
aid among attendance centers according to |
6 | | these requirements shall not be
compensated for or |
7 | | contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
|
8 | | appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of |
9 | | Education shall
utilize funding from one or several sources |
10 | | in order to fully implement this
provision annually prior |
11 | | to the opening of school. |
12 | | (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
|
13 | | school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and |
14 | | other
categorical funds to which an attendance center is |
15 | | entitled under law in
order that the general State aid and |
16 | | supplemental general State aid provided
by application of |
17 | | this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
|
18 | | noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided |
19 | | by the school
district to the attendance centers. |
20 | | (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that |
21 | | by reason of the
provisions of this subsection are not
|
22 | | required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers |
23 | | may be used and
appropriated by the board of the district |
24 | | for any lawful school purpose. |
25 | | (e) Funds received by an attendance center
pursuant to |
26 | | this
subsection shall be used
by the attendance center at |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 378 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the discretion
of the principal and local school council |
2 | | for programs to improve educational
opportunities at |
3 | | qualifying schools through the following programs and
|
4 | | services: early childhood education, reduced class size or |
5 | | improved adult to
student classroom ratio, enrichment |
6 | | programs, remedial assistance, attendance
improvement, and |
7 | | other educationally beneficial expenditures which
|
8 | | supplement
the regular and basic programs as determined by |
9 | | the State Board of Education.
Funds provided shall not be |
10 | | expended for any political or lobbying purposes
as defined |
11 | | by board rule. |
12 | | (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this |
13 | | subdivision (H)(4)
shall submit an
acceptable plan to meet |
14 | | the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
|
15 | | compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the |
16 | | State Board of
Education prior to July 15 of each year. |
17 | | This plan shall be consistent with the
decisions of local |
18 | | school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
|
19 | | developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The |
20 | | State Board shall
approve or reject the plan within 60 days |
21 | | after its submission. If the plan is
rejected, the district |
22 | | shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
|
23 | | within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then |
24 | | submit a modified plan
within 30 days after the date of the |
25 | | written notice of intent to modify.
Districts may amend |
26 | | approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 379 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Board of Education. |
2 | | Upon notification by the State Board of Education that |
3 | | the district has
not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a |
4 | | modified plan within the time
period specified herein, the
|
5 | | State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan |
6 | | shall be withheld by the
State Board of Education until a |
7 | | plan or modified plan is submitted. |
8 | | If the district fails to distribute State aid to |
9 | | attendance centers in
accordance with an approved plan, the |
10 | | plan for the following year shall
allocate funds, in |
11 | | addition to the funds otherwise required by this
|
12 | | subsection, to those attendance centers which were |
13 | | underfunded during the
previous year in amounts equal to |
14 | | such underfunding. |
15 | | For purposes of determining compliance with this |
16 | | subsection in relation
to the requirements of attendance |
17 | | center funding, each district subject to the
provisions of |
18 | | this
subsection shall submit as a separate document by |
19 | | December 1 of each year a
report of expenditure data for |
20 | | the prior year in addition to any
modification of its |
21 | | current plan. If it is determined that there has been
a |
22 | | failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this |
23 | | subsection
regarding contravention or supplanting, the |
24 | | State Superintendent of
Education shall, within 60 days of |
25 | | receipt of the report, notify the
district and any affected |
26 | | local school council. The district shall within
45 days of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 380 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | receipt of that notification inform the State |
2 | | Superintendent of
Education of the remedial or corrective |
3 | | action to be taken, whether by
amendment of the current |
4 | | plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan
for the |
5 | | following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report |
6 | | or the
notification of remedial or corrective action in a |
7 | | timely manner shall
result in a withholding of the affected |
8 | | funds. |
9 | | The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and |
10 | | regulations
to implement the provisions of this |
11 | | subsection. No funds shall be released
under this |
12 | | subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a |
13 | | plan
that has been approved by the State Board of |
14 | | Education.
|
15 | | (I) (Blank).
|
16 | | (J) (Blank).
|
17 | | (K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools. |
18 | | In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board |
19 | | of a public
university that operates a laboratory school under |
20 | | this Section or to any
alternative school that is operated by a |
21 | | regional superintendent of schools,
the State
Board of |
22 | | Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as |
23 | | it
deems necessary. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 381 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public |
2 | | school which is
created and operated by a public university and |
3 | | approved by the State Board of
Education. The governing board |
4 | | of a public university which receives funds
from the State |
5 | | Board under this subsection (K) or subsection (g) of Section |
6 | | 18-8.15 of this Code may not increase the number of
students |
7 | | enrolled in its laboratory
school from a single district, if |
8 | | that district is already sending 50 or more
students, except |
9 | | under a mutual agreement between the school board of a
|
10 | | student's district of residence and the university which |
11 | | operates the
laboratory school. A laboratory school may not |
12 | | have more than 1,000 students,
excluding students with |
13 | | disabilities in a special education program. |
14 | | As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a |
15 | | public school which is
created and operated by a Regional |
16 | | Superintendent of Schools and approved by
the State Board of |
17 | | Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
|
18 | | instruction for which credit is given in regular school |
19 | | programs, courses to
prepare students for the high school |
20 | | equivalency testing program or vocational
and occupational |
21 | | training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
|
22 | | with a school district or a public community college district |
23 | | to operate an
alternative school. An alternative school serving |
24 | | more than one educational
service region may be established by |
25 | | the regional superintendents of schools
of the affected |
26 | | educational service regions. An alternative school
serving |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 382 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | more than one educational service region may be operated under |
2 | | such
terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those |
3 | | educational service
regions may agree. |
4 | | Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms |
5 | | provided by the
State Superintendent of Education, an annual |
6 | | State aid claim which states the
Average Daily Attendance of |
7 | | the school's students by month. The best 3 months'
Average |
8 | | Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school.
The general |
9 | | State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
|
10 | | applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as |
11 | | determined under
this Section.
|
12 | | (L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements. |
13 | | (1) For a school district operating under the financial |
14 | | supervision
of an Authority created under Article 34A, the |
15 | | general State aid otherwise
payable to that district under this |
16 | | Section, but not the supplemental general
State aid, shall be |
17 | | reduced by an amount equal to the budget for
the operations of |
18 | | the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State
Board |
19 | | of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be |
20 | | paid
to the Authority created for such district for its |
21 | | operating expenses in
the manner provided in Section 18-11. The |
22 | | remainder
of general State school aid for any such district |
23 | | shall be paid in accordance
with Article 34A when that Article |
24 | | provides for a disposition other than that
provided by this |
25 | | Article. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 383 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (2) (Blank). |
2 | | (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as |
3 | | provided in
Section 18-4.3.
|
4 | | (M) (Blank). Education Funding Advisory Board. |
5 | | The Education Funding Advisory
Board, hereinafter in this |
6 | | subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby
created. |
7 | | The Board
shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the |
8 | | Governor, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate. The |
9 | | members appointed shall include
representatives of education, |
10 | | business, and the general public. One of the
members so |
11 | | appointed shall be
designated by the Governor at the time the |
12 | | appointment is made as the
chairperson of the
Board.
The |
13 | | initial members of the Board may
be appointed any time after |
14 | | the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997. The regular |
15 | | term of each member of the
Board shall be for 4 years from the |
16 | | third Monday of January of the
year in which the term of the |
17 | | member's appointment is to commence, except that
of the 5 |
18 | | initial members appointed to serve on the
Board, the member who |
19 | | is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for
a term that |
20 | | commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on |
21 | | the
third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, |
22 | | by lots drawn at
the first meeting of the Board that is
held
|
23 | | after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their |
24 | | number to serve
for terms that commence on the date of their
|
25 | | respective appointments and expire on the third
Monday of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 384 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | January, 2001,
and 2 of their number to serve for terms that |
2 | | commence
on the date of their respective appointments and |
3 | | expire on the third Monday
of January, 2000. All members |
4 | | appointed to serve on the
Board shall serve until their |
5 | | respective successors are
appointed and confirmed. Vacancies |
6 | | shall be filled in the same manner as
original appointments. If |
7 | | a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the
Senate is not |
8 | | in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment |
9 | | until
the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall |
10 | | appoint, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, a |
11 | | person to fill that membership for the
unexpired term. If the |
12 | | Senate is not in session when the initial appointments
are |
13 | | made, those appointments shall
be made as in the case of |
14 | | vacancies. |
15 | | The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed |
16 | | established,
and the initial
members appointed by the Governor |
17 | | to serve as members of the
Board shall take office,
on the date |
18 | | that the
Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth |
19 | | initial member of the
Board, whether those initial members are |
20 | | then serving
pursuant to appointment and confirmation or |
21 | | pursuant to temporary appointments
that are made by the |
22 | | Governor as in the case of vacancies. |
23 | | The State Board of Education shall provide such staff |
24 | | assistance to the
Education Funding Advisory Board as is |
25 | | reasonably required for the proper
performance by the Board of |
26 | | its responsibilities. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 385 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the |
2 | | Education
Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the |
3 | | State Board of Education,
shall make recommendations as |
4 | | provided in this subsection (M) to the General
Assembly for the |
5 | | foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section and
|
6 | | for the
supplemental general State aid grant level under |
7 | | subsection (H) of this Section
for districts with high |
8 | | concentrations of children from poverty. The
recommended |
9 | | foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology |
10 | | which
incorporates the basic education expenditures of |
11 | | low-spending schools
exhibiting high academic performance. The |
12 | | Education Funding Advisory Board
shall make such |
13 | | recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd
|
14 | | numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
|
15 | | (N) (Blank).
|
16 | | (O) References. |
17 | | (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
|
18 | | Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and |
19 | | replacement by this
Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to |
20 | | the corresponding provisions of
this Section 18-8.05, to the |
21 | | extent that those references remain applicable. |
22 | | (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall |
23 | | be deemed to
refer to the supplemental general State aid |
24 | | provided under subsection (H) of
this Section.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 386 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (P) Public Act 93-838 and Public Act 93-808 make inconsistent |
2 | | changes to this Section. Under Section 6 of the Statute on |
3 | | Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between Public Act |
4 | | 93-808 and Public Act 93-838. Public Act 93-838, being the last |
5 | | acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public Act 93-838 is |
6 | | the law regardless of the text of Public Act 93-808.
|
7 | | (Q) State Fiscal Year 2015 Payments. |
8 | | For payments made for State fiscal year 2015, the State |
9 | | Board of Education shall, for each school district, calculate |
10 | | that district's pro-rata share of a minimum sum of $13,600,000 |
11 | | or additional amounts as needed from the total net General |
12 | | State Aid funding as calculated under this Section that shall |
13 | | be deemed attributable to the provision of special educational |
14 | | facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this |
15 | | Code, in a manner that ensures compliance with maintenance of |
16 | | State financial support requirements under the federal |
17 | | Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. Each school |
18 | | district must use such funds only for the provision of special |
19 | | educational facilities and services, as defined in Section |
20 | | 14-1.08 of this Code, and must comply with any expenditure |
21 | | verification procedures adopted by the State Board of |
22 | | Education.
|
23 | | (R) State Fiscal Year 2016 Payments. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 387 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | For payments made for State fiscal year 2016, the State |
2 | | Board of Education shall, for each school district, calculate |
3 | | that district's pro rata share of a minimum sum of $1 or |
4 | | additional amounts as needed from the total net General State |
5 | | Aid funding as calculated under this Section that shall be |
6 | | deemed attributable to the provision of special educational |
7 | | facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this |
8 | | Code, in a manner that ensures compliance with maintenance of |
9 | | State financial support requirements under the federal |
10 | | Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. Each school |
11 | | district must use such funds only for the provision of special |
12 | | educational facilities and services, as defined in Section |
13 | | 14-1.08 of this Code, and must comply with any expenditure |
14 | | verification procedures adopted by the State Board of |
15 | | Education. |
16 | | (Source: P.A. 98-972, eff. 8-15-14; 99-2, eff. 3-26-15; 99-194, |
17 | | eff. 7-30-15; 99-523, eff. 6-30-16.)
|
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.10) |
19 | | Sec. 18-8.10. Fast growth grants.
|
20 | | (a) If there has been an increase in a school district's |
21 | | student population over the most recent 2 school years of (i) |
22 | | over 1.5% in a district with over 10,000 pupils in average |
23 | | daily attendance (as defined in Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of |
24 | | this Code) or (ii) over 7.5% in any other district, then the |
25 | | district is eligible for a grant under this Section, subject to |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 388 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | appropriation. |
2 | | (b) The State Board of Education shall determine a per |
3 | | pupil grant amount for each school district. The total grant |
4 | | amount for a district for any given school year shall equal the |
5 | | per pupil grant amount multiplied by the difference between the |
6 | | number of pupils in average daily attendance for the 2 most |
7 | | recent school years. |
8 | | (c) Funds for grants under this Section must be |
9 | | appropriated to the State Board of Education in a separate line |
10 | | item for this purpose. If the amount appropriated in any fiscal |
11 | | year is insufficient to pay all grants for a school year, then |
12 | | the amount appropriated shall be prorated among eligible |
13 | | districts. As soon as possible after funds have been |
14 | | appropriated to the State Board of Education, the State Board |
15 | | of Education shall distribute the grants to eligible districts. |
16 | | (d) If a school district intentionally reports incorrect |
17 | | average daily attendance numbers to receive a grant under this |
18 | | Section, then the district shall be denied State aid in the |
19 | | same manner as State aid is denied for intentional incorrect |
20 | | reporting of average daily attendance numbers under Section |
21 | | 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code.
|
22 | | (Source: P.A. 93-1042, eff. 10-8-04.)
|
23 | | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15 new) |
24 | | Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-based funding for student success |
25 | | for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 389 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (a) General provisions. |
2 | | (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by |
3 | | June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten |
4 | | through grade 12 public education system with the capacity |
5 | | to ensure the educational development of all persons to the |
6 | | limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of |
7 | | Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To |
8 | | accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of |
9 | | funding public education that is evidence-based; is |
10 | | sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful |
11 | | opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity, |
12 | | sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and |
13 | | is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under |
14 | | this Section, every school shall have the resources, based |
15 | | on what the evidence indicates is needed, to: |
16 | | (A) provide all students with a high quality |
17 | | education that offers the academic, enrichment, social |
18 | | and emotional support, technical, and career-focused |
19 | | programs that will allow them to become competitive |
20 | | workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of |
21 | | this State, and active members of our national |
22 | | democracy; |
23 | | (B) ensure all students receive the education they |
24 | | need to graduate from high school with the skills |
25 | | required to pursue post-secondary education and |
26 | | training for a rewarding career; |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 390 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the |
2 | | achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk |
3 | | students by raising the performance of at-risk |
4 | | students and not by reducing standards; and |
5 | | (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to |
6 | | assume the primary responsibility to fund public |
7 | | education and simultaneously relieve the |
8 | | disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes |
9 | | to fund schools. |
10 | | (2) The evidence-based funding formula under this |
11 | | Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in |
12 | | this State. The evidence-based funding formula outlined in |
13 | | this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 |
14 | | of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both |
15 | | legislative chambers. As further defined and described in |
16 | | this Section, there are 4 major components of the |
17 | | evidence-based funding model: |
18 | | (A) First, the model calculates a unique adequacy |
19 | | target for each Organizational Unit in this State that |
20 | | considers the costs to implement research-based |
21 | | activities, the unit's student demographics, and |
22 | | regional wage difference. |
23 | | (B) Second, the model calculates each |
24 | | Organizational Unit's local capacity, or the amount |
25 | | each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute |
26 | | towards its adequacy target from local resources. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 391 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding |
2 | | the State currently contributes to the Organizational |
3 | | Unit, and adds that to the unit's local capacity to |
4 | | determine the unit's overall current adequacy of |
5 | | funding. |
6 | | (D) Finally, the model's distribution method |
7 | | allocates new State funding to those Organizational |
8 | | Units that are least well-funded, considering both |
9 | | local capacity and State funding, in relation to their |
10 | | adequacy target. |
11 | | (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under |
12 | | this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received |
13 | | for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make |
14 | | expenditures by law. |
15 | | (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall |
16 | | have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4): |
17 | | "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
18 | | subsection (b) of this Section. |
19 | | "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of |
20 | | subsection (d) of this Section. |
21 | | "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in |
22 | | paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
23 | | "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all |
24 | | Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent |
25 | | shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a |
26 | | transportation rate based on total expenses for |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 392 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | transportation services under this Code, as reported on the |
2 | | most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil |
3 | | Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the |
4 | | Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and |
5 | | 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding |
6 | | fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding |
7 | | net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or |
8 | | special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to |
9 | | Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this |
10 | | Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational |
11 | | Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois |
12 | | scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior |
13 | | years for regular, vocational, or special education |
14 | | transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or |
15 | | subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the |
16 | | total transportation expenses, as defined in this |
17 | | paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from |
18 | | the Operating Tax Rate. |
19 | | "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of |
20 | | subsection (g) of this Section. |
21 | | "Alternative School" means a public school that is |
22 | | created and operated by a regional superintendent of |
23 | | schools and approved by the State Board. |
24 | | "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
25 | | subsection (d) of this Section. |
26 | | "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 393 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, |
2 | | in addition to the State accountability assessment, that |
3 | | assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and |
4 | | meeting the needs of the students they serve. |
5 | | "Assistant principal" means a school administrator |
6 | | duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in |
7 | | this State. |
8 | | "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not |
9 | | meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating |
10 | | from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need |
11 | | for vocational support or social services beyond that |
12 | | provided by the regular school program. All students |
13 | | included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as |
14 | | well as all English learner and disabled students attending |
15 | | the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk |
16 | | students under this Section. |
17 | | "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, for an |
18 | | Organizational Unit in a given school year, the greater of |
19 | | the average number of students (grades K through 12) |
20 | | reported to the State Board as enrolled in the |
21 | | Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the |
22 | | special education pre-kindergarten students with services |
23 | | of at least more than 2 hours a day as reported to the |
24 | | State Board on December 1, in the immediately preceding |
25 | | school year or the average number of students (grades K |
26 | | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 394 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the |
2 | | special education pre-kindergarten students with services |
3 | | of
at least more than 2 hours a day as reported to the |
4 | | State Board on December 1, for each of the immediately |
5 | | preceding 3 school years. For the purposes of this |
6 | | definition, "enrolled in the Organizational Unit" means |
7 | | the number of students reported to the State Board who are |
8 | | enrolled in schools within the Organizational Unit that the |
9 | | student attends or would attend if not placed or |
10 | | transferred to another school or program to receive needed |
11 | | services. For the purposes of calculating "ASE", all |
12 | | students, grades K through 12, excluding those attending |
13 | | kindergarten for a half day, shall be counted as 1.0. All |
14 | | students attending kindergarten for a half day shall be |
15 | | counted as 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in |
16 | | subsequent years, the school district reports to the State |
17 | | Board of Education the intent to implement full-day |
18 | | kindergarten district-wide for all students, then all |
19 | | students attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. |
20 | | Special education pre-kindergarten students shall be |
21 | | counted as 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or |
22 | | has not collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment |
23 | | count by grade or a December 1 collection of special |
24 | | education pre-kindergarten students as of the effective |
25 | | date of this amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly, |
26 | | it shall establish such collection for all future years. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 395 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | For any year where a count by grade level was collected |
2 | | only once, that count shall be used as the single count |
3 | | available for computing a 3-year average ASE. School |
4 | | districts shall submit the data for the ASE calculation to |
5 | | the State Board within 45 days of the dates required in |
6 | | this Section for submission of enrollment data in order for |
7 | | it to be included in the ASE calculation. |
8 | | "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10) |
9 | | of subsection (g) of this Section. |
10 | | "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of |
11 | | this Section. |
12 | | "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used |
13 | | to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State |
14 | | aid. |
15 | | "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the |
16 | | equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk |
17 | | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as |
18 | | calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL. |
19 | | "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of |
20 | | an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target |
21 | | attributable to bilingual education divided by the |
22 | | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product |
23 | | of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding |
24 | | received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational |
25 | | Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual |
26 | | education shall include all additional investments in |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 396 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | English learner students' adequacy elements. |
2 | | "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary |
3 | | State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section. |
4 | | "Central office" means individual administrators and |
5 | | support service personnel charged with managing the |
6 | | instructional programs, business and operations, and |
7 | | security of the Organizational Unit. |
8 | | "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost |
9 | | differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional |
10 | | variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not |
11 | | educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the |
12 | | first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be |
13 | | the CWI initially developed by the National Center for |
14 | | Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A & |
15 | | M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of |
16 | | Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State |
17 | | Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar |
18 | | methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M |
19 | | University study, with adjustments made no less frequently |
20 | | than once every 5 years. |
21 | | "Computer technology and equipment" means computers |
22 | | servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, |
23 | | instructional software, security software, curriculum |
24 | | management courseware, and other similar materials and |
25 | | equipment. |
26 | | "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 397 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | English, writing, and language arts; history and social |
2 | | studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced |
3 | | Placement in high schools. |
4 | | "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in |
5 | | elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle |
6 | | and high schools. |
7 | | "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed |
8 | | teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to |
9 | | students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects. |
10 | | "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement |
11 | | tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the |
12 | | calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a |
13 | | school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the |
14 | | abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the |
15 | | replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and |
16 | | repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection |
17 | | therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public |
18 | | Act 81-1st S.S.-1). |
19 | | "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in |
20 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and |
21 | | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection |
22 | | (d) of this Section. |
23 | | "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national |
24 | | employment cost index for civilian workers in educational |
25 | | services in elementary and secondary schools on a |
26 | | cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 398 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation. |
2 | | "EIS Data" means the employment information system |
3 | | data maintained by the State Board on educators within |
4 | | Organizational Units. |
5 | | "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision |
6 | | insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, |
7 | | the costs associated with statutorily required payment of |
8 | | the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher |
9 | | pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and |
10 | | Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions. |
11 | | "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the |
12 | | definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of |
13 | | this Code participating in a program of transitional |
14 | | bilingual education or a transitional program of |
15 | | instruction meeting the requirements and program |
16 | | application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the |
17 | | purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled, |
18 | | the same collection and calculation methodology as defined |
19 | | above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners. |
20 | | "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources, |
21 | | and educational programs that have been identified through |
22 | | academic research as necessary to improve student success, |
23 | | improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and |
24 | | provide for other per student costs related to the delivery |
25 | | and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the |
26 | | maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 399 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this |
2 | | Section. |
3 | | "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided |
4 | | to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section. |
5 | | "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs |
6 | | provided to students outside the regular school day before |
7 | | and after school or during non-instructional times during |
8 | | the school day. |
9 | | "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio |
10 | | in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and |
11 | | the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension. |
12 | | "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4) |
13 | | of subsection (f) of this Section. |
14 | | "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of |
15 | | subsection (f) of this Section. |
16 | | "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time |
17 | | equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant |
18 | | position at an Organizational Unit. |
19 | | "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection |
20 | | (g). |
21 | | "Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance |
22 | | counselor who provides guidance and counseling support for |
23 | | students within an Organizational Unit. |
24 | | "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit |
25 | | district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code. |
26 | | "Instructional assistant" means a core or special |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 400 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in |
2 | | the classroom and provides academic support to students. |
3 | | "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher |
4 | | or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches |
5 | | continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides |
6 | | instructional support to teachers in the elements of |
7 | | research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment |
8 | | of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment |
9 | | tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or |
10 | | strategies; develops and implements training; chooses |
11 | | standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers |
12 | | with an understanding of current research; serves as a |
13 | | mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead |
14 | | teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in |
15 | | collaboration, to use data to improve instructional |
16 | | practice or develop model lessons. |
17 | | "Instructional materials" means relevant instructional |
18 | | materials for student instruction, including, but not |
19 | | limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory |
20 | | equipment, library books, and other similar materials. |
21 | | "Laboratory School" means a public school that is |
22 | | created and operated by a public university and approved by |
23 | | the State Board. |
24 | | "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a |
25 | | library information specialist or another individual whose |
26 | | primary responsibility is overseeing library resources |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 401 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | within an Organizational Unit. |
2 | | "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
3 | | subsection (c) of this Section. |
4 | | "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph |
5 | | (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
6 | | "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B) |
7 | | of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
8 | | "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of |
9 | | subsection (c) of this Section. |
10 | | "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit |
11 | | in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of |
12 | | students for the prior school year or the immediately |
13 | | preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the |
14 | | immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the |
15 | | Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least |
16 | | one of the following low income programs: Medicaid, the |
17 | | Children's Health Insurance Program, TANF, or the |
18 | | Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, excluding |
19 | | pupils who are eligible for services provided by the |
20 | | Department of Children and Family Services. Until such time |
21 | | that grade level low-income populations become available, |
22 | | grade level low-income populations shall be determined by |
23 | | applying the low-income percentage to total student |
24 | | enrollments by grade level. The low-income percentage is |
25 | | determined by dividing the Low-Income Count by the Average |
26 | | Student Enrollment. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 402 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services, |
2 | | facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, |
3 | | facility security, routine facility repairs, and other |
4 | | similar services and functions. |
5 | | "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of |
6 | | subsection (g) of this Section. |
7 | | "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any |
8 | | given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under |
9 | | Section 2-3.170 of the School Code. |
10 | | "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all |
11 | | State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in |
12 | | excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding |
13 | | Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year. |
14 | | "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given |
15 | | school year, the amount of State funds that would be |
16 | | necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an |
17 | | Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available |
18 | | to each unit. |
19 | | "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified |
20 | | school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for |
21 | | nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of |
22 | | and is available to provide health care-related services |
23 | | for students of an Organizational Unit. |
24 | | "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the |
25 | | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, |
26 | | except, Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 403 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. |
2 | | For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the |
3 | | combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the |
4 | | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, |
5 | | except, Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital |
6 | | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. |
7 | | "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School, an |
8 | | Alternative School, or any public school district that is |
9 | | recognized as such by the State Board and that contains |
10 | | elementary schools typically serving kindergarten through |
11 | | 5th grades, middle schools typically serving 6th through |
12 | | 8th grades, or high schools typically serving 9th through |
13 | | 12th grades. The General Assembly acknowledges that the |
14 | | actual grade levels served by a particular Organizational |
15 | | Unit may vary slightly from what is typical. |
16 | | "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating |
17 | | the CWI in the region and original county in which an |
18 | | Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is |
19 | | located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if |
20 | | the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance |
21 | | with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational |
22 | | Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current |
23 | | CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that |
24 | | county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a |
25 | | "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated |
26 | | by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 404 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent |
2 | | Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the |
3 | | original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois |
4 | | county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the |
5 | | number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the |
6 | | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and |
7 | | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at |
8 | | 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the |
9 | | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and |
10 | | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at |
11 | | 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its |
12 | | weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the |
13 | | Organizational Unit CWI. |
14 | | "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year |
15 | | immediately preceding the Base Tax Year. |
16 | | "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of |
17 | | the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county |
18 | | clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating |
19 | | Tax Rate. |
20 | | "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in |
21 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section. |
22 | | "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of |
23 | | subsection (f) of this Section. |
24 | | "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed |
25 | | to be employed as a principal in this State. |
26 | | "Professional development" means training programs for |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 405 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, |
2 | | programs that assist in implementing new curriculum |
3 | | programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data |
4 | | training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and |
5 | | strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, |
6 | | encompass instructional strategies for English learner, |
7 | | gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural |
8 | | sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide |
9 | | professional support for licensed staff. |
10 | | "Prototypical" means 450 special education |
11 | | pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students |
12 | | for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students |
13 | | for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students |
14 | | for a high school. |
15 | | "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation |
16 | | Law. |
17 | | "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection |
18 | | (d) of this Section. |
19 | | "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist, |
20 | | social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff |
21 | | member who provides support to at-risk or struggling |
22 | | students. |
23 | | "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
24 | | subsection (d) of this Section. |
25 | | "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular |
26 | | Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 406 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI. |
2 | | "School site staff" means the primary school secretary |
3 | | and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school. |
4 | | "Special education" means special educational |
5 | | facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of |
6 | | this Code. |
7 | | "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an |
8 | | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable |
9 | | to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's |
10 | | final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be |
11 | | multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant |
12 | | to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy |
13 | | Target attributable to special education shall include all |
14 | | special education investment adequacy elements. |
15 | | "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides |
16 | | instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects, |
17 | | including, but not limited to, art, music, physical |
18 | | education, health, driver education, career-technical |
19 | | education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated |
20 | | by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit. |
21 | | "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School, |
22 | | safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, |
23 | | special education cooperative or entity recognized by the |
24 | | State Board as a special education cooperative, |
25 | | State-approved charter school, or alternative learning |
26 | | opportunities program that received direct funding from |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 407 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through |
2 | | any of the funding sources included within the calculation |
3 | | of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy. |
4 | | "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental |
5 | | general State aid funding received by an Organization Unit |
6 | | during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to subsection (H) |
7 | | of Section 18-8.05 of this Code. |
8 | | "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy |
9 | | Targets of all Organizational Units. |
10 | | "State Board" means the State Board of Education. |
11 | | "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent |
12 | | of Education. |
13 | | "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by |
14 | | multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for |
15 | | that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, |
16 | | summing all Organizational Unit's weighted values, and |
17 | | dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, |
18 | | thereby creating an average weighted index. |
19 | | "Student activities" means non-credit producing |
20 | | after-school programs, including, but not limited to, |
21 | | clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by |
22 | | the school board of the Organizational Unit. |
23 | | "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or |
24 | | teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational |
25 | | Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on |
26 | | a per diem or per period-assignment basis replacing another |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 408 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | staff member. |
2 | | "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs |
3 | | provided to students during the summer months outside of |
4 | | the regular school year. |
5 | | "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member |
6 | | who helps in supervising students of an Organizational |
7 | | Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations |
8 | | such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and |
9 | | playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising |
10 | | students when being transported in buses serving the |
11 | | Organizational Unit. |
12 | | "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of |
13 | | subsection (g). |
14 | | "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined |
15 | | in paragraph (3) of subsection (g). |
16 | | "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate |
17 | | Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate |
18 | | Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g). |
19 | | (b) Adequacy Target calculation. |
20 | | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the |
21 | | sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing |
22 | | Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this |
23 | | subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential |
24 | | Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated |
25 | | pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b). |
26 | | (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 409 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each |
2 | | Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), |
3 | | with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on |
4 | | ASE counts in excess or less than the thresholds set forth |
5 | | in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating |
6 | | attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups |
7 | | thereto are as follows: |
8 | | (A) Core class size investments. Each |
9 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required |
10 | | to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as |
11 | | is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the |
12 | | Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers: |
13 | | (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the |
14 | | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required |
15 | | to support one FTE core teacher position for every |
16 | | 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and |
17 | | one FTE core teacher position for every 20 |
18 | | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. |
19 | | (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the |
20 | | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required |
21 | | to support one FTE core teacher position for every |
22 | | 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and |
23 | | one FTE core teacher position for every 25 |
24 | | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. |
25 | | The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a |
26 | | grade shall be determined by subtracting the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 410 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the |
2 | | Organizational Unit for that grade. |
3 | | (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each |
4 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
5 | | to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher |
6 | | positions that correspond to the following |
7 | | percentages: |
8 | | (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an |
9 | | elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the |
10 | | number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, |
11 | | as determined under subparagraph (A) of this |
12 | | paragraph (2); and |
13 | | (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a |
14 | | high school, then 33.33% of the number of the |
15 | | Organizational Unit's core teachers. |
16 | | (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each |
17 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
18 | | to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position |
19 | | for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten |
20 | | children with disabilities and all kindergarten |
21 | | through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit. |
22 | | (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments. |
23 | | Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding |
24 | | needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each |
25 | | prototypical elementary, middle, and high school. |
26 | | (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 411 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
2 | | to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to |
3 | | 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required |
4 | | under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time |
5 | | equivalent core, specialist, and intervention |
6 | | teachers, school nurses, special education teachers |
7 | | and instructional assistants, instructional |
8 | | facilitators, and summer school and extended-day |
9 | | teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph |
10 | | (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary |
11 | | for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the |
12 | | average salary of each instructional assistant |
13 | | position. |
14 | | (F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each |
15 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
16 | | to cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450 |
17 | | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
18 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 |
19 | | students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for each 250 |
20 | | grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one |
21 | | FTE guidance counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12 |
22 | | ASE high school students. |
23 | | (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit |
24 | | shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse |
25 | | for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children |
26 | | with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 412 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | 12 students across all grade levels it serves. |
2 | | (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each |
3 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
4 | | to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of |
5 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
6 | | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for |
7 | | each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for |
8 | | each 200 ASE high school students. |
9 | | (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational |
10 | | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE |
11 | | librarian for each prototypical elementary school, |
12 | | middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or |
13 | | media technician for every 300 combined ASE of |
14 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
15 | | kindergarten through grade 12 students. |
16 | | (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational |
17 | | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE |
18 | | principal position for each prototypical elementary |
19 | | school, plus one FTE principal position for each |
20 | | prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal |
21 | | position for each prototypical high school. |
22 | | (K) Assistant principal investments. Each |
23 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
24 | | to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each |
25 | | prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant |
26 | | principal position for each prototypical middle |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 413 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for |
2 | | each prototypical high school. |
3 | | (L) School site staff investments. Each |
4 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
5 | | for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of |
6 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
7 | | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE |
8 | | position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus |
9 | | one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students. |
10 | | (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit |
11 | | shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 |
12 | | ASE. |
13 | | (N) Professional development investments. Each |
14 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of |
15 | | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
16 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
17 | | students for trainers and other professional |
18 | | development-related expenses for supplies and |
19 | | materials. |
20 | | (O) Instructional material investments. Each |
21 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of |
22 | | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
23 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
24 | | students to cover instructional material costs. |
25 | | (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational |
26 | | Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 414 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
2 | | kindergarten through grade 12 students student to |
3 | | cover assessment costs. |
4 | | (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments. |
5 | | Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per |
6 | | student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten |
7 | | children with disabilities and all kindergarten |
8 | | through grade 12 students to cover computer technology |
9 | | and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and |
10 | | subsequent school years, Tier 1 and Tier 2 |
11 | | Organizational Units selected by the State Board |
12 | | through a request for proposals process shall, upon the |
13 | | State Board's approval of an Organizational Unit's |
14 | | one-to-one computing technology plan, receive an |
15 | | additional $285.50 per student of the combined ASE of |
16 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
17 | | kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover |
18 | | computer technology and equipment costs. The State |
19 | | Board may establish additional requirements for |
20 | | Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received |
21 | | pursuant to this subparagraph (Q). It is the intent of |
22 | | this amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly that |
23 | | all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts that apply for the |
24 | | technology grant receive the addition to their |
25 | | Adequacy Target, subject to compliance with the |
26 | | requirements of the State Board. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 415 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (R) Student activities investments. Each |
2 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the following |
3 | | funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per |
4 | | kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary |
5 | | school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, |
6 | | plus $675 per ASE student in high school. |
7 | | (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each |
8 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student |
9 | | of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
10 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 for |
11 | | day-to-day maintenance and operations expenditures, |
12 | | including salary, supplies, and materials, as well as |
13 | | purchased services, but excluding employee benefits. |
14 | | The proportion of salary for the application of a |
15 | | Regionalization Factor and the calculation of benefits |
16 | | is equal to $352.92. |
17 | | (T) Central office investments. Each |
18 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of |
19 | | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
20 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
21 | | students to cover central office operations, including |
22 | | administrators and classified personnel charged with |
23 | | managing the instructional programs, business and |
24 | | operations of the school district, and security |
25 | | personnel. The proportion of salary for the |
26 | | application of a Regionalization Factor and the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 416 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48. |
2 | | (U) Employee benefit investments. Each |
3 | | Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of |
4 | | all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, |
5 | | excluding substitute teachers and student activities |
6 | | investments, to cover benefit costs. For central |
7 | | office and maintenance and operations investments, the |
8 | | benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary |
9 | | proportion of each investment. If at any time the |
10 | | responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of |
11 | | teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then |
12 | | that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement |
13 | | System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the |
14 | | Organizational Unit for the preceding school year |
15 | | shall be added to the benefit investment. For any |
16 | | fiscal year in which a school district organized under |
17 | | Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the |
18 | | employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that |
19 | | amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for |
20 | | retiree health insurance as certified by the Public |
21 | | School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of |
22 | | Chicago to be paid by the school district for the |
23 | | preceding school year that is statutorily required to |
24 | | cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree |
25 | | health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in |
26 | | this subparagraph (U). The Public School Teachers' |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 417 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall submit |
2 | | such information as the State Superintendent may |
3 | | require for the calculations set forth in this |
4 | | subparagraph (U). |
5 | | (V) Additional investments in low-income students. |
6 | | In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding |
7 | | under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit |
8 | | shall receive funding based on the average teacher |
9 | | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: |
10 | | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) |
11 | | position for every 125 Low-Income Count students; |
12 | | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for |
13 | | every 125 Low-Income Count students; |
14 | | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position |
15 | | for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and |
16 | | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position |
17 | | for every 120 Low-Income Count students. |
18 | | (W) Additional investments in English learner |
19 | | students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other |
20 | | funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational |
21 | | Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher |
22 | | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: |
23 | | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) |
24 | | position for every 125 English learner students; |
25 | | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for |
26 | | every 125 English learner students; |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 418 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position |
2 | | for every 120 English learner students; |
3 | | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position |
4 | | for every 120 English learner students; and |
5 | | (v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100 |
6 | | English learner students. |
7 | | (X) Special education investments. Each |
8 | | Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the |
9 | | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover |
10 | | special education as follows: |
11 | | (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141 |
12 | | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
13 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
14 | | students; |
15 | | (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every |
16 | | 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
17 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
18 | | students; and |
19 | | (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every |
20 | | 1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children |
21 | | with disabilities and all kindergarten through |
22 | | grade 12 students. |
23 | | (3) For calculating the salaries included within the |
24 | | Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall |
25 | | annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar |
26 | | using the employment information system data maintained by |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 419 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the State Board, limited to public schools only and |
2 | | excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, |
3 | | schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and |
4 | | charter schools, for the following positions: |
5 | | (A) Teacher for grades K through 8. |
6 | | (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12. |
7 | | (C) Teacher for grades K through 12. |
8 | | (D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8. |
9 | | (E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12. |
10 | | (F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12. |
11 | | (G) Social worker. |
12 | | (H) Psychologist. |
13 | | (I) Librarian. |
14 | | (J) Nurse. |
15 | | (K) Principal. |
16 | | (L) Assistant principal. |
17 | | For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher" |
18 | | includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, |
19 | | instructional facilitators, tutors, special education |
20 | | teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner |
21 | | teachers, extended-day teachers, and summer school |
22 | | teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for the |
23 | | Essential Elements, the average salary for corresponding |
24 | | positions shall apply. For substitute teachers, the |
25 | | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 shall apply. |
26 | | For calculating the salaries included within the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 420 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS |
2 | | Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first |
3 | | year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding: |
4 | | (i) school site staff, $30,000; and |
5 | | (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional |
6 | | assistant, library aide, library media tech, or |
7 | | supervisory aide: $25,000. |
8 | | In the second and subsequent years of implementation of |
9 | | Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii) |
10 | | of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI. |
11 | | The salary amounts for the Essential Elements |
12 | | determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) |
13 | | and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection |
14 | | (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a |
15 | | Regionalization Factor. |
16 | | (c) Local capacity calculation. |
17 | | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity |
18 | | represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute |
19 | | toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the |
20 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local |
21 | | Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local |
22 | | Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph |
23 | | (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal |
24 | | to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the |
25 | | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as |
26 | | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 421 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local |
2 | | Capacity Target. |
3 | | (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an |
4 | | Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by |
5 | | multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity |
6 | | Ratio. |
7 | | (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity |
8 | | Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational |
9 | | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is |
10 | | determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this |
11 | | paragraph (2), into a normal curve equivalent score to |
12 | | determine each Organizational Unit's relative position |
13 | | to all other Organizational Units in this State. The |
14 | | calculation of Local Capacity Percentage is described |
15 | | in subparagraph (C) of this paragraph (2). |
16 | | (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio |
17 | | in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing |
18 | | its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by |
19 | | its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further |
20 | | adjusted as follows: |
21 | | (i) for Organizational Units serving grades |
22 | | kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no |
23 | | further adjustments shall be made; |
24 | | (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades |
25 | | kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be |
26 | | multiplied by 9/13; |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 422 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades |
2 | | 9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be |
3 | | multiplied by 4/13; and |
4 | | (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a |
5 | | different grade configuration than those specified |
6 | | in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph |
7 | | (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a |
8 | | comparable adjustment based on the grades served. |
9 | | (C) Local Capacity Percentage converts each |
10 | | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio to a normal |
11 | | curve equivalent score to determine each |
12 | | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other |
13 | | Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity |
14 | | Percentage normal curve equivalent score for each |
15 | | Organizational Unit shall be calculated using the |
16 | | standard normal distribution of the score in relation |
17 | | to the weighted mean and weighted standard deviation |
18 | | and Local Capacity Ratios of all Organizational Units. |
19 | | If the value assigned to any Organizational Unit is in |
20 | | excess of 90%, the value shall be adjusted to 90%. For |
21 | | Laboratory Schools, the Local Capacity Percentage |
22 | | shall be set at 10% in
recognition of the absence of |
23 | | EAV and resources from the public university that are |
24 | | allocated to
the Laboratory School. The weighted mean |
25 | | for the Local Capacity Percentage shall be determined |
26 | | by multiplying each Organizational Unit's Local |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 423 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit creating a |
2 | | weighted value, summing the weighted values of all |
3 | | Organizational Units, and dividing by the total ASE of |
4 | | all Organizational Units. The weighted standard |
5 | | deviation shall be determined by taking the square root |
6 | | of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units' |
7 | | Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated |
8 | | by squaring the difference between each unit's Local |
9 | | Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying |
10 | | the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit |
11 | | to create a weighted variance for each unit, then |
12 | | summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by |
13 | | the total ASE of all units. |
14 | | (D) For any Organizational Unit, the |
15 | | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target |
16 | | shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's |
17 | | remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of |
18 | | subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois |
19 | | Pension Code in a given year, or (ii) the board of |
20 | | education's remaining contribution pursuant to |
21 | | paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of |
22 | | the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal |
23 | | cost portion of the required contribution and amount |
24 | | allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section |
25 | | 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. |
26 | | In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 424 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' |
2 | | Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item |
3 | | (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education |
4 | | by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement |
5 | | Fund of the City of Chicago. |
6 | | (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more |
7 | | than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity |
8 | | shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated |
9 | | in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local |
10 | | Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the |
11 | | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real |
12 | | Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals |
13 | | the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local |
14 | | Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by |
15 | | the Local Capacity Percentage. |
16 | | As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of |
17 | | Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real |
18 | | Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the |
19 | | resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's |
20 | | Adequacy Target. |
21 | | (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for |
22 | | purposes of the Local Capacity calculation. |
23 | | (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the |
24 | | product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An |
25 | | Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted |
26 | | Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 425 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Unit. |
2 | | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the |
3 | | Equalized Assessed Valuation, or EAV, of all taxable |
4 | | property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of |
5 | | the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this |
6 | | subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then |
7 | | determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in |
8 | | accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), which |
9 | | Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes of |
10 | | calculating Local Capacity. |
11 | | (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department |
12 | | of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the |
13 | | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue |
14 | | of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit, |
15 | | together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending |
16 | | taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of |
17 | | September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting |
18 | | rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax |
19 | | extension limitations as imposed under PTELL. |
20 | | (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the |
21 | | equalized assessed value of all taxable property of |
22 | | each Organizational Unit situated entirely or |
23 | | partially within a county that is or was subject to the |
24 | | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property |
25 | | Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by |
26 | | which the homestead exemption allowed under Section |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 426 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real |
2 | | property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds |
3 | | the total amount that would have been allowed in that |
4 | | Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under |
5 | | Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 |
6 | | in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 |
7 | | in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and |
8 | | (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the |
9 | | taxable year of all additional exemptions under |
10 | | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with |
11 | | a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk |
12 | | of any county that is or was subject to the provisions |
13 | | of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code |
14 | | shall annually calculate and certify to the Department |
15 | | of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead |
16 | | exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the |
17 | | Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional |
18 | | exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax |
19 | | Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or |
20 | | less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if |
21 | | the general homestead exemption for a parcel of |
22 | | property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 |
23 | | of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175, |
24 | | then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by |
25 | | the difference, if any, between the amount of the |
26 | | general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 427 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property |
2 | | Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed |
3 | | had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of |
4 | | property been determined under Section 15-175 of the |
5 | | Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this |
6 | | subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are |
7 | | allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code |
8 | | for owners with a household income of less than |
9 | | $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be |
10 | | affected by the difference, if any, because of those |
11 | | additional exemptions. |
12 | | (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational |
13 | | Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to |
14 | | which a municipality has adopted tax increment |
15 | | allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment |
16 | | Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of the |
17 | | Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial Jobs |
18 | | Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of the Illinois Municipal |
19 | | Code, no part of the current EAV of real property |
20 | | located in any such project area which is attributable |
21 | | to an increase above the total initial EAV of such |
22 | | property shall be used as part of the EAV of the |
23 | | Organizational Unit, until such time as all |
24 | | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as |
25 | | provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment |
26 | | Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 428 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of |
2 | | the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial |
3 | | EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be |
4 | | used until such time as all redevelopment project costs |
5 | | have been paid. |
6 | | (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid |
7 | | Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the |
8 | | lesser of the equalized assessed valuation for |
9 | | property within the partial elementary unit district |
10 | | for elementary purposes, as defined in Article 11E of |
11 | | this Code, or the equalized assessed valuation for |
12 | | property within the partial elementary unit district |
13 | | for high school purposes, as defined in Article 11E of |
14 | | this Code. |
15 | | (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the |
16 | | average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years |
17 | | or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in |
18 | | the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more |
19 | | compared to the 3-year average. In the event of |
20 | | Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or |
21 | | annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the |
22 | | first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the |
23 | | most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the |
24 | | average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately |
25 | | preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared |
26 | | to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 429 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if |
2 | | the adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared to the |
3 | | 3-year average for the third year. |
4 | | "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State |
5 | | Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as |
6 | | described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of |
7 | | calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. |
8 | | Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), for an |
9 | | Organizational Unit that has approved or does approve an |
10 | | increase in its limiting rate, the PTELL EAV of an |
11 | | Organizational Unit shall be equal to the product of the |
12 | | equalized assessed valuation last used in the calculation |
13 | | of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or |
14 | | Evidence-Based Funding under this Section and the |
15 | | Organizational Unit's Extension Limitation Ratio. If an |
16 | | Organizational Unit has approved or does approve an |
17 | | increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to Section 18-190 |
18 | | of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base Tax Year, the |
19 | | PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of the equalized |
20 | | assessed valuation last used in the calculation of general |
21 | | State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code or |
22 | | Evidence-Based Funding under this Section multiplied by an |
23 | | amount equal to one plus the percentage increase, if any, |
24 | | in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for all |
25 | | items published by the United States Department of Labor |
26 | | for the 12-month calendar year preceding the Base Tax Year, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 430 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | plus the equalized assessed valuation of new property, |
2 | | annexed property, and recovered tax increment value and |
3 | | minus the equalized assessed valuation of disconnected |
4 | | property. |
5 | | As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and |
6 | | "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set |
7 | | forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. |
8 | | (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation. |
9 | | (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding |
10 | | Minimum of an Organizational Unit, other than a Specially |
11 | | Funded Unit, shall be the amount of State funds distributed |
12 | | to the Organizational Unit during the 2016-2017 school year |
13 | | prior to any adjustments and specified appropriation |
14 | | amounts described in this paragraph (1) from the following |
15 | | Sections, as calculated by the State Superintendent: |
16 | | Section 18-8.05 of this Code (general State aid); Section 5 |
17 | | of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524 (equity grants); |
18 | | Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for children |
19 | | requiring special education services); Section 14-13.01 of |
20 | | this Code (special education facilities and staffing), |
21 | | except for reimbursement of the cost of transportation |
22 | | pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section 14C-12 of this Code |
23 | | (English learners); and Section 18-4.3 of this Code (summer |
24 | | school), based on an appropriation level of $13,121,600. |
25 | | For a school district organized under Article 34 of this |
26 | | Code, the Base Funding Minimum also includes (i) the funds |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 431 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 |
2 | | of this Code attributable to funding programs authorized by |
3 | | the Sections of this Code listed in the preceding sentence; |
4 | | and (ii) the difference between (I) the funds allocated to |
5 | | the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code |
6 | | attributable to the funding programs authorized by Section |
7 | | 14-7.02 (non-public special education reimbursement), |
8 | | subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 (special education |
9 | | transportation), Section 29-5 (transportation), Section |
10 | | 2-3.80 (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' |
11 | | alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational |
12 | | service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education – |
13 | | orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood |
14 | | Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the |
15 | | school district's actual expenditures for its non-public |
16 | | special education, special education transportation, |
17 | | transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' |
18 | | alternative education, services that would otherwise be |
19 | | performed by a regional office of education, special |
20 | | education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as |
21 | | most recently calculated and reported pursuant to |
22 | | subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. For Specially |
23 | | Funded Units, the Base Funding Minimum shall be the total |
24 | | amount of State funds allotted to the Specially Funded Unit |
25 | | during the 2016-2017 school year. The Base Funding Minimum |
26 | | for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 432 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the |
2 | | Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially |
3 | | Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of |
4 | | Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year and (ii) |
5 | | the Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year. |
6 | | (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation. |
7 | | (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a |
8 | | Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order |
9 | | to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the |
10 | | funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of |
11 | | this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's |
12 | | Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy |
13 | | are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection |
14 | | (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and |
15 | | Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the |
16 | | Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels |
17 | | pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f). |
18 | | (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are |
19 | | equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and |
20 | | Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary |
21 | | Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary |
22 | | Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%. |
23 | | (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an |
24 | | Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal the sum of |
25 | | its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding |
26 | | Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 433 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the |
2 | | Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools |
3 | | shall not include any portion of general State aid |
4 | | allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition |
5 | | charge times the charter school enrollment. |
6 | | (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy |
7 | | is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An |
8 | | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is |
9 | | equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental |
10 | | Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the |
11 | | product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary |
12 | | Percent of Adequacy. |
13 | | (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system. |
14 | | (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based |
15 | | Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding |
16 | | equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's |
17 | | allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this |
18 | | subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the |
19 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first |
20 | | places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in |
21 | | accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based |
22 | | on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New |
23 | | State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as |
24 | | follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New |
25 | | State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New |
26 | | State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 434 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1% |
2 | | of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within |
3 | | Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds |
4 | | equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following |
5 | | sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate |
6 | | determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection |
7 | | (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap |
8 | | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph |
9 | | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the |
10 | | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting |
11 | | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final |
12 | | Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap |
13 | | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph |
14 | | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the |
15 | | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting |
16 | | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final |
17 | | Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine |
18 | | the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting |
19 | | amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus |
20 | | the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target |
21 | | percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier |
22 | | 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the |
23 | | product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation |
24 | | Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g). |
25 | | (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all |
26 | | Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 435 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 |
2 | | Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational |
3 | | Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. |
4 | | Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation |
5 | | per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall |
6 | | get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 |
7 | | funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the |
8 | | Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational |
9 | | Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the |
10 | | percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 |
11 | | Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational |
12 | | Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting |
13 | | districts' funding below Tier 3 levels. |
14 | | (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers |
15 | | as follows: |
16 | | (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units, |
17 | | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of |
18 | | Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 |
19 | | Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 |
20 | | Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 |
21 | | Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) |
22 | | of this subsection (g). |
23 | | (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all |
24 | | other Organizational Units, except for Specially |
25 | | Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than |
26 | | 0.90. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 436 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units, |
2 | | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of |
3 | | Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0. |
4 | | (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units |
5 | | with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0 and |
6 | | Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood Academy. |
7 | | (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 is |
8 | | determined as follows: |
9 | | (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%. |
10 | | (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the |
11 | | following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided |
12 | | by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 |
13 | | Organizational Units, unless the result of such |
14 | | equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such |
15 | | equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation |
16 | | Rate is 1.0. |
17 | | (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the |
18 | | following equation: Tier 3
Aggregate Funding, divided |
19 | | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 |
20 | | Organizational
Units. |
21 | | (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the |
22 | | following equation: Tier 4
Aggregate Funding, divided |
23 | | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 |
24 | | Organizational
Units. |
25 | | (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows: |
26 | | (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 437 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed |
2 | | with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate. |
3 | | (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90. |
4 | | (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0. |
5 | | (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is |
6 | | greater than 90%, than all Tier 1 funding shall be |
7 | | allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's |
8 | | funding may be identified. |
9 | | (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units |
10 | | receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any |
11 | | remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and |
12 | | Tier 4 Organizational Units. |
13 | | (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood |
14 | | Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for |
15 | | direct funding following the implementation of this |
16 | | amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly from any of |
17 | | the funding sources included within the definition of Base |
18 | | Funding Minimum, the unqualified portion of the Base |
19 | | Funding Minimum shall be transferred to one or more |
20 | | appropriate Organizational Units as determined by the |
21 | | State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of the |
22 | | Organizational Units. |
23 | | (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish |
24 | | a target for State funding that will keep pace with |
25 | | inflation and continue to advance equity through the |
26 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 438 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is |
2 | | $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State |
3 | | fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to |
4 | | $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more |
5 | | than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be |
6 | | counted towards the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of |
7 | | New State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief Pool |
8 | | Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than funding |
9 | | for tiers shall be reduced in the following manner: |
10 | | (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an |
11 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
12 | | Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as |
13 | | Tier 4 funding is exhausted. |
14 | | (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an |
15 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
16 | | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in |
17 | | Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is |
18 | | exhausted. |
19 | | (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an |
20 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
21 | | Funding level and new State Funds and the reduction |
22 | | Tier 4 and Tier 3. |
23 | | (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an |
24 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
25 | | Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in |
26 | | Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 439 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal |
2 | | to 50%, multiplied by the result of New State Funds |
3 | | divided by the Minimum Funding Level. |
4 | | (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State |
5 | | fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then |
6 | | any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for |
7 | | purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of |
8 | | $50,000,000. |
9 | | (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the |
10 | | appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after |
11 | | implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units |
12 | | receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under |
13 | | paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held |
14 | | harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to |
15 | | the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding |
16 | | received in accordance with this Section in the prior |
17 | | fiscal year. Reductions shall be
made to the Base Funding |
18 | | Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
|
19 | | per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE |
20 | | in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units |
21 | | divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
|
22 | | Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to |
23 | | Tier 3 and Tier 4
Organizational Units and adjusted by the |
24 | | relative formula when increases in
appropriations for this |
25 | | Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to
|
26 | | Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 440 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | that would be less than the
Base Funding Minimum |
2 | | established in the first year of implementation of this
|
3 | | Section. If additional reductions are required, all school |
4 | | districts shall receive a
reduction by a per pupil amount |
5 | | equal to the aggregate additional appropriation
reduction |
6 | | divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. |
7 | | (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor |
8 | | adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this |
9 | | subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages |
10 | | to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to |
11 | | the nearest whole dollar. |
12 | | (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and |
13 | | district submission requirements. |
14 | | (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with |
15 | | appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the |
16 | | funding obligations created under this Section. |
17 | | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the |
18 | | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State |
19 | | Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under |
20 | | this Section. The State Superintendent shall also certify |
21 | | the actual amounts of the New State Funds payable for each |
22 | | eligible Organizational Unit based on the equitable |
23 | | distribution calculation to the unit's treasurer, as soon |
24 | | as possible after such amounts are calculated, including |
25 | | any applicable adjusted charge-off increase. No |
26 | | Evidence-Based Funding shall be distributed within an |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 441 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Organizational Unit without the approval of the unit's |
2 | | school board. |
3 | | (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate |
4 | | and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate |
5 | | financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the |
6 | | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State |
7 | | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for |
8 | | each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds |
9 | | allocated for its students with disabilities. The State |
10 | | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for |
11 | | each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and |
12 | | applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the |
13 | | unit's Adequacy Target. |
14 | | (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate |
15 | | and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit |
16 | | must expend on special education and bilingual education |
17 | | pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special |
18 | | Education Allocation, and Bilingual Education Allocation. |
19 | | (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be |
20 | | calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal |
21 | | year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending |
22 | | through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys |
23 | | appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in |
24 | | 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each |
25 | | Organizational Unit. The State Board shall publish a yearly |
26 | | distribution schedule at its meeting in June. If moneys |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 442 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | appropriated for any fiscal year are distributed other than |
2 | | monthly, the distribution shall be on the same basis for |
3 | | each Organizational Unit. |
4 | | (6) Any school district that fails, for any given |
5 | | school year, to maintain school as required by law or to |
6 | | maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive |
7 | | Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one |
8 | | or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise |
9 | | operating recognized schools, the claim of the district |
10 | | shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in |
11 | | the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of |
12 | | the school district. "Recognized school" means any public |
13 | | school that meets the standards for recognition by the |
14 | | State Board. A school district or attendance center not |
15 | | having recognition status at the end of a school term is |
16 | | entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal |
17 | | claim that was filed while it was recognized. |
18 | | (7) School district claims filed under this Section are |
19 | | subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as |
20 | | otherwise provided in this Section. |
21 | | (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall |
22 | | calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its |
23 | | Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall |
24 | | be deemed attributable to the provision of special |
25 | | educational facilities and services, as defined in Section |
26 | | 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 443 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | with maintenance of State financial support requirements |
2 | | under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education |
3 | | Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for |
4 | | the provision of special educational facilities and |
5 | | services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and |
6 | | must comply with any expenditure verification procedures |
7 | | adopted by the State Board. |
8 | | (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit |
9 | | annual spending plans by the end of September of each year |
10 | | to the State Board as part of the annual budget process, |
11 | | which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will |
12 | | utilize the Base Minimum Funding and Evidence-Based |
13 | | funding it receives from this State under this Section with |
14 | | specific identification of the intended utilization of |
15 | | Low-Income, English learner, and special education |
16 | | resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each |
17 | | Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational |
18 | | Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the |
19 | | Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as |
20 | | defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may, |
21 | | from time to time, identify additional requisites for |
22 | | Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual |
23 | | spending plans required under this subsection (h). The |
24 | | format and scope of annual spending plans shall be |
25 | | developed by the State Superintendent in conjunction with |
26 | | the Professional Review Panel. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 444 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State |
2 | | Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for |
3 | | all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy |
4 | | funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall |
5 | | submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, |
6 | | as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly |
7 | | Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations |
8 | | for: |
9 | | (A) a framework for collaborative, professional, |
10 | | innovative, and 21st century learning environments |
11 | | using the Evidence-Based Funding model; |
12 | | (B) ways to prepare and support this State's |
13 | | educators for successful instructional careers; |
14 | | (C) application and enhancement of the current |
15 | | financial accountability measures, the approved State |
16 | | plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds |
17 | | Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures |
18 | | in relation to student growth and elements of the |
19 | | Evidence-Based Funding model; and |
20 | | (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy |
21 | | funding system based on projected and recommended |
22 | | funding levels from the General Assembly. |
23 | | (i) Professional Review Panel. |
24 | | (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study and |
25 | | review the implementation and effect of the Evidence-Based |
26 | | Funding model under this Section and to recommend continual |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 445 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | recalibration and future study topics and modifications to |
2 | | the Evidence-Based Funding model. The Panel shall elect a |
3 | | chairperson and vice chairperson by a majority vote of the |
4 | | Panel and shall advance recommendations based on a majority |
5 | | vote of the Panel. A minority opinion may also accompany |
6 | | any recommendation of the majority of the Panel. The Panel |
7 | | shall be appointed by the State Superintendent, except as |
8 | | otherwise provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) |
9 | | and include the following members: |
10 | | (A) Two appointees that represent district |
11 | | superintendents, recommended by a statewide |
12 | | organization that represents district superintendents. |
13 | | (B) Two appointees that represent school boards, |
14 | | recommended by a statewide organization that |
15 | | represents school boards. |
16 | | (C) Two appointees from districts that represent |
17 | | school business officials, recommended by a statewide |
18 | | organization that represents school business |
19 | | officials. |
20 | | (D) Two appointees that represent school |
21 | | principals, recommended by a statewide organization |
22 | | that represents school principals. |
23 | | (E) Two appointees that represent teachers, |
24 | | recommended by a statewide organization that |
25 | | represents teachers. |
26 | | (F) Two appointees that represent teachers, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 446 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | recommended by another statewide organization that |
2 | | represents teachers. |
3 | | (G) Two appointees that represent regional |
4 | | superintendents of schools, recommended by |
5 | | organizations that represent regional superintendents. |
6 | | (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the |
7 | | State Superintendent. |
8 | | (I) Two independent experts recommended by public |
9 | | universities in this State. |
10 | | (J) One member recommended by a statewide |
11 | | organization that represents parents. |
12 | | (K) Two representatives recommended by collective |
13 | | impact organizations that represent major metropolitan |
14 | | areas or geographic areas in Illinois. |
15 | | (L) One member from a statewide organization |
16 | | focused on research-based education policy to support |
17 | | a school system that prepares all students for college, |
18 | | a career, and democratic citizenship. |
19 | | (M) One representative from a school district |
20 | | organized under Article 34 of this Code. |
21 | | The State Superintendent shall ensure that the |
22 | | membership of the Panel includes representatives from |
23 | | school districts and communities reflecting the |
24 | | geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity |
25 | | of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally |
26 | | ensure that the membership of the Panel includes |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 447 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | representatives with expertise in bilingual education and |
2 | | special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff |
3 | | the Panel. |
4 | | (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the |
5 | | State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly |
6 | | shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of |
7 | | Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of |
8 | | Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the |
9 | | President of the Senate, one member of the House of |
10 | | Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the |
11 | | House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate |
12 | | appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall |
13 | | be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All |
14 | | members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor |
15 | | shall be non-voting, ex officio members. |
16 | | (3) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent shall |
17 | | recalibrate the following per pupil elements of the |
18 | | Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the |
19 | | Panel's study of average expenses as reported in the most |
20 | | recent annual financial report: |
21 | | (A) gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2) |
22 | | of subsection (b) of this Section; |
23 | | (B) instructional materials under subparagraph (O) |
24 | | of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section; |
25 | | (C) assessment under subparagraph (P) of paragraph |
26 | | (2) of subsection (b) of this Section; |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 448 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (D) student activities under subparagraph (R) of |
2 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section; |
3 | | (E) maintenance and operations under subparagraph |
4 | | (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section; |
5 | | and |
6 | | (F) central office under subparagraph (T) of |
7 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section. |
8 | | (4) On a periodic basis, the Panel shall study all the |
9 | | following elements and make recommendations to the State |
10 | | Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor for |
11 | | modification of this Section: |
12 | | (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans |
13 | | referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this |
14 | | Section. |
15 | | (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section, |
16 | | to be studied by the Panel and reestablished by the |
17 | | State Superintendent every 5 years. |
18 | | (C) Maintenance and operations. Within 5 years |
19 | | after the implementation of this Section, the Panel |
20 | | shall make recommendations for the further study of |
21 | | maintenance and operations costs, including capital |
22 | | maintenance costs, and recommend any additional |
23 | | reporting data required from Organizational Units. |
24 | | (D) "At-risk student" definition. Within 5 years |
25 | | after the implementation of this Section, the Panel |
26 | | shall make recommendations for the further study and |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 449 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | determination of an "at-risk student" definition. |
2 | | Within 5 years after the implementation of this |
3 | | Section, the Panel shall evaluate and make |
4 | | recommendations regarding adequate funding for poverty |
5 | | concentration under the Evidence-Based Funding model. |
6 | | (E) Benefits. Within 5 years after the |
7 | | implementation of this Section, the Panel shall make |
8 | | recommendations for further study of benefit costs. |
9 | | (F) Technology. The per pupil target for |
10 | | technology shall be reviewed every 3 years to determine |
11 | | whether current allocations are sufficient to develop |
12 | | 21st century learning in all classrooms in this State |
13 | | and supporting a one-to-one technological device |
14 | | program in each school. Recommendations shall be made |
15 | | no later than 3 years after the implementation of this |
16 | | Section. |
17 | | (G) Local Capacity Target. Within 3 years after the |
18 | | implementation of this Section, the Panel shall make |
19 | | recommendations for any additional data desired to |
20 | | analyze possible modifications to the Local Capacity |
21 | | Target, to be based on measures in addition to solely |
22 | | EAV and to be completed within 5 years after |
23 | | implementation of this Section. |
24 | | (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory |
25 | | Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning |
26 | | opportunities programs. By the beginning of the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 450 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | 2021-2022 school year, the Panel shall study and make |
2 | | recommendations regarding the funding levels for |
3 | | Alternative Schools, Laboratory Schools, safe schools, |
4 | | and alternative learning opportunities programs in |
5 | | this State. |
6 | | (I) Funding for college and career acceleration |
7 | | strategies. By the beginning of the 2021-2022 school |
8 | | year, the Panel shall study and make recommendations |
9 | | regarding funding levels to support college and career |
10 | | acceleration strategies in high school that have been |
11 | | demonstrated to result in improved secondary and |
12 | | postsecondary outcomes, including Advanced Placement, |
13 | | dual-credit opportunities, and college and career |
14 | | pathway systems. |
15 | | (J) Special education investments. By the |
16 | | beginning of the 2021-2022 school year, the Panel shall |
17 | | study and make recommendations on whether and how to |
18 | | account for disability types within the special |
19 | | education funding category. |
20 | | (K) Early childhood investments. In collaboration |
21 | | with the Illinois Early Learning Council, the Panel |
22 | | shall include an analysis of what level of Preschool |
23 | | for All Children funding would be necessary to serve |
24 | | all children ages 0 through 5 years in the |
25 | | highest-priority service tier, as specified in |
26 | | paragraph (4.5) of subsection (a) of Section 2-3.71 of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 451 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | this Code, and an analysis of the potential cost |
2 | | savings that that level of Preschool for All Children |
3 | | investment would have on the kindergarten through |
4 | | grade 12 system. |
5 | | (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this |
6 | | Section, the Panel shall complete an evaluative study of |
7 | | the entire Evidence-Based Funding model, including an |
8 | | assessment of whether or not the formula is achieving State |
9 | | goals. The Panel shall report to the State Board, the |
10 | | General Assembly, and the Governor on the findings of the |
11 | | study. |
12 | | (6) Within 3 years after the implementation of this |
13 | | Section, the Panel shall evaluate and provide |
14 | | recommendations to the Governor and the General Assembly on |
15 | | the hold-harmless provisions of this Section found in the |
16 | | Base Funding Minimum. |
17 | | (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other |
18 | | laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section |
19 | | 18-8.05 of this Code shall be deemed to be references to |
20 | | evidence-based model formula funds or calculations under this |
21 | | Section.
|
22 | | (105 ILCS 5/18-9) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-9)
|
23 | | Sec. 18-9. Requirement for special equalization and |
24 | | supplementary
State aid. If property comprising an aggregate |
25 | | assessed valuation equal to 6% or
more
of the total assessed |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 452 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | valuation of all taxable property in a school district is
owned |
2 | | by a
person or corporation that is the subject of bankruptcy |
3 | | proceedings or that has
been
adjudged bankrupt and, as a result |
4 | | thereof, has not paid taxes on the
property, then the
district |
5 | | may amend its general State aid or evidence-based funding claim |
6 | | (i) back to the inception of the
bankruptcy,
not to exceed 6 |
7 | | years, in which time those taxes were not paid and (ii) for
|
8 | | each
succeeding year that those taxes remain unpaid, by adding |
9 | | to the claim an
amount
determined by multiplying the assessed |
10 | | valuation of the property on which taxes
have not
been paid due |
11 | | to the bankruptcy by the lesser of the total tax rate for the
|
12 | | district for the
tax year for which the taxes are unpaid or the |
13 | | applicable rate used in
calculating the
district's general |
14 | | State aid under paragraph (3) of subsection (D) of Section
|
15 | | 18-8.05 of
this Code or evidence-based funding under Section
|
16 | | 18-8.15 of
this Code, as applicable . If at any time a district |
17 | | that receives additional State aid under
this Section receives |
18 | | tax revenue from the property for the years that taxes were not
|
19 | | paid, the
district's next claim for State aid shall be reduced |
20 | | in an amount equal to the
taxes paid on
the property, not to |
21 | | exceed the additional State aid received under this Section.
|
22 | | Claims under this Section shall be filed on forms prescribed by |
23 | | the
State
Superintendent of Education, and the State |
24 | | Superintendent of Education, upon
receipt of
a claim, shall |
25 | | adjust the claim in accordance with the provisions of this |
26 | | Section.
Supplementary State aid for each succeeding year under |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 453 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | this Section
shall be paid
beginning with the first general |
2 | | State aid or evidence-based funding claim paid after the |
3 | | district has
filed a
completed claim in accordance with this |
4 | | Section.
|
5 | | (Source: P.A. 95-496, eff. 8-28-07.)
|
6 | | (105 ILCS 5/18-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-12)
|
7 | | Sec. 18-12. Dates for filing State aid claims. The school |
8 | | board of
each school district, a regional office of education, |
9 | | a laboratory school, or a State-authorized charter school shall |
10 | | require teachers, principals, or
superintendents to furnish |
11 | | from records kept by them such data as it
needs in preparing |
12 | | and certifying to the State Superintendent of Education
its |
13 | | report of claims provided in Section
18-8.05 of this Code. The |
14 | | claim
shall be based on the latest available equalized assessed |
15 | | valuation and tax
rates, as provided in Section 18-8.05 or |
16 | | 18-8.15 , shall use the average
daily
attendance as determined |
17 | | by the method outlined in Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 ,
and shall |
18 | | be
certified and filed with the State Superintendent of |
19 | | Education by June 21
for districts and State-authorized charter |
20 | | schools with an
official
school calendar end date before June |
21 | | 15 or within 2 weeks following the
official school calendar end |
22 | | date for districts, regional offices of education, laboratory |
23 | | schools, or State-authorized charter schools with a school year |
24 | | end date
of June 15 or later.
Failure to
so file by these |
25 | | deadlines constitutes a forfeiture of the right
to
receive |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 454 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | payment by
the State until such claim is filed. The
State |
2 | | Superintendent of Education shall voucher
for payment those |
3 | | claims to the State Comptroller as provided in Section 18-11.
|
4 | | Except as otherwise provided in this Section, if any school |
5 | | district
fails to provide the minimum school term specified
in |
6 | | Section 10-19, the State aid claim for that year shall be |
7 | | reduced by the
State Superintendent of Education in an amount |
8 | | equivalent to 1/176 or .56818% for
each day less than the |
9 | | number of days required by this Code.
|
10 | | If
the State Superintendent of Education determines that |
11 | | the failure
to
provide the minimum school term was occasioned |
12 | | by an act or acts of God, or
was occasioned by conditions |
13 | | beyond the control of the school district
which posed a |
14 | | hazardous threat to the health and safety of pupils, the
State |
15 | | aid claim need not be reduced.
|
16 | | If a school district is precluded from providing the |
17 | | minimum hours of instruction required for a full day of |
18 | | attendance due to an adverse weather condition or a condition |
19 | | beyond the control of the school district that poses a |
20 | | hazardous threat to the health and safety of students, then the |
21 | | partial day of attendance may be counted if (i) the school |
22 | | district has provided at least one hour of instruction prior to |
23 | | the closure of the school district, (ii) a school building has |
24 | | provided at least one hour of instruction prior to the closure |
25 | | of the school building, or (iii) the normal start time of the |
26 | | school district is delayed. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 455 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | If, prior to providing any instruction, a school district |
2 | | must close one or more but not all school buildings after |
3 | | consultation with a local emergency response agency or due to a |
4 | | condition beyond the control of the school district, then the |
5 | | school district may claim attendance for up to 2 school days |
6 | | based on the average attendance of the 3 school days |
7 | | immediately preceding the closure of the affected school |
8 | | building or, if approved by the State Board of Education, |
9 | | utilize the provisions of an e-learning program for the |
10 | | affected school building as prescribed in Section 10-20.56 of |
11 | | this Code. The partial or no day of attendance described in |
12 | | this Section and the reasons therefore shall be certified |
13 | | within a month of the closing or delayed start by the school |
14 | | district superintendent to the regional superintendent of |
15 | | schools for forwarding to the State Superintendent of Education |
16 | | for approval.
|
17 | | Other than the utilization of any e-learning days as |
18 | | prescribed in Section 10-20.56 of this Code, no exception to |
19 | | the requirement of providing a minimum school term may
be |
20 | | approved by the State Superintendent of Education pursuant to |
21 | | this Section
unless a school district has first used all |
22 | | emergency days provided for
in its regular calendar.
|
23 | | If the State Superintendent of Education declares that an |
24 | | energy
shortage exists during any part of the school year for |
25 | | the State or a
designated portion of the State, a district may |
26 | | operate the school
attendance centers within the district 4 |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 456 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | days of the week during the
time of the shortage by extending |
2 | | each existing school day by one clock
hour of school work, and |
3 | | the State aid claim shall not be reduced, nor
shall the |
4 | | employees of that district suffer any reduction in salary or
|
5 | | benefits as a result thereof. A district may operate all |
6 | | attendance
centers on this revised schedule, or may apply the |
7 | | schedule to selected
attendance centers, taking into |
8 | | consideration such factors as pupil
transportation schedules |
9 | | and patterns and sources of energy for
individual attendance |
10 | | centers.
|
11 | | Electronically submitted State aid claims shall be |
12 | | submitted by
duly authorized district individuals over a secure |
13 | | network
that is password protected. The electronic submission |
14 | | of a State aid
claim must be accompanied with an affirmation |
15 | | that all of the provisions
of Sections 18-8.05, 10-22.5, and |
16 | | 24-4 of this Code are
met in all respects.
|
17 | | (Source: P.A. 99-194, eff. 7-30-15; 99-657, eff. 7-28-16.)
|
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/26-16) |
19 | | Sec. 26-16. Graduation incentives program.
|
20 | | (a) The General Assembly finds that it is critical to |
21 | | provide options for children to succeed in school. The purpose |
22 | | of this Section is to provide incentives for and encourage all |
23 | | Illinois students who have experienced or are experiencing |
24 | | difficulty in the traditional education system to enroll in |
25 | | alternative programs. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 457 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (b) Any student who is below the age of 20 years is |
2 | | eligible to enroll in a graduation incentives program if he or |
3 | | she: |
4 | | (1) is considered a dropout pursuant to Section 26-2a |
5 | | of this Code; |
6 | | (2) has been suspended or expelled pursuant to Section |
7 | | 10-22.6 or 34-19 of
this Code; |
8 | | (3) is pregnant or is a parent; |
9 | | (4) has been assessed as chemically dependent; or |
10 | | (5) is enrolled in a bilingual education or LEP |
11 | | program. |
12 | | (c) The following programs qualify as graduation |
13 | | incentives programs for students meeting the criteria |
14 | | established in this Section: |
15 | | (1) Any public elementary or secondary education |
16 | | graduation incentives program established by a school |
17 | | district or by a regional office of education. |
18 | | (2) Any alternative learning opportunities program |
19 | | established pursuant to Article 13B of this Code. |
20 | | (3) Vocational or job training courses approved by the |
21 | | State Superintendent of Education that are available |
22 | | through the Illinois public community college system. |
23 | | Students may apply for reimbursement of 50% of tuition |
24 | | costs for one course per semester or a maximum of 3 courses |
25 | | per school year. Subject to available funds, students may |
26 | | apply for reimbursement of up to 100% of tuition costs upon |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 458 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | a showing of employment within 6 months after completion of |
2 | | a vocational or job training program. The qualifications |
3 | | for reimbursement shall be established by the State |
4 | | Superintendent of Education by rule. |
5 | | (4) Job and career programs approved by the State |
6 | | Superintendent of Education that are available through |
7 | | Illinois-accredited private business and vocational |
8 | | schools. Subject to available funds, pupils may apply for |
9 | | reimbursement of up to 100% of tuition costs upon a showing |
10 | | of employment within 6 months after completion of a job or |
11 | | career program. The State Superintendent of Education |
12 | | shall establish, by rule, the qualifications for |
13 | | reimbursement, criteria for determining reimbursement |
14 | | amounts, and limits on reimbursement. |
15 | | (5) Adult education courses that offer preparation for |
16 | | high school equivalency testing. |
17 | | (d) Graduation incentives programs established by school |
18 | | districts are entitled to claim general State aid and |
19 | | evidence-based funding , subject to Sections 13B-50, 13B-50.5, |
20 | | and 13B-50.10 of this Code. Graduation incentives programs |
21 | | operated by regional offices of education are entitled to |
22 | | receive general State aid and evidence-based funding at the |
23 | | foundation level of support per pupil enrolled. A school |
24 | | district must ensure that its graduation incentives program |
25 | | receives supplemental general State aid, transportation |
26 | | reimbursements, and special education resources, if |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 459 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | appropriate, for students enrolled in the program.
|
2 | | (Source: P.A. 98-718, eff. 1-1-15 .)
|
3 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-6) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-6)
|
4 | | Sec. 27-6. Courses in physical education required; special |
5 | | activities.
|
6 | | (a) Pupils enrolled in the public schools and State |
7 | | universities engaged in
preparing teachers shall be required to |
8 | | engage
daily during the school day, except on block scheduled |
9 | | days for those public schools engaged in block scheduling, in |
10 | | courses of physical education for such
periods as are
|
11 | | compatible with the optimum growth and developmental needs of
|
12 | | individuals at the various age levels except when appropriate |
13 | | excuses
are submitted to the school by a pupil's parent or |
14 | | guardian or by a person
licensed under the Medical Practice Act |
15 | | of 1987 and except as provided in
subsection (b) of this |
16 | | Section. A school board may determine the schedule or frequency |
17 | | of physical education courses, provided that a pupil engages in |
18 | | a course of physical education for a minimum of 3 days per |
19 | | 5-day week.
|
20 | | Special activities in physical education shall be provided |
21 | | for pupils
whose physical or emotional condition, as determined |
22 | | by a person licensed
under the Medical Practice Act of 1987, |
23 | | prevents their participation in the
courses provided for normal |
24 | | children.
|
25 | | (b) A school board is authorized to excuse pupils enrolled
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 460 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | in grades 11 and 12 from engaging in physical education courses |
2 | | if those
pupils request to be excused for any of the following |
3 | | reasons: (1) for
ongoing participation in an interscholastic
|
4 | | athletic program; (2) to enroll in academic classes which are |
5 | | required for
admission to an institution of higher learning, |
6 | | provided that failure to
take such classes will result in the |
7 | | pupil being denied admission to the
institution of his or her |
8 | | choice; or (3) to enroll in academic classes
which are required |
9 | | for graduation from high school, provided that failure to
take |
10 | | such classes will result in the pupil being unable to graduate. |
11 | | A school
board may also excuse pupils in grades 9 through 12 |
12 | | enrolled in a marching band
program for credit from engaging in |
13 | | physical education courses if those pupils
request to be |
14 | | excused for ongoing participation in such marching band
|
15 | | program. A school board may also, on a case-by-case basis, |
16 | | excuse pupils in grades 7 through 12 who participate in an |
17 | | interscholastic or extracurricular athletic program from |
18 | | engaging in physical education courses. In addition, a pupil
in |
19 | | any of grades 3 through 12 who is eligible for special |
20 | | education may be excused if the pupil's parent or guardian |
21 | | agrees that the pupil
must utilize the time set aside for |
22 | | physical education to receive special education support and |
23 | | services or, if there is no agreement, the individualized |
24 | | education program team for the pupil determines that the pupil |
25 | | must utilize the time set aside for physical education to |
26 | | receive special education support and services, which |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 461 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | agreement or determination must be made a part of the |
2 | | individualized education program. However, a pupil requiring |
3 | | adapted physical education must receive that service in |
4 | | accordance with the individualized education program developed |
5 | | for the pupil. If requested, a school board is authorized to |
6 | | excuse a pupil from engaging in a physical education course if |
7 | | the pupil has an individualized educational program under |
8 | | Article 14 of this Code, is participating in an adaptive |
9 | | athletic program outside of the school setting, and documents |
10 | | such participation as determined by the school board. A school |
11 | | board may also excuse pupils in grades 9 through 12 enrolled
in |
12 | | a Reserve Officer's Training Corps (ROTC) program sponsored by |
13 | | the school
district from engaging in physical education |
14 | | courses.
School boards which choose to exercise this authority |
15 | | shall establish a policy
to excuse pupils on an individual |
16 | | basis.
|
17 | | (c) The provisions of this Section are subject to the |
18 | | provisions of
Section 27-22.05.
|
19 | | (Source: P.A. 98-116, eff. 7-29-13.)
|
20 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-7) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-7)
|
21 | | Sec. 27-7. Physical education course of study.
A physical |
22 | | education course of study shall include a developmentally |
23 | | planned and sequential curriculum that fosters the development |
24 | | of movement skills, enhances health-related fitness, increases |
25 | | students' knowledge, offers direct opportunities to learn how |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 462 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | to work cooperatively in a group setting, and encourages |
2 | | healthy habits and attitudes for a healthy lifestyle. A |
3 | | physical education course of study shall provide students with |
4 | | an opportunity for an appropriate amount of daily physical |
5 | | activity. A physical education course of study must be part of |
6 | | the regular school curriculum and not extra-curricular in |
7 | | nature or organization.
|
8 | | The State Board of Education
shall prepare and make
|
9 | | available guidelines for the various grades and types of |
10 | | schools in
order to make effective the purposes set forth in |
11 | | this Section and the
requirements provided in Section 27-6, and |
12 | | shall see that the general
provisions and intent of Sections |
13 | | 27-5 to 27-9, inclusive, are
enforced.
|
14 | | (Source: P.A. 94-189, eff. 7-12-05; 94-200, eff. 7-12-05 .)
|
15 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-8.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-8.1) |
16 | | Sec. 27-8.1. Health examinations and immunizations. |
17 | | (1) In compliance with rules and regulations which the |
18 | | Department of Public
Health shall promulgate, and except as |
19 | | hereinafter provided, all children in
Illinois shall have a |
20 | | health examination as follows: within one year prior to
|
21 | | entering kindergarten or the first grade of any public, |
22 | | private, or parochial
elementary school; upon entering the |
23 | | sixth and ninth grades of any public,
private, or parochial |
24 | | school; prior to entrance into any public, private, or
|
25 | | parochial nursery school; and, irrespective of grade, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 463 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | immediately prior to or
upon entrance into any public, private, |
2 | | or parochial school or nursery school,
each child shall present |
3 | | proof of having been examined in accordance with this
Section |
4 | | and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder. Any child |
5 | | who received a health examination within one year prior to |
6 | | entering the fifth grade for the 2007-2008 school year is not |
7 | | required to receive an additional health examination in order |
8 | | to comply with the provisions of Public Act 95-422 when he or |
9 | | she attends school for the 2008-2009 school year, unless the |
10 | | child is attending school for the first time as provided in |
11 | | this paragraph. |
12 | | A tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a |
13 | | required part of
each health examination included under this |
14 | | Section if the child resides in an
area designated by the |
15 | | Department of Public Health as having a high incidence
of |
16 | | tuberculosis. Additional health examinations of pupils, |
17 | | including eye examinations, may be required when deemed |
18 | | necessary by school
authorities. Parents are encouraged to have |
19 | | their children undergo eye examinations at the same points in |
20 | | time required for health
examinations. |
21 | | (1.5) In compliance with rules adopted by the Department of |
22 | | Public Health and except as otherwise provided in this Section, |
23 | | all children in kindergarten and the second and sixth grades of |
24 | | any public, private, or parochial school shall have a dental |
25 | | examination. Each of these children shall present proof of |
26 | | having been examined by a dentist in accordance with this |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 464 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Section and rules adopted under this Section before May 15th of |
2 | | the school year. If a child in the second or sixth grade fails |
3 | | to present proof by May 15th, the school may hold the child's |
4 | | report card until one of the following occurs: (i) the child |
5 | | presents proof of a completed dental examination or (ii) the |
6 | | child presents proof that a dental examination will take place |
7 | | within 60 days after May 15th. The Department of Public Health |
8 | | shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show an |
9 | | undue burden or a lack of access to a dentist. Each public, |
10 | | private, and parochial school must give notice of this dental |
11 | | examination requirement to the parents and guardians of |
12 | | students at least 60 days before May 15th of each school year.
|
13 | | (1.10) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, all |
14 | | children enrolling in kindergarten in a public, private, or |
15 | | parochial school on or after the effective date of this |
16 | | amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly and any student |
17 | | enrolling for the first time in a public, private, or parochial |
18 | | school on or after the effective date of this amendatory Act of |
19 | | the 95th General Assembly shall have an eye examination. Each |
20 | | of these children shall present proof of having been examined |
21 | | by a physician licensed to practice medicine in all of its |
22 | | branches or a licensed optometrist within the previous year, in |
23 | | accordance with this Section and rules adopted under this |
24 | | Section, before October 15th of the school year. If the child |
25 | | fails to present proof by October 15th, the school may hold the |
26 | | child's report card until one of the following occurs: (i) the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 465 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | child presents proof of a completed eye examination or (ii) the |
2 | | child presents proof that an eye examination will take place |
3 | | within 60 days after October 15th. The Department of Public |
4 | | Health shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show |
5 | | an undue burden or a lack of access to a physician licensed to |
6 | | practice medicine in all of its branches who provides eye |
7 | | examinations or to a licensed optometrist. Each public, |
8 | | private, and parochial school must give notice of this eye |
9 | | examination requirement to the parents and guardians of |
10 | | students in compliance with rules of the Department of Public |
11 | | Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to allow a |
12 | | school to exclude a child from attending because of a parent's |
13 | | or guardian's failure to obtain an eye examination for the |
14 | | child.
|
15 | | (2) The Department of Public Health shall promulgate rules |
16 | | and regulations
specifying the examinations and procedures |
17 | | that constitute a health examination, which shall include an |
18 | | age-appropriate developmental screening, an age-appropriate |
19 | | social and emotional screening, and the collection of data |
20 | | relating to obesity
(including at a minimum, date of birth, |
21 | | gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date of exam),
and |
22 | | a dental examination and may recommend by rule that certain |
23 | | additional examinations be performed.
The rules and |
24 | | regulations of the Department of Public Health shall specify |
25 | | that
a tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a |
26 | | required part of each
health examination included under this |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 466 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Section if the child resides in an area
designated by the |
2 | | Department of Public Health as having a high incidence of
|
3 | | tuberculosis.
With respect to the developmental screening and |
4 | | the social and emotional screening, the Department of Public |
5 | | Health must develop rules and appropriate revisions to the |
6 | | Child Health Examination form in conjunction with a statewide |
7 | | organization representing school boards; a statewide |
8 | | organization representing pediatricians; statewide |
9 | | organizations representing individuals holding Illinois |
10 | | educator licenses with school support personnel endorsements, |
11 | | including school social workers, school psychologists, and |
12 | | school nurses; a statewide organization representing |
13 | | children's mental health experts; a statewide organization |
14 | | representing school principals; the Director of Healthcare and |
15 | | Family Services or his or her designee, the State |
16 | | Superintendent of Education or his or her designee; and |
17 | | representatives of other appropriate State agencies and, at a |
18 | | minimum, must recommend the use of validated screening tools |
19 | | appropriate to the child's age or grade, and, with regard to |
20 | | the social and emotional screening, require recording only |
21 | | whether or not the screening was completed. The rules shall |
22 | | take into consideration the screening recommendations of the |
23 | | American Academy of Pediatrics and must be consistent with the |
24 | | State Board of Education's social and emotional learning |
25 | | standards. The Department of Public Health shall specify that a |
26 | | diabetes
screening as defined by rule shall be included as a |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 467 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | required part of each
health examination.
Diabetes testing is |
2 | | not required. |
3 | | Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all of its |
4 | | branches, licensed advanced
practice nurses, or licensed |
5 | | physician assistants shall be
responsible for the performance |
6 | | of the health examinations, other than dental
examinations, eye |
7 | | examinations, and vision and hearing screening, and shall sign |
8 | | all report forms
required by subsection (4) of this Section |
9 | | that pertain to those portions of
the health examination for |
10 | | which the physician, advanced practice nurse, or
physician |
11 | | assistant is responsible.
If a registered
nurse performs any |
12 | | part of a health examination, then a physician licensed to
|
13 | | practice medicine in all of its branches must review and sign |
14 | | all required
report forms. Licensed dentists shall perform all |
15 | | dental examinations and
shall sign all report forms required by |
16 | | subsection (4) of this Section that
pertain to the dental |
17 | | examinations. Physicians licensed to practice medicine
in all |
18 | | its branches or licensed optometrists shall perform all eye |
19 | | examinations
required by this Section and shall sign all report |
20 | | forms required by
subsection (4) of this Section that pertain |
21 | | to the eye examination. For purposes of this Section, an eye |
22 | | examination shall at a minimum include history, visual acuity, |
23 | | subjective refraction to best visual acuity near and far, |
24 | | internal and external examination, and a glaucoma evaluation, |
25 | | as well as any other tests or observations that in the |
26 | | professional judgment of the doctor are necessary. Vision and
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 468 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | hearing screening tests, which shall not be considered |
2 | | examinations as that
term is used in this Section, shall be |
3 | | conducted in accordance with rules and
regulations of the |
4 | | Department of Public Health, and by individuals whom the
|
5 | | Department of Public Health has certified.
In these rules and |
6 | | regulations, the Department of Public Health shall
require that |
7 | | individuals conducting vision screening tests give a child's
|
8 | | parent or guardian written notification, before the vision |
9 | | screening is
conducted, that states, "Vision screening is not a |
10 | | substitute for a
complete eye and vision evaluation by an eye |
11 | | doctor. Your child is not
required to undergo this vision |
12 | | screening if an optometrist or
ophthalmologist has completed |
13 | | and signed a report form indicating that
an examination has |
14 | | been administered within the previous 12 months." |
15 | | (2.5) With respect to the developmental screening and the |
16 | | social and emotional screening portion of the health |
17 | | examination, each child may present proof of having been |
18 | | screened in accordance with this Section and the rules adopted |
19 | | under this Section before October 15th of the school year. With |
20 | | regard to the social and emotional screening only, the |
21 | | examining health care provider shall only record whether or not |
22 | | the screening was completed. If the child fails to present |
23 | | proof of the developmental screening or the social and |
24 | | emotional screening portions of the health examination by |
25 | | October 15th of the school year, qualified school support |
26 | | personnel may, with a parent's or guardian's consent, offer the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 469 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | developmental screening or the social and emotional screening |
2 | | to the child. Each public, private, and parochial school must |
3 | | give notice of the developmental screening and social and |
4 | | emotional screening requirements to the parents and guardians |
5 | | of students in compliance with the rules of the Department of |
6 | | Public Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to |
7 | | allow a school to exclude a child from attending because of a |
8 | | parent's or guardian's failure to obtain a developmental |
9 | | screening or a social and emotional screening for the child. |
10 | | Once a developmental screening or a social and emotional |
11 | | screening is completed and proof has been presented to the |
12 | | school, the school may, with a parent's or guardian's consent, |
13 | | make available appropriate school personnel to work with the |
14 | | parent or guardian, the child, and the provider who signed the |
15 | | screening form to obtain any appropriate evaluations and |
16 | | services as indicated on the form and in other information and |
17 | | documentation provided by the parents, guardians, or provider. |
18 | | (3) Every child shall, at or about the same time as he or |
19 | | she receives
a health examination required by subsection (1) of |
20 | | this Section, present
to the local school proof of having |
21 | | received such immunizations against
preventable communicable |
22 | | diseases as the Department of Public Health shall
require by |
23 | | rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this Section and |
24 | | the
Communicable Disease Prevention Act. |
25 | | (4) The individuals conducting the health examination,
|
26 | | dental examination, or eye examination shall record the
fact of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 470 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | having conducted the examination, and such additional |
2 | | information as
required, including for a health examination
|
3 | | data relating to obesity
(including at a minimum, date of |
4 | | birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date of |
5 | | exam), on uniform forms which the Department of Public Health |
6 | | and the State
Board of Education shall prescribe for statewide |
7 | | use. The examiner shall
summarize on the report form any |
8 | | condition that he or she suspects indicates a
need for special |
9 | | services, including for a health examination factors relating |
10 | | to obesity. The duty to summarize on the report form does not |
11 | | apply to social and emotional screenings. The confidentiality |
12 | | of the information and records relating to the developmental |
13 | | screening and the social and emotional screening shall be |
14 | | determined by the statutes, rules, and professional ethics |
15 | | governing the type of provider conducting the screening. The |
16 | | individuals confirming the administration of
required |
17 | | immunizations shall record as indicated on the form that the
|
18 | | immunizations were administered. |
19 | | (5) If a child does not submit proof of having had either |
20 | | the health
examination or the immunization as required, then |
21 | | the child shall be examined
or receive the immunization, as the |
22 | | case may be, and present proof by October
15 of the current |
23 | | school year, or by an earlier date of the current school year
|
24 | | established by a school district. To establish a date before |
25 | | October 15 of the
current school year for the health |
26 | | examination or immunization as required, a
school district must |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 471 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | give notice of the requirements of this Section 60 days
prior |
2 | | to the earlier established date. If for medical reasons one or |
3 | | more of
the required immunizations must be given after October |
4 | | 15 of the current school
year, or after an earlier established |
5 | | date of the current school year, then
the child shall present, |
6 | | by October 15, or by the earlier established date, a
schedule |
7 | | for the administration of the immunizations and a statement of |
8 | | the
medical reasons causing the delay, both the schedule and |
9 | | the statement being
issued by the physician, advanced practice |
10 | | nurse, physician assistant,
registered nurse, or local health |
11 | | department that will
be responsible for administration of the |
12 | | remaining required immunizations. If
a child does not comply by |
13 | | October 15, or by the earlier established date of
the current |
14 | | school year, with the requirements of this subsection, then the
|
15 | | local school authority shall exclude that child from school |
16 | | until such time as
the child presents proof of having had the |
17 | | health examination as required and
presents proof of having |
18 | | received those required immunizations which are
medically |
19 | | possible to receive immediately. During a child's exclusion |
20 | | from
school for noncompliance with this subsection, the child's |
21 | | parents or legal
guardian shall be considered in violation of |
22 | | Section 26-1 and subject to any
penalty imposed by Section |
23 | | 26-10. This subsection (5) does not apply to dental |
24 | | examinations, eye examinations, and the developmental |
25 | | screening and the social and emotional screening portions of |
26 | | the health examination. If the student is an out-of-state |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 472 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | transfer student and does not have the proof required under |
2 | | this subsection (5) before October 15 of the current year or |
3 | | whatever date is set by the school district, then he or she may |
4 | | only attend classes (i) if he or she has proof that an |
5 | | appointment for the required vaccinations has been scheduled |
6 | | with a party authorized to submit proof of the required |
7 | | vaccinations. If the proof of vaccination required under this |
8 | | subsection (5) is not submitted within 30 days after the |
9 | | student is permitted to attend classes, then the student is not |
10 | | to be permitted to attend classes until proof of the |
11 | | vaccinations has been properly submitted. No school district or |
12 | | employee of a school district shall be held liable for any |
13 | | injury or illness to another person that results from admitting |
14 | | an out-of-state transfer student to class that has an |
15 | | appointment scheduled pursuant to this subsection (5). |
16 | | (6) Every school shall report to the State Board of |
17 | | Education by November
15, in the manner which that agency shall |
18 | | require, the number of children who
have received the necessary |
19 | | immunizations and the health examination (other than a dental |
20 | | examination or eye examination) as
required, indicating, of |
21 | | those who have not received the immunizations and
examination |
22 | | as required, the number of children who are exempt from health
|
23 | | examination and immunization requirements on religious or |
24 | | medical grounds as
provided in subsection (8). On or before |
25 | | December 1 of each year, every public school district and |
26 | | registered nonpublic school shall make publicly available the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 473 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | immunization data they are required to submit to the State |
2 | | Board of Education by November 15. The immunization data made |
3 | | publicly available must be identical to the data the school |
4 | | district or school has reported to the State Board of |
5 | | Education. |
6 | | Every school shall report to the State Board of Education |
7 | | by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the |
8 | | number of children who have received the required dental |
9 | | examination, indicating, of those who have not received the |
10 | | required dental examination, the number of children who are |
11 | | exempt from the dental examination on religious grounds as |
12 | | provided in subsection (8) of this Section and the number of |
13 | | children who have received a waiver under subsection (1.5) of |
14 | | this Section. |
15 | | Every school shall report to the State Board of Education |
16 | | by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the |
17 | | number of children who have received the required eye |
18 | | examination, indicating, of those who have not received the |
19 | | required eye examination, the number of children who are exempt |
20 | | from the eye examination as provided in subsection (8) of this |
21 | | Section, the number of children who have received a waiver |
22 | | under subsection (1.10) of this Section, and the total number |
23 | | of children in noncompliance with the eye examination |
24 | | requirement. |
25 | | The reported information under this subsection (6) shall be |
26 | | provided to the
Department of Public Health by the State Board |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 474 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | of Education. |
2 | | (7) Upon determining that the number of pupils who are |
3 | | required to be in
compliance with subsection (5) of this |
4 | | Section is below 90% of the number of
pupils enrolled in the |
5 | | school district, 10% of each State aid payment made
pursuant to |
6 | | Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 to the school district for such year |
7 | | may be withheld
by the State Board of Education until the |
8 | | number of students in compliance with
subsection (5) is the |
9 | | applicable specified percentage or higher. |
10 | | (8) Children of parents or legal guardians who object to |
11 | | health, dental, or eye examinations or any part thereof, to |
12 | | immunizations, or to vision and hearing screening tests on |
13 | | religious grounds shall not be required to undergo the |
14 | | examinations, tests, or immunizations to which they so object |
15 | | if such parents or legal guardians present to the appropriate |
16 | | local school authority a signed Certificate of Religious |
17 | | Exemption detailing the grounds for objection and the specific |
18 | | immunizations, tests, or examinations to which they object. The |
19 | | grounds for objection must set forth the specific religious |
20 | | belief that conflicts with the examination, test, |
21 | | immunization, or other medical intervention. The signed |
22 | | certificate shall also reflect the parent's or legal guardian's |
23 | | understanding of the school's exclusion policies in the case of |
24 | | a vaccine-preventable disease outbreak or exposure. The |
25 | | certificate must also be signed by the authorized examining |
26 | | health care provider responsible for the performance of the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 475 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | child's health examination confirming that the provider |
2 | | provided education to the parent or legal guardian on the |
3 | | benefits of immunization and the health risks to the student |
4 | | and to the community of the communicable diseases for which |
5 | | immunization is required in this State. However, the health |
6 | | care provider's signature on the certificate reflects only that |
7 | | education was provided and does not allow a health care |
8 | | provider grounds to determine a religious exemption. Those |
9 | | receiving immunizations required under this Code shall be |
10 | | provided with the relevant vaccine information statements that |
11 | | are required to be disseminated by the federal National |
12 | | Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986, which may contain |
13 | | information on circumstances when a vaccine should not be |
14 | | administered, prior to administering a vaccine. A healthcare |
15 | | provider may consider including without limitation the |
16 | | nationally accepted recommendations from federal agencies such |
17 | | as the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, the |
18 | | information outlined in the relevant vaccine information |
19 | | statement, and vaccine package inserts, along with the |
20 | | healthcare provider's clinical judgment, to determine whether |
21 | | any child may be more susceptible to experiencing an adverse |
22 | | vaccine reaction than the general population, and, if so, the |
23 | | healthcare provider may exempt the child from an immunization |
24 | | or adopt an individualized immunization schedule. The |
25 | | Certificate of Religious Exemption shall be created by the |
26 | | Department of Public Health and shall be made available and |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 476 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | used by parents and legal guardians by the beginning of the |
2 | | 2015-2016 school year. Parents or legal guardians must submit |
3 | | the Certificate of Religious Exemption to their local school |
4 | | authority prior to entering kindergarten, sixth grade, and |
5 | | ninth grade for each child for which they are requesting an |
6 | | exemption. The religious objection stated need not be directed |
7 | | by the tenets of an established religious organization. |
8 | | However, general philosophical or moral reluctance to allow |
9 | | physical examinations, eye examinations, immunizations, vision |
10 | | and hearing screenings, or dental examinations does not provide |
11 | | a sufficient basis for an exception to statutory requirements. |
12 | | The local school authority is responsible for determining if
|
13 | | the content of the Certificate of Religious Exemption
|
14 | | constitutes a valid religious objection.
The local school |
15 | | authority shall inform the parent or legal guardian of |
16 | | exclusion procedures, in accordance with the Department's |
17 | | rules under Part 690 of Title 77 of the Illinois Administrative |
18 | | Code, at the time the objection is presented. |
19 | | If the physical condition
of the child is such that any one |
20 | | or more of the immunizing agents should not
be administered, |
21 | | the examining physician, advanced practice nurse, or
physician |
22 | | assistant responsible for the performance of the
health |
23 | | examination shall endorse that fact upon the health examination |
24 | | form. |
25 | | Exempting a child from the health,
dental, or eye |
26 | | examination does not exempt the child from
participation in the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 477 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | program of physical education training provided in
Sections |
2 | | 27-5 through 27-7 of this Code. |
3 | | (9) For the purposes of this Section, "nursery schools" |
4 | | means those nursery
schools operated by elementary school |
5 | | systems or secondary level school units
or institutions of |
6 | | higher learning. |
7 | | (Source: P.A. 98-673, eff. 6-30-14; 99-173, eff. 7-29-15; |
8 | | 99-249, eff. 8-3-15; 99-642, eff. 7-28-16; 99-927, eff. |
9 | | 6-1-17 .)
|
10 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-24.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-24.2) |
11 | | Sec. 27-24.2. Safety education; driver education course. |
12 | | Instruction shall be given in safety education in each of |
13 | | grades one through 8, equivalent to one class period each week, |
14 | | and any school district which maintains
grades 9 through 12 |
15 | | shall offer a driver education course in any such school
which |
16 | | it operates. Its curriculum shall include content dealing with |
17 | | Chapters 11, 12, 13, 15, and 16 of the Illinois Vehicle Code, |
18 | | the rules adopted pursuant to those Chapters insofar as they |
19 | | pertain to the operation of motor vehicles, and the portions of |
20 | | the Litter Control Act relating to the operation of motor |
21 | | vehicles. The course of instruction given in grades 10 through |
22 | | 12 shall include an emphasis on the development of knowledge, |
23 | | attitudes, habits, and skills necessary for the safe operation |
24 | | of motor vehicles, including motorcycles insofar as they can be |
25 | | taught in the classroom, and instruction on distracted driving |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 478 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | as a major traffic safety issue. In addition, the course shall |
2 | | include instruction on special hazards existing at and required |
3 | | safety and driving precautions that must be observed at |
4 | | emergency situations, highway construction and maintenance |
5 | | zones, and railroad crossings and the approaches thereto. |
6 | | Beginning with the 2017-2018 school year, the course shall also |
7 | | include instruction concerning law enforcement procedures for |
8 | | traffic stops, including a demonstration of the proper actions |
9 | | to be taken during a traffic stop and appropriate interactions |
10 | | with law enforcement. The course of instruction required of |
11 | | each eligible student at the high school level shall consist of |
12 | | a minimum of 30 clock hours of classroom instruction and a |
13 | | minimum of 6 clock hours of individual behind-the-wheel |
14 | | instruction in a dual control car on public roadways taught by |
15 | | a driver education instructor endorsed by the State Board of |
16 | | Education. Both the classroom instruction part and the practice |
17 | | driving
part of such driver education course shall be open to a |
18 | | resident or
non-resident student attending a non-public school |
19 | | in the district wherein the
course is offered. Each student |
20 | | attending any public or non-public high school
in the district |
21 | | must receive a passing grade in at least 8 courses during the
|
22 | | previous 2 semesters prior to enrolling in a driver education |
23 | | course, or the
student shall not be permitted to enroll in the |
24 | | course; provided that the local
superintendent of schools (with |
25 | | respect to a student attending a public high
school in the |
26 | | district) or chief school administrator (with respect to a
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 479 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | student attending a non-public high school in the district) may |
2 | | waive the
requirement if the superintendent or chief school |
3 | | administrator, as the case
may be, deems it to be in the best |
4 | | interest of the student. A student may be allowed to commence |
5 | | the
classroom instruction part of such driver education course |
6 | | prior to reaching
age 15 if such student then will be eligible |
7 | | to complete the entire course
within 12 months after being |
8 | | allowed to commence such classroom instruction. |
9 | | A school district may offer a driver education course in a |
10 | | school by contracting with a commercial driver training school |
11 | | to provide both the classroom instruction part and the practice |
12 | | driving part or either one without having to request a |
13 | | modification or waiver of administrative rules of the State |
14 | | Board of Education if the school district approves the action |
15 | | during a public hearing on whether to enter into a contract |
16 | | with a commercial driver training school. The public hearing |
17 | | shall be held at a regular or special school board meeting |
18 | | prior to entering into such a contract. If a school district |
19 | | chooses to approve a contract with a commercial driver training |
20 | | school, then the district must provide evidence to the State |
21 | | Board of Education that the commercial driver training school |
22 | | with which it will contract holds a license issued by the |
23 | | Secretary of State under Article IV of Chapter 6 of the |
24 | | Illinois Vehicle Code and that each instructor employed by the |
25 | | commercial driver training school to provide instruction to |
26 | | students served by the school district holds a valid teaching |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 480 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | license issued under the requirements of this Code and rules of |
2 | | the State Board of Education. Such evidence must include, but |
3 | | need not be limited to, a list of each instructor assigned to |
4 | | teach students served by the school district, which list shall |
5 | | include the instructor's name, personal identification number |
6 | | as required by the State Board of Education, birth date, and |
7 | | driver's license number. Once the contract is entered into, the |
8 | | school district shall notify the State Board of Education of |
9 | | any changes in the personnel providing instruction either (i) |
10 | | within 15 calendar days after an instructor leaves the program |
11 | | or (ii) before a new instructor is hired. Such notification |
12 | | shall include the instructor's name, personal identification |
13 | | number as required by the State Board of Education, birth date, |
14 | | and driver's license number. If the school district maintains |
15 | | an Internet website, then the district shall post a copy of the |
16 | | final contract between the district and the commercial driver |
17 | | training school on the district's Internet website. If no |
18 | | Internet website exists, then the school district shall make |
19 | | available the contract upon request. A record of all materials |
20 | | in relation to the contract must be maintained by the school |
21 | | district and made available to parents and guardians upon |
22 | | request. The instructor's date of birth and driver's license |
23 | | number and any other personally identifying information as |
24 | | deemed by the federal Driver's Privacy Protection Act of 1994 |
25 | | must be redacted from any public materials. |
26 | | Such a course may be commenced immediately after the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 481 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | completion of a prior
course. Teachers of such courses shall |
2 | | meet the licensure certification requirements of
this Code Act |
3 | | and regulations of the State Board as to qualifications. |
4 | | Subject to rules of the State Board of Education, the |
5 | | school district may charge a reasonable fee, not to exceed $50, |
6 | | to students who participate in the course, unless a student is |
7 | | unable to pay for such a course, in which event the fee for |
8 | | such a student must be waived. However, the district may |
9 | | increase this fee to an amount not to exceed $250 by school |
10 | | board resolution following a public hearing on the increase, |
11 | | which increased fee must be waived for students who participate |
12 | | in the course and are unable to pay for the course. The total |
13 | | amount from driver education fees and reimbursement from the |
14 | | State for driver education must not exceed the total cost of |
15 | | the driver education program in any year and must be deposited |
16 | | into the school district's driver education fund as a separate |
17 | | line item budget entry. All moneys deposited into the school |
18 | | district's driver education fund must be used solely for the |
19 | | funding of a high school driver education program approved by |
20 | | the State Board of Education that uses driver education |
21 | | instructors endorsed by the State Board of Education. |
22 | | (Source: P.A. 99-642, eff. 7-28-16; 99-720, eff. 1-1-17 .)
|
23 | | (105 ILCS 5/27A-9)
|
24 | | Sec. 27A-9. Term of charter; renewal.
|
25 | | (a) For charters granted before January 1, 2017 ( the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 482 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | effective date of Public Act 99-840) this amendatory Act of the |
2 | | 99th General Assembly , a charter may be granted for a period |
3 | | not less than 5 and not
more than
10
school years. For charters |
4 | | granted on or after January 1, 2017 ( the effective date of |
5 | | Public Act 99-840) this amendatory Act of the 99th General |
6 | | Assembly , a charter shall be granted for a period of 5
school |
7 | | years. For charters renewed before January 1, 2017 ( the |
8 | | effective date of Public Act 99-840) this amendatory Act of the |
9 | | 99th General Assembly , a charter may be renewed in incremental |
10 | | periods not to exceed
5
school years. For charters renewed on |
11 | | or after January 1, 2017 ( the effective date of Public Act |
12 | | 99-840) this amendatory Act of the 99th General Assembly , a |
13 | | charter may be renewed in incremental periods not to exceed 10 |
14 | | school years; however, the Commission may renew a charter only |
15 | | in incremental periods not to exceed 5 years. Authorizers shall |
16 | | ensure that every charter granted on or after January 1, 2017 |
17 | | ( the effective date of Public Act 99-840) this amendatory Act |
18 | | of the 99th General Assembly includes standards and goals for |
19 | | academic, organizational, and financial performance. A charter |
20 | | must meet all standards and goals for academic, organizational, |
21 | | and financial performance set forth by the authorizer in order |
22 | | to be renewed for a term in excess of 5 years but not more than |
23 | | 10 years. If an authorizer fails to establish standards and |
24 | | goals, a charter shall not be renewed for a term in excess of 5 |
25 | | years. Nothing contained in this Section shall require an |
26 | | authorizer to grant a full 10-year renewal term to any |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 483 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | particular charter school, but an authorizer may award a full |
2 | | 10-year renewal term to charter schools that have a |
3 | | demonstrated track record of improving student performance.
|
4 | | (b) A charter school renewal proposal submitted to the
|
5 | | local school board or the Commission, as the chartering entity,
|
6 | | shall contain:
|
7 | | (1) A report on the progress of the charter school in |
8 | | achieving the goals,
objectives, pupil performance |
9 | | standards, content standards, and other terms of
the |
10 | | initial approved charter proposal; and
|
11 | | (2) A financial statement that discloses the costs of |
12 | | administration,
instruction, and other spending categories |
13 | | for the charter school that is
understandable to the |
14 | | general public and that will allow comparison of those
|
15 | | costs to other schools or other comparable organizations, |
16 | | in a format required
by the State Board.
|
17 | | (c) A charter may be revoked
or not renewed if the local |
18 | | school board or the Commission, as the chartering
entity,
|
19 | | clearly demonstrates that the
charter school did any of the
|
20 | | following, or otherwise failed to comply with the requirements |
21 | | of this law:
|
22 | | (1) Committed a material violation of any of the |
23 | | conditions, standards, or
procedures set forth in the |
24 | | charter.
|
25 | | (2) Failed to meet or make reasonable progress toward |
26 | | achievement of the
content standards or pupil performance |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 484 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | standards identified in the charter.
|
2 | | (3) Failed to meet generally accepted standards of |
3 | | fiscal management.
|
4 | | (4) Violated any provision of law from which the |
5 | | charter school was not
exempted.
|
6 | | In the case of revocation, the local school board or the |
7 | | Commission, as the chartering entity, shall notify the charter |
8 | | school in writing of the reason why the charter is subject to |
9 | | revocation. The charter school shall submit a written plan to |
10 | | the local school board or the Commission, whichever is |
11 | | applicable, to rectify the problem. The plan shall include a |
12 | | timeline for implementation, which shall not exceed 2 years or |
13 | | the date of the charter's expiration, whichever is earlier. If |
14 | | the local school board or the Commission, as the chartering |
15 | | entity, finds that the charter school has failed to implement |
16 | | the plan of remediation and adhere to the timeline, then the |
17 | | chartering entity shall revoke the charter. Except in |
18 | | situations of an emergency where the health, safety, or |
19 | | education of the charter school's students is at risk, the |
20 | | revocation shall take place at the end of a school year. |
21 | | Nothing in Public Act 96-105 this amendatory Act of the 96th |
22 | | General Assembly shall be construed to prohibit an |
23 | | implementation timetable that is less than 2 years in duration. |
24 | | (d) (Blank).
|
25 | | (e) Notice of a local school board's decision to
deny, |
26 | | revoke , or not to
renew a charter shall be provided to the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 485 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Commission and the State Board.
The Commission may reverse a |
2 | | local board's
decision
if the Commission finds
that the charter |
3 | | school or charter school proposal (i) is in compliance with
|
4 | | this Article, and (ii) is in the best interests of the students |
5 | | it is designed
to serve.
The Commission may condition the |
6 | | granting of an appeal on the acceptance by
the charter school |
7 | | of funding in an amount less than that requested in the
|
8 | | proposal submitted to the local school board.
Final decisions |
9 | | of the Commission shall be subject
to judicial review under the |
10 | | Administrative Review Law.
|
11 | | (f) Notwithstanding other provisions of this Article, if |
12 | | the Commission
on appeal reverses a local board's decision
or |
13 | | if a charter school is
approved by referendum,
the Commission
|
14 | | shall act as the
authorized chartering entity for the charter |
15 | | school.
The Commission shall
approve the charter and shall |
16 | | perform all functions
under this
Article otherwise performed by |
17 | | the local school
board. The State Board shall determine whether |
18 | | the charter proposal approved by the Commission is consistent |
19 | | with the provisions of this Article and, if the approved |
20 | | proposal complies, certify the proposal pursuant to this |
21 | | Article. The State Board shall
report the aggregate number of |
22 | | charter school pupils resident in a school
district to that |
23 | | district
and shall notify the district
of the amount of
funding |
24 | | to be paid by the State Board to the charter school enrolling |
25 | | such
students.
The Commission shall require the
charter school |
26 | | to maintain accurate records of daily attendance that shall be
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 486 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | deemed sufficient to file claims under Section 18-8.05 or |
2 | | 18-8.15 notwithstanding any
other requirements of that Section |
3 | | regarding hours of instruction and teacher
certification.
The |
4 | | State Board shall withhold from funds otherwise due the |
5 | | district
the funds authorized by this Article to be paid to the |
6 | | charter school and shall
pay such amounts to the charter |
7 | | school.
|
8 | | (g) For charter schools authorized by the Commission, the |
9 | | Commission shall quarterly certify to the State Board the |
10 | | student enrollment for each of its charter schools. |
11 | | (h) For charter schools authorized by the Commission, the |
12 | | State Board shall pay directly to a charter school any federal |
13 | | or State aid attributable to a student with a disability |
14 | | attending the school. |
15 | | (Source: P.A. 98-739, eff. 7-16-14; 99-840, eff. 1-1-17; |
16 | | revised 10-27-16.)
|
17 | | (105 ILCS 5/27A-11)
|
18 | | Sec. 27A-11. Local financing.
|
19 | | (a) For purposes of the School Code, pupils enrolled in a |
20 | | charter school
shall be included in the pupil enrollment of the |
21 | | school district within which
the
pupil resides. Each charter |
22 | | school (i) shall determine the school district in
which each |
23 | | pupil who is enrolled in the charter school resides,
(ii) shall
|
24 | | report the aggregate number of pupils resident of a school |
25 | | district who are
enrolled in the charter school to the school |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 487 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | district in which those pupils
reside, and (iii) shall maintain |
2 | | accurate records of daily attendance that
shall be deemed |
3 | | sufficient to file claims under Section 18-8 or 18-8.15 |
4 | | notwithstanding
any other requirements of that Section |
5 | | regarding hours of instruction and
teacher certification.
|
6 | | (b) Except for a charter school established by referendum |
7 | | under Section
27A-6.5, as part of a charter school contract, |
8 | | the charter school and the
local
school board shall agree on |
9 | | funding and any services to be provided by the
school district |
10 | | to the charter school.
Agreed funding that a charter school is |
11 | | to receive from the local school
board for a school year shall |
12 | | be paid in
equal quarterly installments with the payment of the
|
13 | | installment for the first quarter being made not later than |
14 | | July 1, unless the
charter establishes a different payment |
15 | | schedule. However, if a charter school dismisses a pupil from |
16 | | the charter school after receiving a quarterly payment, the |
17 | | charter school shall return to the school district, on a |
18 | | quarterly basis, the prorated portion of public funding |
19 | | provided for the education of that pupil for the time the |
20 | | student is not enrolled at the charter school. Likewise, if a |
21 | | pupil transfers to a charter school between quarterly payments, |
22 | | the school district shall provide, on a quarterly basis, a |
23 | | prorated portion of the public funding to the charter school to |
24 | | provide for the education of that pupil.
|
25 | | All services centrally or otherwise provided by the school |
26 | | district
including, but not limited to, rent, food services, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 488 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | custodial services,
maintenance,
curriculum, media services, |
2 | | libraries, transportation, and warehousing shall be
subject to
|
3 | | negotiation between a charter school and the local school board |
4 | | and paid
for out
of the revenues negotiated pursuant to this |
5 | | subsection (b); provided that the
local school board shall not |
6 | | attempt, by negotiation or otherwise, to obligate
a charter |
7 | | school to provide pupil transportation for pupils for whom a |
8 | | district
is not required to provide transportation under the |
9 | | criteria set forth in
subsection (a)(13) of Section 27A-7.
|
10 | | In no event shall the funding be less than 97% 75% or more |
11 | | than 103%
125% of the
school district's per capita student |
12 | | tuition multiplied by
the
number of students residing in the |
13 | | district who are enrolled in the charter
school.
|
14 | | It is the intent of the General Assembly that funding and |
15 | | service agreements
under this subsection (b) shall be neither a |
16 | | financial incentive nor a
financial disincentive to the |
17 | | establishment of a charter school.
|
18 | | The charter school may set and collect reasonable fees. |
19 | | Fees collected
from students enrolled at a charter school shall |
20 | | be retained
by the charter school.
|
21 | | (c) Notwithstanding subsection (b) of this Section, the |
22 | | proportionate share
of State and federal resources generated by |
23 | | students with disabilities or staff
serving them shall be |
24 | | directed to charter schools enrolling those students by
their |
25 | | school districts or administrative units. The proportionate |
26 | | share of
moneys generated under other federal or State |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 489 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | categorical aid programs shall be
directed to charter schools |
2 | | serving students eligible for that aid.
|
3 | | (d) The governing body of a charter school is authorized to |
4 | | accept
gifts,
donations, or grants of any kind made to the |
5 | | charter school and to expend or
use gifts, donations, or grants |
6 | | in accordance with the conditions prescribed by
the donor; |
7 | | however, a gift, donation, or grant may not be accepted by the
|
8 | | governing body if it is subject to any condition contrary to |
9 | | applicable law or
contrary
to the terms of the contract between |
10 | | the charter school and the local school
board. Charter schools |
11 | | shall be encouraged to solicit and utilize community
volunteer |
12 | | speakers and other instructional resources when providing |
13 | | instruction
on the Holocaust and other historical events.
|
14 | | (e) (Blank).
|
15 | | (f) The Commission shall provide technical assistance to
|
16 | | persons and groups
preparing or revising charter applications.
|
17 | | (g) At the non-renewal or revocation of its charter, each
|
18 | | charter school
shall refund to the local board of education all |
19 | | unspent funds.
|
20 | | (h) A charter school is authorized to incur temporary, |
21 | | short
term debt to
pay operating expenses in anticipation of |
22 | | receipt of funds from the local
school board.
|
23 | | (Source: P.A. 98-640, eff. 6-9-14; 98-739, eff. 7-16-14; 99-78, |
24 | | eff. 7-20-15.)
|
25 | | (105 ILCS 5/29-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 29-5) |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 490 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Sec. 29-5. Reimbursement by State for transportation. Any |
2 | | school
district, maintaining a school, transporting resident |
3 | | pupils to another
school district's vocational program, |
4 | | offered through a joint agreement
approved by the State Board |
5 | | of Education, as provided in Section
10-22.22 or transporting |
6 | | its resident pupils to a school which meets the
standards for |
7 | | recognition as established by the State Board of Education
|
8 | | which provides transportation meeting the standards of safety, |
9 | | comfort,
convenience, efficiency and operation prescribed by |
10 | | the State Board of
Education for resident pupils in |
11 | | kindergarten or any of grades 1 through
12 who: (a) reside at |
12 | | least 1 1/2 miles as measured by the customary route of
travel, |
13 | | from the school attended; or (b) reside in areas where |
14 | | conditions are
such that walking constitutes a hazard to the |
15 | | safety of the child when
determined under Section 29-3; and (c) |
16 | | are transported to the school attended
from pick-up points at |
17 | | the beginning of the school day and back again at the
close of |
18 | | the school day or transported to and from their assigned |
19 | | attendance
centers during the school day, shall be reimbursed |
20 | | by the State as hereinafter
provided in this Section.
|
21 | | The State will pay the cost of transporting eligible pupils |
22 | | less the prior year
assessed valuation in a dual school |
23 | | district maintaining secondary
grades 9 to 12 inclusive times a |
24 | | qualifying rate of .05%; in elementary
school districts |
25 | | maintaining grades K to 8 times a qualifying rate of
.06%; and |
26 | | in unit districts maintaining grades K to 12, including |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 491 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | optional elementary unit districts and combined high school - |
2 | | unit districts, times a qualifying
rate of .07%; provided that |
3 | | for optional elementary unit districts and combined high school - |
4 | | unit districts, prior year assessed valuation for high school |
5 | | purposes, as defined in Article 11E of this Code, must be used. |
6 | | To be eligible to receive reimbursement in excess of 4/5
of the |
7 | | cost to transport eligible pupils, a school district shall have |
8 | | a
Transportation Fund tax rate of at least .12%. If a school |
9 | | district
does not have a .12% Transportation Fund tax rate, the |
10 | | amount of its
claim in excess of 4/5 of the cost of |
11 | | transporting pupils shall be
reduced by the sum arrived at by |
12 | | subtracting the Transportation Fund tax
rate from .12% and |
13 | | multiplying that amount by the district's prior year districts |
14 | | equalized or
assessed valuation, provided, that in no case |
15 | | shall said reduction
result in reimbursement of less than 4/5 |
16 | | of the cost to transport
eligible pupils.
|
17 | | The minimum amount to be received by a district is $16 |
18 | | times the
number of eligible pupils transported.
|
19 | | When calculating the reimbursement for transportation |
20 | | costs, the State Board of Education may not deduct the number |
21 | | of pupils enrolled in early education programs from the number |
22 | | of pupils eligible for reimbursement if the pupils enrolled in |
23 | | the early education programs are transported at the same time |
24 | | as other eligible pupils.
|
25 | | Any such district transporting resident pupils during the |
26 | | school day
to an area vocational school or another school |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 492 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | district's vocational
program more than 1 1/2 miles from the |
2 | | school attended, as provided in
Sections 10-22.20a and |
3 | | 10-22.22, shall be reimbursed by the State for 4/5
of the cost |
4 | | of transporting eligible pupils.
|
5 | | School day means that period of time which the pupil is |
6 | | required to be
in attendance for instructional purposes.
|
7 | | If a pupil is at a location within the school district |
8 | | other than his
residence for child care purposes at the time |
9 | | for transportation to school,
that location may be considered |
10 | | for purposes of determining the 1 1/2 miles
from the school |
11 | | attended.
|
12 | | Claims for reimbursement that include children who attend |
13 | | any school
other than a public school shall show the number of |
14 | | such children
transported.
|
15 | | Claims for reimbursement under this Section shall not be |
16 | | paid for the
transportation of pupils for whom transportation |
17 | | costs are claimed for
payment under other Sections of this Act.
|
18 | | The allowable direct cost of transporting pupils for |
19 | | regular, vocational,
and special education pupil |
20 | | transportation shall be limited to the sum of
the cost of |
21 | | physical examinations required for employment as a school bus
|
22 | | driver; the salaries of full or part-time drivers and school |
23 | | bus maintenance
personnel; employee benefits excluding |
24 | | Illinois municipal retirement
payments, social security |
25 | | payments, unemployment insurance payments and
workers' |
26 | | compensation insurance premiums; expenditures to independent
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 493 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | carriers who operate school buses; payments to other school |
2 | | districts for
pupil transportation services; pre-approved |
3 | | contractual expenditures for
computerized bus scheduling; the |
4 | | cost of gasoline, oil, tires, and other
supplies necessary for |
5 | | the operation of school buses; the cost of
converting buses' |
6 | | gasoline engines to more fuel efficient engines or to
engines |
7 | | which use alternative energy sources; the cost of travel to
|
8 | | meetings and workshops conducted by the regional |
9 | | superintendent or the
State Superintendent of Education |
10 | | pursuant to the standards established by
the Secretary of State |
11 | | under Section 6-106 of the Illinois Vehicle Code to improve the |
12 | | driving skills of
school bus drivers; the cost of maintenance |
13 | | of school buses including parts
and materials used; |
14 | | expenditures for leasing transportation vehicles,
except |
15 | | interest and service charges; the cost of insurance and |
16 | | licenses for
transportation vehicles; expenditures for the |
17 | | rental of transportation
equipment; plus a depreciation |
18 | | allowance of 20% for 5 years for school
buses and vehicles |
19 | | approved for transporting pupils to and from school and
a |
20 | | depreciation allowance of 10% for 10 years for other |
21 | | transportation
equipment so used.
Each school year, if a school |
22 | | district has made expenditures to the
Regional Transportation |
23 | | Authority or any of its service boards, a mass
transit |
24 | | district, or an urban transportation district under an
|
25 | | intergovernmental agreement with the district to provide for |
26 | | the
transportation of pupils and if the public transit carrier |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 494 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | received direct
payment for services or passes from a school |
2 | | district within its service
area during the 2000-2001 school |
3 | | year, then the allowable direct cost of
transporting pupils for |
4 | | regular, vocational, and special education pupil
|
5 | | transportation shall also include the expenditures that the |
6 | | district has
made to the public transit carrier.
In addition to |
7 | | the above allowable costs school
districts shall also claim all |
8 | | transportation supervisory salary costs,
including Illinois |
9 | | municipal retirement payments, and all transportation
related |
10 | | building and building maintenance costs without limitation.
|
11 | | Special education allowable costs shall also include |
12 | | expenditures for the
salaries of attendants or aides for that |
13 | | portion of the time they assist
special education pupils while |
14 | | in transit and expenditures for parents and
public carriers for |
15 | | transporting special education pupils when pre-approved
by the |
16 | | State Superintendent of Education.
|
17 | | Indirect costs shall be included in the reimbursement claim |
18 | | for districts
which own and operate their own school buses. |
19 | | Such indirect costs shall
include administrative costs, or any |
20 | | costs attributable to transporting
pupils from their |
21 | | attendance centers to another school building for
|
22 | | instructional purposes. No school district which owns and |
23 | | operates its own
school buses may claim reimbursement for |
24 | | indirect costs which exceed 5% of
the total allowable direct |
25 | | costs for pupil transportation.
|
26 | | The State Board of Education shall prescribe uniform |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 495 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | regulations for
determining the above standards and shall |
2 | | prescribe forms of cost
accounting and standards of determining |
3 | | reasonable depreciation. Such
depreciation shall include the |
4 | | cost of equipping school buses with the
safety features |
5 | | required by law or by the rules, regulations and standards
|
6 | | promulgated by the State Board of Education, and the Department |
7 | | of
Transportation for the safety and construction of school |
8 | | buses provided,
however, any equipment cost reimbursed by the |
9 | | Department of Transportation
for equipping school buses with |
10 | | such safety equipment shall be deducted
from the allowable cost |
11 | | in the computation of reimbursement under this
Section in the |
12 | | same percentage as the cost of the equipment is depreciated.
|
13 | | On or before August 15, annually, the chief school |
14 | | administrator for
the district shall certify to the State |
15 | | Superintendent of Education the
district's claim for |
16 | | reimbursement for the school year ending on June 30
next |
17 | | preceding. The State Superintendent of Education shall check |
18 | | and
approve the claims and prepare the vouchers showing the |
19 | | amounts due for
district reimbursement claims. Each fiscal |
20 | | year, the State
Superintendent of Education shall prepare and |
21 | | transmit the first 3
vouchers to the Comptroller on the 30th |
22 | | day of September, December and
March, respectively, and the |
23 | | final voucher, no later than June 20.
|
24 | | If the amount appropriated for transportation |
25 | | reimbursement is insufficient
to fund total claims for any |
26 | | fiscal year, the State Board of Education shall
reduce each |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 496 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | school district's allowable costs and flat grant amount
|
2 | | proportionately to make total adjusted claims equal the total |
3 | | amount
appropriated.
|
4 | | For purposes of calculating claims for reimbursement under |
5 | | this Section
for any school year beginning July 1, 1998, or |
6 | | thereafter, the
equalized
assessed valuation for a school |
7 | | district used to compute reimbursement
shall be computed in the |
8 | | same manner as it is computed under paragraph (2) of
subsection |
9 | | (G) of Section 18-8.05.
|
10 | | All reimbursements received from the State shall be |
11 | | deposited into the
district's transportation fund or into the |
12 | | fund from which the allowable
expenditures were made.
|
13 | | Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school |
14 | | district receiving
a payment under this Section or under |
15 | | Section 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or
14-13.01 of this Code may |
16 | | classify all or a portion of the funds that it
receives in a |
17 | | particular fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant to
|
18 | | Section 18-8.05 of this Code
as funds received in connection |
19 | | with any funding program for which it is
entitled to receive |
20 | | funds from the State in that fiscal year (including,
without |
21 | | limitation, any funding program referenced in this Section),
|
22 | | regardless of the source or timing of the receipt. The district |
23 | | may not
classify more funds as funds received in connection |
24 | | with the funding
program than the district is entitled to |
25 | | receive in that fiscal year for that
program. Any
|
26 | | classification by a district must be made by a resolution of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 497 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | its board of
education. The resolution must identify the amount |
2 | | of any payments or
general State aid to be classified under |
3 | | this paragraph and must specify
the funding program to which |
4 | | the funds are to be treated as received in
connection |
5 | | therewith. This resolution is controlling as to the
|
6 | | classification of funds referenced therein. A certified copy of |
7 | | the
resolution must be sent to the State Superintendent of |
8 | | Education.
The resolution shall still take effect even though a |
9 | | copy of the resolution has
not been sent to the State
|
10 | | Superintendent of Education in a timely manner.
No
|
11 | | classification under this paragraph by a district shall affect |
12 | | the total amount
or timing of money the district is entitled to |
13 | | receive under this Code.
No classification under this paragraph |
14 | | by a district shall
in any way relieve the district from or |
15 | | affect any
requirements that otherwise would apply with respect |
16 | | to
that funding program, including any
accounting of funds by |
17 | | source, reporting expenditures by
original source and purpose,
|
18 | | reporting requirements,
or requirements of providing services.
|
19 | | Any school district with a population of not more than |
20 | | 500,000
must deposit all funds received under this Article into |
21 | | the transportation
fund and use those funds for the provision |
22 | | of transportation services.
|
23 | | (Source: P.A. 95-903, eff. 8-25-08; 96-1264, eff. 1-1-11 .)
|
24 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-2.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.3)
|
25 | | Sec. 34-2.3. Local school councils - Powers and duties. |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 498 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Each local school
council shall have and exercise, consistent |
2 | | with the provisions of
this Article and the powers and duties |
3 | | of
the board of education, the following powers and duties:
|
4 | | 1. (A) To annually evaluate the performance of the |
5 | | principal of the
attendance
center
using a Board approved |
6 | | principal evaluation form, which shall include the
evaluation |
7 | | of
(i) student academic improvement, as defined by the
school |
8 | | improvement plan, (ii)
student absenteeism rates
at the school, |
9 | | (iii) instructional leadership, (iv) the effective
|
10 | | implementation of
programs, policies, or strategies to improve |
11 | | student academic achievement,
(v) school management, and (vi) |
12 | | any other factors deemed relevant by the local
school council, |
13 | | including, without limitation, the principal's communication
|
14 | | skills and ability to create and maintain a student-centered |
15 | | learning
environment, to develop opportunities for |
16 | | professional development, and to
encourage parental |
17 | | involvement and community partnerships to achieve school
|
18 | | improvement;
|
19 | | (B) to determine in the manner provided by subsection (c) |
20 | | of Section
34-2.2 and subdivision 1.5 of this Section whether |
21 | | the performance contract
of the principal shall be
renewed; and
|
22 | | (C) to directly select, in the manner provided by
|
23 | | subsection (c) of
Section 34-2.2, a new principal (including a |
24 | | new principal to fill a
vacancy)
-- without submitting any list |
25 | | of candidates for that position to the
general superintendent |
26 | | as provided in paragraph 2 of this Section -- to
serve under a |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 499 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | 4 year performance contract; provided that (i) the |
2 | | determination
of whether the principal's performance contract |
3 | | is to be renewed, based upon
the evaluation required by |
4 | | subdivision 1.5 of this Section, shall be made no
later than |
5 | | 150 days prior to the expiration of the current |
6 | | performance-based
contract of the principal, (ii) in cases |
7 | | where such performance
contract is not renewed -- a
direct |
8 | | selection
of a
new principal -- to serve under a 4 year |
9 | | performance contract shall be made by
the local school council |
10 | | no later than 45 days prior to the expiration of the
current |
11 | | performance contract of the principal, and (iii) a
selection by
|
12 | | the local school council of a new principal to fill a vacancy |
13 | | under a 4 year
performance contract shall be made within 90 |
14 | | days after the date such vacancy
occurs. A Council shall be |
15 | | required, if requested by the principal, to provide
in writing |
16 | | the reasons for the council's not renewing the principal's |
17 | | contract.
|
18 | | 1.5. The local school council's determination of whether to |
19 | | renew the
principal's contract shall be based on an evaluation |
20 | | to assess the educational
and administrative progress made at |
21 | | the school during the principal's current
performance-based |
22 | | contract. The local school council shall base its evaluation
on |
23 | | (i) student academic improvement, as defined by the school |
24 | | improvement plan,
(ii) student absenteeism rates at the school, |
25 | | (iii) instructional leadership,
(iv) the effective |
26 | | implementation of programs, policies, or strategies to
improve |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 500 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | student academic achievement, (v) school management, and (vi) |
2 | | any
other factors deemed relevant by the local school council, |
3 | | including, without
limitation, the principal's communication |
4 | | skills and ability to create and
maintain a student-centered |
5 | | learning environment, to develop opportunities for
|
6 | | professional development, and to encourage parental |
7 | | involvement and community
partnerships to achieve school |
8 | | improvement. If a local school council
fails to renew the |
9 | | performance contract of a principal rated by the general
|
10 | | superintendent, or his or her designee, in the previous years' |
11 | | evaluations as
meeting or exceeding expectations, the |
12 | | principal, within 15 days after the
local school council's |
13 | | decision not to renew the contract, may request a review
of the
|
14 | | local school council's principal non-retention decision by a |
15 | | hearing officer
appointed by the American Arbitration |
16 | | Association. A local school council
member or members or the |
17 | | general superintendent may support the principal's
request for |
18 | | review.
During the period of the hearing officer's review of |
19 | | the local school
council's decision on
whether or not to retain |
20 | | the principal, the local school council shall maintain
all |
21 | | authority
to search for and contract with a person to serve
as |
22 | | interim or acting
principal, or as the
principal of the |
23 | | attendance center under a 4-year performance contract,
|
24 | | provided that any performance contract entered into by the |
25 | | local school council
shall be voidable
or
modified in |
26 | | accordance with the decision of the hearing officer.
The |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 501 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | principal may request review only once while at that
attendance |
2 | | center. If a local school council renews the contract of a
|
3 | | principal who failed to obtain a rating of "meets" or "exceeds |
4 | | expectations" in
the general superintendent's evaluation for |
5 | | the previous year, the general superintendent,
within 15
days |
6 | | after the local
school council's decision to renew the |
7 | | contract,
may request a review of
the local school council's |
8 | | principal retention decision by a hearing officer
appointed by |
9 | | the American Arbitration Association. The general |
10 | | superintendent may request a review only
once
for that |
11 | | principal at that attendance center. All requests to review the
|
12 | | retention or non-retention of a principal shall be submitted to |
13 | | the general
superintendent, who shall, in turn, forward such |
14 | | requests, within 14 days of
receipt, to the American |
15 | | Arbitration Association.
The general superintendent shall send |
16 | | a contemporaneous copy of the request
that was forwarded to the |
17 | | American Arbitration Association to the principal and
to each |
18 | | local school council member and shall inform the local school |
19 | | council
of its rights and responsibilities under the |
20 | | arbitration process, including the
local school council's |
21 | | right to representation and the manner and process by
which the |
22 | | Board shall pay the costs of the council's representation.
If |
23 | | the local school council retains the
principal and the general |
24 | | superintendent requests a review of the retention
decision, the |
25 | | local school council and the general
superintendent shall be |
26 | | considered parties to the arbitration, a hearing officer shall
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 502 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | be
chosen between those 2
parties pursuant to procedures |
2 | | promulgated by the State Board of Education,
and the principal |
3 | | may retain counsel and participate in the arbitration. If the |
4 | | local school council does not retain the principal and
the |
5 | | principal requests a review of the retention decision, the |
6 | | local school
council and the principal shall be considered |
7 | | parties to the
arbitration and a hearing
officer shall be |
8 | | chosen between those 2 parties pursuant to procedures
|
9 | | promulgated by the State Board of Education.
The hearing shall |
10 | | begin (i)
within 45 days
after the initial request for review |
11 | | is submitted by the principal to the
general superintendent or |
12 | | (ii) if the
initial request for
review is made by the general |
13 | | superintendent, within 45 days after that request
is mailed
to |
14 | | the American Arbitration Association.
The hearing officer |
15 | | shall render a
decision within 45
days after the hearing begins |
16 | | and within 90 days after the initial request
for review.
The |
17 | | Board shall contract with the American
Arbitration Association |
18 | | for all of the hearing officer's reasonable and
necessary |
19 | | costs. In addition, the Board shall pay any reasonable costs
|
20 | | incurred by a local school council for representation before a |
21 | | hearing
officer.
|
22 | | 1.10. The hearing officer shall conduct a hearing, which |
23 | | shall include (i)
a review of the principal's performance, |
24 | | evaluations, and other evidence of
the principal's service at |
25 | | the school, (ii) reasons provided by the local
school council |
26 | | for its decision, and (iii) documentation evidencing views of
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 503 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | interested persons, including,
without limitation, students, |
2 | | parents, local school council members, school
faculty and |
3 | | staff, the principal, the general superintendent or his or her
|
4 | | designee, and members of the community. The burden of proof in |
5 | | establishing
that the local school council's decision was |
6 | | arbitrary and capricious shall be
on the party requesting the |
7 | | arbitration, and this party shall sustain the
burden by a |
8 | | preponderance of the evidence.
The hearing officer shall set |
9 | | the
local school council decision aside if that decision, in |
10 | | light of the record
developed at the hearing, is arbitrary and |
11 | | capricious. The decision of the
hearing officer may not be |
12 | | appealed to the Board or the State Board of
Education. If the |
13 | | hearing officer decides that the principal shall be
retained, |
14 | | the retention period shall not exceed 2 years.
|
15 | | 2. In the event (i) the local school council does not renew |
16 | | the
performance contract of the principal, or the principal |
17 | | fails to receive a
satisfactory rating as provided in |
18 | | subsection (h) of Section 34-8.3,
or the principal is
removed |
19 | | for cause during the term of his or her performance contract
in |
20 | | the manner provided by Section 34-85, or a vacancy in the |
21 | | position
of principal otherwise occurs prior to the expiration |
22 | | of the term of
a principal's performance contract, and (ii) the |
23 | | local school council
fails to directly select a new principal |
24 | | to serve under a 4 year performance
contract,
the local school |
25 | | council in such event shall submit to the general
|
26 | | superintendent a list of 3 candidates -- listed in the local |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 504 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | school
council's order of preference -- for the position of |
2 | | principal, one of
which shall be selected by the general |
3 | | superintendent to serve as
principal of the attendance center. |
4 | | If the general superintendent
fails or refuses to select one of |
5 | | the candidates on the list to serve as
principal within 30 days |
6 | | after being furnished with the candidate list,
the general |
7 | | superintendent shall select and place a principal on an interim
|
8 | | basis (i) for a period not to exceed one year or (ii) until the |
9 | | local school
council selects a new principal with 7 affirmative |
10 | | votes as
provided in subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2, |
11 | | whichever occurs first. If the
local school council
fails or |
12 | | refuses to select and appoint a new principal, as specified by
|
13 | | subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2, the general superintendent |
14 | | may select and
appoint a new principal on an interim basis for
|
15 | | an additional year or until a new contract principal is |
16 | | selected by the local
school council. There shall be no |
17 | | discrimination on the basis of
race, sex, creed, color or
|
18 | | disability unrelated to ability to perform in
connection with |
19 | | the submission of candidates for, and the selection of a
|
20 | | candidate to serve as principal of an attendance center. No |
21 | | person shall
be directly selected, listed as a candidate for, |
22 | | or selected to serve as
principal of an attendance center (i) |
23 | | if such person has been removed for cause
from employment by |
24 | | the Board or (ii) if such person does not hold a valid
|
25 | | administrative certificate issued or exchanged under Article |
26 | | 21 and
endorsed as required by that Article for the position of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 505 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | principal. A
principal whose performance contract is not |
2 | | renewed as provided under
subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2 may |
3 | | nevertheless, if otherwise qualified
and certified as herein |
4 | | provided
and if he or she has received a satisfactory rating as |
5 | | provided in subsection
(h) of Section 34-8.3, be included by a |
6 | | local school council as
one of the 3 candidates listed in order |
7 | | of preference on any candidate list
from which one person is to |
8 | | be selected to serve as principal of the
attendance center |
9 | | under a new performance contract. The initial candidate
list |
10 | | required to be submitted by a local school council to the |
11 | | general
superintendent in cases where the local school council |
12 | | does not renew the
performance contract of its principal and |
13 | | does not directly select a new
principal to serve under a 4 |
14 | | year performance contract shall be submitted
not later than
30 |
15 | | days prior to the expiration of the current performance |
16 | | contract. In
cases where the local school council fails or |
17 | | refuses to submit the candidate
list to the general |
18 | | superintendent no later than 30 days prior to the
expiration of |
19 | | the incumbent principal's contract, the general superintendent
|
20 | | may
appoint a principal on an interim basis for a period not to |
21 | | exceed one year,
during which time the local school council |
22 | | shall be able to select a new
principal with 7 affirmative |
23 | | votes as provided in subsection (c) of Section
34-2.2. In cases |
24 | | where a principal is removed for cause or a
vacancy otherwise |
25 | | occurs in the position of principal and the vacancy is
not |
26 | | filled by direct selection by the local school council, the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 506 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | candidate
list shall be submitted by the local school council |
2 | | to the general
superintendent within 90 days after the date |
3 | | such
removal or
vacancy occurs.
In cases where the local school |
4 | | council fails or refuses to submit the
candidate list to the |
5 | | general superintendent within 90 days after the date of
the |
6 | | vacancy, the general superintendent may appoint a principal on |
7 | | an interim
basis for a period of one year, during which time |
8 | | the local school council
shall be able to select a new |
9 | | principal with 7 affirmative votes as provided in
subsection |
10 | | (c) of Section 34-2.2.
|
11 | | 2.5. Whenever a vacancy in the office of a principal occurs |
12 | | for any reason,
the vacancy shall be filled in the manner |
13 | | provided by this Section by the
selection of a new principal to |
14 | | serve under a 4 year performance contract.
|
15 | | 3. To establish additional criteria
to be included as part |
16 | | of
the
performance contract of its principal, provided that |
17 | | such additional
criteria shall not discriminate on the basis of |
18 | | race, sex, creed, color
or
disability unrelated to ability to |
19 | | perform, and shall not be inconsistent
with the uniform 4 year |
20 | | performance contract for principals developed by
the board as |
21 | | provided in Section 34-8.1 of the School Code
or with other |
22 | | provisions of this Article governing the
authority and |
23 | | responsibility of principals.
|
24 | | 4. To approve the expenditure plan prepared by the |
25 | | principal with
respect to all funds allocated and distributed |
26 | | to the attendance center by
the Board. The expenditure plan |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 507 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | shall be administered by the principal.
Notwithstanding any |
2 | | other provision of this Act or any other law, any
expenditure |
3 | | plan approved and
administered under this Section 34-2.3 shall |
4 | | be consistent with and subject to
the terms of any contract for |
5 | | services with a third party entered into by the
Chicago School |
6 | | Reform Board of Trustees or the board under this Act.
|
7 | | Via a supermajority vote of 7 members of the local school |
8 | | council or 8
members of a high school local school council, the |
9 | | Council may transfer
allocations pursuant to Section 34-2.3 |
10 | | within funds; provided that such a
transfer is consistent with |
11 | | applicable law and
collective bargaining
agreements.
|
12 | | Beginning in fiscal year 1991 and in each fiscal year
|
13 | | thereafter, the
Board may reserve up to 1% of its total fiscal |
14 | | year budget for
distribution
on a prioritized basis to schools |
15 | | throughout the school system in order to
assure adequate |
16 | | programs to meet the needs of
special student populations as |
17 | | determined by the Board. This distribution
shall take into |
18 | | account the needs catalogued in the Systemwide Plan and the
|
19 | | various local school improvement plans of the local school |
20 | | councils.
Information about these centrally funded programs |
21 | | shall be distributed to
the local school councils so that their |
22 | | subsequent planning and programming
will account for these |
23 | | provisions.
|
24 | | Beginning in fiscal year 1991 and in each fiscal year |
25 | | thereafter, from
other amounts available in the applicable |
26 | | fiscal year budget, the board
shall allocate a lump sum amount |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 508 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | to each local school based upon
such formula as the board shall |
2 | | determine taking into account the special needs
of the student |
3 | | body. The local school
principal shall develop an expenditure |
4 | | plan in consultation with the local
school council, the |
5 | | professional personnel leadership
committee and with all
other |
6 | | school personnel, which reflects the
priorities and activities |
7 | | as described in the school's local school
improvement plan and |
8 | | is consistent with applicable law and collective
bargaining |
9 | | agreements and with board policies and standards; however, the
|
10 | | local school council shall have the right to request waivers of |
11 | | board policy
from the board of education and waivers of |
12 | | employee collective bargaining
agreements pursuant to Section |
13 | | 34-8.1a.
|
14 | | The expenditure plan developed by the principal with |
15 | | respect to
amounts available from the fund for prioritized |
16 | | special needs programs
and the allocated lump sum amount must |
17 | | be approved by the local school council.
|
18 | | The lump sum allocation shall take into account the
|
19 | | following principles:
|
20 | | a. Teachers: Each school shall be allocated funds equal |
21 | | to the
amount appropriated in the previous school year for |
22 | | compensation for
teachers (regular grades kindergarten |
23 | | through 12th grade) plus whatever
increases in |
24 | | compensation have been negotiated contractually or through
|
25 | | longevity as provided in the negotiated agreement. |
26 | | Adjustments shall be
made due to layoff or reduction in |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 509 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | force, lack of funds or work, change in
subject |
2 | | requirements, enrollment changes, or contracts with third
|
3 | | parties for the performance of services or to rectify
any |
4 | | inconsistencies with system-wide allocation formulas or |
5 | | for other
legitimate reasons.
|
6 | | b. Other personnel: Funds for other teacher |
7 | | certificated and
uncertificated personnel paid through |
8 | | non-categorical funds shall be
provided according to |
9 | | system-wide formulas based on student enrollment and
the |
10 | | special needs of the school as determined by the Board.
|
11 | | c. Non-compensation items: Appropriations for all |
12 | | non-compensation items
shall be based on system-wide |
13 | | formulas based on student enrollment and
on the special |
14 | | needs of the school or factors related to the physical
|
15 | | plant, including but not limited to textbooks, electronic |
16 | | textbooks and the technological equipment necessary to |
17 | | gain access to and use electronic textbooks, supplies, |
18 | | electricity,
equipment, and routine maintenance.
|
19 | | d. Funds for categorical programs: Schools shall |
20 | | receive personnel
and funds based on, and shall use such |
21 | | personnel and funds in accordance
with State and Federal |
22 | | requirements applicable to each
categorical program
|
23 | | provided to meet the special needs of the student body |
24 | | (including but not
limited to, Federal Chapter I, |
25 | | Bilingual, and Special Education).
|
26 | | d.1. Funds for State Title I: Each school shall receive
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 510 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | funds based on State and Board requirements applicable to |
2 | | each State
Title I pupil provided to meet the special needs |
3 | | of the student body. Each
school shall receive the |
4 | | proportion of funds as provided in Section 18-8 or 18-8.15 |
5 | | to
which they are entitled. These funds shall be spent only |
6 | | with the
budgetary approval of the Local School Council as |
7 | | provided in Section 34-2.3.
|
8 | | e. The Local School Council shall have the right to |
9 | | request the
principal to close positions and open new ones |
10 | | consistent with the
provisions of the local school |
11 | | improvement plan provided that these
decisions are |
12 | | consistent with applicable law and
collective bargaining
|
13 | | agreements. If a position is closed, pursuant to this |
14 | | paragraph, the local
school shall have for its use the |
15 | | system-wide average compensation for the
closed position.
|
16 | | f. Operating within existing laws and
collective |
17 | | bargaining agreements,
the local school council shall have |
18 | | the right to direct the principal to
shift expenditures |
19 | | within funds.
|
20 | | g. (Blank).
|
21 | | Any funds unexpended at the end of the fiscal year shall be |
22 | | available to
the board of education for use as part of its |
23 | | budget for the following
fiscal year.
|
24 | | 5. To make recommendations to the principal concerning |
25 | | textbook
selection and concerning curriculum developed |
26 | | pursuant to the school
improvement plan which is consistent |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 511 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | with systemwide curriculum objectives
in accordance with |
2 | | Sections 34-8 and 34-18 of the School Code and in
conformity |
3 | | with the collective bargaining agreement.
|
4 | | 6. To advise the principal concerning the attendance and
|
5 | | disciplinary policies for the attendance center, subject to the |
6 | | provisions
of this Article and Article 26, and consistent with |
7 | | the uniform system of
discipline established by the board |
8 | | pursuant to Section 34-19.
|
9 | | 7. To approve a school improvement plan developed as |
10 | | provided in Section
34-2.4. The process and schedule for plan |
11 | | development shall be publicized
to the entire school community, |
12 | | and the community shall be afforded the
opportunity to make |
13 | | recommendations concerning the plan. At least twice a
year the |
14 | | principal and
local
school council shall report publicly on
|
15 | | progress and problems with respect to plan implementation.
|
16 | | 8. To evaluate the allocation of teaching resources and |
17 | | other
certificated and uncertificated staff to the attendance |
18 | | center to determine
whether such allocation is consistent with |
19 | | and in furtherance of
instructional objectives and school |
20 | | programs reflective of the school
improvement plan adopted for |
21 | | the attendance center; and to make
recommendations to the |
22 | | board, the general superintendent
and the
principal concerning |
23 | | any reallocation of teaching resources
or other staff whenever |
24 | | the council determines that any such
reallocation is |
25 | | appropriate because the qualifications of any existing
staff at |
26 | | the attendance center do not adequately match or support
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 512 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | instructional objectives or school programs which reflect the |
2 | | school
improvement plan.
|
3 | | 9. To make recommendations to the principal and the general |
4 | | superintendent
concerning their respective appointments, after |
5 | | August 31, 1989, and in the
manner provided by Section 34-8 and |
6 | | Section 34-8.1,
of persons to fill any vacant, additional or |
7 | | newly created
positions for teachers at the attendance center |
8 | | or at attendance centers
which include the attendance center |
9 | | served by the local school council.
|
10 | | 10. To request of the Board the manner in which training |
11 | | and
assistance shall be provided to the local school council. |
12 | | Pursuant to Board
guidelines a local school council is |
13 | | authorized to direct
the Board of Education to contract with |
14 | | personnel or not-for-profit
organizations not associated with |
15 | | the school district to train or assist
council members. If |
16 | | training or assistance is provided by contract with
personnel |
17 | | or organizations not associated with the school district, the
|
18 | | period of training or assistance shall not exceed 30 hours |
19 | | during a given
school year; person shall not be employed on a |
20 | | continuous basis longer than
said period and shall not have |
21 | | been employed by the Chicago Board of
Education within the |
22 | | preceding six months. Council members shall receive
training in |
23 | | at least the following areas:
|
24 | | 1. school budgets;
|
25 | | 2. educational theory pertinent to the attendance |
26 | | center's particular
needs, including the development of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 513 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the school improvement plan and the
principal's |
2 | | performance contract; and
|
3 | | 3. personnel selection.
|
4 | | Council members shall, to the greatest extent possible, |
5 | | complete such
training within 90 days of election.
|
6 | | 11. In accordance with systemwide guidelines contained in |
7 | | the
System-Wide Educational Reform Goals and Objectives Plan, |
8 | | criteria for
evaluation of performance shall be established for |
9 | | local school councils
and local school council members. If a |
10 | | local school council persists in
noncompliance with systemwide |
11 | | requirements, the Board may impose sanctions
and take necessary |
12 | | corrective action, consistent with Section 34-8.3.
|
13 | | 12. Each local school council shall comply with the Open |
14 | | Meetings Act and
the Freedom of Information Act. Each local |
15 | | school council shall issue and
transmit to its school community |
16 | | a detailed annual report accounting for
its activities |
17 | | programmatically and financially. Each local school council
|
18 | | shall convene at least 2 well-publicized meetings annually with |
19 | | its entire
school community. These meetings shall include |
20 | | presentation of the
proposed local school improvement plan, of |
21 | | the proposed school expenditure
plan, and the annual report, |
22 | | and shall provide an opportunity for public
comment.
|
23 | | 13. Each local school council is encouraged to involve |
24 | | additional
non-voting members of the school community in |
25 | | facilitating the council's
exercise of its responsibilities.
|
26 | | 14. The local school council may adopt a school
uniform or |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 514 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | dress
code policy that governs the attendance center and that |
2 | | is
necessary to maintain the orderly process of a school |
3 | | function or prevent
endangerment of student health or safety, |
4 | | consistent with the policies and
rules of the Board of |
5 | | Education.
A school uniform or dress code policy adopted
by a |
6 | | local school council: (i) shall not be applied in such manner |
7 | | as to
discipline or deny attendance to a transfer student or |
8 | | any other student for
noncompliance with that
policy during |
9 | | such period of time as is reasonably necessary to enable the
|
10 | | student to acquire a school uniform or otherwise comply with |
11 | | the dress code
policy that is in effect at the attendance |
12 | | center into which the student's
enrollment is transferred; and |
13 | | (ii) shall include criteria and procedures under
which the |
14 | | local school council will accommodate the needs of or otherwise
|
15 | | provide
appropriate resources to assist a student from an |
16 | | indigent family in complying
with an applicable school uniform |
17 | | or dress code policy.
A student whose parents or legal |
18 | | guardians object on religious grounds to the
student's |
19 | | compliance with an applicable school uniform or dress code |
20 | | policy
shall not be required to comply with that policy if the |
21 | | student's parents or
legal guardians present to the local |
22 | | school council a signed statement of
objection detailing the |
23 | | grounds for the objection.
|
24 | | 15. All decisions made and actions taken by the local |
25 | | school council in
the exercise of its powers and duties shall |
26 | | comply with State and federal
laws, all applicable collective |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 515 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | bargaining agreements, court orders and
rules properly |
2 | | promulgated by the Board.
|
3 | | 15a. To grant, in accordance with board rules and policies,
|
4 | | the use of assembly halls and classrooms when not otherwise |
5 | | needed,
including lighting, heat, and attendants, for public |
6 | | lectures, concerts, and
other educational and social |
7 | | activities.
|
8 | | 15b. To approve, in accordance with board rules and |
9 | | policies, receipts and
expenditures for all internal accounts |
10 | | of the
attendance center, and to approve all fund-raising |
11 | | activities by nonschool
organizations that use the school |
12 | | building.
|
13 | | 16. (Blank).
|
14 | | 17. Names and addresses of local school council members |
15 | | shall
be a matter of public record.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 96-1403, eff. 7-29-10.)
|
17 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-18) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18)
|
18 | | Sec. 34-18. Powers of the board. The board shall exercise |
19 | | general
supervision and jurisdiction over the public education |
20 | | and the public
school system of the city, and, except as |
21 | | otherwise provided by this
Article, shall have power:
|
22 | | 1. To make suitable provision for the establishment and |
23 | | maintenance
throughout the year or for such portion thereof |
24 | | as it may direct, not
less than 9 months, of schools of all |
25 | | grades and kinds, including normal
schools, high schools, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 516 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | night schools, schools for defectives and
delinquents, |
2 | | parental and truant schools, schools for the blind, the
|
3 | | deaf and persons with physical disabilities, schools or |
4 | | classes in manual training,
constructural and vocational |
5 | | teaching, domestic arts and physical
culture, vocation and |
6 | | extension schools and lecture courses, and all
other |
7 | | educational courses and facilities, including |
8 | | establishing,
equipping, maintaining and operating |
9 | | playgrounds and recreational
programs, when such programs |
10 | | are conducted in, adjacent to, or connected
with any public |
11 | | school under the general supervision and jurisdiction
of |
12 | | the board; provided that the calendar for the school term |
13 | | and any changes must be submitted to and approved by the |
14 | | State Board of Education before the calendar or changes may |
15 | | take effect, and provided that in allocating funds
from |
16 | | year to year for the operation of all attendance centers |
17 | | within the
district, the board shall ensure that |
18 | | supplemental general State aid or supplemental grant funds
|
19 | | are allocated and applied in accordance with Section 18-8 , |
20 | | or 18-8.05 , or 18-8.15 . To
admit to such
schools without |
21 | | charge foreign exchange students who are participants in
an |
22 | | organized exchange student program which is authorized by |
23 | | the board.
The board shall permit all students to enroll in |
24 | | apprenticeship programs
in trade schools operated by the |
25 | | board, whether those programs are
union-sponsored or not. |
26 | | No student shall be refused admission into or
be excluded |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 517 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | from any course of instruction offered in the common |
2 | | schools
by reason of that student's sex. No student shall |
3 | | be denied equal
access to physical education and |
4 | | interscholastic athletic programs
supported from school |
5 | | district funds or denied participation in
comparable |
6 | | physical education and athletic programs solely by reason |
7 | | of
the student's sex. Equal access to programs supported |
8 | | from school
district funds and comparable programs will be |
9 | | defined in rules
promulgated by the State Board of |
10 | | Education in
consultation with the Illinois High School |
11 | | Association.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this |
12 | | Article, neither the board
of education nor any local |
13 | | school council or other school official shall
recommend |
14 | | that children with disabilities be placed into regular |
15 | | education
classrooms unless those children with |
16 | | disabilities are provided with
supplementary services to |
17 | | assist them so that they benefit from the regular
classroom |
18 | | instruction and are included on the teacher's regular |
19 | | education
class register;
|
20 | | 2. To furnish lunches to pupils, to make a reasonable |
21 | | charge
therefor, and to use school funds for the payment of |
22 | | such expenses as
the board may determine are necessary in |
23 | | conducting the school lunch
program;
|
24 | | 3. To co-operate with the circuit court;
|
25 | | 4. To make arrangements with the public or quasi-public |
26 | | libraries
and museums for the use of their facilities by |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 518 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | teachers and pupils of
the public schools;
|
2 | | 5. To employ dentists and prescribe their duties for |
3 | | the purpose of
treating the pupils in the schools, but |
4 | | accepting such treatment shall
be optional with parents or |
5 | | guardians;
|
6 | | 6. To grant the use of assembly halls and classrooms |
7 | | when not
otherwise needed, including light, heat, and |
8 | | attendants, for free public
lectures, concerts, and other |
9 | | educational and social interests, free of
charge, under |
10 | | such provisions and control as the principal of the
|
11 | | affected attendance center may prescribe;
|
12 | | 7. To apportion the pupils to the several schools; |
13 | | provided that no pupil
shall be excluded from or segregated |
14 | | in any such school on account of his
color, race, sex, or |
15 | | nationality. The board shall take into consideration
the |
16 | | prevention of segregation and the elimination of |
17 | | separation of children
in public schools because of color, |
18 | | race, sex, or nationality. Except that
children may be |
19 | | committed to or attend parental and social adjustment |
20 | | schools
established and maintained either for boys or girls |
21 | | only. All records
pertaining to the creation, alteration or |
22 | | revision of attendance areas shall
be open to the public. |
23 | | Nothing herein shall limit the board's authority to
|
24 | | establish multi-area attendance centers or other student |
25 | | assignment systems
for desegregation purposes or |
26 | | otherwise, and to apportion the pupils to the
several |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 519 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | schools. Furthermore, beginning in school year 1994-95, |
2 | | pursuant
to a board plan adopted by October 1, 1993, the |
3 | | board shall offer, commencing
on a phased-in basis, the |
4 | | opportunity for families within the school
district to |
5 | | apply for enrollment of their children in any attendance |
6 | | center
within the school district which does not have |
7 | | selective admission
requirements approved by the board. |
8 | | The appropriate geographical area in
which such open |
9 | | enrollment may be exercised shall be determined by the
|
10 | | board of education. Such children may be admitted to any |
11 | | such attendance
center on a space available basis after all |
12 | | children residing within such
attendance center's area |
13 | | have been accommodated. If the number of
applicants from |
14 | | outside the attendance area exceed the space available,
|
15 | | then successful applicants shall be selected by lottery. |
16 | | The board of
education's open enrollment plan must include |
17 | | provisions that allow low
income students to have access to |
18 | | transportation needed to exercise school
choice. Open |
19 | | enrollment shall be in compliance with the provisions of |
20 | | the
Consent Decree and Desegregation Plan cited in Section |
21 | | 34-1.01;
|
22 | | 8. To approve programs and policies for providing |
23 | | transportation
services to students. Nothing herein shall |
24 | | be construed to permit or empower
the State Board of |
25 | | Education to order, mandate, or require busing or other
|
26 | | transportation of pupils for the purpose of achieving |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 520 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | racial balance in any
school;
|
2 | | 9. Subject to the limitations in this Article, to |
3 | | establish and
approve system-wide curriculum objectives |
4 | | and standards, including graduation
standards, which |
5 | | reflect the
multi-cultural diversity in the city and are |
6 | | consistent with State law,
provided that for all purposes |
7 | | of this Article courses or
proficiency in American Sign |
8 | | Language shall be deemed to constitute courses
or |
9 | | proficiency in a foreign language; and to employ principals |
10 | | and teachers,
appointed as provided in this
Article, and |
11 | | fix their compensation. The board shall prepare such |
12 | | reports
related to minimal competency testing as may be |
13 | | requested by the State
Board of Education, and in addition |
14 | | shall monitor and approve special
education and bilingual |
15 | | education programs and policies within the district to
|
16 | | assure that appropriate services are provided in |
17 | | accordance with applicable
State and federal laws to |
18 | | children requiring services and education in those
areas;
|
19 | | 10. To employ non-teaching personnel or utilize |
20 | | volunteer personnel
for: (i) non-teaching duties not |
21 | | requiring instructional judgment or
evaluation of pupils, |
22 | | including library duties; and (ii) supervising study
|
23 | | halls, long distance teaching reception areas used |
24 | | incident to instructional
programs transmitted by |
25 | | electronic media such as computers, video, and audio,
|
26 | | detention and discipline areas, and school-sponsored |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 521 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | extracurricular
activities. The board may further utilize |
2 | | volunteer non-certificated
personnel or employ |
3 | | non-certificated personnel to
assist in the instruction of |
4 | | pupils under the immediate supervision of a
teacher holding |
5 | | a valid certificate, directly engaged in teaching
subject |
6 | | matter or conducting activities; provided that the teacher
|
7 | | shall be continuously aware of the non-certificated |
8 | | persons' activities and
shall be able to control or modify |
9 | | them. The general superintendent shall
determine |
10 | | qualifications of such personnel and shall prescribe rules |
11 | | for
determining the duties and activities to be assigned to |
12 | | such personnel;
|
13 | | 10.5. To utilize volunteer personnel from a regional |
14 | | School Crisis
Assistance Team (S.C.A.T.), created as part |
15 | | of the Safe to Learn Program
established pursuant to |
16 | | Section 25 of the Illinois Violence Prevention Act
of 1995, |
17 | | to provide assistance to schools in times of violence or |
18 | | other
traumatic incidents within a school community by |
19 | | providing crisis
intervention services to lessen the |
20 | | effects of emotional trauma on
individuals and the |
21 | | community; the School Crisis Assistance Team
Steering |
22 | | Committee shall determine the qualifications for |
23 | | volunteers;
|
24 | | 11. To provide television studio facilities in not to |
25 | | exceed one
school building and to provide programs for |
26 | | educational purposes,
provided, however, that the board |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 522 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | shall not construct, acquire, operate,
or maintain a |
2 | | television transmitter; to grant the use of its studio
|
3 | | facilities to a licensed television station located in the |
4 | | school
district; and to maintain and operate not to exceed |
5 | | one school radio
transmitting station and provide programs |
6 | | for educational purposes;
|
7 | | 12. To offer, if deemed appropriate, outdoor education |
8 | | courses,
including field trips within the State of |
9 | | Illinois, or adjacent states,
and to use school educational |
10 | | funds for the expense of the said outdoor
educational |
11 | | programs, whether within the school district or not;
|
12 | | 13. During that period of the calendar year not |
13 | | embraced within the
regular school term, to provide and |
14 | | conduct courses in subject matters
normally embraced in the |
15 | | program of the schools during the regular
school term and |
16 | | to give regular school credit for satisfactory
completion |
17 | | by the student of such courses as may be approved for |
18 | | credit
by the State Board of Education;
|
19 | | 14. To insure against any loss or liability of the |
20 | | board,
the former School Board Nominating Commission, |
21 | | Local School Councils, the
Chicago Schools Academic |
22 | | Accountability Council, or the former Subdistrict
Councils |
23 | | or of any member, officer, agent or employee thereof, |
24 | | resulting
from alleged violations of civil rights arising |
25 | | from incidents occurring on
or after September 5, 1967 or |
26 | | from the wrongful or negligent act or
omission of any such |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 523 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | person whether occurring within or without the school
|
2 | | premises, provided the officer, agent or employee was, at |
3 | | the time of the
alleged violation of civil rights or |
4 | | wrongful act or omission, acting
within the scope of his |
5 | | employment or under direction of the board, the
former |
6 | | School
Board Nominating Commission, the Chicago Schools |
7 | | Academic Accountability
Council, Local School Councils, or |
8 | | the former Subdistrict Councils;
and to provide for or |
9 | | participate in insurance plans for its officers and
|
10 | | employees, including but not limited to retirement |
11 | | annuities, medical,
surgical and hospitalization benefits |
12 | | in such types and amounts as may be
determined by the |
13 | | board; provided, however, that the board shall contract
for |
14 | | such insurance only with an insurance company authorized to |
15 | | do business
in this State. Such insurance may include |
16 | | provision for employees who rely
on treatment by prayer or |
17 | | spiritual means alone for healing, in accordance
with the |
18 | | tenets and practice of a recognized religious |
19 | | denomination;
|
20 | | 15. To contract with the corporate authorities of any |
21 | | municipality
or the county board of any county, as the case |
22 | | may be, to provide for
the regulation of traffic in parking |
23 | | areas of property used for school
purposes, in such manner |
24 | | as is provided by Section 11-209 of The
Illinois Vehicle |
25 | | Code, approved September 29, 1969, as amended;
|
26 | | 16. (a) To provide, on an equal basis, access to a high
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 524 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | school campus and student directory information to the
|
2 | | official recruiting representatives of the armed forces of |
3 | | Illinois and
the United States for the purposes of |
4 | | informing students of the educational
and career |
5 | | opportunities available in the military if the board has |
6 | | provided
such access to persons or groups whose purpose is |
7 | | to acquaint students with
educational or occupational |
8 | | opportunities available to them. The board
is not required |
9 | | to give greater notice regarding the right of access to
|
10 | | recruiting representatives than is given to other persons |
11 | | and groups. In
this paragraph 16, "directory information" |
12 | | means a high school
student's name, address, and telephone |
13 | | number.
|
14 | | (b) If a student or his or her parent or guardian |
15 | | submits a signed,
written request to the high school before |
16 | | the end of the student's sophomore
year (or if the student |
17 | | is a transfer student, by another time set by
the high |
18 | | school) that indicates that the student or his or her |
19 | | parent or
guardian does
not want the student's directory |
20 | | information to be provided to official
recruiting |
21 | | representatives under subsection (a) of this Section, the |
22 | | high
school may not provide access to the student's |
23 | | directory information to
these recruiting representatives. |
24 | | The high school shall notify its
students and their parents |
25 | | or guardians of the provisions of this
subsection (b).
|
26 | | (c) A high school may require official recruiting |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 525 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | representatives of
the armed forces of Illinois and the |
2 | | United States to pay a fee for copying
and mailing a |
3 | | student's directory information in an amount that is not
|
4 | | more than the actual costs incurred by the high school.
|
5 | | (d) Information received by an official recruiting |
6 | | representative
under this Section may be used only to |
7 | | provide information to students
concerning educational and |
8 | | career opportunities available in the military
and may not |
9 | | be released to a person who is not involved in recruiting
|
10 | | students for the armed forces of Illinois or the United |
11 | | States;
|
12 | | 17. (a) To sell or market any computer program |
13 | | developed by an employee
of the school district, provided |
14 | | that such employee developed the computer
program as a |
15 | | direct result of his or her duties with the school district
|
16 | | or through the utilization of the school district resources |
17 | | or facilities.
The employee who developed the computer |
18 | | program shall be entitled to share
in the proceeds of such |
19 | | sale or marketing of the computer program. The
distribution |
20 | | of such proceeds between the employee and the school |
21 | | district
shall be as agreed upon by the employee and the |
22 | | school district, except
that neither the employee nor the |
23 | | school district may receive more than 90%
of such proceeds. |
24 | | The negotiation for an employee who is represented by an
|
25 | | exclusive bargaining representative may be conducted by |
26 | | such bargaining
representative at the employee's request.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 526 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (b) For the purpose of this paragraph 17:
|
2 | | (1) "Computer" means an internally programmed, |
3 | | general purpose digital
device capable of |
4 | | automatically accepting data, processing data and |
5 | | supplying
the results of the operation.
|
6 | | (2) "Computer program" means a series of coded |
7 | | instructions or
statements in a form acceptable to a |
8 | | computer, which causes the computer to
process data in |
9 | | order to achieve a certain result.
|
10 | | (3) "Proceeds" means profits derived from |
11 | | marketing or sale of a product
after deducting the |
12 | | expenses of developing and marketing such product;
|
13 | | 18. To delegate to the general superintendent of
|
14 | | schools, by resolution, the authority to approve contracts |
15 | | and expenditures
in amounts of $10,000 or less;
|
16 | | 19. Upon the written request of an employee, to |
17 | | withhold from
the compensation of that employee any dues, |
18 | | payments or contributions
payable by such employee to any |
19 | | labor organization as defined in the
Illinois Educational |
20 | | Labor Relations Act. Under such arrangement, an
amount |
21 | | shall be withheld from each regular payroll period which is |
22 | | equal to
the pro rata share of the annual dues plus any |
23 | | payments or contributions,
and the board shall transmit |
24 | | such withholdings to the specified labor
organization |
25 | | within 10 working days from the time of the withholding;
|
26 | | 19a. Upon receipt of notice from the comptroller of a |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 527 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | municipality with
a population of 500,000 or more, a county |
2 | | with a population of 3,000,000 or
more, the Cook County |
3 | | Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the
|
4 | | Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the Chicago |
5 | | Transit Authority, or
a housing authority of a municipality |
6 | | with a population of 500,000 or more
that a debt is due and |
7 | | owing the municipality, the county, the Cook County
Forest |
8 | | Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the |
9 | | Metropolitan Water
Reclamation District, the Chicago |
10 | | Transit Authority, or the housing authority
by an employee |
11 | | of the Chicago Board of Education, to withhold, from the
|
12 | | compensation of that employee, the amount of the debt that |
13 | | is due and owing
and pay the amount withheld to the |
14 | | municipality, the county, the Cook County
Forest Preserve |
15 | | District, the Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan |
16 | | Water
Reclamation District, the Chicago Transit Authority, |
17 | | or the housing authority;
provided, however, that the |
18 | | amount
deducted from any one salary or wage payment shall |
19 | | not exceed 25% of the net
amount of the payment. Before the |
20 | | Board deducts any amount from any salary or
wage of an |
21 | | employee under this paragraph, the municipality, the |
22 | | county, the
Cook County Forest Preserve District, the |
23 | | Chicago Park District, the
Metropolitan Water Reclamation |
24 | | District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the
housing |
25 | | authority shall certify that (i) the employee has been |
26 | | afforded an
opportunity for a hearing to dispute the debt |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 528 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | that is due and owing the
municipality, the county, the |
2 | | Cook County Forest Preserve District, the Chicago
Park |
3 | | District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the |
4 | | Chicago Transit
Authority, or the housing authority and |
5 | | (ii) the employee has received notice
of a wage deduction |
6 | | order and has been afforded an opportunity for a hearing to
|
7 | | object to the order. For purposes of this paragraph, "net |
8 | | amount" means that
part of the salary or wage payment |
9 | | remaining after the deduction of any amounts
required by |
10 | | law to be deducted and "debt due and owing" means (i) a |
11 | | specified
sum of money owed to the municipality, the |
12 | | county, the Cook County Forest
Preserve District, the |
13 | | Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan Water
Reclamation |
14 | | District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing |
15 | | authority
for services, work, or goods, after the period |
16 | | granted for payment has expired,
or (ii) a specified sum of |
17 | | money owed to the municipality, the county, the Cook
County |
18 | | Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the |
19 | | Metropolitan
Water Reclamation District, the Chicago |
20 | | Transit Authority, or the housing
authority pursuant to a |
21 | | court order or order of an administrative hearing
officer |
22 | | after the exhaustion of, or the failure to exhaust, |
23 | | judicial review;
|
24 | | 20. The board is encouraged to employ a sufficient |
25 | | number of
certified school counselors to maintain a |
26 | | student/counselor ratio of 250 to
1 by July 1, 1990. Each |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 529 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | counselor shall spend at least 75% of his work
time in |
2 | | direct contact with students and shall maintain a record of |
3 | | such time;
|
4 | | 21. To make available to students vocational and career
|
5 | | counseling and to establish 5 special career counseling |
6 | | days for students
and parents. On these days |
7 | | representatives of local businesses and
industries shall |
8 | | be invited to the school campus and shall inform students
|
9 | | of career opportunities available to them in the various |
10 | | businesses and
industries. Special consideration shall be |
11 | | given to counseling minority
students as to career |
12 | | opportunities available to them in various fields.
For the |
13 | | purposes of this paragraph, minority student means a person |
14 | | who is any of the following:
|
15 | | (a) American Indian or Alaska Native (a person having |
16 | | origins in any of the original peoples of North and South |
17 | | America, including Central America, and who maintains |
18 | | tribal affiliation or community attachment). |
19 | | (b) Asian (a person having origins in any of the |
20 | | original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or the |
21 | | Indian subcontinent, including, but not limited to, |
22 | | Cambodia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Pakistan, |
23 | | the Philippine Islands, Thailand, and Vietnam). |
24 | | (c) Black or African American (a person having origins |
25 | | in any of the black racial groups of Africa). Terms such as |
26 | | "Haitian" or "Negro" can be used in addition to "Black or |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 530 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | African American". |
2 | | (d) Hispanic or Latino (a person of Cuban, Mexican, |
3 | | Puerto Rican, South or Central American, or other Spanish |
4 | | culture or origin, regardless of race). |
5 | | (e) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander (a person |
6 | | having origins in any of the original peoples of Hawaii, |
7 | | Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands).
|
8 | | Counseling days shall not be in lieu of regular school |
9 | | days;
|
10 | | 22. To report to the State Board of Education the |
11 | | annual
student dropout rate and number of students who |
12 | | graduate from, transfer
from or otherwise leave bilingual |
13 | | programs;
|
14 | | 23. Except as otherwise provided in the Abused and |
15 | | Neglected Child
Reporting Act or other applicable State or |
16 | | federal law, to permit school
officials to withhold, from |
17 | | any person, information on the whereabouts of
any child |
18 | | removed from school premises when the child has been taken |
19 | | into
protective custody as a victim of suspected child |
20 | | abuse. School officials
shall direct such person to the |
21 | | Department of Children and Family Services,
or to the local |
22 | | law enforcement agency if appropriate;
|
23 | | 24. To develop a policy, based on the current state of |
24 | | existing school
facilities, projected enrollment and |
25 | | efficient utilization of available
resources, for capital |
26 | | improvement of schools and school buildings within
the |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 531 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | district, addressing in that policy both the relative |
2 | | priority for
major repairs, renovations and additions to |
3 | | school facilities, and the
advisability or necessity of |
4 | | building new school facilities or closing
existing schools |
5 | | to meet current or projected demographic patterns within
|
6 | | the district;
|
7 | | 25. To make available to the students in every high |
8 | | school attendance
center the ability to take all courses |
9 | | necessary to comply with the Board
of Higher Education's |
10 | | college entrance criteria effective in 1993;
|
11 | | 26. To encourage mid-career changes into the teaching |
12 | | profession,
whereby qualified professionals become |
13 | | certified teachers, by allowing
credit for professional |
14 | | employment in related fields when determining point
of |
15 | | entry on teacher pay scale;
|
16 | | 27. To provide or contract out training programs for |
17 | | administrative
personnel and principals with revised or |
18 | | expanded duties pursuant to this
Act in order to assure |
19 | | they have the knowledge and skills to perform
their duties;
|
20 | | 28. To establish a fund for the prioritized special |
21 | | needs programs, and
to allocate such funds and other lump |
22 | | sum amounts to each attendance center
in a manner |
23 | | consistent with the provisions of part 4 of Section 34-2.3.
|
24 | | Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to require any |
25 | | additional
appropriations of State funds for this purpose;
|
26 | | 29. (Blank);
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 532 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | 30. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act or |
2 | | any other law to
the contrary, to contract with third |
3 | | parties for services otherwise performed
by employees, |
4 | | including those in a bargaining unit, and to layoff those
|
5 | | employees upon 14 days written notice to the affected |
6 | | employees. Those
contracts may be for a period not to |
7 | | exceed 5 years and may be awarded on a
system-wide basis. |
8 | | The board may not operate more than 30 contract schools, |
9 | | provided that the board may operate an additional 5 |
10 | | contract turnaround schools pursuant to item (5.5) of |
11 | | subsection (d) of Section 34-8.3 of this Code;
|
12 | | 31. To promulgate rules establishing procedures |
13 | | governing the layoff or
reduction in force of employees and |
14 | | the recall of such employees, including,
but not limited |
15 | | to, criteria for such layoffs, reductions in force or |
16 | | recall
rights of such employees and the weight to be given |
17 | | to any particular
criterion. Such criteria shall take into |
18 | | account factors including, but not be
limited to, |
19 | | qualifications, certifications, experience, performance |
20 | | ratings or
evaluations, and any other factors relating to |
21 | | an employee's job performance;
|
22 | | 32. To develop a policy to prevent nepotism in the |
23 | | hiring of personnel
or the selection of contractors;
|
24 | | 33. To enter into a partnership agreement, as required |
25 | | by
Section 34-3.5 of this Code, and, notwithstanding any |
26 | | other
provision of law to the contrary, to promulgate |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 533 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | policies, enter into
contracts, and take any other action |
2 | | necessary to accomplish the
objectives and implement the |
3 | | requirements of that agreement; and
|
4 | | 34. To establish a Labor Management Council to the |
5 | | board
comprised of representatives of the board, the chief |
6 | | executive
officer, and those labor organizations that are |
7 | | the exclusive
representatives of employees of the board and |
8 | | to promulgate
policies and procedures for the operation of |
9 | | the Council.
|
10 | | The specifications of the powers herein granted are not to |
11 | | be
construed as exclusive but the board shall also exercise all |
12 | | other
powers that they may be requisite or proper for the |
13 | | maintenance and the
development of a public school system, not |
14 | | inconsistent with the other
provisions of this Article or |
15 | | provisions of this Code which apply to all
school districts.
|
16 | | In addition to the powers herein granted and authorized to |
17 | | be exercised
by the board, it shall be the duty of the board to |
18 | | review or to direct
independent reviews of special education |
19 | | expenditures and services.
The board shall file a report of |
20 | | such review with the General Assembly on
or before May 1, 1990.
|
21 | | (Source: P.A. 99-143, eff. 7-27-15.)
|
22 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.30)
|
23 | | Sec. 34-18.30. Dependents of military personnel; no |
24 | | tuition charge. If, at the time of enrollment, a dependent of |
25 | | United States military personnel is housed in temporary housing |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 534 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | located outside of the school district, but will be living |
2 | | within the district within 60 days after the time of initial |
3 | | enrollment, the dependent must be allowed to enroll, subject to |
4 | | the requirements of this Section, and must not be charged |
5 | | tuition. Any United States military personnel attempting to |
6 | | enroll a dependent under this Section shall provide proof that |
7 | | the dependent will be living within the district within 60 days |
8 | | after the time of initial enrollment. Proof of residency may |
9 | | include, but is not limited to, postmarked mail addressed to |
10 | | the military personnel and sent to an address located within |
11 | | the district, a lease agreement for occupancy of a residence |
12 | | located within the district, or proof of ownership of a |
13 | | residence located within the district. Non-resident dependents |
14 | | of United States military personnel attending school on a |
15 | | tuition-free basis may be counted for the purposes
of |
16 | | determining the apportionment of State aid provided under |
17 | | Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code.
|
18 | | (Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07.)
|
19 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-43.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-43.1)
|
20 | | Sec. 34-43.1. (A) Limitation of noninstructional costs. It |
21 | | is the
purpose of this Section to establish for the Board of |
22 | | Education and the
general superintendent of schools |
23 | | requirements and standards which maximize
the proportion of |
24 | | school district resources in direct support of
educational, |
25 | | program, and building maintenance and safety services for the
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 535 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | pupils of the district, and which correspondingly minimize the |
2 | | amount and
proportion of such resources associated with |
3 | | centralized administration,
administrative support services, |
4 | | and other noninstructional services.
|
5 | | For the 1989-90 school year and for all subsequent school |
6 | | years, the Board
of Education shall undertake budgetary and |
7 | | expenditure control actions which
limit the administrative |
8 | | expenditures of the Board of Education to levels,
as provided |
9 | | for in this Section, which represent an average of the
|
10 | | administrative expenses of all school districts in this State |
11 | | not subject
to Article 34.
|
12 | | (B) Certification of expenses by the State Superintendent |
13 | | of Education.
The State Superintendent of Education shall |
14 | | annually certify, on or before
May 1, to the Board of Education |
15 | | and the School Finance Authority, for the
applicable school |
16 | | year, the following information:
|
17 | | (1) the annual expenditures of all school districts of |
18 | | the State not
subject to Article 34 properly attributable |
19 | | to expenditure functions
defined by the rules and |
20 | | regulations of the State Board of Education as:
2210 |
21 | | (Improvement of Instructional Services); 2300 (Support |
22 | | Services -
General Administration) excluding, however, |
23 | | 2320 (Executive Administrative
Services); 2490 (Other |
24 | | Support Services - School Administration); 2500
(Support |
25 | | Services - Business); 2600 (Support Services - Central);
|
26 | | (2) the total annual expenditures of all school |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 536 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | districts not subject to
Article 34 attributable to the |
2 | | Education Fund, the Operations, Building and
Maintenance |
3 | | Fund, the Transportation Fund and the Illinois Municipal
|
4 | | Retirement Fund of the several districts, as defined by the |
5 | | rules and
regulations of the State Board of Education; and
|
6 | | (3) a ratio, to be called the statewide average of |
7 | | administrative
expenditures, derived by dividing the |
8 | | expenditures certified pursuant to
paragraph (B)(1) by the |
9 | | expenditures certified pursuant to paragraph (B)(2).
|
10 | | For purposes of the annual certification of expenditures |
11 | | and ratios
required by this Section, the "applicable year" of |
12 | | certification shall
initially be the 1986-87 school year and, |
13 | | in sequent years, each
succeeding school year.
|
14 | | The State Superintendent of Education shall consult with |
15 | | the Board of
Education to ascertain whether particular |
16 | | expenditure items allocable to
the administrative functions |
17 | | enumerated in paragraph (B)(1) are
appropriately or |
18 | | necessarily higher in the applicable school district than
in |
19 | | the rest of the State due to noncomparable factors. The State
|
20 | | Superintendent shall also review the relevant cost proportions |
21 | | in other
large urban school districts. The State Superintendent |
22 | | shall also review
the expenditure categories in paragraph |
23 | | (B)(1) to ascertain whether they
contain school-level |
24 | | expenses. If he or she finds that adjustments to the
formula |
25 | | are appropriate or necessary to establish a more fair and
|
26 | | comparable standard for administrative cost for the Board of |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 537 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | Education or
to exclude school-level expenses, the State |
2 | | Superintendent shall recommend
to the School Finance Authority |
3 | | rules and regulations adjusting particular
subcategories in |
4 | | this subsection (B) or adjusting certain costs in
determining |
5 | | the budget and expenditure items properly attributable to the
|
6 | | functions or otherwise adjust the formula.
|
7 | | (C) Administrative expenditure limitations. The annual |
8 | | budget of the
Board of Education, as adopted and implemented, |
9 | | and the
related annual expenditures for the school year, shall |
10 | | reflect a limitation
on administrative outlays as required by |
11 | | the following provisions, taking
into account any adjustments |
12 | | established by the State Superintendent of
Education: (1) the |
13 | | budget and expenditures of the Board of Education for
the |
14 | | 1989-90 school year shall reflect a ratio of administrative
|
15 | | expenditures to total expenditures equal to or less than the |
16 | | statewide
average of administrative expenditures for the |
17 | | 1986-87 school year as
certified by the State Superintendent of |
18 | | Education pursuant to paragraph
(B)(3); (2) for the 1990-91 |
19 | | school year and for all subsequent school
years, the budget and |
20 | | expenditures of the Board of Education shall reflect
a ratio of |
21 | | administrative expenditures to total expenditures equal to or
|
22 | | less than the statewide average of administrative expenditures |
23 | | certified by
the State Superintendent of Education for the |
24 | | applicable year pursuant to
paragraph (B)(3); (3) if for any |
25 | | school year the budget of the Board of
Education reflects a |
26 | | ratio of administrative expenditures to total
expenditures |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 538 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | which exceeds the applicable statewide average, the Board of
|
2 | | Education shall reduce expenditure items allocable to the |
3 | | administrative
functions enumerated in paragraph (B)(1) such |
4 | | that the Board of Education's
ratio of administrative |
5 | | expenditures to total expenditures is equal to or
less than the |
6 | | applicable statewide average ratio.
|
7 | | For purposes of this Section, the ratio of administrative |
8 | | expenditures to
the total expenditures of the Board of |
9 | | Education, as applied to the budget
of the Board of Education, |
10 | | shall mean: the budgeted expenditure items of
the Board of |
11 | | Education properly attributable to the expenditure functions
|
12 | | identified in paragraph (B)(1) divided by the total budgeted |
13 | | expenditures of
the Board of Education properly attributable to |
14 | | the Board of Education
funds corresponding to those funds |
15 | | identified in paragraph (B)(2),
exclusive of any monies |
16 | | budgeted for payment to the Public School Teachers'
Pension and |
17 | | Retirement System, attributable to payments due from the
|
18 | | General Funds of the State of Illinois.
|
19 | | The annual expenditure of the Board of Education for 2320
|
20 | | (Executive Administrative Services) for the 1989-90 school |
21 | | year shall be no
greater than the 2320 expenditure for the |
22 | | 1988-89 school year. The annual
expenditure of the Board of |
23 | | Education for 2320 for the 1990-91 school year
and each |
24 | | subsequent school year shall be no greater than the 2320
|
25 | | expenditure for the immediately preceding school year or the |
26 | | 1988-89 school
year, whichever is less. This annual expenditure |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 539 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | limitation may be
adjusted in each year in an amount not to |
2 | | exceed any change effective
during the applicable school year |
3 | | in salary to be paid under the collective
bargaining agreement |
4 | | with instructional personnel to which the Board is a
party and |
5 | | in benefit costs either required by law or such collective
|
6 | | bargaining agreement.
|
7 | | (D) Cost control measures. In undertaking actions to |
8 | | control or reduce
expenditure items necessitated by the |
9 | | administrative expenditure
limitations of this Section, the |
10 | | Board of Education shall give priority
consideration to |
11 | | reductions or cost controls with the least effect upon
direct |
12 | | services to students or instructional services for pupils, and |
13 | | upon
the safety and well-being of pupils, and, as applicable, |
14 | | with the
particular costs or functions to which the Board of |
15 | | Education is higher
than the statewide average.
|
16 | | For purposes of assuring that the cost control priorities |
17 | | of this
subsection (D) are met, the State Superintendent of |
18 | | Education shall, with
the assistance of the Board of Education, |
19 | | review the cost allocation
practices of the Board of Education, |
20 | | and the State Superintendent of
Education shall thereafter |
21 | | recommend to the School Finance Authority rules
and regulations |
22 | | which define administrative areas which most impact upon
the |
23 | | direct and instructional needs of students and upon the safety |
24 | | and
well-being of the pupils of the district. No position |
25 | | closed shall be
reopened using State or federal categorical |
26 | | funds.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 540 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (E) Report of Audited Information. For the 1988-89 school |
2 | | year and for
all subsequent school years, the Board of |
3 | | Education shall file with the
State Board of Education the |
4 | | Annual Financial Report and its audit, as
required by the rules |
5 | | of the State Board of Education. Such reports shall
be filed no |
6 | | later than February 15 following the end of the school year of
|
7 | | the Board of Education, beginning with the report to be filed |
8 | | no later
than February 15, 1990 for the 1988-89 school year.
|
9 | | As part of the required Annual Financial Report, the Board |
10 | | of Education
shall provide a detailed accounting of the central |
11 | | level, district, bureau
and department costs and personnel |
12 | | included within expenditure functions
included in paragraph |
13 | | (B)(1). The nature and detail of the reporting
required for |
14 | | these functions shall be prescribed by the State Board of
|
15 | | Education in rules and regulations. A copy of this detailed |
16 | | accounting
shall also be provided annually to the School |
17 | | Finance Authority and the
public. This report shall contain a |
18 | | reconciliation to the board of
education's adopted budget for |
19 | | that fiscal year, specifically delineating
administrative |
20 | | functions.
|
21 | | If the information required under this Section is not |
22 | | provided by the
Board of Education in a timely manner, or is |
23 | | initially or subsequently
determined by the State |
24 | | Superintendent of Education to be incomplete or
inaccurate, the |
25 | | State Superintendent shall, in writing, notify the Board
of |
26 | | Education of reporting deficiencies. The Board of Education |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 541 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | shall,
within 60 days of such notice, address the reporting |
2 | | deficiencies
identified. If the State Superintendent of |
3 | | Education does not receive
satisfactory response to these |
4 | | reporting deficiencies within 60 days, the
next payment of |
5 | | general State aid or evidence-based funding due the Board of |
6 | | Education under Section
18-8 or Section 18-8.15, as applicable , |
7 | | and all subsequent payments, shall be withheld by the State
|
8 | | Superintendent of Education until the enumerated deficiencies |
9 | | have
been addressed.
|
10 | | Utilizing the Annual Financial Report, the State |
11 | | Superintendent of
Education shall certify on or before May 1 to |
12 | | the School Finance Authority
the Board of Education's ratio of |
13 | | administrative expenditures to total
expenditures for the |
14 | | 1988-89 school year and for each succeeding school
year. Such |
15 | | certification shall indicate the extent to which the
|
16 | | administrative expenditure ratio of the Board of Education |
17 | | conformed to the
limitations required in subsection (C) of this |
18 | | Section, taking into account
any adjustments of the limitations |
19 | | which may have been recommended by the
State Superintendent of |
20 | | Education to the School Finance Authority. In
deriving the |
21 | | administrative expenditure ratio of the Chicago Board of
|
22 | | Education, the State Superintendent of Education shall utilize |
23 | | the
definition of this ratio prescribed in subsection (C) of |
24 | | this Section,
except that the actual expenditures of the Board |
25 | | of Education shall be
substituted for budgeted expenditure |
26 | | items.
|
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 542 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | (F) Approval and adjustments to administrative expenditure |
2 | | limitations.
The School Finance Authority organized under |
3 | | Article 34A shall monitor the
Board of Education's adherence to |
4 | | the requirements of this Section. As
part of its responsibility |
5 | | the School Finance Authority shall determine
whether the Board |
6 | | of Education's budget for the next school year, and the
|
7 | | expenditures for a prior school year, comply with the |
8 | | limitation of
administrative expenditures required by this |
9 | | Section. The Board of
Education and the State Board of |
10 | | Education shall provide such information
as is required by the |
11 | | School Finance Authority in order for the Authority
to |
12 | | determine compliance with the provisions of this Section. If |
13 | | the
Authority determines that the budget proposed by the Board |
14 | | of Education
does not meet the cost control requirements of |
15 | | this Section, the Board of
Education shall undertake budgetary |
16 | | reductions, consistent with the
requirements of this Section, |
17 | | to bring the proposed budget into compliance
with such cost |
18 | | control limitations.
|
19 | | If, in formulating cost control and cost reduction |
20 | | alternatives, the
Board of Education believes that meeting the |
21 | | cost control requirements of
this Section related to the budget |
22 | | for the ensuing year would impair the
education, safety, or |
23 | | well-being of the pupils of the school district, the
Board of |
24 | | Education may request that the School Finance Authority make
|
25 | | adjustments to the limitations required by this Section. The |
26 | | Board of
Education shall specify the amount, nature, and |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 543 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | reasons for the relief
required and shall also identify cost |
2 | | reductions which can be made in
expenditure functions not |
3 | | enumerated in paragraph (B)(1), which would serve
the purposes |
4 | | of this Section.
|
5 | | The School Finance Authority shall consult with the State |
6 | | Superintendent
of Education concerning the reasonableness from |
7 | | an educational
administration perspective of the adjustments |
8 | | sought by the Board of
Education. The School Finance Authority |
9 | | shall provide an opportunity for
the public to comment upon the |
10 | | reasonableness of the Board's request. If,
after such |
11 | | consultation, the School Finance Authority determines that all
|
12 | | or a portion of the adjustments sought by the Board of |
13 | | Education are
reasonably appropriate or necessary, the |
14 | | Authority may grant such relief
from the provisions of this |
15 | | Section which the Authority deems appropriate.
Adjustments so |
16 | | granted apply only to the specific school year for which
the |
17 | | request was made.
|
18 | | In the event that the School Finance Authority determines |
19 | | that the Board
of Education has failed to achieve the required |
20 | | administrative expenditure
limitations for a prior school |
21 | | year, or if the Authority determines that
the Board of |
22 | | Education has not met the requirements of subsection (F), the
|
23 | | Authority shall make recommendations to the Board of Education |
24 | | concerning
appropriate corrective actions. If the Board of |
25 | | Education fails to
provide adequate assurance to the Authority |
26 | | that appropriate corrective
actions have been or will be taken, |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 544 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the Authority may, within 60 days
thereafter, require the board |
2 | | to adjust its current budget to correct for
the prior year's |
3 | | shortage or may recommend to the members of the General
|
4 | | Assembly and the Governor such sanctions or remedial actions as |
5 | | will serve
to deter any further such failures on the part of |
6 | | the Board of Education.
|
7 | | To assist the Authority in its monitoring |
8 | | responsibilities, the Board of
Education shall provide such |
9 | | reports and information as are from time to
time required by |
10 | | the Authority.
|
11 | | (G) Independent reviews of administrative expenditures. |
12 | | The School
Finance Authority may direct independent reviews of |
13 | | the administrative and
administrative support expenditures and |
14 | | services and other
non-instructional expenditure functions of |
15 | | the Board of Education. The
Board of Education shall afford |
16 | | full cooperation to the School Finance
Authority in such review |
17 | | activity. The purpose of such reviews shall be
to verify |
18 | | specific targets for improved operating efficiencies of the |
19 | | Board
of Education, to identify other areas of potential |
20 | | efficiencies, and to
assure full and proper compliance by the |
21 | | Board of Education with all
requirements of this Section.
|
22 | | In the conduct of reviews under this subsection, the |
23 | | Authority may
request the assistance and consultation of the |
24 | | State Superintendent of
Education with regard to questions of |
25 | | efficiency and effectiveness in
educational administration.
|
26 | | (H) Reports to Governor and General Assembly. On or before |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 545 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | May 1, 1991
and no less frequently than yearly thereafter, the |
2 | | School Finance Authority
shall provide to the Governor, the |
3 | | State Board of Education, and the
members of the General |
4 | | Assembly an annual report, as outlined in Section
34A-606, |
5 | | which includes the following information: (1) documenting the
|
6 | | compliance or non-compliance of the Board of Education with the
|
7 | | requirements of this Section; (2) summarizing the costs, |
8 | | findings, and
recommendations of any reviews directed by the |
9 | | School Finance Authority,
and the response to such |
10 | | recommendations made by the Board of Education;
and (3) |
11 | | recommending sanctions or legislation necessary to fulfill the
|
12 | | intent of this Section.
|
13 | | (Source: P.A. 86-124; 86-1477.)
|
14 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-53) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-53)
|
15 | | Sec. 34-53. Tax levies; purpose; rates. For the purpose of
|
16 | | establishing and supporting free schools for not fewer than 9 |
17 | | months in
each year and defraying their expenses the board may |
18 | | levy annually, upon all taxable
property of such district for |
19 | | educational purposes a tax for
the fiscal years 1996 and each |
20 | | succeeding fiscal year at a rate of not to exceed the sum of |
21 | | (i) 3.07% (or such other rate as may be set
by law
independent |
22 | | of the rate difference described in (ii) below) and (ii) the
|
23 | | difference between .50% and the rate per cent of taxes extended |
24 | | for a
School Finance Authority organized under Article 34A of |
25 | | the School Code,
for the calendar year in which the applicable |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 546 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | fiscal year of the board
begins as determined by the county |
2 | | clerk and certified to the board
pursuant to Section 18-110 of |
3 | | the Property Tax Code, of the value as
equalized or assessed by |
4 | | the Department of Revenue for the year in which
such levy is |
5 | | made.
|
6 | | Beginning on the effective date of this amendatory Act of |
7 | | the 99th General Assembly, for the purpose of making an |
8 | | employer contribution to the Public School Teachers' Pension |
9 | | and Retirement Fund of Chicago, the board may levy annually for |
10 | | taxable years prior to 2017 , upon all taxable property located |
11 | | within the district, a tax at a rate not to exceed 0.383%. |
12 | | Beginning with the 2017 taxable year, for the purpose of making |
13 | | an employer contribution to the Public School Teachers' Pension |
14 | | and Retirement Fund of Chicago, the board may levy annually, |
15 | | upon all taxable property within the district, a tax at a rate |
16 | | not to exceed 0.567%. The proceeds from this additional tax |
17 | | shall be paid, as soon as possible after collection, directly |
18 | | to Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of |
19 | | Chicago and not to the Board of Education. The rate under this |
20 | | paragraph is not a new rate for the purposes of the Property |
21 | | Tax Extension Limitation Law. Notwithstanding any other |
22 | | provision of law, for the 2016 tax year only, the board shall |
23 | | certify the rate to the county clerk on the effective date of |
24 | | this amendatory Act of the 99th General Assembly, and the |
25 | | county clerk shall extend that rate against all taxable |
26 | | property located within the district as soon after receiving |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 547 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | the certification as possible. |
2 | | Nothing in this amendatory Act of 1995
shall in
any way |
3 | | impair or restrict the levy or extension of taxes pursuant to |
4 | | any
tax levies for any purposes of the board lawfully made |
5 | | prior to the
adoption of this amendatory Act of 1995.
|
6 | | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code and in
|
7 | | addition to any other methods provided for increasing the tax |
8 | | rate
the board may, by proper resolution, cause a
proposition |
9 | | to increase the annual tax rate for educational purposes to
be |
10 | | submitted to the voters of such district at any general or |
11 | | special
election. The maximum rate for educational purposes |
12 | | shall not exceed
4.00%. The election called for such purpose |
13 | | shall be governed by
Article 9 of this Act. If at such election |
14 | | a majority of the votes cast
on the proposition is in favor |
15 | | thereof, the Board of Education may
thereafter until such |
16 | | authority is revoked in a like manner, levy
annually the tax so |
17 | | authorized.
|
18 | | For purposes of this Article, educational purposes for |
19 | | fiscal years
beginning in 1995 and each subsequent year shall |
20 | | also include, but not be
limited to, in addition to those |
21 | | purposes authorized before this amendatory Act
of 1995, |
22 | | constructing, acquiring, leasing (other than from the Public |
23 | | Building
Commission of Chicago), operating, maintaining, |
24 | | improving, repairing, and
renovating land, buildings, |
25 | | furnishings, and equipment for school houses and
buildings, and |
26 | | related incidental expenses, and
provision of special |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 548 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | education, furnishing free textbooks and
instructional aids |
2 | | and school supplies, establishing, equipping, maintaining,
and |
3 | | operating supervised playgrounds under the control of the |
4 | | board, school
extracurricular activities, and stadia, social |
5 | | center, and summer swimming pool
programs open to the public in |
6 | | connection with any public school; making an
employer |
7 | | contribution to the Public School Teachers' Pension and |
8 | | Retirement
Fund as required by Section 17-129 of the Illinois |
9 | | Pension Code; and providing
an agricultural science school, |
10 | | including site development and improvements,
maintenance |
11 | | repairs, and supplies. Educational purposes also includes |
12 | | student
transportation expenses.
|
13 | | All collections of all taxes levied for fiscal years ending |
14 | | before 1996 under
this
Section or under Sections 34-53.2, |
15 | | 34-53.3, 34-58, 34-60, or 34-62 of this
Article as in effect |
16 | | prior to this amendatory Act of 1995 may be used for any
|
17 | | educational purposes as defined by this amendatory Act of 1995 |
18 | | and need not be
used for the particular purposes for which they |
19 | | were levied.
The levy and extension of taxes pursuant to this |
20 | | Section as amended by this
amendatory Act of 1995 shall not |
21 | | constitute a new or increased tax rate within
the meaning of |
22 | | the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law or the One-year
|
23 | | Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
|
24 | | The rate at which taxes may be levied for the fiscal year |
25 | | beginning
September
1, 1996, for educational purposes shall be |
26 | | the full rate authorized by this
Section for such taxes for |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 549 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | fiscal years ending after 1995.
|
2 | | (Source: P.A. 99-521, eff. 6-1-17 .)
|
3 | | Section 970. The Educational Opportunity for Military |
4 | | Children Act is amended by changing Section 25 as follows:
|
5 | | (105 ILCS 70/25)
|
6 | | Sec. 25. Tuition for children of active duty military |
7 | | personnel who are transfer students. If a student who is a |
8 | | child of active duty military personnel is (i) placed with a |
9 | | non-custodial parent and (ii) as a result of placement, must |
10 | | attend a non-resident school district, then the student must |
11 | | not be charged the tuition of the school that the student |
12 | | attends as a result of placement with the non-custodial parent |
13 | | and the student must be counted in the calculation of average |
14 | | daily attendance under Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of the School |
15 | | Code.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 98-673, eff. 6-30-14.)
|
17 | | Section 995. Inseverability. The provisions of this Act are |
18 | | mutually dependent and
inseverable. If any provision is held |
19 | | invalid other than as applied to a particular person or
|
20 | | circumstance, then this entire Act is invalid.
|
21 | | Section 997. Savings clause. Any repeal or amendment made |
22 | | by this Act shall not affect or impair any of the following: |
|
| | 10000SB1947ham005 | - 550 - | LRB100 09675 JWD 28950 a |
|
|
1 | | suits pending or rights existing at the time this Act takes |
2 | | effect; any grant or conveyance made or right acquired or cause |
3 | | of action now existing under any Section, Article, or Act |
4 | | repealed or amended by this Act; the validity of any bonds or |
5 | | other obligations issued or sold and constituting valid |
6 | | obligations of the issuing authority at the time this Act takes |
7 | | effect; the validity of any contract; the validity of any tax |
8 | | levied under any law in effect prior to the effective date of |
9 | | this Act; or any offense committed, act done, penalty, |
10 | | punishment, or forfeiture incurred or any claim, right, power, |
11 | | or remedy accrued under any law in effect prior to the |
12 | | effective date of this Act.
|
13 | | Section 999. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon |
14 | | becoming law.".
|